MASTER 
NEGA  TIVE 
NO.  92-80720 


MICROFILMED  1992 
COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES/NEW  YORK 


as  part  of  the 
"Foundations  of  Western  Civilization  Preservation  Project" 


Funded  by  the 

WMENT  FOR  THE  HUMANITIES 


Reproductions  may  not  be  made  without  permission  from 

Columbia  University  Library 


COPYRIGHT  STATEMENT 

The  copyright  law  of  the  United  States  -  Title  17,  United 
States  Code  ~  concerns  the  making  of  photocopies  or  other 
reproductions  of  copyrighted  material.. 

Columbia  University  Library  reserves  the  right  to  refuse  to 
accept  a  copy  order  if,  in  its  judgement,  fulfillment  of  the  order 
would  involve  violation  of  the  copyright  law. 


AUTHOR: 


WHITE,  JOHN  WILLIAMS 


TITLE: 


A  SERIES  OF  FIRST 
LESSONS  IN  GREEK 

PLACE: 

BOSTON 

DA  TE : 

1883 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION  DEPARTMENT 


Master  Negative  # 


BIBLIOGRAPHIC  MICROFORM  TARGET 


Original  Material  as  Filmed  -  Existing  Bibliographic  Record 


'»■■  ■  ■  <■ 


^•f 


mm^mmm^i^im^Hi^K 


Restrictions  on  Use: 


887.82 
\Y582 


a: 


887.82 
W5821 


mm^m'mm^m->rgrrvnrw- 


^ 


i 


White,  John  Williams,  1849-  1  "^  n  . 

A  series  of  first  lessons  in  Greek:  adapted  to  the  second 
edition  of  Goodwin 's  Greek  grammar,  and  designed  as  an 
introduction  either  to  Goodwin's  Greek  reader  or  to 
Goodwin  and  White's  selections  from  Xenophon  and 
Herodotus,  or  to  tlie  Anabasis  of  Xenophon.  By  John 
Si^on,^^ '"^'*  -    -^  ^^-  -     Boston,  Ginn  &  Heath, 


X,  286  p.    19 


cm 


Another  oopy,  1881. 

^'-  Greek  language— Composition  and  exercises. 

Another  copy  in  ^-.  Plimpton  ^ibrery.  IQSiJ. 
Another  copy  in  (  Jpiirapton  Library.  1881. 

Library  of  Congress         ^-<         PA258.W64    1881      .  .        , 


\ 


w^ 


TECHNICAL  MICI^OFORM  DATA 


FILM     SIZE: ^.L*^ 

IMAGE  PLACEMENT:    lA    (flA)    IB     IIB 

DATE     FILMED:___q_-_Ji__-Ji INITIALS 

HLMEDBY:    RESEARCH  PUBLICATIONS.  INC  WOODDRIDGE.  CT 


REDUCTION     RATIO: 

•TlA-D.  C. 


\  I  X 


LLC 


Association  for  Information  and  Image  Management 


1100  Wayne  Avenue.  Suite  1100 
Silver  Spring.  Maryland  20910 

301/587-8202 


Centimeter 

1         23456789       10 


I  I  i 


I 


i  I  i  I  I 


11       12       13       14       15    mm 

iilmiliiijmjlmjlm]]^^ 


Inches 


1.0 


i.i 


1.25 


Hi 


til 
lit 
lu 
u 

lUlfclft 


106 

|40 


1.4 


2.5 


2.2 


2.0 


1.8 


1.6 


MfiNUFflCTURED  TO  flllM  STRNDfiRDS 
BY  fiPPLIED  IMRGE.    INC. 


#^    ^U 


>^ 


'% 


-* 


Columbia  Wlmbttiitp 

inttjeCitpof^togork 


LIBRARY 


r" 


A  SERIES 


OF 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  GREEK  i 


ADAPTED   TO 


THE  SECOND  EDITION  OF 


GOODWIN'S  GREEK  GRAMMAR, 


AST)   DESIGNED   AS 


AN    INTRODUCTION 


EITHER   TO   GOODWIN'S   GREEK   READER,    OR  TO   GOODWIN   AND 
•       WHITE'S    SELECTIONS    FROM    XENOPHON   AND    HERODOTUS, 
OR   TO    THE   ANABASIS    OF   XENOPHON. 


BT 


JOHN    WILLIAMS    WHITE,    Ph.  D., 

ASSISTANT    PROFESSOR   OF   GREEK    IN    HARVARD   UNIVERSITX 


SECOND    EDITION. 


OvMfbv  tAe0  bri  hpx^  iravrb^  Ipyov  fiiytarov,  AXXu^  re  koi  vitp  koI  dtraX^ 

6T(povv ;  —  Plat.  Rep.  II.  377  A. 


JUk 


•    jk.Jkm 


BOSTON: 
PUBLISHED   BY  GINN,    HEATH,  4  CO. 

1883. 


1^ 


COPTKIOHT,  1880. 

By  JOHN  WILLIAMS  WHITE. 


J 


J.  S.  Gushing, 

SUPBRINTSNDBNT   OF   PmNTING, 

K>x  Pkarl  St.,  Boston. 


PREFACE. 


-•o*- 


THE  revision  and  enlargement  of  Professor  W.  W. 
Goodwin's  Greek  Ghrammar,  republished  last  year, 
has  made  necessary  a  new  edition  of  my  First  Lessons 
in  Greek.  I  have  taken  this  opportunity  to  submit  the 
book  to  a  rigorous  revision.  As  the  result  of  this,  though 
the  original  plan  of  the  Lessons  remains  unaltered,  there 
has  been  not  a  little  change  in  its  details. 

I  was  aware,  when  this  book  was  first  published  in  1876, 
that  its  plan  necessarily  made  it  more  difficult  than  books 
of  its  kind  ordinarily  are.  I  waited,  therefore,  with 
interest  to  see  whether  these  difficulties,  which  I  had 
thought  it  better  for  the  pupil  to  meet  at  once  in  his  first 
year's  study  and  not  to  defer  to  an  evil  day,  had  been  pre- 
sented so  gradually  as  to  make  it  possible  for  the  Lessons 
to  be  used  widely  in  our  public  schools.  That  fact  was 
soon  established,  and  I  think  I  may  now  say  that  the 
peculiar  features  of  the  book  have  met  with  general  and 
'  hearty  approval.  Important  among  these  are  the  intro- 
duction of  the  verb  from  the  first  and  the  subsequent  de- 
velopment of  its  inflexion  alternately  with  that  of  the 
other  parts  of  speech,  the  introduction  from  the  beginning 
of  exercises  consisting  of  complete  sentences  for  practice 
in  translation,  and  the  develogment  of  the  verb  at  first  by 
moods  and  not  by  tenses. 


390147 


IV 


PREFACE 


I  am  glad  to  know  that  this  last  feature  has  recom- 
mended itself  to  teachers,  and  that  it  is  now  agreed  that 
the  point  of  view  of  the  Grammar,  which  necessarily  states 
the  facts  of  the  language  scientifically,  looking  first  to  the 
forms  of  words  and  not  to  their  use,  is  not  the  one  to  take 
in  giving  the  pupil  his  first  insight  into  the  language  con- 
sidered as  a  means  for  the  expression  of  thought.  An 
illustration  of  the  truth  of  this  may  be  drawn  from  the 
subjunctive  and  optative.  As  was  urged  in  the  first  edi- 
tion, the  uses  of  these  moods  in  Greek,  though  delicate, 
are  nevertheless  clearly  defined.  When  the  beginner  first 
learns  their  forms,  he  should  at  once  have  the  more  com- 
mon of  these  uses  explained  to  him.  The  proposition  is 
the  element  of  language,  and  from  this  individual  words 
and  forms  derive  their  whole  relational  significance.  But 
in  fact,  when  the  subjunctive  and  optative  are  not  studied 
singly  but  are  presented  tense  by  tense  along  with  the 
other  moods,  frequently  a  blind  and  often  incorrect  trans- 
lation of  the  one  by  may,  etc.,  and  of  the  other  by  might, 
etc.,  is  allowed,  as  if  they  were  independent  in  their  use 
like  the  indicative,  a  translation  in  which  the  pupil  has 
no  adequate  feeling  of  their  force.  It  may  be  easier  to 
learn  the  mere  forms  of  the  verb  by  tenses  than  by  moods, 
a  single  tense  stem  being  presented  at  a  time,  but  in  the 
case  of  a  pure  verb  the  changes  of  stem  in  the  different 
tenses  resulting  from  augment  and  tense  sign  can  hardly 
be  called  a  matter  of  great  difficulty. 

In  this  book,  therefore,  Xva>,  as  the  representative  of 
pure  verbs,  has  first  been  presented  by  moods.  Its 
development,  however,  is  very  gradual,  running  through 
sixteen  lessons.  It  has,  moreover,  been  carefully  borne 
in  mind  in  these  lessons  that  \voi  is  the  type,  and  any 


PREFACE. 


peculiar  euphonic  changes  in  the  forms  of  the  pure  and 
mute  verbs  that  have  been  introduced  have  been  explained 
as  they  have  occurred,  generally  in  the  foot-notes.  It  is 
at  Lesson  XXXV.  that  a  systematic  development  of  the 
verb  by  tense  stems  begins,  though  the  subject  of  tense 
stems  in  pure  and  mute  verbs  is  presented  in  part  in 
Lesson  XX.  This  part  of  the  book  has  been  enlarged  by 
five  lessons,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  verb,  that  one  great 
difficulty  which  he  who  would  learn  Greek  may  not  avoid, 
is  now  so  fully  and  yet  so  gradually  presented  as  to  make 
the  mastery  of  its  forms  if  not  easy,  at  least  possible 
without  discouragement. 

The  exercises  in  immediate  connection  with  the  lessons 
have  been  taken  mainly  from  the  first  four  books  of 
Xenophon's  Anabasis.  They  are  designed  from  the  first 
as  a  drill  not  only  on  forms  but  also  in  syntax,  the  sim- 
pler principles  of  which  are  early  introduced  and  illus- 
trated. They  consist  entirely  of  complete  sentences,  each 
of  which  illustrates  some  principle  of  the  lesson  in  which 
it  occurs.  These  sentences  have  been  transferred  with  as 
little  change  as  possible  from  the  original.  It  is  obvious 
that  it  will  be  a  great  advantage  to  those  who  subse- 
quently read  the  Anabasis  to  have  previously  studied  in 
this  careful  way  so  great  a  part  of  it.  Forms,  however, 
cannot  be  learned,  especially  by  English-speaking  boys, 
whose  own  language  is  almost  destitute  of  inflexions, 
without  constant  and  recurring  practice.  To  supply  ma- 
terials for  this  practice  there  have  been  added  to  the 
lessons,  at  the  end  of  the  book,  twenty-five  additional 
exercises  on  forms  to  be  taken  by  way  of  review,  as  the 
lessons  proceed.  In  these  no  attempt  has  been  made  to 
illustrate   syntax   systematically,  and   the  sentences  (for 


VI 


PREFACE. 


phrases  have  not  been  admitted  even  here)  have  been 
made  as  brief  as  possible,  though  each  introduces  one  or 
two,  often  many,  illustrations  of  the  forms  under  consid- 
eration. These  additional  exercises  are  drawn  from  vari- 
ous sources,  but  mainly  from  excellent  books  for  beginners 
by  Bockel,  by  Schenkl,  and  by  Kiihner. 

In  introducing  the  syntax,  all  idioms  peculiar  to  Greek 
have  been  carefully  explained  on  their  first  occurrence, 
and  this  explanation  has  often  been  subsequently  again 
referred  to  in  the  notes;  but  idioms  identical  with  the 
English,  as  e.  g.  the  infinitive  not  in  indirect  discourse, 
have  been  freely  employed  from  the  first.  The  first  year's 
knowledge  of  Latin  also  has  been  assumed  in  introducing 
constructions.  The  last  twenty  lessons  are  intended  to 
give  a  drill  on  the  general  principles  of  syntax,  and  only 
the  largest  print  of  the  sections  in  the  grammar  cited  at 
the  head  of  the  lessons  is  to  be  learned.  If  under  any 
particular  construction  there  is  a  special  fact  of  unusual 
difficulty  or  importance,  attention  is  called  to  it  in  the 
notes.  It  is  recommended  that  these  lessons  be  taken  at 
the  rate  of  one  or  two  a  week  in  connection  with  the 
author  whom  the  class  shall  have  taken  up  on  finishing 
Lesson  LX.  It  should  be  added  that  the  English  parts 
of  the  exercises  of  these  twenty  lessons  are  not  designed 
as  a  systematic  course  in  Greek  Composition.  To  meet 
this  want,  an  American  edition  of  Mr.  Arthur  Sidgwick's 
First  Greek  Writer  is  about  to  be  published,  and  so  the 
promise  of  four  years  ago  at  length  fulfilled. 

The  vocabularies,  both  special  and  general,  have  been 
made  with  care  and  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  deriva- 
tion and  composition  of  words;  on  the  study  of  which 
too  great  stress  can  scarcely  be  laid.     Lessons  LIX.  and 


PREFACE. 


vu 


LX.  should  be  introduced  early  in  parts,  and  the  student 
taught  the  habit  of  analyzing  the  words  in  his  exercises 
to  get  at  their  meaning.  In  the  Greek-English  vocabu- 
laries, English  words  that  are  cognate  with  the  pre- 
ceding Greek  words  have  been  printed  in  small  capitals, 
borrowed  words  in  black  letter.  The  former  show  the 
influence  of  the  phonetic  principle,  familiarly  known  as 
Grimms  Law.  According  to  this  law,  tt  and  <^  will 
generally  appear  in  English  respectively  as  /  and  h; 
K,  y,  and  ^,  as  /i,  A:  or  c,  and  g  ;  and  r,  8,  and  dy  as  t\  t^ 
and  dy  though  there  are  many  exceptions.  A  borrowed 
word,  on  the  other  hand,  is  one  transferred  directly  with- 
out consonantal  change  from  Greek  into  English.  This 
connection  between  the  Greek  and  English  words  has  not 
been  traced  out  exhaustively.  What  is  given  is  intended 
to  be  suggestive,  and  leaves  much  that  may  be  done  by 
the  teacher. 

The  special  vocabularies  should  be  well  committed  to 
memory.  The  words  in  these  are  taken  from  sentences 
in  the  exercises  of  the  lesson  in  which  they  occur,  and 
no  word  is  repeated.  In  these  vocabularies,  in  the  course 
of  the  book,  the  student  learns  over  four  hundred  Xeno- 
phontic  words  in  common  use.  The  parts  of  the  verbs 
have  been  given,  without  abbreviation  of  the  forms,  from 
Veitch.  Late  forms  have  been  excluded,  but  forms  on 
the  other  hand  occurring  exclusively  in  Homer  have  been 
given  when  necessary  to  complete  the  parts  of  a  verb. 
When  Veitch  does  not  catalogue  the  verb,  only  the  present 
and  future  are  given  in  the  general  vocabulary,  unless  the 
verb  has  occurred  also  in  one  of  the  special  vocabularies. 
In  the  general  Greek-English  vocabulary,  further,  the 
prepositions  are  now  fully  treated,  the  simple  stems  of  the 


Vlll 


PREFACE. 


PREFACE. 


IX 


verbs  and  the  class  to  which  the  verb  belongs  are  given, 
the  cases  accompanying  the  verbs  stated  where  necessary, 
and  the  natural  quantities  marked.  This  last  feature  is 
new  to  this  book  and  unusual  in  books  of  this  grade.  But 
the  conviction  has  been  growing  upon  me,  that  we  ought, 
from  the  very  beginning,  to  mark  by  our  pronunciation  the 
difference  between  a,  t,  and  v,  and  d,  t,  and  v,  just  as 
we  do  between  c  and  r),  and  o  and  o).  The  pupil's  higher 
work  in  later  years  will  be  maxie  easier  if  attention  is 
paid  to  natural  quantities  from  the  start.  In  the  English- 
Greek  vocabulary  there  is  no  systematic  treatment  of  syno- 
nymes,  which  have  been  given  only  so  far  as  necessary  to 
guide  the  pupil  in  his  choice  of  words.  It  is  scarcely 
necessary  to  add  that  this  vocabulary  is  special,  and  not 
designed  for  use  with  any  other  English  sentences  than 
those  occurring  in  this  book. 

The  use  of  blackboards,  extensive  enough  for  the  en- 
class,  is  strongly  recommended.  The  Greek  of  the 
English  exercises  might  the  first  day  be  put  on  the  board, 
and  the  second  day  recited  orally.  By  this  use  of  the 
blackboard,  classes  are  soon  initiated  into  the  mysteries 
of  accentuation.  The  teacher  should  also,  with  the  ma- 
terial here  given,  make  other  short  sentences  to  be  trans- 
lated, both  Greek  and  English.  This  additional  drill 
should  be  mainly  oral,  and  conducted  rapidly.  We  should 
train  not  only  the  eye,  but  also  the  ear  of  our  pupils. 
(^s  to  the  order  of  the  words  in  translating  the  English 
sentences  into  Greek,  the  pupil  should  be  warned  against 
the  wrong  placing  of  post-positive  and  adjective  words 
and  phrases,  and  further  against  following  the  English 
arrangement  slavishly.  As  a  general  guide  he  should 
know  that  in  Greek  the  subject  followed  by  its  modifiers 


stands  first,  the  verb  preceded  by  its  modifiers  last,  though 
•  often,  as  in  English,  the  verb  precedes  its  modifiers  either 
wholly  or  in  part;  but  there  are  many  exceptions,  and 
too  much  attention  should  not  be  paid  to  the  matter  of 
the  order  of  the  words  at  first.  These  English  sentences 
are  for  the  most  part  translations,  and  for  the  satisfaction 
of  teachers  who  may  care  to  know  the  original  order  and 
choice  of  the  words,  the  original  sentences  have  been 
published  in  pamphlet  form,  and  may  be  had  on  applica- 
tion to  the  publishers. J 

As  is  known,  Profesor  Hadley's  Greek  Grammar  is 
now  undergoing   revision.      When  the  new  edition   ap- 
pears, a  companion  pamphlet  of  parallel  references  will 
be  prepared  for  the  accommodation  of  those  who,  using 
this  grammar,  would  like  to  use  also  the  materials  col- 
^    lected  in  the   Lessons.      These  will  not  be   numerically 
i    arranged  in  columns,  but  given  in  sets  under  the  head  of 
each  lesson,  repeating  the  references  made  to  Goodwin's 
!    Grammar,    a  method    of   references,    it   is   believed,   as 
complete  and  satisfactory  as  could  be  desired. 

It  cannot  be  expected  that  the  book  as  it  stands,  with- 
out omission  or  division  of  the  lessons,  will  meet  the 
wants  of  all  schools.  To  make  the  shortening  of  the 
lessons,  when  necessary,  easier,  the  exercises  up  to  the 
syntax  have  been  divided  into  four  sections,  the  second 
and  fourth  of  which  need  not  be  taken.  The  additional 
exercises  on  forms  also  may  either  be  omitted  or  drawn 
from  on  occasion.  In  general,  however,  the  book  had 
best  be  taken  entire,  in  the  manner  prescribed,  at  such 
TSiie  of  progress  as  is  possible  in  each  particular  case.  It 
is  believed  that  ordinarily,  excluding  the  twenty  lessons 
on  syntax,  it  can  be  completed  and  the  class  set  to  read- 


PKEFACE. 


ing  an  author  in  two  terms  of  three  months  each.     There 

will  be  much  difference ^of  opinion,  also,  as  to  how  much 

introductory  matter  should  be  learned   before  the  class 

proceeds  to  the  subject  of  inflexion,  and  on  this  account 

this  part  of  the  book  has  not  been  divided  into  lessons. 

The  directions  at  the  beginning  of  each  lesson  have  been 

made  as  definite  as  possible.     But  it  will  be  well  for  the 

teacher  to  go  over  each  lesson  with  his  class  before  they 

undertake  it,  telling  them  definitely  what  to  learn  and 

forestalling  its  greater  difficulties. 

The  pleasure  remains  to  me  of  expressing  my  grateful 

thanks  to  the  many  friends  who  have  assisted  me  not  only 

in  the  preparation  of  the  original  edition  of  this  book  but 

also  in  its  revision.     Neither  undertaking  was  in  itself 

enlivening;  but  the  help  and  encouragement  I  have  had 

have   done  much  to  lighten  what  otherwise  might  have 

proved   a   tedious   task.     The   care   necessary  to   free  a 

book  of  this  sort  of  errors  is  infinite;   and  I  have  no 

doubt  that  though  I  have  spared  no  time  or  pains  with 

it  mistakes  remain.     These   can   easily  be   corrected  in 

the  plates,  and  I  shall  be  under  obligations  to  any  one 

who  will  point  them  out. 

JOHN  WILLIAMS   WHITE. 
Harvard  University, 
July,  1880. 


FIEST  LESSONS  IN  GREEK. 


I 


FIEST  LESSONS  IN  GEEEK. 


V 


INTRODUCTORY^ 


The  portions  of  the  Grammar  designated  by  the  following 
numerald  are  to  be  well  learnt  before  taking  up  Lesson  L* 
The  parts  which  are  here  included  of  §  15,  §  16,  and  §  17 
are  given  that  teachers  who  think  it  advisable  may  give  their 
pupils  at  the  outset  a  comprehensive  view  of  the  Euphony  of 
Consonants,  the  principles  of  which,  however,  will  be  cited 
singly  in  the  Lessons  as  they  are  needed.  But  these  may  be 
omitted,  if  thought  best,  until  Lesson  XVI.  is  reached.  Before 
any  attempt  to  learn  the  following  paragraphs,  the  teacher 
should  go  over  them  carefully  with  the  class,  pointing  out  in 
each  case  how  the  examples  illustrate  the  principle. 

Grammar  3;  §  1,  with  n.  1,  together  with  the  system  of 
pronunciation  given  on  page  xi ;  §  2,  with  N. ;  §  3,  with  N.  ; 
§  4,  1  (with  N.  1)  and  2  ;  §  5,  1  and  2  ;  §  6,  with  1  and  2, 
and  N. ;  §  7,  with  N. ;  §  15,  1  and  2;  §  16,  with  1  (and 
N.  2),  2,  3,  4,  5,  and  6  ;<  §  17,  1,  2,  and  3 ;  §  18,  1  and  2  ; 
§  19,  1,  2,  and  3 ;  §  20,  with  1,  2,  and  3  ;r^  §  21,  1,  2,  and 
3;  §22,  land  2;  §23,  1;  §  3L 

After  learning  §  1,  with  the  system  of  pronunciation,  give 
the  name  and  English  equivalent  of  each  letter  in  the  follow- 
ing Exercise.  After  §  2  and  §  3  point  out  the  vowels  and 
diphthongs' and  give  their  sounds.  After  §  5  classify  the  con- 
sonants, and  after  §  6  classify  them  a  second  time,  minutely. 

3 


? 


4  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

After  the  remainder  of  the  references  to  the  Grammar,  point 
out  and  name  the  breathings  and  accents,  and  name  the  words 
according  to  their  accentuation  (§  21,  2),  arid  then  pronounce 
the  Exercise  entire.  (The  hyphens  show  the  division  of  the 
words  into  syllables  according  to  §  18,  n.) 

Exercise. 

Kv-/x)9  8c  xjfL-Xrjv  c-;(a)i/  rrjv  K€'<f)a~\7ji/  ct9*  rrjv 
fid-xv^  Ka-di'OTa-To.  t-Sa>j^  Sc  av-rov  a-iro  toS* 
*^\-\7l-vi-Kov  a€'VO'<f>S)v  *A'0r)'VaL'O<;,  v-7rc-Xa-cra? 
(09*  <Tw-aP'Ty)-<jaL'^  rj-pe-ro  ct*  tl  na-pay-yiX-XoL' 
o  o  c-7rt-oTT;-(ra9  ci-ttc  /cat  Ke-yeti/  c-^c-Aev-orc 
Tra-crti'  o-rt  icat  ra  i-e-pa  Ka-Xa  koI  ret  crc^a-yt-a 
Ka-Xct.      raC-ra  Sc  Xd-ywv  0o-pv-^ov  rj-Kov-cre  8t-a 

**  '^  10    »'  \*  /ne/i/  r^ 

TQiv  Ta-ge-cjv  t-oi/-ro9,  ^at  -q-pe-To  Tt9  o  uo-pv-pos 
€t-7y.  6  8c  KXc-ap-^09  ct-TTCi/  o-rt  TO  cruV'07)'fia 
wa-pepx^-TaL^  Sev-re-pop  rj-Sr),  koI  09  i-dav- fia- 
cre rt9  ira-pay-yeX-keL  koI  rj-pe-To  o  rt  ct-ry  ro 
a-vv-drj-fia.  6  8*  a-ne-Kpi-pa-To  ZET2  Sfl-THP 
KAI   NI-KH. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN   GREEK 


NOTES. 


'  The  number  of  Lessons  into  which  this  introductory  matter  shall 
be  divided  is  left  to  the  judgment  of  the  teacher. 

•  Let  the  teacher  at  the  outset  go  over  the  "  Introduction  "  (pages 
]»-3  of  the  Grammar)  with  the  class,  using  maps. 

•  Those  portions  of  the  Grammar  that  are  to  be  committed  to  mem< 
ory  are  designated  here  and  in  the  following  Lessons  by  paragraph  and 
subdivision.    Occasionally,  however,  more  specific  directions  are  given 

•  I  29,  and  ?  4,  1,  H.  1.  •  J  29. 

»  S  21,  1,  N.  2.  »  3  22.  V.  1. 

•  The  proclitic  c(  ({  29)  receives  an  accent  from  the  enclitic  tI  (§  27, 
with  2). 

•  That  is,  hi  (J  12,  1).     Pronounce  aa  if  a  part  of  the  following  word. 
'"  5  22,  H.  2.  »  I  23,  1,  N. 


s/ 


LESSON   I. 

Preliminary. 


Grammar  :  §  32,  1  and  2  (and  read  the  n.);  §  33,  1,  2, 
and  3  (with  not^s  1  and  2) ;  §  88,  1  (with  n.)  and  2 ;  §  89, 
and  N.;l§  90,  1  and  2;  §  91,il§^93,  1  and  3;  §  78,^  de- 
clension of  the  Definite  Article  6,  'J7,  t6\  §  141  ;<§  86, 
declension  of  the  Relative  Pronoun  09,  rj,  o.  ^* 


NOTE. 


»  The  first  column  gives  the  masculine  forms ;  the  second,  the  femi- 
nine ;  th§  third,  the  neuter.  See,  further,  §  29.  In  declining^  give  first 
the  forms  of  the  singular  across  the  page,  6  f|TO,  tov  ttjs  tov,  etc.,  and 
then  those  of  the  dual  and  plural. 


N      LESSON    II. 

Verbs!  Present  Indicative  Active. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  I.  (reading  first  §  92,  1  and  3,  with 
1?.) ;  §  110,  1 ;  §  94  ;  §  96,  L,  the  Present  Indicative  Active 
of  Xva>,  together  with  the  meaning  of  this  tense  (§  95, 
2,  I.,  first  column)  and  its  terminatiom  (§  113,  2,  I.,  first 

Vocabulary.2 


akrjOevo),  -ct9, 
jSactXcuo),  -ct9, 
ypd<l>(o,  -ct9, 
iOeXo),  -ci9, 
ikavvw,  -C19, 
XvGi,  -Ct9, 
TrC/XTTO),    -Ct9, 

rpix^*  -c<'9, 


N 


to  speak  the  truth} 
to  he  king,  to  reign, 
to  write,  to  grave.* 
to  wish,  to  desire, 
to  Tnarch. 

to  LOOSE,  to  destroy, 
to  send, 
to  run. 


FIRST    LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


\ 


\  \ 


\ 


J  Exercises. 

Translate  into  Engliih. 

I.  1.  Xuovo-i.*  2.  /Saxrikevo),  3.  ^ao'iX€V6i9. 
4.  6  fjidvTLS  (soothsayer)  aX7)dev€L.  5.  ypaxfxo. 
6.    ypau^Tov.^      7.    Xvo/x^.      8.    idik^i  ypd<f)€w,'^ 

II.  1.  6  avr^p  (man)  ypoj^i.  2.  7r€fi7rofi€v. 
3.    aXrjdeveis.      4.   Xvere,     5.    ypd<f>ov(rL.     6.    c^cXci 

Tranalate  into  Greek. 

ni.  1.  He  writes.  2.  They  (two)  speak  the 
truth.  3.  I  desire  to  run.  4.  They  send.  5.  You 
(singular)  march.     6.    He  looses. 

IV.  t.  You  (plural)  run.  2.  We  speak  the 
truth.      3.    I  write.     4.    We  wish  to  write. 


NOTES. 

*  If  the  teacher  thinks  best,  the  subdivision  of  the  terminations  into 
connecting  vowels  and  personal  endings  can  be  introduced  even  here. 
It  is  first  given  in  this  book  in  Lesson  X.,  which  is  a  review  of  the  active 
voice. 

*  On  the  special  vocabulary  of  each  Lesson,  see  the  Preface. 

'  The  definitions  are  given  in  the  infinitive  to  express  the  simple 
meaning  of  the  verb  without  reference  to  person  or  number. 

*  In  the  vocabularies  the  small  capitals  denote  that  the  English  word 
is  of  kindred  origin  with  the  Greek  word.  See  the  Preface  for  the  differ- 
ence between  cognate  and  borrowed  words  in  English. 

*  They  loose.  In  the  English  translation  always  use  the  pronoun 
which  is  of  the  same  person  and  number  as  the  verb,  provided  that  no 
noun-subject  occurs. 

*  You  (two),  or  they  (two),  write  (dual). 

^  To  write,  present  infinitive  active  of  ypd^,  the  ending  being  -tbv. 


LESSON    III. 

Nouns:   First  Declension. 

Grammar  :  §  34 ;  §  35 ;  §  36,  except  the  termhmtions 
of  the  masculine  migidar  (and  read  the  N.) ;  §  25,  1  and 
2 ;  §  37,  1  {the  declension  of  the  first  four  nouns)  and  2, 
with  notes  2,  3,  and  4. 


Vocabulary. 

€tS»    prep,  used  with  the  ace.  only, 
CfC,    prep,  used  with  the  gen.  only, 

eTrtoToXry,  -rjs,  rj,^ 
edXarra,'  -779,  17, 
Kprjirrj,  -r;?,  17, 
KiifiT),  -779,  17, 
(ricr)irq,  -^9,  17, 

Xcipa,  -as,  17, 


into,  to, 

out  of,  from. 

a  letter,  an  epistle.* 

the  sea. 

a  spring. 

a  village. 

a  tent. 

a  country. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  ct5j37i'*  x(!)p(w  iXaw/ovcTL,  2.  ypd^L 
cViotoXtJi'.  3.  Tpixovaiv^  ct9  rr^v  dakarrcw,  4.  tom 
c7rtaToXa9  TrtfiTrofJiei/,  5.  rrfv  crKr)vr)i/  Xvet  (he  de- 
stroys).     6.    €/c^  tS)v   KO)fxa)v   i\avi/€L.       7.    rpi^oixev 

Ct9   TOS    (TKTfvdS' 

n.  1.  eXaii/ct  ct9  ra9  Kcjfia^,  2.  Tr)i/  arpa- 
Tiav  OavfJid^ei,  3.  ii/  (in)  ry  Kcofijj  Kp-qvqv  evpiaK^t. 
(he  finds). ^ 


\ 


ft  i 


'8  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

III.  1.  We  admire  the  springs.  2.  He  has'  a 
letter'  3.  He  marches  into  the  village.  4.  They 
destroy  the  tent^.     5.   They  are  writing  letters. 

IV.  1.  We  run  into  the  sea.  2.  He  marches 
from  the  sea  to  the  tents. 

NOTES. 

,  ,  29  M  29,  and  §  13,  2. 

3  The  article  here  shows  the  gender  of  the  substantive.  S  33  2  N.  1. 

4  In  the  vocabularies  the  black  letter  denotes  that  the  English  word 
18  borrowed  from  the  Greek  word.     See  note  4.  Lesson  II. 

<*  In  earlier  Attic  Greek  and  the  other  dialects.  OoXoonra.  The  form 
in  double  tau  (rr)  occurs  in  the  later  Attic. 

«  Words  not  found  in  the  special  vocabulary  of  the  Lesson  are  to  be 
looked  for  in  the  general  vocabularies  at  the  end  ^^  ^^«  .^^^^^  _  ^ 
•  On  the  Order  of  Words  in  Attic  Greek  Prose,  consult  the  Preface. 


LESSON    IV. 

Hotiiib:   PiTBt  Deolension  (con^muec/).  —  Subject,  Predicate, 

Object. 

Grammar  :   §  36 ;  §  37,  1  and  2,  with  notes  1,  2,  3, 
and  4;  §  133,  1  and  2;  §  134,  1;  §  135,  1 ;  §  158. 


§  133,  1 : 
§  133,  2 : 


Examples.^ 

Hcp6??  iSao-iXcvct,  Xerxes  (subject)  is  kino 

(predicate). 
poTjdeiai^    irifinoiJLQ/    T0i9    <rrpaTi<wTats,    we 

send  AID  (direct  object  in  the  ace.)  to  the 
SOLDIERS  (indirect  object  in  the  dat.).* 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


9 


§  134,  1 :  6  7roXt7^9  ypdcfyei,  the  citizen  (subject  nom.) 
writes. 

§  135,  1  :  (iyo))^  Xeyo),  I  say;  6  7roXtrT79  Xeyct,  the  citi- 
zen SAYS ;  oi  ttoXItcu  Xjiyovat.,  the  citizens 
say;  etc. 

§  158 :  Tov^  oTpaTuira^  e)(€t,  h^  has  the  soldiers 
(direct  object  in  the  ace). 


/Soif^cta,*  -a9,  17, 


ffavfJid^Q),  -ct9, 
/ceXcuoi,  -C19, 
7rcr/>a,  -a?,  17, 
ttoXitt;?,  -ov,  6, 
(rarpaTrrj^;,  -ov,  6, 
oTpaTidrrj^;,  -ov,  6, 

<f>€pQ),   -C19, 


Tocabulary. 

aid,  assistance. 

to  wonder  at,  to  admire. 

to  command,  to  order. 

a  rock,  a  mass  of  rock. 

a  citizen. 

a  satrapi 

a  soldier. 

to  BEAR,  to  bring,  to  produce. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  Ik  twv  KCJfjLCJV  oTparidiTas  ayei.  2.  ySory- 
0€L(w  irip.trop.ev  ro>  (raTpdirjf),  3.  6  a'arpaTrrfs  tovs 
GTpaTUxiTa^  Oavpdtjei.  4.  /cctl*  (avd)  at  nerpai  eU 
Trjv  ddXaTTcu/  KaOiJKova'Li'^  (reach  dovm).  5.  to 
irehlov  {plain)  pekCvrjp  <f>€p€L, 

II.  1.  0/309  (a  mxmntairi)  to  trehiov  n€pLi)(€L 
[surrounds)  c/c  OaXdrrr)^  ct9  ddXaiTav.  2.  hnavOa 
(thereupon)   6   carpdirq^   iceXcvci    rov97    oTparuoras^ 

(j>v\dTT€W» 


,  s 


10 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


ni.  1.  The  satrap  is  now  king.  2.  The  citi- 
zen writes  a  letter.  3.  And  I  march  to  the  tente. 
4.    The  satrap  sends  aid  to  the  citizens. 

IV.  1.  He  marches  from  the  village  into  Phrygia. 
2.   Thereupon  the  soldier  runs  into  his  {rffv)  tent. 


NOTES. 


»  To  be  used  in  place  of  the  illustrations  given  in  the  articles  of  the 
Syntax  that  are  cited,  since  these  would  not  be  understood. 

«  §  184,  1.  '  §  134,  3,  N.  1.  M  37,  2,  n.  2  h. 

»  In  continued  discourse,  the  sentence  commonly  has  a  conjunction 
connecting  it  with  what  goes  before.  In  the  detached  sentences  of  the 
exercises  these  have  necessarily  often  been  dropped  (less  and  less,  how- 
ever, as  the  Lessons  proceed),  but  the  principle  should  be  carefully  kept 

in  mind.  »  .  ..„^   « 

•  §  13.  1,  5.  2.  M  141.  H.  2.  •  {  134.  2. 


i} 


I!  I 


W 


'  LESSON   V. 

Verbs!   Imperfect  and  luture  Indicative  Active. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  I.  and  XL ;  §  110,  I.  and  II.  1 ; 
§  96,  I.,  the  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  Active  of 
Xvo),  together  with  the  meanings  of  these  tenses  (§  95,  2, 
I.,  first  column)  and  their  terriimations  (§  113,  2,  I.,  first 
and  third  columns) ;    §  99,  1  and  2  (with  a) ;    §  100,  1 ; 

§  26. 

Tocabulary. 


(    yc<^vpa,  -a?,  17, 
*      1 

Owos  ftit.  dvcrw. 


a  wagon. 
a  bridge, 
to  have,  to  possess,  to  hold. 

to  sacrifice. 


It 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


11 


OTrXxTT^?,  -ov,  o. 


a    heavy-armed  foot- 
soldier,  a  hoplite. 
to  strike. 


TrOLQ),  fut.  TrCU<T(t), 

TTcXracrrT/s,     -ov,    o,    (WXtij, 

a  target  or  shield)  a  targeteer,  a  peltast 

TreoL-exoi*  (""p^  <iround,  and  Jx«)        to  surrouud. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  6  (Tarpiwri^  ^acriKevcrei,  2.  /ccXcvctcj 
TOv<;  (TTpaTLCJTa^  0v€LP.  3.  T(p  arpaTuoTT}  TLfirji/ 
€<l>ep€v^  {it  brought).  4.  6  o-aTpdm)^  cfct  oTrXtVa?. 
5.  ot  Sc^  {bat)  orpanalTat  *  exaXi'rraivov.  6.  ol 
bir}2Tai  dvcrova-u/.^ 

II.  1.  Xvo-ovcri  ya/)^  (for)  rffv  ye(f>vp(w.  2.  ot 
TToXirai  eTraiov  Toif<;  oTrXtVa?.  3.  /ccXcucroucrt  tov9 
Ilcpcras  Xvct^  ra?  yej>vpa%.  4.  Xvcrofia^  ra?  d/xafa? 
&9^e)(o/ia/.    ^ 

III.  1.  You  {plural}  will  sacrifice.  2.  They 
were  striking  the  targeteers.  3.  The  heavy-armed 
foot-soldier  ran  to  the  tents.  4.  The  sea  surrounded 
(7rc/>i€tx€^)  the  country. 

rV.  1.  The  soldiers  were  running  from  their 
tents.  2.  He  will  commajid  the  hoplites  to  guard 
their  tents. 

NOTES. 

*  The  future,  {|«  or  vx^o-a  (two  forms),  and  imperfect,  ctxw,  of  this 
verb  are  both  peculiar  in  formation. 
»  I  13,  1,  with  N.  2. 


12 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


13 


w 

•  A  postpositive  conjunction,  i.e.  a  conjunction  which  is  always  put 
after  one  or  more  words  of  the  sentence.  See  also  again  note  5,  Les- 
Bon  IV.  *  I  22,  N.  1.    Cf.  S  22,  2. 

»  {  161.  •  «  26,  H.  1. 


: 


I 


LESSON   TI. 

HouiiB :  Second  Declension.  —  Prepositiona. 
Grammar  :   §  40  (and  read  the  n.)  ;  §  41 ;  §  42,  1. 

Bemarks  on  the  Use  of  Prepositions.^ 

1.  The  genitive  is  used  with  prepositions  to  denote  the 
object  /rom  which  an  action  proceeds,  as  ^kci  irapa  tov  (rrpa- 
Tqyavy  he  is  come  FROM  the  general. 

2.  The  dative  is  used  to  denote  the  object  hy  which  an 
action  takes  place,  as  /lo'ct  irapa  tw  oTfyarriyOf  he  remains  BY 
(at  the  side  of)  the  general. 

3.  The  accusative  is  used  to  denote  the  object  towards 
which  the  motion  is  directed,  as  cXawct  Trapa  tov  arparTjyov, 
he  is  advancing  TO  the  general. 


Tocabulary. 

ayycXo?,  -ov,  o, 
Xi0O9,  -ov,  6, 
^  Xd<^?,  -ov,  o, 

^    Xo^ayds,  -ov,  6,  (Xo'xot,  o  company,  and  i^w) 

/  « 

VOfJLO^,  -OV,  O, 

ircStbi',  -ov,  TO, 
aTpaTrjy6<;,  -ov,  6,  (o-rpar©*,  an  army,  and  4y»)  ^  general. 
^vaiov,  -ov,  TO,  (dim.  ofxpwos,  5roZ<0  9^^^  vwney, 

gold. 


a  messenger, 
a  stone, 
a  hill, 
a  captain, 
a  law. 
a  plain. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  o  ayyeko<;  aXry^cvcrct.  2.  to  8c  ttcSioi/ 
7rv/)ov9    €<f)€p€P,       3.    ijiepere    wapa    t£    (rrpaTyjyo), 

4.  6    Xoxayo?  Trc/xTTCt    o-TpaTtoiTa?    c/c^   t^?    K(ofi7)<;. 

5.  #cal  ^  aTparrjyol  koI  Xo^ayol  Ovaovcru/*  6.  /ecu 
i^ananj^  ol  arpaTiwTcu  ^povai  XiOov^,  7.  Trapa 
Twi/  oTpaTLOiTSiv  TTC/xTTCt  T^  ^  Kv/3^   ayycXoi/. 

II.  1.  o*  ovi/**  KXca/oxo?  ttc/ittci  Avkioi/  cm 
[upon)  Toi/  \6<f>ov.  2.  T0V9  Aa/cc8at/jLoi/u>v9  /cXcTTTca/ 
kcdXvci  j/d/xo5.  3.  6  8c  arparrjyos  Xa/x^cu/ct  to 
ypvaiov, 

in.  1.  The  messengers  were  running  from  (the 
side  of)  the  tent  into  the  plain.  2.  But  Clearchus 
sends  the  gold  to  the  soldiers.  3.  The  generals  will 
lead'  the  army.  4.  The  general  commanded  the 
captain  to  march  into  the  plain. 

IV.  1 .  For  the  general  destroys  the  bridge  and 
marches  into  Phrygia.  2.  The  soldiers  desire  to 
sacrifice  to  both  gods  and  goddesses. 

NOTES. 

*  To  be  learned  with  care. 

*  irapa  with  the  genitive  means  strictly  from  the  side  of^  while  i^ 
means  out  of.  So  iropa  with  the  accusative  means  to  the  side  of,  but  cU, 
into. 

*  KaX...Ra(,  correlative  conjunctions,  hoth...and. 

*  I  141,  N.  1  a. 

*  Postpositive.     See  note  3,  Lesson  V. 

*  The  future  of  &yu  is  &(«  (0,7-0^),  §  16,  2. 


14 


-^ 


O 


U 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON    Til. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


15 


Verbs :  Aorist,  Perfect,  and  Pluperfect  Indicative  Actiye. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  III.  and  IV.  b;  §  110,  III.  1,  and 
IV.  6  ;  §  96, 1.,  Aorist,  Perfect,  and  Pluperfect  Indicative 
Active  of  Xv(o;  §  95,  2,  I.,  first  column;  §  113,  2,  L,  sec- 
ond and  fourth  columns ;  §  99,  1  and  2  (with  a  and  c) ; 
§  100,  1 ;  §  101,  1,  2,  and  4. 


Tocabulary. 

aocA.<po9,    -ov,  o, 

fiovXeiko,  fut.  jSovXevo-o),  aor.  6^ov- 
Xcvo-a,    perf    fie^ovXevKa,    (PovXif, 

oacr/i09,  -ov,  6, 

hapOV,   -ov,  TO, 

0/0/C09,  -ov,  O,  (ctpY»i  <o  re«<rain) 

o-iy>;,  ->}9,  17, 

Togevcj,  fut.  To^evaro),  aor.  crofcvcra, 

(to{ov,  a  6oit>) 
TO^OTTfS,  -OV,  6,   (to{ov,  a  6o«;) 


a  brother. 


to  plan,  to  devise. 
a  tax,  an  impost, 
a  gift 
an  oath, 
silence. 

to  shoot  with  a  bow. 

a  howTnan. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  ot  Sc  ^ap^apoL  T]8r)  XcXv/cocrt  ra?  ye<f>vpwi, 
2.  ra?  (TTToi'Sag  eXcXv/cciTC.  3.  o  yap  (raTpiirnf; 
iKeXevcre   roif^    TroXiVa?   8acr/xov9  nefineu^.     4.    ot  §€ 

TToXc/XtOt     TOV9^     OpKOV<S     XcXv/CttO^O/.  5.     T€0VKafJi€V^ 

Tot?  ^6015.  6.  v/x€t?,*  5  CTTpaTiCrrai,  rr)p  yi<f>vpav 
iXvo-are.  7.  6  *  §€  KXeapxos  ToXfiiSrjv^  kckcXcvkc 
a-iyrjiv  KrjpvrreLv. 


n.  1.  6  Kvpo9  /xcWu/  Toi/  cTTparriyov  iK€\£va'€v, 
2.  hnavda  6  ^ap^apo^  hfikaaev,  3.  ical  6  crr/ja- 
TT/yo?  icrTpdT€V(r€j/  iirl  (against)  tt^v  tov  a-aTpdwov 

•)((iJp(W, 

III.  1.  They  have  planned  to  break  the  truce. 
2.  I  sacrificed  to  both  gods  and  goddesses.  3.  We 
have  ordered  the  bowmen  and  the  targeteers  to 
send  gifts.  4.  But  the  barbarians  shot  from"'  their* 
horses.  5.  For  ®  his  brother  had  ordered  Cyrus  to 
send  imposts.  6.  The  captain  has  ordered  the 
hopHtes  to  take  the  arms. 

IV.  1.  And  Cyrus  commanded  Orontas  to  take 
the  soldiers.  2.  The  generals  have  broken  their 
oaths ;    for  they  have  not  ®  sacrificed  to  the  gods. 

NOTE8. 

*  The  vocative  singular  is  6JUk^  with  irregular  accent.  See  2  42, 1,  H. 
«  I  141,  N.  2.  '  I  17,  2. 

*  Tou,  nominative  plural  of  the  personal  pronoun  a^,  thou. 
»  i  141,  N.  1  a.  •  2  134,  2. 

^  dwo,  with  the  genitive. 

•  The  Greek  word  is  postpositive.     See  note  3,  Lesson  V. 

•  o^  5  29. 


"^  LESSON   VIII. 

Hounsi  The  Attic  Second  Declension.— The  Adnominal  Genitive. 

Grammar  :   §  42,  2 ;  §  22,  n.  2 ;   §  25,  2,  n.  ;  §  167, 
with  1,  2,  3,  4,  6,  and  6. 


16 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Examples. 

5^#^5,<;i^  .  §  167,  1:  at  rov  craTpdnov^  Ka)/jiaL,t?ieSATiLA'p's  villages. 
^lUt'. « :  *     §  167,  2 :  71   roiv   crrpaTLoyraiv   ewoLa,   the  good-will  of 

THE  SOLDIERS  (i.e.  which  the  soldiers  feel). 
Cii\\^  ^    §  167,  3 :  6  Twv  TToXefiCcjp  (fyo^oq,  the  fear  OF  the  enemy 

(i.e.  which  is  felt  toward  them). 
C|^.(VvP"^>  §167,4:  Sc/ca    a/Lia^ai    ireTpcov,    ten    wagon-loads    of 

STONES. 

*\K(/V«M-*^»  §  167,  5:  TTora/LLo?  rrXeOpov,  a  river  of  (one)  plethrum 

(in  breadth) ;  Seica  rj/xepaiv  6S09,  a  journey 
OF  TEN  days;  SiKTj  ScVtt  TaXcu^o)!/,  a  Zai^;- 

j  suit  OF  (i.e.  involving)  ten  talents. 

f  ^v ,  ^  ►  §  167,  6 :  Sc/ca  tom/  awOpdntov,  ten  of  the  men. 


Vocabnlary. 

rffiepa,  -a?,  17, 

ffrjpao),  fut.  Oyjpdcra),  aor.  iOT/jpaaa, 

perf.  T€07JpaKa,^ 
KCOfidpxr)^*  -OV,  6,  (K«Vt)  and  £px») 
Xayw?,  -g5,  6, 
/xt<r^09,  -ov,  d, 
oli^?,  -ov,  d, 

TTCuSlOJ/,  -OV,  TO,  (dim.  of  «a£|,  a  cAi?<i) 

vioq,  -ov,  o. 


a  cfczy. 

to  hunt  wild  beasts. 

a  village-chief, 
a  hare, 
'pay,  hire. 

WINE.* 

a  little  child. 
a  son. 


/ 


Exercises. 


I.  1.  cv  (in)  Tot9  aj/<yy€ft>9  Orjcravpoif^  evplorKovcTLV, 
2.  6'  TO)  i/€OJ  i0vcr€v.  3.  6  0€  Kvpo?  €7refjL\jt€*  tcj 
B€TTaX<^  ScVa  rffiepcjv  iLiaOov,     4.    Tcij'  Se  IleXoTroj'- 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


17 


vria-ioiv  exofia/  oTrXtra?  cKarw.  5.  Trapa  rot?  rwi/ 
Oeatv  v€(o<;  eixevov.  6.  dXX'  ^  (6i6^)  iKpthrreTe  rrji/  tov 
*Kpra^ip^ov  iTTVopKiav. 

n.  1.  KC/>09  yap  inefxne  j8l/cov9  oJi'ov.  2.  6 
TOV  K(OfJLdp)(ov  vlo5  Xaya>9  Orjpdo'ei.  3.  tov9  Tap- 
(rov9  apTrdtovo-i  8ta  (on  account  of)  tov  oXeOpov  Ta)v 
(TTpaTuoTcov.^  4.  KOLTOL  {and  yet)  e)(0}  iraihla  tcov 
OTpaTTjyojv  iv  M  1X17x0). 

III.  1.  We  will  sacrifice  in  the  temples.  2.  The 
soldiers  admire  the  hall.  3.  He  had  caught  five 
(Tre/rc)  hares.  4.  We  have  five  hares  and  a  jar  of 
wine.  5.  For  thirty  of  the  hoplites  are  surrounding 
the  village.  6.  But  the  soldiers  had  destroyed  the 
wagons  on  account  of  "^  their  fear  of  the  enemy. 

rV.  1.  The  brother  of  the  village-chief  sent  the 
bowmen  ten  days'  pay.  2.  Thereupon  they  threw* 
their  little  children  down  from^  the  rocks  of^e 
stronghold. 


4 


NOTES. 


>  Note  carefully  the  position  of  the  attributive  genitive,  §  142,  1. 

•  5  17,  2; 

'  The  Greek  word  was  originally  pronounced  with  the  digamma  (?  1, 

H.  2),  Foivot.    The  Latin  word  is  vinum. 

•  That  is,  <ir€|iir-<ri,  ^  16,  2. 
»  I  12,  1,  and  §  24.  3. 

•  5  142,  2,  N.  2,  end. 

'  Express  on  account  of  by  8ia  with  the  accusative. 

•  Jppi-wTov.     See  §  15,  2. 

•  Express  down  from  by  icaro.    For  the  case,  see  Rem.  1  in  Lesson  VI. 


HI 


18  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   IX. 

Honiis:    Oontraots  of  the  First  and  Second  DeclensionB.— 

Apposition. 

Grammar:   §  8;   §  9,  with  1,  2,  3  (and  n.),  and  4; 
§  24,  1;  §  38;  §  43,  with  n.,  1  and  2;  §  137. 


Examples. 

§  137  :  EvpvXoxo^  6  oTrXmy^,  Euryloehics,  the  hoplite. 
EvpvX6)((^  T^  ottXltji,  to  Uurylochics,  the  hop- 
lite. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


19 


4t  ' 

'.5 '. 


Vocabulary. 

apryvpiOV,  -OV,  TO,  (dim.  of  fipyvpot,  til- 
ver;  cf.  ap70t»  white) 

Inno^,  -ov,  d  or  17,* 

"*   KCU/OW  {k(U/€Op),  KaPOV,  TO, 

^    01/09,  -ov,  6  or  17, 

^    7rXoV9  (ttXoo?),  TtXov,  d,  (irW»,  <o  iail) 

TTora/ids,  -ov,  d, 
^    ^eXiov,  -ov,  rd. 


a  jtnec6  of  silver, 

monei/. 
earth,  land, 
a  horse,  a  mare, 
a  basket, 
an  ass. 
a  voyage. 
a  river, 
a  bracelet. 


J- 


Exercises. 


9  / 


I.      1.     6    oiKirr)<;     €i;(C     irane    dpyvpiov    fiva^. 
2.   cp  8€  T^  *Apal3iq.  Ifv  {was)  17  yrj  rreSCov.      3.    n^ 


{what)  €1/  v^  ex^re  ;  4.  6  Se  ttXovs  cVni/®  {is)  eU  ras 
'Ad-qpa^;,  5.  ineiMxpe  top  apOpconop  'Aptato?  6  orpa- 
777709.  6.  iv  Tji  yji  apxpva-L  Aa/ccSat/xdi/wt  fcal  g' 
TQ  daKdrrjj. 

II.  1.  cv  T0>  P€^  edve  Tol  0€a5  'E/o/ui^.  2.  d  8c 
Toiorrj^  TO  Kapovp  iffavfial^ep.  3.  d  8c  Kv/)09  to* 
apdpdno)  S(t)pa  eirepj^ep,  lttttop  k<u  xj/iXia  koI  fxpop 
apyvpiov, 

m.  1.  He  wishes  to  send  five  minae  of  silver. 
2.  The  horses  and  asses  of  Pharnabazus,  the  satrap, 
kept  running*  into  the  sea.  3.  Cyrus,  the  brother 
of  Artaxerxes,  sends  the  bowmen  ten  days'  pay,  five 
minae  of  silver. 

IV.  1.  Cyrus,  the  (son)*^  of  Darius,  wishes  to  be 
king  in  place  of°  his  brother.  2.  He  therefore 
orders  his  generals  to  assemble^  hoplites  and  targe- 
teers,  and  marches  through  Lydia  to^  the  river 
Maeander.' 

NOTES.  T^ 

'  \  33,  2,  N.  2,  first  two  lines. 

^   •  The  neuter  singular  accusative  of  the  interrogative   pronoun  ri*. 
Consult,  further,  ?  23,  1,  H.,  and  %  31. 
r  »  Enclitic,  \  27,  3,  and  §  28,  1.     See  also  §  13,  1,  n.  1. 

*  Kept  running,  imperfect.  '  a0potl». 

*  Omit,  and  see  ?  141,  N.  4.  *  tirt. 

*  In  place  of,  drH  with  the  genitive.  •  \  142,  2,  h.  6. 


<'y,o€t  - 


/, 


20 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN   GREEK 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


21 


■  u 


ftW.      ^        LESSON   X. 

Verbs:  The  Indicative  Active. 

0 
Grammar:  §96,  I.,  the  Indicative  Active;  §  112,  1, 

and  2,  exc^t  the  Middle  and  Passive  endings  (read 
"§  112,  2,  N.,  and  the  first  and  last  four  lines  of  4);^  §  113, 

1,  and  2,  I.;  §  95, 1, 1.,  the  synopsis  in  the  Active  voice  of 

the  Indicative  of  Xva>  (observe  cai'efully  the  tense  stems) ; 
f%  99,  1  and  2  (entire);  §  100,  1  and  2 ;  §  101,  1,  2,  3,  and 

4;  §  103;  §  105,  1;  §  109,  1;  §  195;  §  200. 

Examples. 

§  195:  Toxf^  onXiTas  ^ov,  they  led  t?ie  hoplites  (the 
subject  is  represented  as  acting). 


Vocabulary, 

ayct),  ctfct),  ^-^a  (in  comp.),^ 

iKKk-qcria,   -as,  17,  {U  and  koX/w,  to  call) 

p-qa-a,  i7nK€)(€ip7jKa,  {M  and  x*^ 

the  hand) 

woiecjy  Tronyccu,  irroirja'a,  TrerroiqKa, 

Wo\LOpK€(t),   TToXlOpKrjo-O},    ilTokLOp- 

KTjo'a,  7r€7ro\i6pK7)Ka, 
TcXcvrao),  TeXevnjo-o),  ereXevrrja-a, 

T€T€k€Vrr)Kay   (T^Xcvrtj,  TtXos,  end) 

TLfxdo),  TLfiTJao),  iTLfir)o-a,  TeTLfirjKa,^ 


to  lead, 

an  assembly, 

to  lay  hand  to,  to 

try. 
to  do,  to  make, 
to  besiege,  to  block- 
ade. 

to   end  one's  life,  to 

die, 
to  honor, 
speech,  language. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  o  Sc  Aa/)cto9  TCTcXcvn^KCt^  /cat  ^Apra^ep^q 
e/SacrtXevei/.  2.  Sta  tov  ttcSiov  o  eU  rrjv  dakarrav 
KaOrJKeL  eXawct  eU  Tapaovs.  3.  o  Sc  o-TpaTrjyos 
TOT€  inoirfo'ei^  c/c/cXrycrtcu/  tcju  aTpaTLanwi/,  4.  o  0€ 
Kv/009  wokLopK-qa-eL  MiXrjTOP  /cat*  Kara  (by)  yrji/  /cat 
Kara  daXaTTov,  5.  ot  Se  oTparioyrai  tov  crrparrjyov 
T€^  efiaKXov  /cat  to.  vTro^vyta.  6\  rjvpLo-KOP^  8c  kcu 
V€vpa  iv  Tat9  /cc5/iat9  /cat  fxoXv/Soov. 

n.  1.  CTTCt  (when)  Se  ireXevrqcre  Aa/>ctbg,  o  <ra- 
Tpdirrjs  hU^aXXe  Kvpov*  2.  ivravda  oi  noXefJuoi 
Ka€LV  imxfdpnqcrav  ras  Kcofia^,  3.  /cat  toi  oTparrjyat 
7rpoo'€Tp€x^rrjv  Svo  rcartcr/co). 

m.  1.  We  shall  besiege  the  emporium  by  land 
and  sea.  2.  He  has  written "^  a  letter  to*  Arta- 
xerxes.  3.  For  I  have  been  a  slave,  and  say  that 
(oTt)  I  know  the  men's  language.  4.  I  led  the  sol- 
diers among  (ct?)  the  barbarians. 

TV.  1.  And  thence  he  descended®  into  a  plain. 
2.  For  Cyrus  had  honored  him^^  on  account  of  (his)" 
fidelity. 

NOTES. 

|110,  IV.  5.  '  §101,4,  N. 

I  32,  2,  ».,  first  paragraph.  *  See  note  3,  Lesson  VI. 

Tt  .  .  .  KflU,  both  .  .  .  and    See  also  §  27,  4. 

CvpCcKM. 

The  final  letter  of  stems  in  ^  (as  y^a^  in  -ypo^)  remains  unchanged 
in  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  active,  ?  110,  IV.  h. 
'  mpa  with  the  accnaat?  ire.  *®  avroV. 

Imperfect.  "  Oi^it. 


I  ( 


22 


FIRST    LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


23 


Hi 


LESSON  XI. 


>     / 


Verbs  i  The  Pregent  and  Imperfect  Indicative  of  ci/uu.  —  Neuter 
Flnral  Subject,  and  Dative  of  the  Possessor. 

Grammar  :  §  127, 1.,  the  Present  and  Imperfect  Indica- 
tive of  ct/Ltt ;  §  26,  with  n.  4;  §  27,  with  3;  §  28,  with  1, 
2,  and  3;  §  133,  1,  n.  1;  §  135,  2;  §  184,  4. 

^  Examples. 

§  135,  2 :  ov  ^  yap  cort  ^  irkola,  for  there  are  no  boats. 
§  184,  4:  ccTTi^  Kvp(o  TrapaSctcros,  Cyrus  has  a  park. 


Kwhxjvo^f  -ov,  6, 
napdSeKro^,  -ov,  6, 


Vocabulary. 

dnnger,  peril. 

a  park. 

a  spring,  a  (river's)  source. 


ifKolov,  -ov,  TOy  {•wKim^  to  Bail)    a  V€ssel,  a  transport. 


TToXc/xos,  -ov,  6, 

7roX€/Xt09,   -ov,  6,  (iroX«(iOi) 


3 


OriTO?,     -OV,  O, 
<^Xo9,    -OV,  6, 


an   enemy  in  war:  plur.  d 

TTokiyiioi,  the  enemy, 
grain,  food, 
afnend. 


Exercises* 


I.  1.  ^ujQ/  ip  TO)  TrapaScio"^.  2.  OTpaTuorrj^ 
ioTw.  3.  hnavda  Jjcrav  KCJfxcu,  4.  g/  Kit's  wot? 
€(TjUy.     5.   KXca/3X09  AafccSat/xdi/M)?  *  Ji'.     6.  cl  ctu^ 


(in  ^A6  power  of)  t^^   aheK(l)w,     7.    hnavda  Kvpw 
jSacriXcta*  tJi^^  /cat  TrapaScKTOS. 

II.  1.  (TTpaTLayrax  7)crav  ot  Kv/oov  c^tXot.  2.  ^Sf 
rft>  Kvpo)  TToXc/io?  7r/>o?  Mvcrov?.  3.  ccrrt^  Sc  /cat 
(a&o)  'A/orafepfov  ^acrCk^ia  a/  KeXati/cu?  cttI  rai? 
7n;yat9  tov  Mapo"vov  noTafiov, 

in.     1.     For  (there)  was  food   in   the   villages. 

2.  And  it  was  not*  possible®  to  capture  the  asses. 

3.  Cyrus  has  a  stronghold   at   the   sources   of  the  (f^i . 
river.     4.    The  soldiers  have  arms  and  horses. 

IV.     1.   You   (plural)  are   in  the   power  of  the 
generals.     2.  Since  Olearchus  has  soldiers  and  boats,  >fv  . 
he  will  besiege  the  enemy's  stronghold. 


NOTES. 


»  ?  141,  V.  2. 

*  A  neuter  plural. 


2  29. 

i  28,  N.  1,  at  the  end. 

2  60,2.  '2135,  N.l. 

2  136.  *  2  13,  2,  first  paragraph. 

It  was  possible :  use  simply  the  proper  form  of  ctfiX. 


LESSON    XII. 

Adjectives :  First  and  Second  Declensions.  —  Accusative  of 

Extent. 

Grammar:  §  62,  1,  2,  and  3  (and  n.);  §  63;  §  64; 
§138  (and  read  the  Remark);  §  161. 


r/11 


24 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Examples. 

§  138 :  1)  6  cro<^o9  ai/0pa)7ro^,  the  wise  7?ia7i ;  rov  (ro<f>ov 
avdpdiTTOVt  TO)  a'0(f>a}  aa/ffpayrro),  rov  croiftw 
avdpoiiTOVy  Tcou  o'o<f>(M)v  avffpcjTrcjv,  etc. 

2)  ^1/  8e  wapa  top  Ev(f>pdTY)p  irdpoSos  (rreirrj, 

but  there  was  a  narrow  passage  aUmg  the 
Eiiphrates  (an  attributive  adjective). 

3)  rjv  yap  rj  wdpoSo^  OTeinj,  for  the  passage  was 

NARROW  {a,  predicate  adjective). 
§  161:        €fjL€P€  Sc/ca  rjixepa';,  he  remained  ten  days 
(time). 
cfcXawci  Trapaa-dyya^  ciKocn,   he  advances 

TWENTY    PARASANOS    (space). 

Yocabnlary. 


ay/3t09,  -a,  -ov,  (aypos*  afield) 
a/iafirds,  -09,  -di/,  (dn^a) 
tXca>9,  -G)9,  -oil', 
/caXds,  -1^,  -6v, 

fiaKp09,  -a,  -dl/,  (t^tficotf  length) 

000^,  -ov,  7), 
Trapaa-dyyr)^,  -ov,  6, 
orafffioq,  -oVf  6, 


living  in  the  fields,  wiM, 

passable  by  wagons. 

propitious. 

beautiful. 

hng. 

a  way,  a  road. 

a  league,  a  parasang. 

a  day  s  journey,  a  stage. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  hnavOd  ctcrt  KWfiaL  icaXoI  fiearal  (tCtov^ 
Kol  OLPOV.  2.  hnavOa  /xci^i  Kvpo9  /ecu  17  orparta 
•})liipa%  eLKoaiv.^      3.  ot  ^€ol  iXcw  -^crai/.      4.    ouol  8' 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


25 


I 


aypvoL  0U9  ot  orpaTLwrai  Orjpdo'ovo'iv  h/  t<^  totto) 
eiaip.  5.  OL  XaXSatot  ikevOepoi  re  koll^  dX/ci/xoi 
ijcrcu/  •    OTrXa  S'  et^oi^  ^  yippa  fiaKpd  koI  Xdy^a?. 

II.  1.  ^ToiyLO^  elfjLL  iXavveiv,  2.  17  Se  elo-^okr) 
^v  6809  afxa^LTO^  opOia  i(T)(ypS)<;,  3.  ipTevOa/  i^e- 
Xavpet     OTadp^ov^    8uo    Trapaadyyaf;    Se/ca    cm    toj/ 

^dpOP    TTOTa/XOV, 

III.  1.  He  sends  two  thousand  hoplites  and  ten 
thousand  targeteers.  2.  There  ^  were  a  thousand 
wild  asses  in  the  plain.  3.  Thence  he  marches  ten 
days  through  Phrygia,  a  friendly  country. 


IV.  1 .  The  generals  marched  forth  into  a  friendly 
country.  2.  Thence  he  marches  five  stages,  thirty 
parasangs,  to  ®  the  sources  of  the  river.  3.  In  this 
place  {ivravOa)  there  was  a  beautiful  park. 


NOTES. 


'  Adjectives  of  fulness  and  want,  like  the  corresponding  verbs,  take 
the  genitive.     See  §  180,  with  1,  and  §  172,  1.  *  §  104. 

«  I  13,  1.  with  N.  2.  »  Omit. 

*  See  note  5,  Lesson  X.  •  vwL 

'(  "  - 


LESSON    XITI. 

Verbs  s  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Puture  Indicative  Middle. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  I.  and  11. ;  §  110,  I.  and  II.;  §  96, 
I./  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative  Middle  of 


26 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


\v(o;  §  95,  2,  I.,  second  paxagrapli;  §  112,  2,  Middle  and 
Passive  endings;  §  113,  1,  first  paragraph,  and  2,  II.,  first 
and  second  columns,  with  n.  1;  §  199,  with  1,  2,  and  3. 

Examples. 

§  199,  1 :  TpiiTovrai   Trpo?    XrjcTTeicw,   they   turn  them- 
selves to  piracy. 
§  199,  2:  TTopilpvrax  (tItov,  they  procure  food  for  trem- 

SELVES. 

§  199,  3 :  \v(rovraL  to.  TratSta,  they  will  ransom  their 
(own)  children. 

So  also:  d/*vi/(o,  to  ward  off^  but  d/Avvo/xat,  to  ward  off  from 
•^<*^  (mes  self;  air-^x'^,  to  hold  off,  but  aTr-cxo/u^t,  to  hold  one's  self 
off,  to  refrain ;  povXevoi^  to  plan,  but  ^ovXcvoftat,  to  plan  with 
one's  self  to  deliberate ;  Tropcvo),  to  make  go,  but  tropevofKUf  to 
make  one's  self  go,  to  proceed ;  ^iV<o,  to  show,  but  ^iVo/tat,  to 
show  one's  self  to  appear;  etc. 


Vocabulary^  ^  .^^•.^»^ 

apx^t  -t}?,  rjy  (opx«,  to  rule)  rule,  command,  province. 

8o5\os,  -ov,  6,  a  slave. 

Oeos,  -ou,  6  or  '17,  a  god,  a  deity. 

l^LOV,   -OV,  TO,  (dim.  inform  of 

Cxvo<t  o  ^T'ocifc)  a  track. 

oirXov,  -ov,  TO,  an  implement :  plur.  a77?w. 
V            ;jrop€v(o,  TTOpevaa),  inopev- 

itO^ai  i^'f^^^  (iro'poJTa  M;ay  acrow)  ^  ma^6  g'O,  ^0  COnvey. 
OTpaTld,    -as,    17,  (o-rparos,  an 

army)  an  army. 

To^ov,  -OV,  TO,  a  bow. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


27 


Exercises, 

I.  1.  d^cTat  Ta  OTrXa  /cat  Toi>9  iTTTrovs.  2.  01  8c 
SouXot  i<l>aivovTO.  3.  6  Se  o-aTJpaTnys  i^ovXeiieTO. 
4.  17  Sc  oTpaTta  iTropil<eTO  avrov.  5.  €ts  Ta9  /cw/Aas 
ot  orpaTLcoTaL  TpeifjoPTat.^  6.  ol  OTrXtTat  TpiirovTat,^ 
rov^  TToXe/Lttov?.      7.    /cat  c<^'^  afjid^r)^  iiropeveTo. 

n.  1.  i<f>aLP€To  t^ta  nnroiv,  2.  aTTCt^o/ic^a  * 
8ta  T0V9  Twi'  deS)v^  op/cov9.  3.  Kvpoi^  8e  jxera- 
TTC/iTTCTai  aTTo  T179  ^RX^^  V^  avTov  (him)  crarpdTrqv 
inoC-qa-eJ^     4.    toi/  ^Apra^ip^v  pAvroi  TreLpUaojieOa'^ 

III.  1.    The  citizens  ransomed  their  (own)  chil- 
dren with  money.®     2.    Wild  asses  appeared  in  the  ^^-^^ 
plain.     3.    Thereupon    the   bowmen    sent   for   their 
bows.     4.  He  will  lead  his  (own)  army  into  Cilicia. 

IV.  1.    We  shall  send  for  ten  thousand  hoplites. 

2.    And  then  ^^  they  proceeded  to  the  river.     3.  The  \ 

enemy  put  the  army  to  flight. 

NOTKt. 

»  Page  98. 

'  Consult  the  general  vocabulary  under  rpi-mt, 

M  17.  1.  U  104.  »  §  167,  3. 

•  The  English  idiom  requires  the  pluperfect.  For  the  two  accusa- 
tives, see  I  166. 

'  S  109, 1.  »  Dative,  ?  188,  1. 

•  Present  infinitive  middle.  *"  And  then,  tlra  8«. 


28 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XIT. 

Adjectives :  Oontraots  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions.  — 

Position  of  the  Article. 

Grammar  :  §  65;  §  9,  with  1,  2  (and  n.),  3  (and  n.),  and 
4;  §  24, 1,  with  n.;  §  43,  n.,  1,  2,  3;  §  142, 1  (with  n.),  2, 
and  3. 

Examples. 

§  142,  1 :  6  cro<^9  avOpconoq,  the  wise  man ;  oi  rmv 
Sr)/3aio}v  oTpaTTjyoi,  the  generals  OF  the 
Thebans. 

§  142,  2 :  av0po)7ro<s  6  cro<^d9  or  6  cu/Opcono*;  6  cro<f}6s, 
the  WISE  man;  oi  oTpaTrjyol  ol  twp  ©17- 
fiaiaiVy  the  generals  OF  the  Thebans. 

§  142,  3 :  6  au0p(aTTo<;  (ro(f>6<;  or  cro<^s  6  cu/dpcjiros  (sc. 
ioTLv),  the  man  is  wise. 


Vocabulary. 

dya^os,  -if,  '6v,  good,  virtuous,  brave. 

dcTo?,  -ov,  o,  cm  eagle. 

leXov,  -ov.  t6,  aprize. 

oXoytOTO^,    -09,    -OV,  (^  priv.'  and 

XoY((o|iai,  to  consider ;  cf .  Xo-yof,  Xt-yM)  inconsiderate. 

^ao-iXcto?,  -09,  -OI',  iPa«nX€vs,  ^n</)  royal,  kingly. 
evvov^  (ewoo*;),    -ovSt  -owt  («^» 

well,  and  vovt)  Wcll-dispOSed. 

/X€Vo9,    -17,  -01/,  MIDDLE. 

(rrffieiovy  -ou,  to,  (oiiio,  a  n^)  a  sign,  a  standard. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


29 


Exercises. 

I.      1 .    aXX'     ccrrt  ^    Kv/30)    17    ap^i)     17     irarpiia. 

2.  OI/OU9    Se   rov9    aypiov^    ol    CTpaTLCJTai    ihuoKoi/. 

3.  ra  Sc  ^(t)pia  (raTpaneva-ovo'tv  ol  tov  Kvpov 
a8ek(f>ov  <f>ikoiJ^  4.  ol  /caXot*  rc^  /cdya^ol*  K^'^p^ 
€vi/ot  ^arai/.  5.  Kvpo9  Sc  eSw/cc^  {ycive)  toJ 
ai^dpdnot  arpemov  ^(pvcrovp  koX  i/fcXta  /col  aKwdKrjv 
Xpyaovv. 

n.  1.  eSoD/cc  Sc  /cat  (jyLaXrjv  apyvpaa/,  2.  ifiei^ov 
a/  ral?  fC6>/LLat9  Tat9  uttc/j  (above)  tov  ttcSiov.  3.  Std 
fjL€<Tov^  Sc  rot)  wapaSeurov  pel^  6  MaLavhpo<;  irora- 
/ut09.  4.  ov^^°  ovrcc>9,  S  KXca/3;(c,  dXoytorot  io-fxa/, 
dXXd  7019  TOV  Kvpov  <^tXot9  evuoi, 

III.  1.  But  the  Persian  bows  are  long.  2.  The 
royal  standard  was  a  golden  eagle.  3.  The  soldiers 
are  well-disposed  toward  "  their  general. 

IV.  1.  But  the  prizes  were  necklaces  of  gold. 
2.     The  satrap's  boats  are  unseaworthy. 

NOTES. 

5  131,  4  a. 

I  28,  K.  1,  at  the  end.     For  the  following  dative,  see  §  184,  4. 
English  order :  ol  ^CXot  tov  oScX^wv. 
§  139,  1.  *  See  note  5,  Lesson  X. 

kaV  dyadoC,  g  11,  1,  with  a,  and  §  24,  2.     The  coronis  (* )  is  used  to 
mark  the  crasis. 

Aorist  third  singular  (first  singular  ?S«»Ka)  of  S^fu,  a  verb  in  p^ 

I  93.  3. 

§  142,  4,  H.  4. 

That  is,  &^<i,  contracted  third  singular  present  indicative  active  of 

'0  §  13,  2.  "  See  above,  L  4. 


IJ 


fit 


./  ; 


30 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


31 


LESSON    XV. 

Verbs :  Aorist,  Perfect,  and  Pluperfect  Indicative  Middle.     ' 

Grammar:  §  92,  4,  III.  and  IV.  a;  §  110,  III.  1  and 
IV.  a;  §  96,  I.,^  Aorist,  Perfect,  and  Pluperfect  Indica- 
tive Middle  of  kvo);  §  112,  2  (Middle  and  Passive  end- 
ings) and  3;  §  113,  1  (second  paragraph)  and  2,  II.,  third 
column,  with  N.  1 ;  §  95,  1,  I.,  the  synopsia  in  the  Middle 
voice  of  the  Indicative  of  Xuai. 


Vocabulary, 

cipX^*   ct/ofcu,  7]pia,  ^px^*'   ^^  ^^^^  ^^  lead,  to  begin, 


^pryfiaL, 
kcj/jltJttj^;,  -ov,  6,  (K^^ti) 
H'^XV*  -V^'  V*  (i^xo»«**»  tofyht) 


to  rule, 
a  villager, 
a  battle. 


TravQi,  Travao),  inava'a,  iri-    to  stop,  to  end:  mid.  to  8top 


rravKa,  TreiravfiaL, 


ones  self,  to  desist. 


to  try,  to  attempt,^ 


TreCda),   ireCo'cOy    eveicra,    ire-    to  persuade:  mid.  to  obey 
ireiKa,  7rC7r6tcr/xat,^  (i.e.  to  persuade  one's  self). 

TrcLpdo),  ireipdcroit  incCpacra, 
irenelpaKa,     TrcTTCipa/iat,* 

(mtpa,  a  tnal) 

OT/aaroTTcScvft),      orpaTone- 
SetcTft),    iarpaTOTreSevcrat 

(«rrpaToir«8ov,  a  camp,  fr.  <rrpaTot, 

and  WSov,  ground) 
WOxfjiay  -a9,  Tj,  (viro,  and  tlio  root 
^'f  look,  so  that  the  idea  is  eying 
ttealthily) 


to  encamp,  to  bivouac! 


mispicion,  apprehension. 


Exercises. 

I.      1.    Toi^  0€o7<;  iOvcraTo.      2.    fidxq^^  Treiravo-ai. 
3.    ireTreipavTaL  top  iroTafxov  hia^aiveLv,     4.   iXikvaOe 

TOL    TTtttSta.        5.    ol    Sc    (TTpaTL(OTaL    lTr€TrO£<EVVTO    OTaO- 

ULOV<;  ireme,  6.  rov  iroXifiov  eTravcraro.  7.  6  o€ 
Kvpo<;  Pe^ovXevraL  ottox;  (thai)  ^aaO^vcrei  avri  rov 
a8€\<f)OV.  8.  ot  §€  MiKiJTOV  TroXtrat  rjSeca's  iirav- 
crcun'o,     9.  koI  6  'Aptatos  iarpaToweSevaaTo. 

n.  1.  Stcr^iXtoi  io'TpaTOireSevccwTo  napa  KXc- 
ap\o)»       2.    K(u    TreneCpaTcu    irddeiv    tov^    TroXtra?. 

3.  /cat  rov  OTparrjyov  koI  top  aaTpaTrrjv  aneirefji^paTO. 

4.  iarpjusvTo  Se  Kvpos  eU  tt^p  tcov  nokeiiuov  j^cipox/. 

III.  1.  The  bowmen  have  desisted  from  battle. 
2.  The  hoplites  accordingly  encatnped  by  the  army 
of  Cyrus.  3.  They  have^roceeded  to  the  sources  of 
the  river.  4.  And  the  general  attempted  to  surround 
the  villages. 

rV.  1.  Hereupon  the  village-chief  began  "^  to  lead 
away  the  villagers.  2.  The  satrap  has  deliberated 
that  he  may  ®  end  the  apprehensions  of  the  citizens. 

NOTIt. 

»  Page  100.  MHO,  IV.  6. 

•  For  the  euphonic  change  in  the  future  and  aorist  (im6Hro»  an<3 
lirfie-<ra),  see  §  16,  2.  For  the  changes  in  the  perfect,  see  ^  16,  1,  s.  2, 
and  'i  16.  3.  *  §  109,  1. 

•  Commonly  used  in  the  middle  voice  as  a  deponent  (§  88,  2). 

•  Fkom  battle,  ^  174. 

'  Aorist  middle.     See  the  general  vocabulary. 
"  See  above,  I.  7. 


'/ir 


32 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


33 


4 


LESSON   XVI 


HoniiB :  Mute  or  Liquid  Stems  of  the  Third  Declension. 

Grammar  :  §  45,  1  and  2;  §  46,  with  1,  2,  3,  and  4; 
§  47, 1  and  2;  §  48, 1  and  2,  a,  6,  c,  and  d\  §  49  i%  50, 1., 
k*.V  ^'/V-^  the  declension  of  the  first  four  nouns ;  J  16,  with  2  and  6 
(with  notes  1  and  2) ;  §  25,  3. 

Vocabulary. 


ycpoiVy  'OPTo<;,  6,  (cf.  ripot* 

old  age) 
6(opa^,  -a/co9,  6, 

icrjpv^,  -V/C09,  6,  (mipvTTw,  to 

proclaim) 

/ittOTtf,    -1709,  17, 

<f)aXay^,  -ayyo^,  17, 

<f>€Vy(iiV^     -OVTOS,    6,    (4<VYW, 

to  flee) 

(f>v\a^,    -a#C09,    6,    (♦uXom*, 

to  gtutrd) 


a  ruler,  a  commander. 

an  old  man. 

a  breastplate,  a  cuirass. 

a  herald. 

a  whip,  a  lash. 

a  line  of  battle,  a  phalanx. 

a  fugitive,  an  exile. 

a  gvxxrd. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  Tor^  iik  KTJpvKa<;  eweiixlfe  rrepl  cnrovSwu, 
2.  ol  l3dp^apoL  erofevcrcu/  vtto  fxacrTiyoiv.^  3.  cW- 
\€V(r€  7rop€V€(rOai^  okrjv  rrfv  <f>akayya,  4.  rov  Se 
KTJpvKa  iKcXeva-e  o-Lyrfv  KrjpvrTew,  5.  e)(€t  fiLo-Oo- 
if>opov^  XctXv^a?.  6.  oii'oi'  c/c  ttj<;  fiakdt/ov  TreTroLrj- 
Kaai  Tfj<:  ano  tov  ffioiviKo^, 


II.  1.  A\ov  hk  0(ipaKa^  ku/ov';,  ami  Be  t(ov 
Tnep'vyoiv  cnrdpra  irvKva,  2.  /cat  ovk€tl  Treine 
(rraSta  Stct^enyi^  rw*  (fxikayye,  3.  6  8c  'S€vo(f>a>v 
TOV  ap^oina  Trj<;  Ka>ix7)^  crvvSenrvop  iiroirjcraTo,^ 
4.  Kol  TTOtct  TOV  aZeK<l>6v  /caret  {on)  to  aripvov  koI 
TLTpcoaKeL  Sta  tov  ^cipa/co?.  5.  koI  oi  crrpaTtoJ- 
rai  avTL7rap€Td^avTo  ^  Kara  <j>dXayya. 

III.  1.  He  was  wearing  his*^  cavalry  breastplate. 
2.  And  he  ordered  the  fugitives  to  take  part  in  the 
expedition.*  3.  And  the  Cilician  woman  had  guards. 
4.  And  he  has  Xenias  (as)  ^  commander  of  the 
hoplites. 

IV.  1.  And  first  I  warred  against  ^°  the  Thra- 
cians.  2.  They  kept  leaving  the  old  men  behind 
at  home.  3.  (The  trumpeter)"  sounds  with  his 
trumpet,^^  and  at  once  the  soldiers  run  to  close  quar- 
ters ^^  with  the  enemy. 

NOTKt. 

*  A  participle  used  as  a  noun.  For  the  vocative  singular,  see  |  48,  2  h, 
second  paragraph. 

*  Shot  under  the  lash,  that  is,  of  their  leaders,  who  were  urging  them 
on.     This  was  a  part  of  Persian  discipline. 

'  Present  infinitive  middle,  the  ending  being  -<o-6ou» 

*  §  78.  N.  2.  *  §  16G- 

*  Aorist  of  the  compound  verb  dbn-i-irapaTttTroiuu. 
M  141,  5.  2. 

»  «rTpaT«i;«reoi.  "  §  134,  N.  1  d. 

*  §  137,  N.  4.  'M  188.  1. 

"  irpos  with  the  accusative.  "  o^ioVi  with  the  dative,  §  186. 


34 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XVII. 


Nouns :  Mute  or  Liquid  Stems  of  the  Third  Declension  (continued). 

Grammar  :  §  50,  the  remainder  of  L,  and  11. ;  review 
the  Grammar  of  the  last  Lesson. 


Vocabulary. 

ycXft)?,  -CUT09,  O,  (•yfXow,  to  laugh) 
TjyefKOVy  'OUO^t    6,  iiry<o|icu,  to  lead; 

cf.  ayti) 
t/xa9,  -dpTo^y  o, 

TTOUS,     TTOOO^y  O, 

(TTpaTeVfia,     aro?,  to,  (o-rpaTos,  an 

army) 

<f>vyd<;,  -a8o9,  6,  (<Hvy<*) 

^a/5t9,   -irOS,  17,  (X»*^»  ^0  rc/oice) 


laughter, 

a  leader,  a  guide, 
a  leathern  strap. 

a  MONTH. 
a  FOOT. 

an  army,  a  host, 
a  fugitive,  an  exile, 
gratitude. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  Tjj  81  voT^pala'  av€v  rfyefiovo^  iiropevoirro. 
2.  M€P(oi/  he  avveXe^e  to  OTpaTevfxa  ^cypl?  tcjv  oX- 
Xcou,^  3.  ot  0€  dXXoi  oTpaTicjTaL  ii^vKT€pev(T(w  ctcrt- 
TOt*  Kol  avev  ttv/do?.*  4.  cira  Sc  iraprjXavvQ^  €<^'® 
apfiaio^  Kol  7)  KiXtcrcra  et^'  d/o/Lta/Act^?.  5.  6  8c  ^ 
crrpaTevyia  crvveXe^ev  airo  twv  ^^rjfxaTOJv.^  6.  cto^c- 
8voi^o  €19  T0U9  7roSa9  ot  t/xdj^C9. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


35 


IL  1.  oi  Se ''Ek\7]pe<;  (Tvi^  yeXcjTL  inl  tols  cTKrjvd^ 
rjkOov.^  2.  ivravda  (f>vya<;  2d/Ltto9  cXe^ci/.  3.  /care- 
\dp,^oLvov  {found)  ^Kpyieviov^  iraiha^^^  (tvu  Tai<i^^ 
fiap^apLKOL^  OToXat9.  4.  to)  craTpdirr)  ^^  ou  rov 
fxLcrdov   e^c/ca  fiovov  vTrrjpeTijcrofJLei/   dXXd   /cat    'nj9 

^dptT09. 


13 


TIT.  1.  And  Clearchus,  the  Lacedaemonian  exile, 
had  come.  2.  And  the  prize  was  a  beautiful  golden 
tiara.  3.  But  Cyrus  ^^  gave  pay  for  six  months  ^^ 
to  the  general.  4.  But  the  men  descended  ^^  upon  ^^ 
a  ladder. 


IV.  1.  The  army  has^*  fair  hopes  of  safety. 
2.  He  will  make  war  with  the  aid  of  ^®  the  fugitives 
of  the  Milesians. 


NOTES. 

*  «ovi  (for  iro8«)  in  the  nominative  irregularly  lengthens  the  short 
vowel  of  the  stem.  *  §  189. 

*  ^  142,  2,  N.  3  a,  and  §  139,  1.     Declined  regularly  except  in  the 
neuter  £XXo.  ■*  §  138,  Rem. 

*  A  htteroclite.     See  ^60,  1,  and  in  the  general  vocabulary,  irvp. 

•  2  17,  1.     With  trtipTJXawcVi  sc.  o  Kvpos. 
•    '  S  143.  N.  2. 

•  By  means  of  the  money.     See  the  general  vocabulary,  XP^P^ 

•  Came,  second  aorist  (§  90,  2,  n.  1)  indicative  third  plural  of  the 
de})onent  verb  lpxo|uu.  *®  §  25,  3,  n.  1. 

"  The  {well  known).    The  article  is  often  used  in  Greek  to  mark  a  par- 
ticular object  as  well  known. 
"  ^  184,  2.  "  §  141.  N.  1  b. 

"  d  K  Kvpos,  §  141,  N.  1  a.     For  gave,  see  Lesson  XIV.,  1.  5. 
•*  S  167,  5. 

**  A  customary  action,  imperfect  tense. 
"  itrC  with  the  genitive.        "  §  184,  4.         »»  TTi^A  the  aid  of,  <nfy. 


36 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XYIII. 

Verbs :  Indicative  Fassive.  —  Historical  Present. 

^  Gkammar  :  §  92,  4,  L,  IV.  a  and  c,  and  VI. ;  §  110, 1., 
IV.  a  and  c,  and  VI. ;  §  96, 1.,^  Indicative  Passive ;  ^  §  95, 
2,  L,  third  paragraph ;  §  112, 1,  2,^  3,  and  4 ;  §  113, 1  and 
2;  §  95,  1,  I.,  the  synopsis  in  the  Passive  voice  of  the 
Indicative  of  \voi ;  §  88,  2,  with  n.  ;  §  92,  5  and  6 ;  §  196 ; 
§  197,  1  and  2,  first  paragraph ;  §  200,  N.  1. 


K't 


Examples. 

§  196:  * ApraTraTq^s  iT€TCfJL7)To  vtto  Kvpov,  Arta- 

pdtes  HAD  BEEN  HONORED  by  Cyrus.  (Ac- 
tive :  ^AprairdTrjp  ireTLfxiJKeL  Kvpo<;.) 

§  197,  2  :  iravra  *  rot?  OTparqyoLS  TreiroCrfTcu,  every- 
thing has  been  done  by  the  generals. 

§  200,  N.  1 :  Kvpov  /xeraTre/ATrerat,  he  sent  for  Cyrus, 

Vocabulary. 

fiovXafxaL,   ^ovkrjcropLai,   ^e/SovXrj/jLaLt 

i/3ovkT]07)v,^  to  wish. 

817X00),  SrjXaxTiOt  etc.  reg.,  (St)Xos,  clear)  to  make  dear. 

KVkXoO),  KVKXwao),  etc.  reg.,  (kvkXos,  a  circle)  to  SUrroUnd. 

Xeyct),  Xcfo),  cXefa,  XeXey/xat,  iXex0r)v,^  to  say. 
Xiycjy^  Xi^o),  eXe^a,  ctXo^a,®  eiXeyfiai, 

or  XeXey/xat,  iXi^OiqVy  to  gather. 

fiLO'doct),  fXitrOcjcro},  etc.  reg.,  (|u<r6os)  to  hire. 

TratScvcej,  TraiSevcrcjy  etc.  reg.,  (vaSt,  a  child)  to  educate. 

(filXeco,  ^iXt^CTW,  etc.  reg.,^  (^<Xot)  to  love. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


37 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  €/x€/ito"0a5/x,€^a  Tol  ap^ovTL,  2.  iXeyero  rj 
^ft>/5a  ap^ecruaL  vno  t(ov  iiepao)!/,  6.  eirt  rot? 
dvpais  rals  Aapeiov  iraLhevOTJcovTaL.  4.  eU  Kaorrcw- 
Xov  7r€8iov  aO poitflVTai,  5.  (jyiXos  rots  (rr/oartcSrats 
XcXcu/icrat.  6.  hnavda  S17  KiJpov  aTroTefjLveTai  rj 
Ke(f>aXr)  /cat  ^et/3  17  Sc^ta.  7.  ot  yap  crr/oartcSrat  utto 
rSi^  TToXtTWJ^  ov/c  i(l>iXrj0rj(T(u/, 

II.  1.  ctXXo^^  8c  crrpaTevfxa  crweXeyero^^  iv  Xep- 
povTjcra),  2.  e7rat8€U€TO  cn)i/  rot?  dXXot§  ttolo'lv. 
3.  (W9  (Aotf;)  K{5/D09  crcXcvrrycre  o'  ro!  einrpocdQ/^^ 
Xoyo}  ScSr^Xcurat.  4.  C7r€t  Se  ereXcuiTycrc  Aapelo?, 
TT/oos  Tw  *ApTa^€p^v  inefJL<l>0r)(rav  ayyeXoi  vno 
Kvpov, 

III.  1.  He  was  sent.  2.  The  bridges  will  have 
been  destroyed.  3.  The  boys  will  be  honored  by 
the  satrap.  4.  He  wishes  an  army  to  be  collected.^° 
5.  They  learn  both  to  rule  and  to  be  ruled. 

IV.  1.  Miletus  was  besieged  both  by  land  and 
by  sea.  2.  The  army  was  encircled  on  both  sides. 
3.  He  has  been  made  satrap  ^*  of  Lydia  by  Darius. 

N0TE8. 

»  Page  102. 

*  For  the  present,  imperfect,  perfect,  and  pluperfect  indicative  pas- 
sive, see  pages  98  and  100. 

*  The  aorist  indicative  passive  uses  the  secondary  endings  of  the 
active. 


38 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


39 


*  Neuter  plural  nominative  of  the  adjective  tratt  literally  all  {things). 

M109,  8.  •  U6.  1. 

^  This  verb  is  found  only  in  composition  in  Attic  Greek. 

«  I  101,  1.  N.  M  17.  2.    • 

"*  The  present  infinitive  passive,  like  the  middle,  uses  the  ending 
-i<r6<u. 

"  See  the  general  vocabulary  under  ^[XXos.       "  |  141,  N.  3. 
"  Look  for  «rvXX€Y«,  g  16,  6.  "  I  136. 


LESSON   XTX, 

Nouns:  Stems  of  the  Third  Declension  ending  in  S. — The 

Declension  of  ovTo<i. 

Grammar:  §  51,  1  and  2;  §  52,  1  (and  read  the  n.*), 
and  2,  with  notes  1,  2,  and  3;  §  33,  2,  notes  1,  2,  and  3 ; 
§  58,  with  1,  2,  and  3 ;  §  83,  the  declension  of  the  Demon- 
strative Pronoun  ovto<;;  §  142,  4. 

Example. 

§  142,  4 :  oSro9  6  amjp,  or  6  airfjp  ovtos  (never  6  ovto^ 

ainjp),  THIS  man. 


Toeabulary. 

€U/>09,   -C09,  TO,  l««pvs,  wide^  broad) 
Kp<U/OS»   '€0<;»  TO,  (KOfw,  the  head) 

K parody  -COS,  to, 

/i.^/C09,    -€09,  TO, 
0/)09,    -cos,  TO, 
TCt;(0S,   -C09,  TO, 


width,  breadth. 

a  helmet. 

might,  power. 

length. 

a  mountain. 

a  wall  for  defence. 


Teko^;,  -€09,  TO,  (t€XX«,  to  ac-     accomplishm^nt,  end:  pi. 

romplish)  by  metonymy  magistrates. 

XAJfOf;,    -€0S,    TO,    (v^i,  on  hiyh, 

<^io/t)  height. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  Stctj^ct  TOVTOV9  T0V9  (TTpaTrjyovq  Kl)/>09 
TpLTjpecn?     2.   /cat  e/TaiJ^a  817  ihi(i)Kov  KaTa  KpaTos  ^ 

04      EXX7;r€9.         3.     T^9     T7/Lt€/)a9     TOVTO     TO     T€Xo9     ^^. 

4.  *Op6vTa<;    8e    yeuet^     7rpo(rrJK€^    tw    'ApTa^dp^rj, 

5.  TOVTOv  Se  To5  TroTajxov  to  evpo^  iaru/  eiKocTL  /cat 
7r€^T€  TTOOoii/.^      6.   «/0a  817  €(l>exryov  inl  tol  oprf, 

m 

II.  1.  /cat  o  ^(OKpdrr)^  (rvfjilSovXeveL  tg5  Hero- 
<f>a>in-LJ     2.    inopTcu    Tfye/xovL    t&J    *H/3a/cXct.^     3.    ^i/ 

8c     TOUTO     TO     TCt;(09    cS/>09  ^     eLKOCL    TTohotiVy    v\jjo<;    8c 

eKaTOV  •  fxrJKO<;  8*  iXeyeTo  ewat  ®  ecKoo-L  Trapao-ayycji/, 
4.  cVct  8c  ^o-ai/  CTTt  Tat9  Ovpais  Tat9  TLcr(Ta(j>4pvov^, 
ot  /le/  ^^  CTTpaTTjyol  7rapeKXrj0rj(rai/  ^^  cto-o)  •  ot  8c 
Xo;(ayot  CTTt  Tat9  dvpai<;  ifia^op, 

III.  1.  He  tells  this  oracle  to  Socrates.  2.  The 
breadth  of  this  river  is  two  plethra.  3.  Thence  they 
sent  the  scout  upon  the  mountains.  4.  He  announces 
that  they  are  fleeing  at  full  speed.^ 


12 


18 


IV.  1.  But  the  enemy  were  kindling  fires  upon 
the  mountains.  2.  This  man  was  condemned  to 
death  by  the  magistrates  at  Sparta."  3.  And  they 
had  brazen  helmets  and  purple  tunic;^. 


40 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


NOTES. 


»  In  declining  nouns  and  adjectives,  especially  in  the  third  declen- 
Bion  great  attention  should  be  given  to  the  formation  of  the  various  cases 
from  the  stem,  particularly  of  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative 
singular,  and  the  dative  plural.    Consult  the  references  to  the  Grammar 

given  in  Lesson  XVI.  „  ,   •       •  \*      ' 

3  Kara  Koaros,  according  to  might,  with  all  their  might. 

4  2  188.  1.  N.  1.  M  169.  3.  •  §  160.  1. 

5  I  26,  N.  1.  M  184.  2.  •  To  be. 

■^w  When  two  parts  of  a  sentence  are  contrasted,  they  are  very  com- 
monly correlated  by  |Uv . . .  W  (both  postpositive),  in  the  sense  of  indeed 
. . .  but,  on  the  one  hand  ...on  the  other;  though,  in  many  cases.  |uv  can 
hardly  be  rendered  in  English. 

"  Aorist  passive  of  uopaKoX/-.  "  M  with  the  geniUve. 

"  At  full  speed,  oyd  Kpdros* 

"  At  Sparta,  iv  tq  Sirofyrn.    See.  further,  {  142, 1,  H. 


-•o*- 


LESSON   XX. 

Verbs :  Angment  and  Pormation  of  Tense  Stems. 

Grammar:  §  99, 1,  and  2  entire ;  §  100, 1  and  2 ;  §  101, 
1,  2,  3,  and4;  §  102;  §  103;  §^104;  §  105,  1;  §  109,  1; 
§  110,  I.,  II.  1,  III.  1,  IV.  a  b  and  c,  and  VL 


Tocabnlary. 

OLKOVO),     a/covcro/Liat,^     TjKova-a, 

TjKovadrjv, 
ido),  idaoi,  ctcura,  cta/ca,  cta/xat, 

eldOrjv, 
eixofiaL,^  cv^o/mat,  ev^d^-qv, 

t,r)T€Q),  t,r)Tljo'(t),  etc.  reg., 
drjpevo),^  drjpev(T(0,  etc.  reg.,  (diip,  a 
^irild  beoit) 


to  hear, 

to  permit,  to  allow,  to 
let  alone,  to  let  go. 
to  pray, 
to  seek, 

to  hunt  wild  beasti. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


41 


irpdrTO),^  irpd^cj,  inpa^a,  iri- 
TT/ja^a,  iriiT pay p^aiy  iirpd^di^Vy 

piiTTisi^  pixjfcj,  ippLxffa,  ep/ot^a, 
ippLfifiaL,  ippi(l)07)P, 

Tapdrro},^  rapd^o),  irdpa^a,  rcra- 
payfJiaL,  irapd^drji/y 


to  do,  to  praxitice. 

to  throw,  to  hurl, 
to      disturb,      to 
trouble. 


Exercises. 


I.  1.  TTpa^drjcreraL,  2.  ec^e  Se  to  Scftdz/. 
3.  TJ^v  iTTioToXrji/  iyeypd(f)€L,  4.  etra  Se  i^yov  tov 
^Opovrav,  5.  koL  ol  [xev  ^  rjv)(ovTOy  oi  Se  ^Kreipov, 
6.  ol  oTpaTrjyol  crvv  'Bg^o^wvti  rjKoXovd'qcrav,  7.  tcl 
§€  dXXa  ^  €19  TO  TTvp  €ppi\^av. 

II.  1.  TTopcvecr^at*  fiacre  T0V9  C7T/)aTMyras.  2.  oXx- 
yoi  afxcf)!  Kvpop  KaTe\eL(j)drj(rcu^.  3.  SrjXaxreL  8e  S)v 
Seofieda,  4.  inl  tov  dSeXc^oi/  iarpaTeiieTO,  5.  Kvpo? 
Se  oviro}  rJKeVf  oXX'  ert  TrpoorjKaweu, 

III.  1.  But  he  was  marching  against  ^^  Menon's 
soldiers.  2.  But  a  mountain  surrounded  "  the  plain. 
3.  For  Cyrus  honored  his  guest.  4.  He  has  hunted 
wild  beasts  on  horseback.^^  5.  We  had  broken  our 
oaths. 

rV.  1.  They  have  sought  the  commanders.  2.  He 
has  been  loved  by  the  barbarians.  3.  But  the  gen- 
eral was  greatly  troubled. 


iJ 


i! 


r 


i 


I'  ^ 


42 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


43 


NOTES. 


i  See  note  3,  Lesson  XXVIII.    For  the  form  of  Uie  aorist  pawive. 
8eeH09.2.  M103.H.  H7. 2. 

*  Simple  stem  (2  92.  2)  wpa-y-.    See  also  I  108.  IV.  1  a. 
»  Simple  stem  (ii^.    See  J  108.  III.,  and  {15.  2. 

•  Simple  stem  ropax-.  _,^  „  _         ,    . 
M  143  1                'See  note  3,  Lesson  XVI.  "  Imperfect. 


-•©•- 


LESSON  XXI. 

Hoims !   Stems  of  the  THid  Declension  ending  in  a  Vowel  or 
Diphthong,  or  in  At,  or  in  AS  and  AT. 

Grammar  :  §  63,  with  1  (and  notes  1  and  2),  2,  and  3 
(with  N.  1);  §  64;  §  65;  §  56,  1  and  2. 

Yocabulary. 

ai/d^aa-LS,  -ecus,  '^7,  (<W»  "P.  i   •  7     j 

and  pain*,  to  go)  an  oscent,  a  march  mUxna. 

Swa/its,   -€0)?,  rj,  (WiraiMu,  ability,power,mi\i\ATy  force, 

to  he  ahU)  iroops. 

to  impecf)  an  mspectwn,  a  review, 

iTnre;?,  -eW.  o,  (W«t)  a  Jwrsemxin :  pi.  cavaZry. 

ciotim,  and  Pa£v«)  COOSt. 

7rki]0o<;,  -C09,  to',  (»x.'«,,/ua)  /uZnes5,  a  j^rea^  number,  an 

amount. 

7rp6<f>aa-L<;,  'e<o<;,  'fj,  a  pretext. 

Tctft?,  .€a)s,  17,  (nirT-.  <o  ar-  arrangement,    good    order, 

range)  discipline. 


Exercises. 

T.  1.  TO  §€  crrpaTevixa  eKoure  Toif<:  fiov^  kol 
6vov9.  2.  TOL  dr)pia  ol  imrei^  €plot€  iBuoKov.  3.  el- 
)(ov  he  Kol  hopv  0)9  [about)  ironeKolheKa  irrjxeoiv. 
4.  Kot  ivravOa  Kvpo<;  i^dracnu  to>v  ^^Wrfvoiv  eiroi- 
rja-ep.  5.  hrjXov  ^v  otl  (that)  iyyv^  ttov  ySacriXcus^ 
^v,     6.    Kol  Trapfja-cw^  al  €/c  U.ekoTrovmja'ov  vyJ€<;. 

n.  1.  Traprjv  Sc  Kol  o  (TTparrjyoq  irrl  rmv  veZv, 
2.  Ta  Sc^ta  Tov  K€paTo<;  e)(€L,  3.  rjo'av  cu  Icji/t- 
Kol  TToXet?  Ti<T(ra(f)€pvov<;^  to  apxatov}  4.  xpowv 
77X17^09  T^9  ava^da-eoy;  koll  Karafiaa-ecos  e'tavT09^ 
ical  Tp€r9  (three)  firive^;.  5.  ical  jSocrtXcvs  Srj  iwel 
rJKovcre^  Hia-cra^pvovs  rov  Kvpov  aroXov,  avTiTra- 
p€crK€vat,€To. 

m.     1.  And  lie  was  collecting  his  Grecian  force. 

2.  For  Cyrus  kept  remitting  the  tributes  to  the  king 
from^  the  cities.  3.  He  proceeds  to  ^  the  king. 
4.  For  they  cast  aside  their  purple  robes.  5.  But 
Menon  holds  the  left  wing. 

IV.  '1.  He  had  ships,  with  which®  he  was  be- 
sieging ^°   Miletus.     2.    Cyrus   had  another  pretext. 

3.  And  the  Cilician  woman  admired  the  discipline  of 
the  army. 

NOTES. 

>  poinXivs,  when  used  to  designate  the  king  of  Persia,  commonly  omits 
the  article.  *  Formerly,  I  160,  2.  ''  U. 

•§26.N.  1.  -^Sc^Jv.  «  ,is,  ^91.  III.  2. 

>  I  169, 1.  «  \  171,  2,  N.  1.  »  §  188,  1. 
»"  «voXiopK«i,  i.e.  ciroXiofMCic  (before  contraction). 


44 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XXII. 

Verbs :  Subjunctive  Active. 

Grammar:  §  96,  1,  the  Subjunctive  Active  of  Xvoi* 
(read  §  95,  2,  N.^) ;  §  114,  the  terminations  of  the  Active 
voice;  §  127,- L,  the  Future  Indicative  and  Present  Sub- 
junctive of  ct/ii;  §  253;  §  219,  1,  2  (first  paragraph),  and 

3 ;  §  223. 

Examples. 

§  253 :  fiTf  TovTo  TroiT/crcu/xcr,  let  us  not  do  this. 
§223:  TL^  rot?  (TTparrjyol^  carat,  iap  Kparrjcroicnv  ; 

what  will  the  generals  have^  if  they  conquer  ? 

Yocabulary. 

8ta-T/)t)8<w,  Tpitjjo),  cT/3ti/;a,  r€-  to  rub  through,  to  wear 

TpL(l)a,  TeTpLjXjjLaL,  iTpL(f>07jv,  away,    to    waste,  to 

(Sid  and  Tp£3«)  delay. 

6appa\io<;,  -a,  -or,  (Wppos,  coiim^re)  courageous. 

KOTTTCjy^  KOxftoD,  iKoxjfa,  KiKO(f>a,  to    strike,    to    cut,    to 

K€KOfjLfxaL,  slaughter. 

liaVTL%y    -CCU9,  6  or  T^,  (|ia£vo|ieu.,  to 

rave)  a  secT,  soothsayeT. 

7rapa7rXr;crto9,    -a  or  -09,    -ov,  m 

(trapd  and  irXT)arU>s,  near,  close  to)       similar,  like. 

7r/)aft9,  -60)9,  17,  (irpdTTw)  a  transcLction,  an  un- 

dertaking, 
aditfi)^  crdiCTOiy  co'wo'a,  crccrco/ca, 

(Tccroxr/xat  or  (rccrcD/xai,  ccrcu- 

O-qv,  to  save. 

TTJfxepov,^  adverb,  to-day. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


45 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  iaj/  oe  auacTTpolfOiciv  ol  TroXc/xtot,  ffecofiev 
Kal  8tay8a«/<u/i€j/  top  Trorapiov.  'S.  /cat  iav  rj  irpa- 
gt?  Tj  TrapaTrkrfO'iay  ixfjopeOa.  3.  iav  npos  raCra^ 
Xcyjy,  ^ovXevo-opeOa.  4.  eaj/  ya^  SiaTpLxjjcjpei/  tj]v 
Tqpepov^  rjpepav,  ol  TrokepLOL  OappaXeoL  ecrovrai. 
5.  Kav^  cxTT^,^^  e/c€t  iTpo<;  ravra  ^ovXevaopeda.  6.  -i)!/ 
Sc  dya^ol  -^tc,  eifjovrai, 

H.      1.    aXXa    TT/oo?     roji/    Oecjv,    prj     avapevcjpev, 

2.  lyi/  ovro)  npoa-dyojpev,  TreptTreva-ovaLV  rjpcov^^  ol 
iroXepLOL.    3.  ouSe  yap  oj/  yecfyvpau  Sort,  (TCjOrja-opeOa. 

III.  1.  And  let  us  not  now  delay.  2.  Cyrus  will 
pursue  the   enemy,  if  they   flee  to  the  mountains. 

3.  Let  us  slaughter  the  cattle.     4.  The  soldiers  will 
follow,  if  their  general  shall  end  their  suspicions. 

IV.  1.  But  let  us  burn^^  the  king's  ^^  country. 
2.  But  if  he  does  this,  the  seer  shall  have  ten  talents. 


i 


« 


NOTES. 

'  Pages  94  and  96. 

*  Note  that  in  the  dependent  moods  the  present  and  aorist  (the 
tenses  commonly  occurring)  do  not  differ  as  to  time  (except  in  the  opta- 
tive and  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse);  and  read  carefully  |  202,  1. 

*  The  neuter  singular  nominative  of  the  interrogative  pronoun  t(s, 
what.    See  §  23,  1,  n. 

*  Simple  stem  (g  92,  2)  koit-.  See  also  ^  108,  III.  The  perfect  active 
is  used  only  in  composition. 

*  Simple  stem  ercoS-,  §  108,  IV.  1  b.  The  forms  a-ia-aniai  and  <o-w6t)v, 
however,  are  formed  from  a  shorter  stem  <r»-  (seen  in  Epic  o-wu). 

*  For  its  derivation,  see  the  general  vocabulary. 

^  In  respect  to  this,  literally  these  (things).     The  Greek  constantly 


: 


• 


It 


46 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


viewed  objects  with  reference  to  their  parts,  and  bo  used  the  plural  when 
we  should  use  the  singular. 

«  I  141,  N.  3.  »  Kal  dv,  I  11,  1  and  2.  ^  «  127.  I.,  n.  1. 

"   Us,  genitive  plural  of  the  first  personal  pronoun  iym.     For  the  case, 

866  §  175,  2. 

"  K<M>|uv,  common  Attic  for  KaUa^uv,  the  t  being  dropped  between 
the  two  vowels.  "  See  note  1,  Lesson  XXI. 


LESSON   XXIII. 

Verbs:  Subjunctive  Middle  and  Passive. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  1.,  Subjunctive  Middle*  and  Passive ^ 
of  \v(o ;  §  114,  the  terminations  of  the  Middle  and  Pas- 
sive, with  N.  1;  §  118,  V;  §  95,  1,  I.,*  the  synopsis  in  all 
the  voices  of  the  Subjunctive  of  \vo) ;  §  215,  with  A.  and 
C. ;  §  216,  1 ;  §  218,  first  paragraph ;  §  90,  2. 

Examples. 

§  216,  1 :  <^tXov9  TTOiTyVcrat,  ax;  cTvv€pyov<i  exQ*  ^^  '^^ 

make  himself  friends,  that  he*  may  have 

co-workers. 
§  218  :       Sc8oi/ca  ^  fir)  ^ao-tXcv?  KaTaKoxIfj)  to  'Ek\r}i^L- 

Kov,^  I  fear  lest  the  king  may  cut  the  Greek 

force  TO  PIECES. 

Vocabulary. 

aTTO-cTTrao),  (nrdaa),  eanacra,  ccrTrafca, 

co"7ra(r/xai,  iinrdcrOrji^,  lebro  and  tnrcLu,  to  draw  off,   to 

to  draw)  Separate. 

ao-^aXci?,  adverb,  {Ar<|KiXTis,  mft)  safdy,  in  safety. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


47 


/3ao-tXt/co9,  -yjy  -6v,  (Poo-tXcvs)  kingly,  royal, 

elpTjyrj,  -ryg,  17,  peace. 

imiTOVOS,       -09,        -OV,     (cirC,  for,  and 

irovo«,  toil;  cf.  Wvojuu,  to  toil)  toUsome,  hhorious. 

ko^o^,  -ou,  6,  a  company  of  soldiers. 

OLK€(t),    oIktJo'(0,  etc.  reg.,  (oIkos,  a  home)  to  inhabit. 

ottXi^o),®  (yTrXtcra,  a>7rXtcr/xat,  wttXi- 

o-^iyr,  (^wXoir)  ^o  arm. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  ca^  8c  7)  7rpa^i<;  (fyaii^Tai  imnovo^,  ^^X^^ 
o\tovTai.  2.  TTOpevdfJieday  Iva  aTTocnraaOSiyLev  tov 
/Sao-iXiKov  a-TparevfiaTOf;.^^  3.  tl  {what)  earai  Toh 
(TTpaTidiTai^,  idv  ^aa-tXei  ^^  ravTa  ^^  ^apio-divrai  ;  ^ 
4.  iyi)  yap  SeSoLKa  fxrj  ov  ^^  tov  TroXejiov  TTeiravyLeuo^ 
y*^  5.  ^j/  Se  Tr)v  tiprjvqv  TroLrfa-cojxeOa,  ao-^aXoj?  rfjv 
irokip  oiKrjO'oiiep,      6.   ScSotfca  /x>)  6  Xo;^09  TT€pL(f>6rj. 

II.  1.  ak\a  nopevcoixeOa  evOcv^^  OLTriXOeTv^^  ecrrat 
771^  povXro/xeffa.  2.  eai/  Se  Tama  Suan pd^cofiaL,  TrdXiv 
rjgo).  3.  ou  ScSot/ca  fxrj  6  TLo-a-a(f>ipvri<i  (raTpdirrfs 
TroLr]0jj.      4.  idp  re  rt9^^  irUtpqTai,  6  irXiqcriov^^  ^07)- 

9rj(T€L, 

III.  1.  But  if  they  obey,  he  will  proceed.  2.  They 
will  cross  ^^  the  sources  of  the  river  Tigris,^^  if  they 
wish.  3.  The  army  will  slaughter  the  cattle,  that 
it  may  procure  food  for  itself.  4.  I  fear  that  the 
bridges  will  be  destroyed. 


t 


'b 


JJ 


> 


48 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


IV.  1.  If  the  king  encamp  in  the  plain,  the 
hoplites  will  arm  themselves.  2.  He  is  collecting  an 
army,  in  order  that  he  may  proceed  against  his 
brother. 

NOTES. 

»  Pages  98  and  100.  '  Page  102.^ 

=»  Thn  perfect  middle  and  passive  participle  of  Xv«  is  formed  by  add- 
ing -|Uvos  to  the  reduplicated  stem,  thus  :  X«Xw.|mvo$.  It  is  declined  like 
cnx^s  il  62).     See  further,  ^  26,  N.  3,  1. 

*  For  XiXvKiis  »,  see  §  118,  2.   For  the  declension  of  XiXvKcJt,  see  §  68. 

*  §  200,  N.  6.  "  §  174. 

*  Sc.  oTfxCTcviwu  "  I  184,  2. 
7  §  101,  2,  and  §  109,  2.                     "  ^i  160.  1. 

«  §  103.  "  ?  215.  N.  1. 

»  §  108,  IV.  lb.  "  ?  202,  2. 

^°  3  13   2.  ^  {To  the  place)  from  which. 

"   To  depart,  second  aorist  active  infinitive  of  oiir-^pxo|i.ai. 
^*  Any  one,  the  nominative  singular  masculine  of  the  indefinite  pro- 
noun (2  84),  which  is  enclitic.   The  preceding  W  is  also  enclitic.   See  §  28, 

N.  2. 
'»  I  141,  H.  3. 
"^  The  future  of  Sio^aCvw  is  8iapT{(ro|iat,  the  stem  of  paCvM  being  ^o-. 

«  §  142,  2,  N.  6. 


LESSON   XXIY. 

Adjectives :  Third  Declension,  and  First  and  Third  Declensions 

Oombined. 

Grammar:  §  66;  §  67,  1  and  2;  §  53,  2,  n.  2;  §  16, 
6,  N.  2. 

Vocabulary. 

a<f)airq<;,  -€9,  (a-  pnv.  and  ^wta,  stem 

^v.,  to  show)  uTiseen,  out  of  sight. 

Pa6v<;,  -cla,  -v,  deep. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


49 


eyKpaTT)^,   -€S,  («V*  JUidKporo*) 


evpv^,  -eta,  -v. 


m  power  over,  m  pos- 
session of. 
wide,  broad. 

KaTa<f}cun)s,  -€9,  (Ka-nC,  intens.,  and     dearly  seen^  in  plain 
4»*tv»)  sight. 

Trktjpr}^,   -€9,  (irXitts,  full)  FULL. 

npcunjq,  -€9,  prone,  steep. 

\p€v87]<;,   -€?,  (^fcvStf,  <o  deceive)  false. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  dXXa  ravra^  xjjevSrj  ^v.  2.  at  Xoy^ai  /cat 
at  Td^€L<;  KaTa(f)(W€L<;  ^crap.  3.  cfcXawct  cts  Ko- 
Xocrcra?,  TrdXti^  evSaifjiova,  4.  7re/ot  §6  to  'vcopCov  rjv 
XapaZpa  iaxvpcj^  ^aOela,  5.  ^i/  Se  6  iroTafib^  Trhrj- 
PV^  t;(0i;o>j/  TTpaecji/,^  ov^  ol  ^vpoi  0eov<;  O'd/xt^oi/.* 
6.  rot?  crTparqyo'i;  to  ph/^  ii^dvprjpa  )(apL€i/  iSo^ev 
epyov  aSvvaTOP, 


f  6       ^     ^> 

cu/at,   TO  o 


II.  1.   eirrevuei^  ol  TroXjeptoi  tTTTret?  (f>€V'yov(TL  KaTOL 

TOV   TTpCWOV^?        2.    Ot    r)p€T€pOL    <^tXot    T^?    ^PXV^  ^  ^^ 

irarpciw;  iyKparel^  ea-ovrai.  3.  Kvpo?  yap  enepTre 
^LKov^  olvov  rjpLSecL^.  4.  eSofe  tco  KXeap;^^  akr)0rj 
Xcyctj/.      5.   (TTpanqyov  Se  Kvpor  iiroCrjo'e  ttoi/tcji/. 

III.  1.  They  were  out  of  sight.  2.  (There)  was 
a  broad  ditch  about  the  place.  3.  And  the  enemy 
were  not  yet  in  sight.  4.  They  have  the  (well- 
known)®  costly  tunics.     5.    The  spot  was  black. 


-'i 


i: 


50 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


IV.  1 .  They  kept  running  ^^  down  a  very  steep 
hill.  2.  Thence  he  marches  away  to  Celaenae,  a 
prosperous  city.  3.  There  Cyrus "  had  a  park  full 
of  wild  animals,  which  he  hunted  ^^  on  horseback.^^ 


NOTES. 


*  I  166. 

•  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 


»  I  16,  5. 
»  §  135,  2. 

»  I  70.  •  To  be. 

'  Down  the  steep,  the  neuter  of  trpavifs  used  substantively 

»  §  180,  1,  and  §  171,  3.  "  Daiive. 

•  See  note  11,  Lesson  XVII.  "  A  customary  action. 

»«  Imperfect.  "  64^'  tinrov  (§  17,  1). 


I  '• 


Id  < 


LESSON   XXV. 

Verbs:  Optative  Active. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  1/  the  Optative  Active  of  \vo)  (read 
§  95,  2,  N.) ;  §  115,  and  1  (except  the  Middle  and  Passive 
terminations),  with  N.  2;  §  127,  I.,  the  Present  Optative 
of  ct/xt;  §  215,  with  A.  and  C;  §  216,  1;  §  218,  first 
paragraph;  §  219,  1,  2  (first  half  of  the  second  paragraph), 
and  3 ;  §  224. 

Examples. 

§  216,  1:  Kvpov  jfTiqaav^  TrXota,  &»?  OLiTOiTkeoiEv,  they 
asked  Cyrus  for  boats ^  that  they  might  sail 

OFF. 

§  218 :  yuoKa  eva^oiqOrjcrav  ^  jirj  ra  CTrtrT/Scta  ovk 
evoLCPy  they  were  very  anxious  lest  they 
MIGHT  not  HAVE  provisions. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


51 


II 


§  224:   ci  Tt.o'(ra(f)eppeL  KaKov  )8ov\euot9,  KaKovovs  av 

etrjs,  IF  YOU  should  plot  harm  to  Tissapher- 
nes,  YOU  would  be  eoil-minded. 

Vocabulary. 

anopo^y    -O?,    'OV,  (a-  priv.  and 

vopos,  a  resource)  diffix^ult^  impOSSable, 

a)(apL(TT(i)<;^   adv.,  (axttpio-ros,  un- 
rewarded; a-  priv.  and  xc4>(||oti<Uf 

to  gratify ;  cf.  xapis)  Without  gratitude. 

Pip^apo^t  -09,  'OV,  barbarous,  rude:    as  subst. 

a  barbarian. 

eK^oxTL^;,  -€(U9,  17,  (€K  and  potvw)    an  outlet,  a  pa^s, 

6TrL(r0o(f>vXa^,  -a/cos,  6,  (^m-   one  of  the  rear-guard: 

a«€v,  behind,  and  <|»vXo|)  pi.  the  rear-guard. 

nioTos,  'TJ,  'OP,  (ir€i'e«)  trustworthy,  faithful. 

TTvkn,  -m,  rj,  one  door  of  a  double  gate: 

pi.  a  gate,  a  pass. 

(f>aP€pO^,    -a,    -OV,    (^v«,  stem 

«l>av-)  conspicaous,  plain. 


I< 


Exercises. 


I.  1.  Ki)/)09  ra?  vavs  /AercTrc/A^ctTo,  onax;  OTrXxra? 
airo^i^a(T€Uv^  €i(T(o  /cat  e^o)  tcjv  ttvXcjv.^  2.  01 
^ap^apoi  a>Kvrj(raj^  [xr)  oi  "FXKrjve^;  fxevoiev  iv  rf/ 
vT]<Ta}.  3.  TToXXoC®  ct^tot  av  elrjfxev  c^iXot,  el  exoifiev 
TOL  OTrXa.      4.   el  ano(TcocraLfXL  v/xas^  els  rfjv  'EXXaSa, 


OVK  av  a)(apL(TT(os  e)(OL.^ 


ii 


52 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN   GREEK. 


II.  1.  ei  ^aaiXev^  Tols^EWrjo-L  /SovXbtro^  <^tXos 
elvaL,  TTLO-Tol  av  ei7}(Tav.  2.  elat  8e  iroTafiol,  ovs 
ov8'  ^**  a^  Sta/3aiVotr€,  ct  /X17  v/xa9  Sta7ro/3€vot/x€i/. 
3.  UQ^o(f}Siv  Se  Tou?  67na6o(f)vXaKas  rjye  wpos  ttju 
^av€pau  eK^a<TiVy  ottojs  rauTT;  ^^  ot  woXifxtoL  tt/joctc- 

m.  1.  If  the  hoplites  should  destroy  the  bridge, 
the  enemy  would  flee.  2.  He  built  a  wall/^  that  the 
way  might  be  impassable.  3.  He  feared  that  the 
enemy  might  cut  the  army  to  pieces. 


rV.  1.  But  he  said  this,  that  the  Greeks  might 
be  of  good  hope.^^  2.  If  the  general  should  make 
an  assembly  of  the  soldiers,  it  would  be  well. 


NOTES. 

*  Pages  94  and  96.     In  reading  I  95,  2,  n.,  cf.  note  2,  Lesson  XXII. 

*  §  164. 

'  Aorist  passive  of  the  deponent  (§  88,  2)  iwo^ofuu. 

*  From  oiropipo^M. 

*  S  182,  2. 

*  iroXXov  £|ioi|  worth  much,  valuable,  iroXXov  being  the  genitive  sin- 
gular neuter  of  the  irregular  adjective  iroXvs.    For  the  case,  see  \  178,  N. 

""   You,  accusative  plural  of  the  second  personal  pronoun  <n»,  thou. 
■  Ix**  ^"^^  ^^  adverb  are  often  joined  in  the  sense  of  the  verb  to  he 
and  an  adjective ;  as  koXms  cxth  it  ii  well,  literally,  it  has  (itself)  well. 
"  Present  optative  middle  third  person  singular. 

»o  I  24,  3. 

"  Agrees  with  its  antecedent  jf KPamv  m  gender  and  number.   For  the 
case,  see  §  187. 

'«  I  66,  N.  dr. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


53 


lESSON   XXYI. 

Verbs :  Optative  Middle  and  Passive. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  I.,  the  Optative  Middle  and  Passive  ^ 
of  Xvo) ;  §  115,  1  (Middle  and  Passive  terminations)  and  3; 
§  118,  1;  §  95,  1,  I.,^  the  synopsis  in  all  the  voices  of  the 
Optative  of  Xvo), 

Vocabulary. 

axro-zcXeco),  ic\€i(r(y,€/cXctcra,/c€/cX€i/Liaior  to  shut  off ^  to 
#ccfcXetcr/Ltat,^  €KX€L(T0r)v,  (ebro  and  kXcCu)        intercept. 

/coXa^o),*  /coXacrct),  €/cdXao*a,  /cc/cdXa-  to  check,  to 
cr/i.ai,  eKoXdardrjv,  (koXos,  docked,  stunted)       punish. 

KcoXvo),  KcoXvao),  etc.  reg.,  (koXo«)  to  hinder,  to 

prevent. 

Ot/caSc,*  adverb,  (otKot,  a  house)  homeward. 

TTp6dvyiO<;,  -09,  -OV,  (irpo,  forward,  and  Ovjios,  ewmest,    Zecd- 

iOuT)  OUS. 

TC^/OtTTTTO J/,  -OU,  TO,  (WTTopcs, /tmr,  and  tuiros)  a    foUT-hoTSe 

chariot. 
<^/8co/Ltat,^     <f>oPrj(ToiJLaLf     7r€<^d)87;/Liat,    to    fear,     to 

i(f)O^T]07fV,  (^'Pot, /ear)  drcod. 

^(pao/iai,  ')(pT]croficu,  /ce;(/07;/xat,   €)(p7f- 


(rafiTfv, 


to  use. 


Exercises. 


I.  1.  6  Sc  oTpanqyo^  icfyo^rjOr)  firj  kvkX(o0€L7) 
eKaT€pa}0€i/,  2.  oi  Sc  ^  Ka0€iXKov  ra?  TpLT]p€L<;, 
is    €1/    rats    TpL-qpeaL    adtpivTo.      3.    /cat    et    0iXoi 


54 


FIRST    LESSONS   IN   GREEK 


ir 


eV  kiyvTnov  aTpareveiv,  (TvyKaTacrrpo\ialyLed*  av, 
4.  cScio-cu/  /X17  OLTroKXeLO-dei-qa-av,  5.  oSoTTonfcrctc  y' 
ai/  Mvcroig  )8acrtX€U9,  /col  €t  crw  TedpLmroL^  ^ov- 
XoLVTo  TTopevecrdcu, 

11.  1.  cSctcroi/  /x^  aTT0Tp.'q9dr)<jav.^  2.  AtyvTrrt- 
0U9  §€,  ei  T^  8vi/dfi€L  ^  rrj  vvv  (tw  ifxol  ^^  xpijo-cuade, 
Kokao-aiaOe  av,  3.  ei  yap  ovto)^  kiroipLtda,  (f>iXoL  tw 
Kvpo)  /cat  TTpoOvfJiOL  an/  €7rot/xc^a.  4.  ct  (rajdeirjfxa^, 
vaptJ'  TL(rora(f)€pv€L  av  €)(ot/u,€i'  8t/cata>?. 

Til.  1.  Xenophon  feared  that  he  might  be 
hemmed  in  on  all  sides.  2.  But,  if  the  king  should 
not  hinder  (us),  we  should  proceed  homeward.  3.  If 
the  soldiers  should  show  themselves  zealous,  the 
advantage  would  be  common. 

IV.  1.  He  wished  to  be  a  friend  to  Tissaphernes, 
that  he  "might  be  honored  by  the  king.  2.  How 
should  we  proceed  with  safety,  if  it  should  be  neces- 
sary (Scot)  to  proceed?  3.  The  general  marched  on 
rapidly,  that  he  might  not  be  separated  from  the  rest 
of  the  army. 


NOTES. 


*  §  108,  IV.  1  b. 
•§61. 


>  Pages  98,  100,  and  102. 

•  §  118.  2. 
=»  §  109,  2. 

•  The  active  occurs  in  the  sense  of  to  frighten.     See  the  general 
vocabulary.     On  the  reduplication  of  the  perfect,  see  §  17,  2. 

'  §  143,  1,  N.  2. 

•  From  daro-WfiVM,  stem  Ti|i-  (§  108,  V.  1),  the  aorist  passive  being 
air-«T)iT]6T)v  (by  metathesis,  I  14,  1). 

•  I  188,  1,  N.  2.  *"  i/€,  dative  singular  of  iym,  I. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


55 


LESSON    XXTII. 

Nouns:  Syncopated  of  the  Third  Declension.  — Two  Accusatives 

with  one  Verb. 

Grammar:   §  57,  with  1  (and  n.   1)  and  2;   §  164; 
§166. 


Examples. 

§  164 :  jJT-qo-e  tov  Kvpov  fiLo-dop,  he  asked  Cyrus  for 

PAY. 

§166:  paa-ikea  XevO-qp  inoLrjcrai/y  they  made  Seuthes 

KING. 


Vocabulary. 

*  /  /I 

a7ro-crT€p€Q),  cTTeprja-a),    etc.  reg.,  (diro, 

intens.,  and  vrtpdu,  to  deprive) 

ydfios,  -ov,  6, 

KaXeo)/  KaXojy   e/caXecra,   K€KXr)Ka, 
K€KXr)ixaL,  iKXTjOrfv, 

KpvTrrcj,^  KpVxjfO),  etc.  reg., 

KTYJIxa,   -aTO^Sy  TOy  (KToofuu,  to  acquire) 

i/OfiLl^a)y*  vofJLLCj,  euoyno-ay  rei/o/xt/ca, 
vei/6p.i(Tp.aiy  kvopLLcrdr^Vy  (vo|m>s,  tus- 

tom,  law ;  cf.  vc|u*) 

<f>pOVpap)(0^y   -OV,    6,  (<|»povpos,  a  garri- 
son soldier,  — cf.  irpo-opcuD,  —  and  opx**) 

XprjfMay  -aT09.  to,  ixpoov^i) 


to  rob  J  to  defraud, 
marriage. 

to  call, 
to  conceal. 
a  possessio7i. 

to  regard  as  a  cits- 
tom^  to  believe. 

a  commander  of 
a  garrison. 

a  thing:  pi.  goods, 
wealth. 


I        ! 


56 


■■\\ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Exercises. 


I.  1.  fjL€Ta  Kvpov  iue^au^ov  napa  top  wdrepa, 
2.  KarakafjiPdveL  evhop  tov<;  KwixrJTa^;  /cat  rw  Ka)p,dp- 
^rqv  Koi  rrjv  ffvyarepa  tov  Kojfjidpxov.  3.  ivrevOfp 
§€  iwopevOrja-av  eU  ra?  Ila/Dvo-artSo?  /ccu/xa?  t^9  Kv- 
pov Koi  ^a<rtXca>9  fxrjTpo*;.  4.  Toif<;  Sc  (TTpaTioiTa<; 
aTTOo-Tepel^  tov  fiicrdop.  5.  iraripa  Bo/o(f>(oma  c/ca- 
XcrT€.« 

II.  1.  rjy€  8c  /cat  rrjv  Ovyaripa  Ty}v  fiao-fXeox;  int 
yafxa)?  2.  irapayyeWei  rot?  (f)povpdpxoi^  Xafifia- 
v€w  di/8/oa9  ncXoTTow^crtoi;?.  3.  cx^t?  ttoXii/,  €xci5 
TpL-qpeK;,  cxcts  xPVH'^'^^*  ^^''^  oi^Spa?.  4.  KaTeirifi- 
^07}  VTTO  TOV  Trar/oos  craTpa'm)^* 

III.  1.  But  his  mother  sends  him®  back  again 
to  his  province.  2.  But  I  have  two  men.  3.  We 
have  robbed  the  citizens  of  their  ship.  4.  The  river 
was  full  of  fish,  which  the  Syrians  believed  (to  be) 
gods. 

IV.  1.  They  concealed  their  possessions  from  the 
king.  2.  They  asked  the  general  for  boat«,  that  they 
might  sail  away.  3.  His  father  had  made*®  him 
siitrap  of  both  Lydia  and  Phrygia. 

NOTES. 

>  \  101,  2. 

«  See  I  109.  1,  n.  2,  with  h.  The  future  koXm  is  Attic  for  KaX«<r«, 
I  110,  II.  2,  N.  1  a.  Tlie  last  three  principal  partu  are  formed  on  the 
stem  icXi-. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


57 


J  Simple  stem  (|  92,  2)  Kpvp-  or  Kpv<|»-,     See  I  108,  TIL 

•  I  108,  IV.  1  h.    The  future  vo|uw  is  common  Attic  for  voftlo-M,  §  110, 
II.  2,  ».  1  c. 

•  The  contracted  form  of  diro<rTcp/cu        •  §  166,  s.  4. 

•  The  contracted  form  of  ckoXcctc  •  avrov. 

'  M  -yctfA^  in  marriage,  as  his  wife.        »  See  note  6,  Lesson  XIII. 


LESSON    XXVIII. 

Verbs:  Imperative  Active.  —  Personal  Pronouns. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  1.,^  the  Imperative  Active  of  XiJtu ; 
§  95,  2,  I.,  second  column  ;2  §  116,  1  (omitting  the  Middle 
and  Passive  endings)  and  2  (omitting  the  Middle  and  Pas- 
sive terminations);  §  127,  L,  the  Present  Imperative  of 
€i/u  ;  §  252;  §  254;  §  79, 1,  the  declension  of  iyd  and  aH 
in  the  singular  and  plural;  §  27,  with  the  first  part  of  1. 

Examples. 

§  252:  Xeye,  speak  thou;  <f>evy€,  hegom!  dpx^TOi,  let 
him  rule;  ^aipdrra>i/,  let  them  rejoice. 

§  254 :  fiff  KXevre,  do  not  steal  (the  habit  is  forbidden) ; 
fjuff  KXexjrrjs,  do  not  steal  (in  a  particular  in- 
stance). 

Vocabulary, 

PXeiro),  ^eilfofxai,^  e^Xexjja,  to  see,  to  look. 

Sej(o/Ltai,*  Scfo/Ltat,  etc.  reg.,  (o  recdve,  to  accept. 
oi(tiKO)y      olco^o)      or      Std^ofxaL, 

cSuufa,  ScSicw^^a,  khidixOt^v,  to  pursue,  chase. 

rjKcj,  17^01,*  to  come,  to  be  come. 


58 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


(TTToi'STy,  --^9, -jj,  (•^«v8«.  <o;)(mr)         a    UbaUan  :    plur.    a 

tncce. 
orpaToirSov,  -ov,  to,  (.o-rparos  and    a  cwiip,  au  encamp- 

teihov,  ground)  71fl€7lt. 

(TVfJL-povkeva),  PovXevao),  etc.  reg.,    to  plan  with,  to  ad- 

{ariv  and  povXciM*)  VlSe. 

Tarroi,  ra^cu,  etc.  teg.,  to  arrange,  nmrs/ud. 

Exercises. 

I.  l/Xcfaroi,  Xcfaro).  2.  aKOvaare  ovu  i^ov^ 
npos  e^^v^  3.  j8Xe//oi/  Trpos  ra  opry.  4.  Xc^oi/  Sc 
Tj/utii/  ra  tSi/  di'Spij/  oi/d/xara.  5.  /xT;/ccTt  /xc  K{)/>oi/ 
i/o/xt^cTC.  6.  /x>)  TTOtT^'cryy?  raura,  aXXa  <^vy€.  7.  /iiy 
iOeXere  ravra  8c)(€cr^ai. 

n.      1.    iralc,    Tralc,    )8aXXc,     /SoXXc.       2.    aXXws 
exeVoi/     3.    Xcfoi'    Se    /cat   crv.'   5    Bevo(f)c!)v.     4.    at 
Sat   fia/6vT0}v.     5.    (TV   ow  npo^  O^oiv  crvfifiov- 


G"frov 


?..  9 


Xcvcror  17/Ltti/. 

III.  1.  Fellow-soldiers,  do  not  be  surprised. 
2.  Arrange  the  soldiers.  3.  But  since  Cyrus  is 
dead/°  carry  back  word  to  your  commander.  4.  Be 
both  brave  and  of  good  hope,  soldiers. 

IV.  1.  But  send  the  generals  hither.  2.  And 
now  let  us  not  delay,  fellow-soldiers,  but  do  you 
come  into  the  middle  of  the  encampment.  3.  Do 
not  pursue  the  enemy,  but  remain  in  the  camp. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


59 


NOTES. 


'^  Pages  95  and  97.  «  See  note  2,  Lesson  XXII. 

•'  The  future  middle  in  some  verbs  has  an  active  sense,  especially  in 
such  as  express  an  action  or  function  of  the  body. 

*  I  88,  2,  and  n.  '  See  note  8,  Lesson  XXV. 
M  200,  N.  3.                                   «  g  134,  ij.  1. 

•  f  171,  2.  »  2  187. 

*°  I.e.  has  ditd.    Use  the  perfect  of  tcXcvtom. 


LESSON   XXIX, 

Verbs :  Imperative  Middle  and  Passive. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  L,  the  Imperative  Middle ^  and  Pas- 
sive 2  of  Xuo) ;  §  116,  1,  2,  and  3  (omitting  the  second 
paragraph) ;  §  95,  1,  L,  the  synopsis  in  all  the  voices  of  the 
Imperative  of  Xuoi. 

Vocabulary. 

0La(f)€p6pTCi}g,  adv:,  (8ta-<|>^p«,  to  dif-fer)   preeminently. 
ipOvfjLeojxaL,    evOvfXTjaofjiaL,   ep- 

TeOvfiTjfiaL,    h/€6vfnj0r)v,    (cv    to  reflect,  i.e.  to  have  in 

and  0v|iotf  mind)  mind. 

CTTtTTySeiO?,  -a,   'OV,  («mTT|8«$,  adv.,     Suitable  :    plur.  tA  cmTtf- 


for  a  purpose) 


8<ui,  provisions. 


fiLfxmjaKo),^    fij/TJo-oi,     efxinqaa,    to  remind :  mid.  to  re- 


fiefjLirrjjjiai,  ifjLuyjaOrjp, 

fivptof;,*  -a,  -ov, 

TTOpLyt),   -L(0,    etc.  reg.,  (tropof,  a  way 
across,  a  means) 

CTKeTTTOfiaL,^    (TKixjjOIJiaL,    €(rK€fl- 

fiai,  eaKexIfoifirfv, 
XPVC<^>^  XPW^*  ^XPW^> 


memher,  to  mention, 
ten  thousand, 

to  find,  to  procure. 

to    look  intently,  to  C071- 

sider. 
to  want,  to  desire. 


•i 


60 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


i* 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  irpoOvfio^  (f)aLV€aOw,  2.  aOpoit^a-Baxrav  ol 
TToXirat  €19  rqv  ayopav,  3.  (TTpaTOTreSevo-aaOe  napa 
Tco   K\€dpx<i>'     4.    iKK\7)<TLap   TO)v  ttoKltwv   noir)(TaL, 

5.  o'0(f}ov     nap*     di/8/309     Trpoa-^exov     (rvfi^ovXtju, 

6.  dXXct,  €t  )8ovXct,  /la^  cVl  toJ  crrpaTevfxaTi,  iyoj  S' 
c^eXft)  TTopevecrOaL  -  el  Sc  XPT/Cct?,  nopevov  inl  to 
opo5,  eycii  0€  /xei^o)     airrou. 

II.  1.  fiefiinjcrOoj  atrqp  aya0o<;  cWt.  2.  cr/ce/^a- 
o-^€  ow,  o)  avhp€<;  (TTpaTiSnai,  Tt  [what)  iv  vS  ex^re, 
3.  ipOvfiyjO-qTe  otl  ol  fxvpLOL  limeU  fivpioC  d(H.v  av- 
OpoiTTOi,     4.   /cat  (TV,  S)  (^tXc,  ireiaffrfTL, 

III.  1.  Procure  yourselves  provisions.  2.  Let 
this  man  be  honored^®  preeminently.  3.  Send  for 
the  ships.  4.  Let  the  soldiers  always  show  them- 
selves friendly  and  zealous. 

IV.  1.  Let  us  deliberate  in  regard  to  this. 
2.  Let  the  hoplites  follow."  3.  Consider  what  the 
barbarians  have  done.  4.  Proceed,  fellow-soldiers, 
and  remember  to  be  brave  (men). 

NOTES. 

'  Pages  99  and  101.  •  Page  103. 

*  The  simple  stem  (g  92,  2)  of  |u-^VT|-<ncw  is  |iva-,  from  which  the 
present  stem  is  formed  by  reduplication  and  the  addition  of  oic  (108, 
VI.  and  N.  1).  The  perfect  ^\kyt\}iM.  is  present  in  meaning,  I  remember, 
memini,  ^  200,  n.  6.     The  aorist  passive  has  the  force  of  the  middle. 

*  I  77,  2,  N.  3,  second  paragraph. 

*  1 108,  IV.  1  b,  and  §  110.  II.  2.  n.  1  e. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


61 


«  Simple  stem  o-K€ir-.     See  |  108,  III.     For  o-Kc'irTojiai  in  the  present 
and  imperfect  the  common  Attic  uses  <rKoirc». 
'  I  108,  IV.  1  b. 

•  Will  remain,  the  first  person  singular  of  the  future  of  |jicvtt,  the 
future  active  of  liquid  verbs  being  formed  with  the  characteristic  c  in 
place  of  <r.     Thus  )uv-<-a>,  \uvm. 

•  First  aorist  passive  of  ircWw,  n<>,  1-       ***  Aorist.      "  Present. 


LESSON   XXX. 

Adjectives:  Irregular.  —  Comparison. 

Grammar  :  §  70  (read  notes  1  and  2) ;  §  71,  with  n.  1 ; 
§  72,  1  and  2,  with  n.  1. 


Tocabulary. 

aueo^}  -09,   -OV,  (a-  priv.  and  0€os) 
aOvfioSt  -09*  -01^4  (a-priv.and6v|ios,8ouZ, 

spirit) 
atcr^po?,  -a,  -OV,  (0X0x09,  disgrace,  sham^) 

aa'(f>ak7J^,    -€9,  (a-  priv.  and  o-^aXX«,  to 

tnp  up) 

CUCtSr^9,  -c'9,  («v,  well,  and  tlSos, /orm) 

ev07rXo9,   -09,   -OV,  («^  and  ^irXov) 

Travovpyo^,  -09,  -OV,  (»at|  odl,  and  {pyov, 
work) 

<f)ol5€p6<;,   -a,   -OP,  i^^ffear) 


godless,  impious, 
dispirited,  discour- 
aged, 
shamefid,  base. 

Jinn  (i.e.  not  liable  to 
be  tripped  up),  safe. 

well-formed,   faie- 

looking. 
well-armed, 
unprincipled     (i.e. 

ready  for  every  act), 

perfidious, 
fearfid,  alarming. 


\ 


62 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


I 


y 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  iirfjp  Se  rat?  Kcofiai^  ctlto^  ttoXw.  2.  orpa 
Ttoj/  TroWrfv  dyei.  3.  ddvfxorepoL  rj(T(w,  4.  ra  Sc 
Koea^  T(t)P  dtrihrnv  i^Stcrra  tJi/.  5.  cucr^tdi/  ianv, 
6.  ^w  Sc  Tropevaofieda  68ov  fiaKporepcw,  7.  ^a- 
crtXet  elcTL  Tna-Toraroi,  8.  /cat  Trapa  fieydXov  ^acn- 
Xco)?  '^/c€  6  tt}?  ^acrtXcct)?  yivai/co?  ^  dScXf^?  •  SouXoi 
Sc  TToXXol  enroPTo. 

II.  1.  ^ovKeva-OjxeOa,  fir)  ala^iaroL  avhpe^  dwo- 
<f}aLV(oiJL€0a.      2.    i^Stoi^*    Kol    irpoOvfxoTepov     eiropev- 
ovTO.      3.    (fyo^epcoTaTOv  ^  S'  iprffita'    fiecrrr)  yap  ttoX- 
Xi)?  airopLas    ecrriv.       4.    ovkow  tcjv  LTrnecoi/     ttoKv 
rjfieLS  irr*  do-fjyakeaTepov  o^^T^/xards  iajxep. 

III.  1.  But  Cyrus  kept  finding  many  pretexts. 
2.  He  sends  back  the  Cilician  (queen)  into  Cilicia 
by  the  quickest  way.^^  3.  They  were  much®  more 
zealous.     4.  Along  the  river  there  was  a  great  city. 

IV.  1.  They  will  be  more  courageous.  2.  He 
has  both  the  best-armed  and  finest  looking  of  the 
soldiers.  3.  The  good"  appeared  most  prosperous.^* 
4.  He  was  a  most  impious  and  perfidious  man. 


NOTES. 

M  63. 

'  I  28,  3. 

"  ?  56,  1. 

"  ?  175,  1. 

■'  Genitive  singular  of  •ywri. 

"  ^  74,  2. 

*  §75. 

»"  §  160,  2,  second  exampl*. 

»  §  138.  N.  2  c. 

"  §  139,  1. 

*  See  note  1,  Lesson  XII. 

'*  I  71,  N.  4. 

FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  63 


LESSON   XXXI. 

Verbs  j  Infinitive  Active,  Middle,  and  Passive. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  1/  the  Infinitive  Active,  Middle,  and 
Passive  of  Xvo) ;  ^  §  95,  2,  L,  third  column;  §  117,  1; 
§  95,  1,  L,  the  synopsis  in  all  the  voices  of  the  Infinitive  of 
Xvo)]  §  127,  L,  the  Present  Infinitive  of  ei/xi;  §  134,  2; 
§  258;  §  259  (read  the  n.);  §  260,  with  1  and  2,  omit- 
ting the  last  sentence; 3  §  127,  IV.,  the  Present  and  Im- 
perfect Indicative  oi  (fyrjfii;   §  27,  with  3. 

Examples. 

§  134,  2 :  i^ovXero   roi  TratSe    dfjL(f)OT€p(o  irapeivai,  he 

wished  both  his  sons  to  be  present, 
§  259:       ct  dvdyKT)  io-rl  pidx^crOai,  Sei*  napao-Kevd. 
o-acrOoL,  if  it  is  necessary  to  fight,  it  behooves 
(us)  to  prepare  ourselves  (infinitive  as  sub- 
ject of  a  finite  verb). 
TOVTO  i(TTL  TO  xfjevBecrffaL,  this  is  to  lie  (infini- 
tive as  predicate). 
<f>r)0'L  0€LP  TOVTO  TTOf^cTat,  he  says  it  is  neces- 
sary TO  DO  this  (subject  of  another  Infinitive). 
§  260,  1:  /5ov\eTaL  drjpevcraL,  he  wishes  to  hunt;  but 
§  260,  2:  (ftrjcl  07j pevcr ai,  he  says  that  he  hunted  (the 
original  speaker  said,  iO-qpevaa,  I  hunted). 

Vocabulary. 

avayKd^o),    iuayKdaoi,    etc.  reg.,     to  constrain,  to  com- 

(dvaYKiii  constraint)  pel. 

avdyKT),  -T)^,  y],  constraint,  Tiecessity. 


64 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


ava-Tr€L0O},    Trctcro),    etc.   reg.,   (ova, 
intens.,  and  irctOw) 

KaTa-KOTJTO),     KOxjja),     €KO\pa,     K€- 
KO<f>at  K€KOfljJLaLt  (Kara  and  ko«t») 

fidxofiai,^   /xa^ov/Ltat,    fiefiaxq- 

/Ltat,  ifia)(€(rdfJLr)Vt 
oto/Liat,  olrjcrofiaL,  (orjOrjv, 
OTparevofiaL,^       orpaTevcrofJiaL, 

€OTpaT€VfiaL,       eoTparevcra- 

i|feu8o/iai/  \jfev(rop.aL,  olfevcrficu, 
eilfevcrdfiriv. 

Exercises. 


^  persuade. 
to  cut  down,  to  cut 
to  pieces. 

tojight. 

to  think,  to  suppose. 

to  make  aii  eocpedi- 
tion, 

to  lie. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


65 


I.  1.  Toxf^  aTpaTL(oTa<;  TropevcracrOaL  6  )8acriXcv9 
iK€K€V(T€v  •  ol  Sc  Tov  TTOTafiov  hi.a/3alv€u/  ovK  ideXov- 
aiv,  2.  TOL  yap  CTrtnfScia  ovk  ianv  ^  c^cti/.  3.  koI 
ra  S17  a(l>avYJ  ^  €^€(ttl  \ff€vSea-0aL.  4.  enecrOaL  /3ov\o' 
fiai,  5.  MtScu/  TOV  ^arvpov  0r)p€V(TaL  <f>ao'iP?^ 
6.    etfyaxrav  vno  tS)v  'EXXt^^oji/  l^vpov  (^tXctcr^at." 

II.  1.  *cai  /fcXcuct  ro\)<s  OTpanqyov^  Xcycii^  ravra 
TOW  OTpaTLayrai^  Kol  dvaneiOeiv  inecrOaL,  2.  To^ev- 
07JvaL  ^^  "EWrfva  i(f>a(Tai/.  3.  iai/  ravra  TroLijcnp'e 
otcrat  KaTaKeKoiffeaOaL}^ 

III.  1.  (It)  is  safer  ^*  to  flee.  2.  He  wishes  to 
make  an  expedition  into  the  country  of  ^*  the  Pisi- 
dians.     3.  And  he  says  that  the  enemy  will  come  ^* 


at  day-break."     4.  But  it  is  necessary  to  proceed  at 
once. 

IV.  1.  You  are  not  willing  to  fight  nor'^  to 
follow.  2.  But  it  is  sometimes  possible  ^  to  capture 
these.  3.  80  that  the  Greeks  were  compelled  to 
proceed  slowly. 

NOTES. 

'  Pages  95,  97,  99,  101,  and  103. 

•  The  first  aorist  active  infinitive,  all  infinitives  in  -vai,  and  the  per- 
fect middle  and  passive  infinitive  accent  the  penult.    See  §  26,  n.  3,  1. 

'  Read  carefully  §  260,  1,  n.  1,  consulting  the  references.  Cf  with 
this  the  statement  in  g  260,  2  (second  sentence),  in  regard  to  the  time- 
force  of  each  tense  of  the  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse.  The  verb 
implying  thought  in  the  following  exercises,  after  which  the  infinitive  in 
indirect  discourse  will  occur,  will  always  be  one  whose  force  will  be 
easily  seen,  and  generally  will  be  a  verb  of  saying.  See  §  260,  2,  n.  1. 
For  what  is  meant  by  indirect  discourse,  see  ^  241,  1  and  2. 

*  For  8<€iy  the  contracted  present  third  singular,  used  impersonally, 
of  him,  to  need.     So  in  the  fourth  example  ScCv  for  Scciv.     See  g  9. 

*  I  109,  8.  The  future  |iaxov|iai  is  Attic  for  |iaxc(ro)uu»  §  110,  II.  2, 
N.  1  o. 

•  A  deponent.  Forms  of  the  active  occur  with  the  same  meaning, 
but  used  only  of  the  commander.  The  middle  is  used  of  both  leaders 
and  followers. 

'  Forms  of  the  active  occur,  commonly  with  the  transitive  meaning, 
to  deceive. 

■  |28,  H.  1,  at  the  end.  •        »  ?  160,  1. 

*®  What  they  say  in  their  own  words  is,  MtSos  cOrfpcwrc,  Midas  caught, 
etc.     For  the  accent,  see  §  27,  3,  and  ^  28,  2. 

"  They  said.  Kvpo«  <|>iXciTai  (contracted  from  4>tX^CT<u). 
"  They  said,  iroi^v9i\  "EXXt^v. 

"  His  thouglit  is,  KaTOKCKo^oiioi,  /  shall  be  (instantly)  cut  to  pieces. 
See  §  200,  n.  9. 
"  g  138. 

"  Into  the  country  of,  cl«. 
*'  He  says,  i^^ovinv  ol  iroXcpAOi. 
041a  rjn  T))up^ 


66 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


LESSON   XXXII. 

Verbs:  Participles  Active. 

Grammar:  §  96,  I.,^  the  Participles,  in  the  Active 
voice,  of  Xvo) ;  M  95,  2,  fourth  column ;  §  117,  2,  first 
paragraph,  with  N.  ;'§  68,^  decline  \v(ov,  Xucra?  (like 
toTct?*),  and  XcXv/coJ? ;  §  127,  I.,  the  Present  Participle 
of  eifiC]  §  204;5  §  275;  §  276,  1  and  2. 


Examples. 

§  276,  1 :  TToXi?  ayopav  Kokrjj/  i)(ovaa,  a  city  having 
(or   WHICH    has)    a    beautiful  market-place 
(ttoXi?  fj  ayopav  KaXrjp  e^ct). 
6  irapibv  KaLp6<;,  the  present  oceasion. 
§  276,  2 :  Toif^  <^€vyovTa<;  vtreka^^avev,  he  took  those 

♦  THAT  WERE  FLEEING  (or  THE  FUGITIVES)  Un- 

der his  protection. 


P 


Tocabulary. 

ayopd,  -a5,  17,  (oy*^i  '^  collect,-  an  assembly  of  the  ^people, 

cf.  &i»)  a  place  of  assembly, 

a  market-place, 

17X109,  -ov,  6,  the  sun. 

wapeifiLy    TrapecTOfiai,   wapfji/f^ 

(irapd  and  €i|*t)  to  be  by,  to  be  present. 

TrXe/co),  ttXc^oj,  etc.  reg.,  to  PLAIT,  to  braid. 

crv/Lt/jLaxo9, -ou,  6,(<rwand|Mixo|Mu)  an  ally,  an  auxiliary. 

o'(f>ep86i^y  -179,  Tjy  a  sling. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


67 


reXcIw,^  reXoi,  ercXeo-a,  Terd- 
Xe/ca,  rereXccr/xat,  ereXe- 
(rOrjVy  (tcXos) 


^0  finish,    to  fulfil  an 

obligation,  to  pay. 

hard,  grievous,  cruel. 


Exercises. 

I.  1 .  CTTtXeyeu/  raSe  ^  eK^keve  top  (jxpopja  ra 
8a)pa.  2.  Jja-avyap  oi  K(o\vo-ovr€^^  wepai/,  3.  raCra 
0€  TJyyekXoi/  npbs  Kvpou  ol  avTOixoXrja-ame^  npo  7^9 
H'^XV^'  4.  oi  oTparrjyol  iKaOicrav  ^^  x^P^^  '^^^^ 
TovTo  <l)d(TKovra<;,  5.  koI  7]8r)  ^v  {it  was)  dfKf)! 
ayopav  TrkijOovcTav, 

II.  1.  ivravOa  rja-au  ra  /Sao-iXcta  rov  %vpia^^^ 
O'PgavTO';?^  2.  t6t€  Se  a/xa  17X10;  avaTekXovTt  Kjjpv- 
/ca9  eirepAlie,  3.  o/ia>9  8e  Set  e/c  rSiv  irapovroiv  ^^  dv- 
Spas  ^*  aya^ov9  Tekedeiv,  4.  -^j/  Se  Tt9  ^^  /i^  ndd-qrai, 
^<f>i>cr(jjfM€0a  TOP  vjxcov  ivTuyxdvovTa^^  cvv  rai  dp- 
XOVTL   Kokd^eLv. 

III.  1.  The  soldiers  obey  those  who  command^'' 
(them).  2.  Cyrus  marches  on  to  the  river  Chalus, 
being  of  (one)  plethrum  in  breadth.'^  3.  Fellow- 
soldiers,^^  the  present  (circumstances)  are  hard. 
4.  He  has  the  force  of  him  who  has  (in  marriage) 
the  daughter  of  the  king. 

IV.  1.  And  they  paid  money  to  him  who  was 
willing  to  plait  slings.  2.  Those  who  before  were  ^ 
allies  have  broken  their  oaths.  3.  Those  who  com- 
mand,^^  therefore,  must  be  ^  much  more  vigilant. 


I 


68 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


i 


NOTES. 

>  Pages  95  and  07. 

*  The  perfect  active  participle  is  oxytone,  |  26,  n.  3,  2. 

^  §  26,  N.  2.  *  Except  in  accent.   See  |  6?^,  5. 

*  For  illustrations,  see  in  particular  the  first  three  sentences  in  the 
Exercises. 

*  2  26,  N.  1. 

7  §  109,  1,  N.  2  (with  a),  and  2,  and  |  110,  II.  2,  H.  1  a.     . 
»  Neuter  plural  accusative  of  ^,  §  83.     Translate  u'Aa<  follows,  lit. 
<Aes€  (things),  and  see  148,  n.  1. 

*  ifen  ready  to  prevent  (it),  lit.  those  who  would,  etc. 
">  From  Koe-q;».     See  §  105,  1,  N.  3. 

»  §  171,  3. 

"  Note  the  tense,  him  who  had  governed,  etc. 

"  Neuter  plural  of  the  participle  of  irapciiu  with  the  article,  used  sub- 
stantively.    See  the  general  vocabulary. 

"  In  the  accusative  to  agree  with  ijfftos  understood,  the  subject  of 
nXceciv.     See  §  136. 

**  Any  one,  an  enclitic. 

**  Tov  iYTvyxavovra  is  the  subject  of  KoXa(iiv.  Translate :  let  us  decree 
that  he  of  you  who  falls  in  with  (him),  etc. 

"  I  184,  2.  »  §  160,  1. 

"  In  Greek  the  vocative  is  much  oftener  accompanied  by  «  than  the 
corresponding  case  in  English  by  its  equivalent. 

*  Use  the  present  participle,  |  204,  ».  1. 

«  I  134,  2.  "  Must  be,  8ft .. .  ttvoi. 


LESSON   XXXIII. 

Verbs:  Participles  Middle  and  Passive. 

Grammar:  §  96,  I.,^  the  Participles  Middle  and  Pas- 
sive of  Xva>;^  §  117,  2,  second  paragraph;  §  68,  decline 
\v0eU  (like  rt^cts);^  §  95,  1,  the  synopsis  in  all  the 
voices  of  the  Participles  of  Xuo) ;  §  277,  with  1,  2,  3,  4,  5, 
and  6.'* 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


69 


Examples. 

§  277,  1 :  Tavra  Xeycjv  Oopv/Sov  tJkov(T€,  while  saying 
this  he  heard  a  noise. 

§  277,  2 :  TovTOiv  T(ov  K€pSa)p  airet^ovro  alcr)(pa  po/jll- 
l,ovT€<;  ehai,  they  abstained  from  these  gains 
BECAUSE  THEY  CONSIDERED  them  to  he  shame- 
ful. 

irropevovTo  aSoi^cs,  they  advanced  singing. 
KTjL^ofjLeifOL  (^yjcrovcTL,  tliey  wiM  live  by  plun- 
dering. 

§  277,  3 :  o  8'  airrjp  Xayoi?  ^^ero  OrjpdcrcDP,  her  husband 
was  gone  to  hunt  hares. 

§  277,  4 :  TovTo  irovrja'avTiE^  eS  TTpd^ov(Tiv,  if  they  do 
this^  they  will  prosper.^ 

§  277,  5 :  aifToi/  TTpocr^Kvviqcrcw  inl  Oaa/aTov  ayofxei/ov, 
they  saluted  him,  though  he  was  being  led 
to  execution. 

§  277,  6 :  d)/a)8au/ei  €)(a)v  67rXira9,  he  goes  up  with 
hoplites. 


Tocabulary. 

aWOTOCrtGJTTyS,  -OV,  O,  daarrlf  against, 
and  to^rofuu,  to  stand) 

anOfJLa^OS,  -09,  -OV,  (d«o  and  iMXi)) 


ao-7rt9,  -1809,  17, 

ari/xa^a>,  dr i/xacrcD,  etc.  reg.,  (dr^ios, 

dishonored,  from  a-  priv.  and  tv|Iitj) 

ycXao>,  yeXdo-ofjLaif  eycXacra,  eyc- 
kdadyji/. 


an  opponent, 
disabled,  out  of  the 

ranks, 
a  shield. 

to  dishonor. 

to  laugh. 


I  ti 


70 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


». 


!h 


Sc^id?,  -a,  -d^/ 

KLvSweVO),      KLPOX/l/€V(rCt},     etc.    r^^., 

(kCvSwos) 
Xoyi^o/xat,     Xoyiou/xatJ     etc.  rc^., 

(Xo'tos,  XiYCtf) 

Exercises. 


to  run  a  ri^h. 
to  consider. 


I.  1 .  7rt€^d/x€i^o9  VTTO  Tcou  oiKoi "  atmarTaaLCtyrcjp 
TJrrjcre  Kvpov  jxicrdov.  2.  S€^dfjL€vo<;  Sc  ravra  eye- 
Xacrei^.  3.  dTrenefXTre  tov<;  yiyvoyiivov^  Sacr/xous  ^a- 
crtXet.  4.  irepiA^JiQ/ov  Tia-cra^epinqv  iyyif<;  icrrpa- 
T07rehevp.€i^0L,  5.  inopevovro  iv  Sefta  c;(oi^€S  toi/ 
17X101^,  Xoyt^d/iei^ot  T7f€«'  a/ia  17X16)  Swotrt  eU  Kcofia^. 


9 


II.      1.    ctxoi/    8e    ra?    dcrmSa?    c/CACC/caXu/iftcVas. 

2.  i7r€(T(f)d^aT0     Kvpo)     cnraa'aixei^o^    tov    OLKLvaKYji/. 

3.  6  8c  ^°  /cti/Siv€vo'a9  Kol  drt/xacr^ets  ^ouXcvcrai 
OTTO)?  /Sao-iXevcreL.  4.  ttoXXoI  ya/a  rjaav  diropLa^oit 
ol  T€Tpo}fJia^oL  Koi  ol  e/c€tVous"  <l)€poin'CS  K(u  01  Ta>i/ 
(l)€p6vT(i)v  rd  OTrXa  Scfd/btcj^oi. 

"III.  1.  They  descend  into  the  plain  to  encamp. 
2.  He  was  greatly  troubled  because  he  had  been 
dishonored.  3.  They  were  fighting  with  those  who 
had  been  drawn  up  ^^  in  front.  4.  But  his  mother, 
when  she  had  begged  (him)  oflF,  sends  him  back 
again. 

IV.     1 .  He  was  of  those  who  were  making  war  ^^ 
about  Miletus.     2.  He  was  not  willing  to  withdraw 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


71 


the  right  wing,  since  he  feared  ^*  that  he  might  be 
encircled.^*  3.  He  hits  Cyrus  with  a  javelin  while 
fighting  with  ^^  the  king. 


NOTES. 

'  Pages  99,  101,  and  103. 

•  The  perfect  participle  middle  and  passive  is  paroxytone,  ^  2fi, 
N.  3,  1.     The  first  aorist  passive  participle  is  oxytone,  |  26,  n.  3,  2. 

'  All  participles  in  -os,  on  the  other  hand,  are  declined  like  o-o<t>oSt 
§  62.  3. 

*  The  participle  in  Greek,  while  it  expresses  all  of  these  relations,  does 
not  do  so  definitely  and  distinctly.  Hence  the  different  uses  run  into 
each  other,  and  cases  occur  in  which  the  participle  expresses  at  the  same 


time  two  or  even  more  of  them. 

*  g  165,  N.  2,  at  the  end. 

•  See  the  general  vocabulary. 
'  ^,  110,  II.  2,  N.  1  c. 
M  22,  N.  1,  at  the  end. 


•  See  cK-KoXvirrM. 
»«  §  143,  ».  2. 
"  S  83. 

"  Use  the  perfect. 
'3  ?  169,  1. 


"  Use  the  proper  form  of  ^^coiuu,  applying  §  9,  2,  second  sentence. 

'*  Use  the  aorist. 

*•  That  is,  while  Cyrus  was  fighting,  etc. 


LESSON   XXXIV. 

Ai^ectives:  Irregular  Comparison. —Verbals. 

Grammar:   §  73,  1;   §  117,  3,  with  notes  1  and  2; 
§  281,  with  1  and  2. 

Examples. 

§  281,  1 :  o)(^\7)T€a  aoi  rj  ttoXis  iariv,  the  city  must  be 

BENEFITED  hy  yOU. 

§281,2:  y^plv   wdpra^    noirfTeou    iariv,    we   must   do 
everything. 


i 


Ml 


\i  ' 


72 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Yocabulary, 


aSciTrro?,   -09,   'OP,  (a-  pnv.  and  8«iirvov, 

supper) 

atTCO),  aLT'qa'CJ,  etc.  rc^r., 


d<^l5Xa/CT09,  -09,  -Ot',  (»-  priv.  and  «^vXdTT», 
to  guard) 

cf-aTraracu,     airaTijcra},     etc.  rc^.,  (Ik, 

intenB.,  and  airaTdu,  to  deceive,  from  onrani, 

ifyyov,  -ov,  to,  (*py«»  p«fnr«»' '«  ^^  work) 

eVTTpCUCTOS,   -09,   -01/,  (tv  and  irporrw) 

ovofia,  -aT09,  to, 

<l)vXdTT(0,  (f)v\d^(t),  etc.  re<7.. 


supperless. 
to    ask,    to    de- 
mand. 

unguarded. 


to  deceive  grossly. 
a  WORK,  deed, 
pra/iticable,  ea^ 
to  do. 

a  NAME. 

to  guard. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  '7roTa/io9  S'  dX\o9  17/xti/  cort  8ta^aT€09. 
2.  7ra9  §€  7roTa/x69  8ia)8ard9.  3.  dXXa  i/OfitC<^ 
ayi€Lvova<s  kolL  Kpdrrov^  ttoWow  fiap/Sapojp  ifia<; 
elvai,  4.  \ap.^avov(rw  avhpa%  ort  *  7rX€ioTOV9  Kat 
fiekria-TovS'  5.  tou9  (TTpaTKoTa*;  TrapeKoikea-av  lin 
TO.  KoXXto-ra  c/3ya.  6.  Si  KaKiare  avOpdnoiv,  ov^' 
7^/i,d9  i^Trdrqaas  ;     7.   KoXanrriov  ia-Ti  rov  TraiSa. 

II.  1.    7rXeioi'09*   av  afiot  ctTy/xe/  <^iXot   e)(cnne^ 
TO,  oTrXa.     2.  TTopaniov  8'  17/xrj/  rov9  irpdiTovs     ora- 
^/xoi;9  0)9  '^  fiaKpordrov^;,     3.   ^o'cu'  8'  ot  ittttoi  /ictoi/n 
TOJ^   n€/30-t*cQ>i/.     4.    0)9   (^o)  )8ao-tXca  TTOpevriov  nj  • 
Ta\ioTif]v  ohov,     5.   neio-Tdou  ^  cart  ro5  oTparrjyat, 


1] 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


73 


III.  1.  These  are  worse  than  we.  2.  The  most 
of  the  Greeks  were  supperless.  3.  There  are  many- 
Persians  better  than  this  (man).  4.  I  must  not  ask 
for  this.     5.  This  is  more  practicable. 

IV.  1 .  *  But  it  is  easiest  to  take  ^°  the  unguarded  " 
(property)  of  one's  ^^  friends.  2.  This  girl  is  very 
fair."  3.  There  were  very  many^*  wild  asses  in 
tlie  plain.  4.  But  nevertheless  I  must  tell  the  man's 
name.     5.  We  must  guard  the  soldiers. 

NOTES. 

M  <^>7.    ^  M  1,  N.  2.  =»  g  175.  1. 

•  5ti  or  wj  is  often  prefixed  to  the  superlative  to  strengthen  it,  as  Sn 
irX<urroi,  as  many  as  possible,  etc. 

'  'i  282,  2.  »  g  224,  |  226.  1.  and  §  277.  4. 

•  ^  178,  N.  «  g  73,  2. 

•  Verbal  of  vf(Oo|iai,  to  obey.     For  the  following  dative,  see  g  184,  2. 
"*  Present  tense. 

"  Neuter  plural.  »*   ^«ry /air,  superlative  of  koXos. 

'*  The  article,  §  141,  H.  2.  •*  Use  the  superlative. 


-•o*- 


LESSON  XXXV. 

Verbs:  The  Present  Stem. 

Grammar  :  §  92,^  1,  2  (with  n.),  3  (with  n.),  and  4, 
with  I. ;  §  110, 1,  (and  read  the  preceding  Remark) ;  §  111, 
with  L;  §  93  entire  (read  simply);  §  94;  §  95,  1,^  1.  L, 
II.  L,  III.  L,  and  2  (with  n.)  ;  §  96,3  j^  the  Present  of  \vo)  * 
in  all  the  moods  and  voices,  and  the  Imperfect  Indicative 
in  the  three  voices ;  §  107 ;  §  108,  with  1. 


74 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


? 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


75 


I*. I 


Vocabulary. 


aOpoLlfii    {a6potZ-%    adpoL(T(a, 
etc.  reg.,  (a0poosi  cZoae  together) 

Ppaxvs,  -cia,  -V, 

€vdvs,  adverb, 
^v\ov,  -OU,  TO, 

^ao-cjy   €^t^acra,  (<rvv,  ^k,  and 
pi^M,  fo  caii«c  to  go:  cf.  paCvw,  <o  go) 

fryitfii  (crx^S-  **),  (rxiao),  etc.  r«<7., 

Ta^^us,  -eta,  -u, 

v^piCo)  (vjSptS-'),  viSpiVo)  and 

vfipt^CJ,^  etc.  re^f.,  (vppiSt  insolence) 


to  assemble^  to  muster, 
short 

straightway,  at  once. 
a  stick  of  woodj  wood, 
JueL 

to    help    or   join    in 

getting  out, 
to  split, 
sfwijt,  quick. 

to  insult. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.    v/Ltci?    8c    ov    PovXea-Oe    (rvfiTropeveo-Oau 

2.  hropeiovTo  iv  Scfta  ixoi^es  top  rjXLoi^,  Xoyi^d/xe^oi 
rj^€ip '  a/ia  rjkia)  Svvovri  eU  K(ifia<;.  3.  orSpe?  orpa- 
Tioirax,  fjLT)  Oavixal^tT^  on  xakeTrm  <^pct)  rot? 
irapovai  irpdyyiacnv.  4.  irirovTax  yap  at  wriocs 
fipaxv^  'fctl  aTrayo/ociJovo'iJ'.  5.  6  8'  i7Xavi'€i/  cVt 
Tovs  M€i/(t)vo<;  oT/oaTta>Ta9,  (oar  c/cew^ous  Tp^x^^v  ewL 
Ttt  oTrXa.  6.  ct  idekoLTe  raCra  7roc^o-ai,  iireaOcu 
^ovkoifiTjv  av. 

II.  1.   tSi'  8c  McVcuj/os  arpaTHxiTUiv  fuXa  07(1^61 
Tt9.     2.  p/i)  at/apevcopev  aWovs   17/xas   TrapaKaKea-cu. 

3.  (UOTC  ci^vs  TraiScs  o^cs    pcwdai^ovcrw  apx^^v  re 


Kcu  apxea-OoL,  4.  fJKoi/  keyovre^  otl  ovx  linTeL^  eto-iv, 
5.  KCU  evOvg  (px^To  d»9  /xt)  pekkoLTo  {be  delayed)  dkkd 
nepau/oLTo  rd  k^x^^i^OL, 

III.  1.  He  is  said  to  be  mustering  an  army. 
2.  From  there  he  marches  five  stages  with  the  river 
on  tlie  right.  3.  For  a  great  army  was  mustering 
at  Sardis.  4.  Bid  this  (man)  march  at  once,  if  the 
king  makes  an  expedition  against  us. 

IV.  1.  But  those  of  the  horsemen  that  pursued  " 
stopped  quickly.  2.  Be  persuaded,  fellow  soldiers, 
not  to  transgress  the  laws.  3.  And  he  ordered 
Pigres  to  aid  in  getting  the  wagons  out.  4.  Being 
beaten  and  insulted,  they  thought  (themselves*^)  to 
be  dishonored. 

NOTES. 

*  Up  to  this  point  the  verb  has  been  developed  by  moods.  Hereafter 
the  development  will  be  by  tense  stems,  and  in  doing  this  the  conjuga- 
tion of  XiM»  will  be  repeated. 

*  Pages  86-91.  Give  the  synopsis  of  each  verb  by  moods  across  the 
page,  first  in  the  active,  then  in  the  middle,  and  then  in  the  passive. 

^  Conjugate  the  verb  in  the  order  of  moods  and  voices  suggested  in 
the  preceding  note.  The  references  to  g^  112-117,  given  in  previous 
lessons,  are  not  here  repeated.  It  may,  however,  be  necessary  to  review 
the  variou.s  tables  of  personal  endings.     The  teacher  must  decide  this. 

*  Let  the  pupil  conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  present  and  imper- 
fect of  X«£ir«  and  ^(v<a,  and,  if  there  is  time,  of  the  two  other  verbs 
given  in  §  111. 

*  The  simple  stem  of  verbs  in  {«  ends  either  in  8  or  in  -y  (or  yy), 
\  108,  IV.  1  h.  The  future  ends  respectively  either  in  o-«  or  |<a  (or 
^f^).  Hereafter,  in  the  special  vocabularies,  the  simple  stem  of  each 
verb,  when  this  does  not  appear  in  the  present,  i.  e.  unless  the  verb  is 
of  the/r«t  class  (|  108,  1),  will  be  given  in  (  )  directly  after  the  present 
indicative.  In  every  such  case  the  pupil  should  be  required  to  show 
how  the  present  stem  is  formed  from  the  simple  stem,  and  to  tell  to 
which  one  of  the  eight  classes  the  verb  belongs. 


76 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


I   I 


•  I  110,  II.  2,  N.  1  e. 

'  Their  thought  was,  y[|o|uv,  we  shall  come,  etc. 

'  Xa^^<^*^  ^'P«»  ^<^  ^*^  distressed,  lit.  io  6«ar  up.    The  following  dative 
expresses  the  cause,  §  188,  1.  I  161. 

'0  26t>,  1.        "  now  that  pursued,  I  276,  2.        "2  134,  3. 


LESSON  XXXYI. 

Adverbs  and  their  Oomparison.  — Numerals. 
Grammar:  §  74,  1  and  2;  §  75;  §  76;»  §  77, 1  and  2. 

Yocabulary. 

CTTt/icXco/xat  and  cTrt/xAo/iat, 
CTri/xcXtJo'o/x.at,  i-mfieiJLeXrjfiaL, 
inefieXijO-qv,  {i-f^  and  |uX»,  <o  ftc   ^  care  /or,  ^  ZooZ; 

on  o6;cc<  0/  car«)  01^6  y  Or . 

tCTYVpO)?,  adverb  (Urxvpo«,s<ron^,  t<rxw«, 

«<r«n^<A)  strongly,  vigorously. 

/Liacrros,  -ov,  6,  OTie  of  the  breasts,  a 

breast :  also,  a  kill. 
wXevpa,  -a5,  17,  a    ^^  o^  the  body,  a 

Jlank  of  an  array. 

TTOvio),  TrOl^CrO),  etc.  re^r.,  (wrf»o«,  <oi^- 

cf.  Wvo|Uu.,  to  toil)  to  toil. 

a-nevSa),  aneva-o),  eo-Treva-a,  to  hasten,  to  press  oil. 

CJT€ppa>9,  adverb  («rr€ppos,yirm)  resolutdy. 

Exercises, 

I.      1.    rj^Lov     KOLL    wpoOvfjiOTepov     crvveTTopevovTO. 
2.     cfcXawci     araOfiov     a/a,      Trapacrdyyas     oktw. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


77 


3.  Kcu  i(rxypS)<s  aWyjXcjv^  ineiieXovTo.  4.  Kvpoq 
inopevcTO  rifi€\r)fJL€i^(o<;^  fiaWoi/.  5.  irokv  yap  to)v 
Imroiv  erpexpv  Oolttov.      6.    ikeyov  8e  tS  ^aa-Lkel  ort 

hlKoUoS  ov  flOL  \apilfilTO,^ 

n.  1.  dreppS)^  TToXXojj/  aya6(x)v  airei^opieOa, 
2.  rfhiaT  av  d/couo-at/xt  Tovvofxa,^  3.  ttoXv  8e 
/biaXXoi/  ecrnevSev,  4.  ovac  iTroirqaav  t(ov  dXkwp 
irXeov  CTTpaTLOTOJV.  5.  rcii/  Sc  nkevpSiv  ^  eKarepcoi/ 
Svo  TO)  irpeo'/SvTdTa}  oTparqya}  i'mfJieXija'eo'doi/, 

III.  1.  And  they  "^  gladly  obeyed.  2.  They  were 
greatly  deceived.  3.  He  asked  Cyrus  for  pay  for 
three  months.^  4.  And  no  one  of  those  who  crossed  ^ 
the  river  was  wet  higher  ^^  than  his  breast/^ 

rV.  1.  He  sent  gifts  with  great  liberality.  2.  But 
he  gave  ^^  the  army  pay  for  four  months.  3.  He 
marches  thence  five  stages,  thirty  parasangs,  to  the 
sources  of  the  river,  of  which  the  breadth  was  a 
plethrum.^^ 


NOTES. 


*  Parts  of  2  76  can  be  omitted,  or  read  only,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
teacher. 


*  «  171.  2. 

»  i  74,  1,  H..  and  |  75.  h.  2. 

*  §  224.  and  {  226.  2  b. 
M  11.  1  and  2. 

*  I  171.  2. 

»  2  143,  N.  2. 


•  2  167,  5. 

»  2  276,  2. 
»»  2  75,  N.  1. 
"  Plural  of  (ixurros. 

"  See  note  7,  Lesson  XIV. 


**  2  169,  3.     A  predicate  genitive  of  measure. 


Il 


b'       I 


78  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


L£8S0N   XXXVII. 

Verbs:  Oontracts  in  cui). 

Grammar  :  §  98,  the  conjugation  of  rt/ictft),  with  notes 
2  and  5;  §  115,  4;  §  69,  the  declension  of  TiyiSiv  \  §  9, 
with  1,  2,  3,  and  4. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


79 


Vocabulary, 

a  loud  cry) 

^ctoi,  i,T]aa),  e^r/cra,  c^r^fca, 
rjTTdofxai,  rjTTujo-oiJLaL  or  r/rrry- 
0rj(TOiiaiy  rJTTrjfiat,  rjTTijOrju, 

(tJttwv,  worse) 

dedofiait  OedcrofxaL, eic.reg., 
KOLfido),   iKOLfirjcray    iKOLfXTJOrjp, 

(Kctiuu,  to  lie) 


KTCtO/xat,^  KnjcrOfiaL,  etc.  reg., 
VLKdo)»  VLKTJcrOi,  etc.  reg.,  (v(Kt|,  victory) 

ToXfldo),   TjCrOiy    etc.  reg.,  (toXi&o,  cour- 
age, hardihood) 


to  shout  out 
to  live, 

to  be  inferior,  to  be 

worsted, 
to  gaze  at,  to  watch, 

to  observe, 
to  put  to  sleep  ;  mid. 

and  pass,  to  lie  doWU, 

to  go  to  bed. 
to  acquire, 
to  cjcynqiier,  to  defeat, 

to  be  victorious.  . 

to  dare. 


Exercises. 


I.  1.  KaT^OeoLTo  €KaT€pa)a€.  2.  viKOiyuev  r€^  jSacrt- 
Xca  /cat,  is  oparc,  ovScts  cVt  17/utu'  fidx^Tcu.  3.  kcu 
€v0v<;   TTOLcnv   i^oa   /cat    jSapjSapt/cco?    /cat   e\\rjrtK(t)<;, 


4.   €t  TretpcofieOa  elcr^dWetp  ct?  717^  KtXt/cwu/,  (jyevyoi 

aV     )8aort\6V9.  5.       /cat     aptCTTCOI^L     TCO      '3€P0(J>CJVTL  * 

7rpO(T€Tp€XOV    SvO    VeaVLCTKO).        6.   Ot    ''EXXTyj/e?    KOLfJLOJV- 

rat  olo^jLQ/oi  rd  wdi/ra  vlkSli/^  koI  Kvpov  l^r\v. 

II.  1.  T0V9  TToXeiiiov^  a/LKCLTe  (Tvv  rots  ^eot9. 
2.  /xcra  Se  ravra  Ifi^vra  ^Opovrca/  ouSet?  opa.  3.  et 
8'    avTov    opcSr)    Setvov    ovra   olKovoyioVy   -qo-Oeir)    dv, 

4.  €t  0€  TL  dWo  ^ekriov,^  TokjxdTO}  /cat  6  tStcirT^s 
otoacr/c€tz/.     5.   /cat  ifjLeXercjv  To^eveu/  oi  Kprjre^, 

III.  1.   He  was  calling  out  to  lead  the  army. 

2.  He  defeats  the  enemy.  3.  But  if  we  conquer, 
we  shall  be  honored.     4.  Try  to  make  use  of  this.'' 

5.  He  gained  from  this  a  great  name.  6.  They  are 
being  worsted  by  barbarians.  — ' 

IV.  1.  Let  us  all  strive  to  conquer  the  king's 
army.    2.  The  barbarians  were  observing  the  Greeks. 

3.  But  if  we  should  treat  these  with  affection,  they 
would  be  well-disposed  to  us.  4.  I  account  him 
liappy  who  is  honored^  by  the  king. 


NOTES. 

•  See  note  3,  Lesson  XXVIII. 
Perfect  generally  k€ktt|)uu,  rarely  in  Attic  cKTriftOh  §  101,  2,  n.  2. 
ri  . . .  Koi,  both  . . .  and,  not  only  . . .  but  also. 
\  186. 
I  260,  2.     Their  thought  was,  ra  -nxlvxa  vikjSjuv  Kal  Kvpos  tf. 

So.  t&TK, 

1  188,  1.  N.  2. 

2  276,  2. 


80 


FIRST    LESSONS    IX    GREEK. 


LESSON   XXXVIII. 

Verbs :  Oontraots  in  eo)  and  oo). 

Grammar  :  §  98,  the  conjugation  of  (^tXco)  and  St^Xoo), 
with  notes  1,  3,  4,  and  5 ;  §  115,  4;  §  69,  tho  declension  of 
^l\S>v  and  hrjXwv ;   §  9,  with  1,  2,  3,  and  4,  with  N.  2. 

Vocabulary. 


ava-KOivoo),   Koivdcrct),  etc.  reg., 
(wa*  and  koivom,  to  make  common, 

KOiVOS) 

d^ldo),  dftwcro),  etc.  reg.,  (i{u)«) 

cVt^v/xcoj,  emdvfJiija-a),  ineOv- 
fir)(ra,  CTTtTC^vfLry/ca,  {M  and 

Ov|io«) 
iTTL-KVpOO),     KVpdcrO),    etc.    re^., 

(Kvpot,  authority) 
fiyeofiaiy     7}y^(T0fiaL,     etc.    re^r., 

Oavaroo),   ^cu^arwcraj,  etc.  regr., 
TroXefxeco,   ttoXc/xtJo-o),   etc.  r<^., 

(voXcfUx) 
OK^eXcQ),       a)<f>e\7](TQ),     etc.     re<7, 
(j^os,  advantage:   cf.  6<|)cXX«,  to 
increase) 


^  ma^e  common,  to 
communicate,  to  con- 
sult 

to  deem  worthy  or  Jit,  ix) 
askf  to  demand  as  fit. 

to  set  ones  heart  on,  to 

desire, 
to    give    authority    to, 

to  confirm,  to  ratify. 

to  lead,  to  think, 
to  condemn  to  death, 
to  wage  war. 


to  aid. 


Exercises. 


I.     1.    a-vWe^a^;   aTpdrevfia  iwoXtopKeL   MiX-qrov, 


2.    alpeiraL    iTo\ep.€W,      6.     ifi 


H 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


81 


Oeu/.  4.  ccTTrovSatoXoyctro,  co?  SrjXoir)  ov9  TLjia. 
5.  7]yeCcr0(o,  6.  oi  8e  /ca/col  ^  SovXot  Ta>p  ayadwp 
a^LovuTcu  eivau  7.  imavOa  coKeLTo  ttoXi?  fieydkr). 
8.  cXawci  am  Kparo^  Ihpomrn  to)  t77Trct>.^     9.  oort?* 

n.  1.  'S€vo<f>(t)v  on^aKOLPovTcu  Soi/cpdrci^  ttc/jI  rfj<; 
TTOpeia^,  2.  KaTe\eL(l)07)O'ai/  oi  oixoTpairet.oi  koKov- 
fia/oL,^      3.    T7S6C09    inovovp    /cat   OappaXecjf;  €kt(opto, 

4.  o'vinopLO}TaTiqv  (oeTO  oSop  elpat  8ta  roS  eiriopKeiv'^ 
T€  Kol  e^airaTOLi/.  5.  eTreOvfieL  rt/iacr^at,  u/a  TrXeuu 
Kephaii/OL.  6.  Kupo?  8'  opwi/  rou?  ^'EXXi^i'a?  vlkcjV' 
Ta9,  Trpoa-Kvvovfxevo^^  i?  j8a(7tXcv9,  ou/c  i^^Or^ 
8l(ok€li/,  aXXa  inefxeXeLTo  ri  (what)  noLTJo'eL  ^acrtXcug. 

III.  1.  Never  hire  the  idle.  2.  They  are  always 
willing  to  ratify  treaties.  3.  It  is  necessary®  to  do 
this.     4.  They  kept  casting  stones  into  the   river. 

5.  The  river  is  called  Marsyas.  6.  If  they  are  con- 
demning him  to  death,  they  are  doing  wrong. 

IV.  1.  For  they  were  occupying  strongholds. 
2.  He  desired  exceedingly  to  be  rich.  3.  He  pre- 
fers by  warring  ^^  to  make  his  means  less.  4.  He 
kept  warring  with  the  Thracians"  and  aiding  the 
Greeks. 

NOTES. 

*  The  preposition  merely  strengthens  the  meaning  of  the  simple  verb. 

*  But  the  bad  are  tJioughtJit,  etc.,  §  139, 1,    For  SovXoi,  see  ^  136,  n.  3  a. 
'  I  188,  1.  *  §  86.  5  g  186. 

•"  ol  KaXov|jwvoi,  those  who  were  called  (§  276,  2),  his  so-called,  etc. 

'  2  262,  I.  »  8i£,  g  98,  n.  1. 

•»  I  277,  5.  »"  I  277,  2.  "  ^  186,  with  k.  1. 


82 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XXXIX. 

Pronoims:  Personal,  Intensive,  Eeflexive,  Eeciprocal,  and  Pos- 
sessive. 

Grammar  :  §  79,  1  (omitting  the  forms  in  parenthesis) 
and  2  (with  N.) ;  §  27,  1  (omitting  the  forms  in  parenthe- 
sis);  §  144,  1  (with  N.)  and  2  a;  §  145,  1  and  2;  §  80, 
and'the  first  half  of  the  N. ;  §  146 ;  §  81 ;  §  82 ;  §  147. 

Examples. 

§  79  2 :     6  airo?  amjp,  the  same  man;  tov  avrov  ttoXc- 

fiov,  the  SAME  war. 
§  145,  1 :  avTos    6    (TTparrjyoq,    the   general   himself  ; 

ravra  cVotctTC   avroi  (sc.  u/xct?),  you  did 

this  YOURSELVES. 

§  145,  2 :  avTov  crarpaTnqv  iiroiTjo-ei/,  he  made  him  sa- 
trap; OLp\ei  avTcov,  he  commands  them. 

§  144,  2 :  Xcycrat  'AttoWojv  viKrjcraL  ^  Mapavav  ipi- 
tpvra  ot,  Apollo  is  said  to  have  defeated 
Mar6yas  when  contending  with  him. 

§  146 :  €(T^a^€u  kavrov,  he  slew  himself  ;  i/o/xt^€t 
T0U9  TToXtra?  vn-qpeTeu^  eaurw,^  he.  thinks 
that  the  citizens  are  servants  TO  himself. 

§  147 :  6  rjfJieTepos  -rrarqp  =  6  Trarrfp  rjiiotv,^  our 
father. 

Vocabulary. 


dSlK€0),  dStfofcrO),  etc.  reg.,  (oSikos,  from 
priv.  and  Sdrq) 


to  do  wrong,  to 
wrong. 


d7rapacr/c€uao"T09,  -09  -OV,  (a-  priv.  and 

iropao-KCv<4tt,  to  prepare ;  cf.  o-KcvaJw,  <ncctk)«)     Unprepared. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


83 


aperrj,  -ijs,  'q. 


daTTCU/do),   Oairairqa'a),  etc.  reg.,  (8airovi|, 


goodness,  virtue, 
vabr. 


to  expend. 

Uft 

a  blow. 

an  expedition. 


the  hand. 


expense) 

evcovv/JiO^;,  -09,  -op,  (twand^voiio)* 

TrXrjyT],   -^9,  17,  (irXTjTT«,  to  strike) 

OT0X09,   -OV,  6,  (o-rrfXX*,  to  send) 

^Cip,  ^Ct/009,  17,  (gen.  and  dat  dual  x<po^> 
dat.  pi.  x<pc^) 

Exereises. 

I.  1.  cl^c  8^  TO  evdvvfjLOP  Ma/cjp  kcu  oi  <rw  avr^. 
2.  dXX'  €19  v/xa9  T0V9  SapeLKoifs  iSaTrdpcov.  3.  <ru 
c/btot'*  €7rt)8ovXev«9  /cat  r^  crw  e/iot  oTpanq,.  4.  o 
auro9  0-70X09  earl  /cat  rjfup.  5.  r^-Se  avr^  rffiepa 
a(f>L7nr€V€i  im  ttjp  iavrov  crKr)injv.  6.  7rX'»;yd9  ii/e- 
r€Lvov  dXXi7Xot9.^  7.  ra^dei^  vno  avrov  tov  ifjLov^ 
dSeX^oS  €7ro\efjirj(TQ/  e/jLoi  8.  vfjias  Se  aTrapao-Keud- 
OTOVS  \afx/3dp€L. 

II.  1.  vofiL^ca  yap  vfxa^  Ifxol  cR^at  <^tXov9.  2.  av- 
709  CTre^ouXcve  StaySdXXctj/  /xe  77/069  i5fid9.  3.  cS/oa 
Ty/jtti^  l3ov\.€V€crdaL  xmkp  rjfx&p  avrZv.  4.  en;  re  yap 
"EXkrji/  el  /cat  T7/xet9.  5.  6  Se  Xeyet  aural.  6.  6/>d 
8c  T0V9  *EXX>7i/a9  ^t/cctlj/ra9  to  Ka6*  avrov^?  7.  u/x€r9 
CTTt  Tr)v  'q/xerepai^  x^pav  €p)(eo-0e. 

III.  1.  But  send  us  back.  2.  He  remains  in 
the  same  (place).  3.  They  lead  him  to  the  general. 
4.  He  has  been  wronged  by  us.  5.  I  myself  will 
proceed  to  my  own  province.     6.  They  kept  warring 


8 


84  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

with  one  another.    7.  Your  valor  is  wortliy  of  ad- 
miration. 

IV.  1.  He  brings  together  his  own  soldiers. 
2  I  summoned  you.  3.  The  crags  reaxjh  down  to 
the  river  itself.  4.  Let  us  not  neglect  ourselves.* 
5.  We  must  benefit  our  friends.  6.  He  himself 
slays  him  with  his  own  hand.® 

NOTES. 

1  With  the  passive  of  many  of  the  verbs  that  take  the  infinitive  in 
indirect  discourse  (Lesson  XXXI.)  we  either  find  the  infinitive  itsel  with 
its  subject  accusative  as  subject  of  the  principal  verb  (the  normal  con- 
struction).  or.  as  here,  the  subject  accusative  of  the  infinitive  become, 
the  subject  nominative  of  the  principal  verb.  In  this  example,  to  illus- 
trate, we  might  ha-'e  alsp  X*V«^  'Airo-XX-va  v^Kr^fnu,  U  u  saui  that 
Apollo  defeated,  whei.  the  noun  is  the  subject  of  the  mfinitive  and  the 
infinitive  is  the  subject  of  Xc^trcu,  representing  the  possible  active  con- 
struction, Ur^y  •AiroXXa.ya  vtKVjaiu,  etc.  Xjiir-,  however  in  the 
active  voice  rarely  takes  the  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse,  §  260,  A,  N.  1. 

«  ol  also  would  be  correct,  I  144.  2.  '  I  142,  4.  5  3 

*  On  the  derivation  of  this  word,  see  further  the  general  vocabulary. 

*  S 187.  t^      .V  • 

*  Not  the  genitive  of  the  first  personal  pronoun,  but  the  possessive. 

See  note  3,  above.  .  ,  ,  co  ^ 

'  Sc.  ji^po,  or  K^pas.  •  §  HI.  2.  •  S  188, 1. 


LESSON   XL. 

Verba :  Tlie  luture  and  Pirst  Aorist  Sterna  in  Pure  and  Mnte 

Verba. 

Grammar:  §  92,^  1,  2  (with  n.),  3  (with  n.),  and  4,  with 
11.  and  III. ;  §  110,  II.  1,  and  III.  1 ;  §  HI,  IL  and  III., 
first  three  verbs;  §  95,  1,^  I.,  II.  and  III.,  and  II.,  II.  and 
III.,  and  2»  (with  N.);  §  96,^  I.,  the  Future  and  First 
Aorist  Active  and  Middle  of  \v<o^  in  all  the  moods; 
§  107 ;  §  108,  with  III.  and  IV.,  with  1,  a  and  b. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


85 


Vocabulary. 

awTO)  (a<^-),  a^co,  ^i/ra,  fjfifxcu,    to  fasten;  mid.  to  fasten 
rj(l>07)v,  one's  self  to,  to  touch. 

aplOTCUOf     CLplOTTfCOif     etc.   reg., 

(dpurrov,  breakfast;  cf.  ^ps  early)  to  breakfost. 

yvyivalfi)  (yvfivaS-),  yvfivdcro), 

etc.  reg.,  {yv[Kv6s,  naked,  lightly  clad)     to  exercise. 

6(apaKilfi)   (dcopaKiS-),    dwpa-    to  arm  with  a  breast- 

KlO-a),  etc.  reg.,  (e«po(,  breastplaU)  plate ^  to  arm. 

KqpVTTd)  {Kr)pVK-)y  K7)pV^Q},  etc. 

reg.,  (icT|pu|)  to  proclaim. 

XotSopect),    XotSopT/crct),    etc.  reg., 

(XoCSopos,  abmive)  to  ojbuse,  to  rcvile. 

(Tc^arro)  and  cr(f)dC,ct}   (cr<^y-), 

or<^afa),  €o-(f>a^a,  €o-(f)ayiJLaL,    to  slay^  to  slaughter, 

<j>pd(,(0  (<^/3aS-),  (l>pd<T(0,  etc.  reg.,     to  tell. 

Exercises. 

T.  1.  BiaTpi^Jjofiev  TTfi/  TTJfjLepov^  rjfxipav.  2.  ttjv 
Ta^w  Tov  aTpaTevfiaTos  idavfjuaa-ev.  3.  CTretSoj/ 
Tavra  irpd^J  /SovKevaojxeOa.  4.  Trc/xi/rarc  avrois 
Sevpo.     5.    Kvpop   Sc    p^TenefixjiaTO  ano  Trj<;   dp^rjs. 

6.  xmia^eiTO    Se    <f>pda'€iv^    roi^    iavrov    iinrevorLv. 

7.  ^€ipi(TO<j>os  ireixxjfeL    KOi/xT/ra?,   (TKoliop.4vov%^    ttoDs 
expya-i  ol  orpancjTai.     8.  qv\  dxjf erat  rfjs  KdpKJyrjs  ^" 

TO  VOO)p. 

II.  1 .  iyo)  crvp  vfiu/  ofjofiai  koI  o  tl  &i/  Sqy  ^^ 
TreLCToixau.  2.  i<f>ofiovpTo  firj  ol  TroXefiLOL  OTrkia-aivTO. 
3.   Krjpv^ei  TOts  "EXXiyori  crvcr/ceva^ecrfat.     4.   Sv  ovv. 


12 


86  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

„pb<;  e^S^v,  avixpovX^vcrov  w'^p.  5.  yv/^mVai  ^o,5^ 
\era^  lavro,'  re  koI  tow  Innov,.  6.  inav  raxiora^ 
ipi<rrn<xo>i>^,  i^oTrXLCTdfia^oi  nopev(r6^0a   cm  tovs 

Ill  1  I  will  do  this.  2.  The  rest  of  the  RoWiers 
struck  and  abused  him.  3.  Do  not  collect ''^  the 
soldiers  together  before  the  tent.  .4.  Put  on  your 
breastplates  at  once.  5.  The  men  promise  to  obey 
their  commanders.  6.  He  sent  the  men  forward  to 
rescue  the  woman. 

IV  1.  The  rest  of  the  soldiers  will  follow  Cy- 
rus ''  2  Let  us  send  for  the  hoplites  a-s  quickly  as 
possible'"  3.  He  said"  that  h<"  had  got  together" 
much  property.  4.  We  will  proceed  at  once  after 
slaughtering"  a  bull  and  wolf.  5.  If  they  should 
close  the  gates,  we  should  besiege  their  city. 

NOT**. 

»  Ri>p  note  1   Lesson  XXXV.  . 

.  ^186-^9  mclusWe.    Give  the  synopsis  of  each  verb  and  tense 
sepaSy  by  moods  across  the  page,  first  in  the  acUve  and  then  m  the 

"'fp  „.,<>■>  93  «  See  not*  3,  Lesson  XXXV. 

.  Lef  the"'papil  conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  future  active  and 
.iddt  oftlLfand  tie'future  and  fi.t  aor.t  actwe  and  m.ddle  of 

,  •    I  141,  N.  O. 

"TZ^,  i.  e.  .•«i^  &.  ^^hcnever,  is  exactly  equal  logically  to  to- 
.r^  if  ever,  and  takes  the  subjunctive  by  the  same  law.  bee  J  2-3, 
and  i  232.  3,  with  the  examples  -,,711 

"  L^^nv  from  the  following  verb.    S.e  further  noteT^abovejrjd 
I  98.  N.  1.     ittcrofuu  is  the  future  of  »Arx«  ou  the  Btem  m9  (for  ww^ 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 


87 


"  Cum  primum,  just  as  soon  as.     See  further  note  7,  above 

Lu"J  ^1..?"^  ^'"'  ^^^  ''^''^  '"^  ^^^  ^^^^  sentenca,  which  ib' not  a  pro- 
hibition, §  252.  ^ 

"  For  the  tense,  see  I.  6,  above.  »«  See  note  4,  Lesson  XXXIV 

^  ^®^-  "  Use  <|n„it 

'•*  Use  the  aorist,  and  see  i  260.  2  n  1. 
••§277,1. 


LESSON  XLI. 

Verbs :  The  Fnture  and  Pirst  Aorist  Stems  in  Liquid  Verbs. 

Grammar:  §  92,  1,  2  (with  n.),  3  (with  n.),  and  4  with 
11.  and  III;  §  110,  II.  2,  and  III.  2;  §  111,  II.  and  III 
last  two  verbs ;  §  95,  1,  IIL,^  II.  and  III,  and  2  (with  n.)  ;' 
§  96,  IIL,2  the  Future  and  First  Aorist  Active  and  Mid- 
dle of  000/0)3  in  aU  the  moods;  §  108,  IV.,  with  2,  c  and  d, 
and  3. 

Vocabulary. 

ayyeWco      (ayyeX-),       ayyeXS), 
■qyyeiXa,  ^yyeX/ca,  TJyyeXfxai, 

IQyyeXffrjU,     (&YY«Xos,    a    messenger, 

from  £y«,  to  bring)  i^  ^^L 

y      ,  ^  ofnnounce, 

at,(TXvi^(o    (alcrxyt/'),     aur^wSi, 

Xfo-xwa,     xio-xvp6y)v,     (alcrxos,    to  shame ;  com.  as  dep. 

^   zhame,  dugrace)     ^  V^^tobeoshamed. 

ifiwo}  (ct/xw-),  dfxww,  rj/jLwa,       to    ward    off;    mid. 

io     defend    ones 

,  self,  to  punish, 

€K'KKLva)  (/cXu/-),    kXu^cj,   c/cXtm, 

K€K\LfxaL,    €KkC07jv,^    (kXCvw,  to    to  bend  out  of  line,  to 
bend,  to  incline)  giy^  way. 


88 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


KOLO)  (/cav)  or  /cao),  Kavao),  etc. re^r.,  to  burn, 

fia^o),  fia/o),  c/x€tra,  fjL€fi€V7)Ka,^  to  remain, 
(rrjfiawo)  {(rrj/jLOv),  ot^/xcu/o),  icnjixrjpa, 

crc(n7/x,acr/i.at/  tcrqixavOiqv,  («Ti»itt,  sign)  to  give  signal, 
T€Li^o)  {t€v-),  T€i/a>f  cTcu^a,  TeVa/ca,  rcra- 

/btat,  hadiQv,^  to  stretch. 

Exercises. 


I.  1.  Kvpo9  ovrc  aXXoi^  Tre/iTTCt  crqiiavovvra  o  ri 
-vprj  TToieiv  ovre  avro?  (^ao'crat.  2.  ala^wovyieda  /cat 
^cov9  /cat  avOp(o'iTov<;  ^  ravra  noieiv,  3.  /cat  ivravOa 
ifjiewav  oi  orpaTLCJTai  rjixepa^  ireme,  4.  oro)  8o/cct 
ravra,  a^areivaTO)  ttjv  )(eipa,  5.  /ecu  rov9  oTrXtra? 
airoG®  €/ccXcvcr€  fieivai,  6.  /cat  ct  rt  TrapayyetXat 
-vprj[,oi€i/f  iv  rjixicrei  av  ^ovo)  alcrdavoiTo  to  crrpa- 
Tevfxa,  7.  c^yyctXc  rot?  c^tXots  r^j^  Kpicrw  ^^  m 
(how)  iyivero.     8.    o  rt  8c  iroirjcrei,  ov  8tacr7;/xam. 

II.  1.  (TV  8e  TTpa)ro<;  a7r6(l)rjvaL^^  yvcjixr)i/,  2.  c/c- 
/cXti'CU'     (^acrt.    rous     /Bap/Soipovs     /cat      <f)ev^€cr0aL, 

3.  hnavOa  Xcycrat^^   'AttoXXcoj/   c/c8€t/5at   Mapcruai^. 

4.  a8t/cowra  p^onoi  jSaaiXea  ireLpao-Ofieda  avv  rot? 
^cot9  afjLvvaaOai,  5.  €7761801^  8c  6  craX7rty/c7T79  (r>y- 
/X7;i/7y  roJ  Kepariy  crvo'K^.valjeo'de,  6.  ottojs  8'  dfivpov- 
fieOa^^  iiTLfieXovfJieda, 

III.  1.  I  will  announce  this.  2.  Cyrus  remained 
there  thirty  days.  3.  I  will  quickly  answer  you. 
4.  They  did  not  await  the  hoplites.  5.  He  says " 
he  will  quickly  give  them  ^^  answer. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


89 


IV.  1.  Shall  I  announce  a  truce  or  war? 
2.  What  will  the  rest  answer  to  Cyrus?  3.  To^® 
this  the  Greeks  made  reply.  4.  He  says  that  the 
barbarians  at  once  gave  way.  5.  He  sent  men  to 
burn  ^  the  fodder. 

NOTES. 

»  Pages  90,  01.     Give  the  synopsis  of  each  tense  separately  by  moods 
across  the  page,  first  in  the  active  and  then  in  the  middle 

Pages  106-109  inclusive.     See  further  note  3,  Lesson  XXXV 
Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  future  and  first  aorist  active  and 
middle  of  cTTc'XXw  through  all  the  moods 

;  f  1^9,  6.  .  g  J09,  6,  N. 

,  f  }^^'  ^-  '  See  Lesson  XL.,  I.  7. 

^    \^'  f  ".L  7^^  following  infinitive  is  a  secondary  object  of  the 
same  verb.  ^^  260,  1.  »  An  adverb. 

'  A  noun  which  properly  belongs  to  the  dependent  sentence  is  often 
transferred  (usually  with  change  of  case)  to  the  principal  sentence  The 
object  18  to  give  it  a  more  emphatic  position.     We  might  have  had  ^  ^ 

KpUriS  €Y€K€TO,  ' 

;;  I  '^"'  f  ,    ,  "See  II.  2,  above. 

See  note  1,  Lesson  XXXIX.  >»  Dative. 

^      '•  '*  »pos  with  the  accusative. 


-•c*- 


LESSON    XLII. 

Pronouns :  Demonstrative,  Interrogative,  Indefinite,  and  Belative. 

Grammar  :  §  83,  with  n.  1,  first  paragraph;  §  28  n  3- 
§  148;  §  142,  4;  M  84,  1,  2  (with  the  first  half  ofV  '2) 
and  3;  §  149,  1  and  2;  §  150;  §  86,  with  n.  1;  §  151.    ' 

Examples. 

§  149,  1 :  TtVa9  opw  ;  whom   do  I  see  ?     ru/as  avhpa^ 


opcj 


WHAT  men  do  I  see? 


90 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


91 


§  149,  2 :  Tt  PovXeraL ;  what  does  he  want  f  ipmr^  n 
(or  o  Tt  ^)  ^ovXeade,  he  asks  what  you  want 

§  150 :  TovTo  Xeyci  rts,  some  one  says  this  ;  apOpcoiro^ 
Tt9,  SOME  man;  6pa>  avdpcjnov  riva,  I  see 
A  CERTAIN  many  or  /  see  A  man. 

S  151 :  irapahtiaro^  Orjplcjv  Trk-qprj^,  a  Kvpos  iO-q- 
p€V€v,  a  park  full  of  wild  beasts,  which 
Cyms  used  to  hunt. 

Tocabulary. 

apyosy  -09,  '6v,  (o-priv.  and  fpYov)     ivithout  work,  idle, 
yudfiri,  -7^9,  71,  ('fi'/v«rK«.'  to  KNOW)    judgment,    purpose, 

opinion. 

8oK€0J     (Sofc-*),      Sdfo),     c8o|^a, 

8c8oy/xat,  c8dx^>?»^»  ^  «^^^'  ^^  ^^^^*- 

iir-awioiy  atrco"OJ,  T^recra,  rjv€Ka, 

'iJvrjfxaL,  rfvidrivj'  (tiK,  intens.,  and 

atvf »,  <o  praise .  cf.  oivos,  praw«)  to  approve,  to  praise. 

7rai<s,  7raiSd9,^  6  or  '^,  a    child,    a    son,    a 

daughter. 

WoKtOV,   -OV,  to,  (in{XX«,  to  brandish)    a  javelin. 

TeKfiTJpLov,  -ov,  TO,  (T€K|iap,  a  sure   a  sure  Sign,  a  posir 

gign)  tive  proof. 

T/)d7ro9,  -ov,  o,  (Tfrfirw,  to  turn)  a   tum,    a   mmtner, 

(of  persons)    disposi- 
tion, character. 

Exercises. 

I.     1.  Kcl  ovTOt'   /xci/   ifia/ov,   oi   8*   aXXot*  ^o- 
p€vovTO.     2.  ct  Aapciov  cVri  7rai9,  CfL69  Se  d8cX^d9, 


otJ^  ifiaxel  ravr'  ^<i  XTy^o/xat.^  3.  cJ  Se'  rt9  aUo 
6/)^  /ScXrtoi/,  Xefaro).  4.  €v(?u9  Se  eV€i/09  aTrcXawct 
roi.9  o-TpaTLciTa^.  5.  rt  npaxerjo-eTaL  ;  6.  ^/Qeyrot 
o5ro9  o  rt^TTOtoS/xa/.  7.  a/>yol  it^cov  oiroi  ol  ipffpj. 
TTOL.       8.    Ot  Se^  (TTpaTlSiTai,  ol  T€  avTov  iKeii^ov   Kol   oi 

aXXot,  TavTa  aKovcrairre^,  iTnjvea-aj/, 

n.  1.  Todro  avTol  iiroielcree.  2.  o5ro9  Sc  o  av- 
T09  ACcXcvct  y^ixa^  Trop^i^crdai.  3.  ri9  oxnoi  /LtotVcrat 
ooTt9  ov  ^ouXcrat  crot  <^iXo9  cfmi ;  4.  <tv  oh  avfi- 
^ov\€V(Tov  Tffiw,  o  rt  o-ot  SoKel  apioTov  ehai.  5.  ra 
avTOL  Tama  fiovkevom-ai.  6.  Kdpop  Se  d/cow^ct  rt9 
naXrai  {nro  top  6<f>0a\fihi^  )8tata>9.  7.  Xeyovcrt  Se 
rti'€9  rctSc.    • 

III.  1.  And  he  commands  them  to  say  this. 
2.  What  will  the  rest  of'  the  soldiers  do?  3.  And 
these  did  so.^«  4.  He  speaks  as  follows/  5.  I  pur- 
sued with  the  aid  of"  these.  6.  But  there  was  a 
certain  Athenian  in  the  army. 

IV.  1.  He  collected  his  own  army  and  spoke 
as  follows.  2.  .What  opinion  have  you?  3.  But 
another  army  was  collected  for  him  in  the  following 
manner."  4.  But  the  following  (fact)  is  a  proof  of 
this. 

NOTES. 

*  See  the  example  in  Lesson  XIX. 

*  {  149,  2,  second  paragraph. 

■  The  stem  is  yvo-.     On  the  formation  of  the  present  from  this  simple 
■tern,  see  |u#ivTJ«rK«,  note  3,  Lesson  XXIX. 

*  {  108.  VII. 


Il 


u 


92 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN   GREEK. 


*  Except  in  the  perfect  passive,  the  short  vowel  of  the  stem  is  re- 
tained. S  109.  1.  H.  2  6.  ,^     „/ 

*  2  25,  3,  N.  1.  Future  of  Xa|Lpav«». 

•>.  I  148,  ».  1.  *"  ovT»«- 

*  1 142,  2,  N.  3  a.  "    W'i</i  the  aul  oj.  «rw. 

»«  I  160,  2,  where  the  first  example,  tovtov  t^v  rpowov,  means  in  the 
PBECEDIMO  manrier. 


-•o*- 


^^       LESSON   XLIII. 

Verbs:  Perfect  Middle  Stem. 

Grammar:  §  92,  4,  IV.  a;  §  110,  IV.  a  entire;  §  111, 
IV.  a;  §  95,  1,  I.,^  IV.  a,  IL,^  IV.  a,  and  III.,^  IV.  a; 
§  96,  I.,  the  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Middle*  and  Passive** 
of  x'voi'in  all  the  Moods;  §  97  entire;  §  16,  1,  2,  3,  and  4. 

Vocabulary. 

hia-a-Trdpo}    {a"rr€p-\     (nrepZ, 

€a"Tr€Lpa,  €0-7ra/)/xat,  («nrc(p«,  to    to  scatter  abroad;  mid. 

,^  to  scatter,  intrans. 

ikiyx^.  ^y^iy^o)*  i^Xcyfa,  cXrf- 

Xcy/xai,  r^kiyxO-qv,  to  confute,  to  convict. 

cvi/ota,  -a?,  17,  (i^-voos)  good-mill 

Kpivo)  {KpLv-\    KpivS),    eKpipa, 

KcVptfca,^  KCKpLfxaL,  iKplOrjp,    to  separate,  to  judge. 

OV9J  OJTOS,  TO,  E-^R- 

trtoTonys,  -1/709,  17,  («io-ras)  jidelity. 

(TKCXO^;,     €09,  TO,  «  %. 

XaXKai/jia,-aT09.Td,(x«^Krfs,&^<'''^«)  a  fcronzg  utensil. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


93 


Exercises. 

I.  1 .  TTOLvra  rjfiu/  ®  TrcTTon/rat.  2.  ecrecrOe  ai/Sp€<; 
a^ioi  7179  iKevdepim  rjq"^  K€KTT](r0€.  3.  ttoo-oi  tcDj/ 
orpaTicJTOjp  VTToXeXeLfifiepoL  eiau/ ;  4.  toutou9  8'  €<^>7 
eyyv9  oXXt/'Xwj/  ioTpaToneSevcrOaL.  5.  o-cfyevSovr)  Kokff 
TO)  o-TpaTTjyo)  ^  TTcVXcAcrat.  6.  /cat  ooTt9  vftw^  otAcaSe 
iTnOvfiet  iropeveo-Oai,  fiefivijo-Oo)  ^^  ai/rjp  ayado^  elvai, 
7.  y\\awev  inl  rou9  Mevcovo^;,  cScrr'  €/c6tVov9  e/cTre- 
7rXi7;(^at"   /cot  rpi^^Lv  inl  ra  OTrXa. 

II.  1.  ireripL'qa'o  yap  xmo  y8ao-tX€et>9  8t*  evuoidv  re 
KOL  TnoTOTTjTa,  2.  tt/Lta  S'  eSetfe^^  o-vvreTpiyLjjJpov^; 
auOpa>Trov^  /cat  o^/ccXt;  "  /cat  Tr\evpa<;,  3.  our 09  Se 
Terayfxipo^  irvyxcwev  ^*  cm  ra>  evcovvfio)  rod  irrTTLKov 
apx^ou,  4.  /cat  i^Si'  i7/ta9  v-rrayeTai  fiei/eiv  Sta  ro 
BLecnrdpOcu^^  aural  ro  o-TpaTevfxa.  5.  ovhiva  Kpivoi 
VTTO  irXeioviav  'rre<j>iK.y\o'0ai,  6.  ^o-oz/  Se  /cat  ;(aX/ca>- 
/laort  7ra/x7roXXot9  KaTecTKevacrfievaL  al  ot/ctat. 

III.  1.  You  possess  much  money.  2.  We  have 
obeyed  our  commanders  in  all  respects.^^  3.  He 
says  that  they  have  encamped  in  the  villages. 
4.  Do  you  not"  remember?  5.  You  have  been 
enrolled  as  a  slinger.^^  6.  But  they  had  been  left 
behind  alone.     7.  He  had  been  convicted  of  theft.^* 

IV.  1.  He  has  had  his  ears^  bored.  2.  He  had 
been  sent  against  the  barbarians.  3.  He  said  the 
soldiers  had  plaited  themselves  slings.     4.  For  they 


94 


FIRST    LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 


had  been  armed.     5.  You  have  been  drawn  up  in 
Hne  of  battle.^'     6.  No  friend  has  been  left  to  us. 

NOTES. 

'  Pages  86,  87.  *  Pages  90.  91. 

*  Pages  88,  89.  *  Pages  100,  101. 

*  See  remark  at  the  top  of  pages  102,  103,  above  the  paradigm. 

*  §  109.  6. 

'  a  60,  5,  24.  •  S  153. 

8  §  197.  2.  "»  §  200,  N.  6. 

»'  The  perfect  infinitive,  when  not  in  indirect  discourse,  differs  from 
the  present  only  in  being  more  emphatic,  as  here,  thoroughly  frightened. 
For  the  infinitive  after  Arri,  see  §  266,  1. 

*'  Aorist  of  S<Ckvu)iii,  a  verb  in  |u,  §  93,  3. 

»=»  §  197,  1,  N.  2,  last  example. 

"  Had  been  stationed,  as  it  ha})pened,  \  279,  4. 

»  I  262,  1. 

>«  In  respect  to  all  {things),  §  160,  1.         "  I  173,  2. 

"  §  282,  2.  "  See  II.  2. 

>•  Say  simply  to  sling,  §  265.  '*  fciee  Lesson  XVI.,  II.  6. 


LESSON   XLIV. 

Verbs :  Perfect  Active  and  Putnre  Perfect  Stems. 

Grammar:  §  92,  4,  IV.  b  and  c;  §  110,  IV.  b  (with  1-5) 
and  c;  §  111,  IV.  b  and  c;  §  95,  1,  I.,^  IV.  b  and  IV.  c, 
II.,2  IV.  c,  and  IIL,3  IV.  6;  §  96,  I.,  the  Perfect  and 
Pluperfect  Active  ^  and  Futui-e  Perfect  *  of  \vo)  °  in  all  the 
moods;  §  108,  VI.  and  VII. 

Vocabulary. 

aTroii^pda-KO)   (Spa-),    anohpai'     to  run  away,  to  es- 

cro/LLat,  airooeopaKa, 
yfjpa^,    -a09,    to,    (cf  Y^pwy,  an  old 

man) 


cape  unobset'ved. 
old   age,   adva7iced 
age. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


95 


i-mopKeo},    InLopKijcra),    eTricopK-qcra,'^ 

CTTlOip/O^/Ca,   {tiri-opK09,  against  ones  oath) 


to  swear  falsely, 
to  forswear 
ones  self 

death. 

to  leap  dovm. 

common. 

to  set  in  motion; 

mid.  to  set  out. 

to  say,  to  allege. 


Harare?,  -ov,  6,  (0VTi<rK«,  to  die) 

Kara-TnySao),  TrrjSrjaofiat,  in-qhrjo-a, 

neTnjSrjKa,  (injSaw,  to  leap) 

kolp6<;,  -Tf,  -dj/, 

opjxao),  opfXTJo-O),  etc.  reg.,  (<Jp|i,f,  movement, 
impulse) 

(f>d(TKO)  ((f>a\  (cf  <^,iC) 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  6  avfjp  TOLavra  jxeu  TrenoLrjKe,  rotavra  Se 
\€y€L,  2.  'A0TJpr)(TLV  eSeSovkevKEL  6  TrekTaa-njs. 
S.eTretSri  neTrrajKOTa  opa  Kdpoi^,  KareTnjSrjo-ep  dno 
Toi  Inrrov,  ^  4.  axrre  <^t\o9  rjfxlp  ovMs  XekeLxjjeTaL, 
aXXa^  Kal^  ot  7rp6(T0€i^  5uTe<; «  TroXefiioi  rifxTv  eo-ovrai. 
5.  ra  §€  aXXa  eU  to  irvp  €ppi(f>afX€.v,  6.  ot  §6 
TToXifXLoi  e7na)pKT]Kaa-L  re  koI  ra?  ajrovSa^  koI  tov<: 
opKov^  XeXvKacra^.  7.  6  S'  e^iy  TroXXa?  Trpo^icTei^ 
Kvpov  €uprjK€paL» 

II.  1.  /xera  ravra  ovre  l^oiVTa  "Opovrav  ovre 
TeOirriKOTa  oiSeU'  opa.  2.  67700-01  S^  top  OdvaTov 
eyvwKaa-L  waaL  kolvov  ehac,  ovtol  cis  to  yfjpa^ 
d(j>LKi^ovvTaL.  3.  ^7j  S'  avTo  TO  epyov  avTol^  fie- 
fiapTvprfKei^ai.  4.  Kdpo^  Se  excop  ov<s  etpTy/ca '° 
ip/iiro  ttTTo  tdpheojp.  5.  KO/oo?  Se  o-i^y/caXeVas 
Tovs     <TTpaTr)yov<;     ikeiep     on     ovk     aTToScSpa/cao-i 


96 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


Hci/ta?  KOI  Ilao-tW.      6.  vofiL^eTe  kv  Trjhe  rrj  r)fi€pa 
€fi€   re    KaTaKeKOxjfea-OaL^^    koI    vfxa^    oi   nokv    ifiov 

VCTTtpOV, 

III.  1.  He  alleged  that  he  had  heen  a  slave"  at 
Athens.  2.  He  had  already  called  an  assembly  of 
the  soldiers.  3.  The  army  will  be  instantly"  cut 
to  pieces.     4.    If  the  king  has  fallen,   let   us   fly. 

5.  Cyrus  has  honored  him  on  account  of  his  courage. 

6.  You  have  robbed  these  soldiers  of  their  pay.^^ 

IV.  1.  I  do  not  praise  him,  if  he  has  done  this. 
2.  The  letter  will  have  been  written.  3.  Have^* 
you  commanded  him  to  proclaim  silence?  4.  He 
says  she  has  persuaded  her  husband  to  fight.  5.  If 
the  barbarians  have  broken  the  truce,  the  gods  will 
iic/ht  on  our  side.^^ 


NOTES. 


*  Pages  96,  97. 

*  Pages  102,  103. 


>  Pages  86,  87. 

«  Pages  88,  89. 

»  Pages  90,  91. 

«  Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  active  of 
irpcuro-M,  <t>a(vo>,  and  <rWXXa»,  and  the  future  perfect  of  Xc(irw  and  irp(Mro^, 
through  all  the  moods. 

'  I  105,  1,  5.  2. 

»  Sc.  ^Ckw. 

•  I  283,  9. 

*°  Serves  as  a  perfect  to  <lirov,  and  is  formed  on  a  stem  ^.  For  the 
augment,  see  §  101,  1,  n. 

"  Instantly  cut  down,  |  200,  N.  9. 

»•''  <^Ka),  like  ^^i,  takes  the  infinitive,  §  260,  2,  with  n.  1. 

»»  §  164. 

"  i  282,  2. 

"  In  behalf  of  U9. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


97 


LESSON    XLY. 

Verbs :  Second  Perfect  and  Second  Aorist  Stems. 

Grammar  :  §  90,  2,  n.  1 ;  §  92,  2,  and  4,  IV.  damdY  - 
§  110,  IV.  d  and  V. ;  §  111,  IV.  d  and  V. ;  §  95,  1,  11.,^' 
IV.  d  and  v.,  and  III.,2  IV.  c?;  §  96,  II.,3  the  Second  Per- 
fect and  Pluperfect  Active,  and  tlie  Second  Aorist  Active 
and  Middle  of  XeiVoi*  in  all  the  Moods;  §  108,  Y.,  1,  2 
3,  and  4. 

Tocabnlary.^ 

yiyi/ofxaL  (yci/-^),  yanjo-ofiai,  yeyeirrj- 
fiai ;   2  p.  yeyom,  I  am;  2  a.  eye/d- 

X^Lirco  (XtTT-),  Xcti/ffti,  XcXci/x/xat,  eXet- 

<f>07)p ;   2  p.  kekoLwa  ;   2  a.  ekiTrov, 
fiap0(wa)  (/xaO-^),  fia0TJ(TOfjLai,  fxefxa- 

OrjKa  ;   2  a.  e^iaOov, 
wd(rx(o    {naO-,    nepO-^),    neCo-ofjiaL ; 

2  p.  neirovOa ;   2  a.  enaOov, 
mirTO)  (ttct-,   ttto-®),  nea-ov/xaL,  ttc- 

TJTCJKa;   2  a.  eirearov, 
TrvvdauopLai  (ttv^-^),  Trcvcro/xat,  ttc- 

mfo-fiat ;  ^°  2  a.  iirvdofirju, 
Tvyx<w(o    (rvx-^,    rcufo/itat,    reTv- 

X^y/ca  ;  2  a.  irvxoPy 
(t>€vycj    {<f)vy-^^),   (jyevio/jLaL    or   (f>ev- 

fou/xat ;   2  p.  7r€(f>€vya ;   2  a.  €<f>v-    to  flee,    to  fl^ 

roi^.  from. 


to  become, 
to  leave. 


to  learn. 


to  suffer. 

to  fall. 

to  ascertain, 
to  obtain,  to  hit, 
to  happen. 


y 


98 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Exercises. 

I.      1.     ovSci/^^    /xa/Tot    ouSc^^    o5to9    cVcttw^ci. 
2.   o/^a  8^  TToXu?  rapaxo?  eycVcro.      3.   cSofci^  avro) 


>   / 


/xdwv?  KarcXiTTOi/.  5.  aXXa  TroXXa?  irpo^aaw 
KOpos  €vpL(TKev,  ha  v/xas  re  aTrapao-KCvacTTou?  Xa^ot 
/cal  ^/uia?  cV^aSc  di/ayayot.  6.  17  §€  KiXto-cra  €>iry€i/ 
€V  T^9  ap/xa/xaf>79  /cat  ot  cV  r^9  ayopa?^*  /caraXt- 
TTOKTC?  TO.  oli/ta  €(f>vyov.  7.  dXXa  ScSotica  /X17,  ap 
ttTra^  p,d0(op,€v  apyoi  iy)v,  imXaOdfxeOa  1^9  ot/coSc 
ooov. 

II.  1.  /cai  ovK  7jv  Toif<;  oj/ovs  XajScti/.  2.  XcXot- 
TToJ?  cVn''  2ve/i/€(ri9  tol  aKpa.  3.  oiS'  €t  TTicrros 
yevoifirjv,  (tol  y  cu/  8dfat/ii.  4.  tov9  (rrpanqyov^ 
iK€\€V€P  OTrXtVa?  dyayeu/ •  ot  8c  ravra  iTroLr)crav, 
dyaydi/T€9  cus"  rptcrxtXtovs  oTrXtra?.  5.  17  Sc  yvi^ 
TTporepa  ^^  Kvpov  irivTe  rjp.€pa<;  a^Uero, 

in.  1.  And  first  learn'*  who  they  axe.  2.  They 
have  not  escaped.  3.  And  he  ascertained  the  mat- 
ter. 4.  He  said  they  had  left  the  place  in  flight.^ 
5.  But  he  himself  took"'  the  horsemen  and  pro- 
ceeded.    6.    A  shout  arose.^ 

IV.  1.  But  when®  he  had  learned^*  this,  he 
commanded  them  to  set  the  houses  on  fire.  2.  And 
you  again  took  pledges  from'^  me.     3.   For  a  line 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


99 


of  the  hoplites  chanced  ^®  to  be  following.^  4.  He 
questioned  Cyrus  thus.^®  5.  These  arrived  at  ^  Sar- 
dis. 

NOTES. 

*  Pages  88,  89.     For  peculiarities  in  accent  see  |  26,  n.  3. 
«  Pages  90,  91. 

»  Pages  104-107. 

*  Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  second  perfect  and  pluperfect 
active  of  irpcunrco  and  ^(vw  through  all  the  moods.  Take  each  tense 
of  X«(ir«  and  (|»aCvw  which  you  have  conjugated,  and  analyze  it,  pointing 
out  the  present  stem,  the  simple  stem,  augment,  tense  stem,  connecting 
vowels,  and  personal  endings. 

*  The  class  of  some  of  these  verbs  remains  to  be  more  fully  con- 
sidered hereafter :  •yCYvo^i,  ira07(,a>,  and  irtirrw  belong  to  ^  108,  VIII.  ; 
X«{ir«»  and  ^vyw  to  §  108,  II. 

*  The  present  stem  is  a  syncopated  and  reduplicated  form  of  the 
simple  stem,  §  109,  7.  6  and  c,  and  the  future  and  perfect  middle  add  c  to 
the  simple  stem,  §  109,  8. 

'  Mute  stems  which  assume  v  on  av  in  the  present  have  their  proper 
form  only  in  the  second  aorist;  except  in  the  present  and  second  aorist 
they  either  lengthen  the  short  vowel  (like  verbs  of  the  second  class 
I  108,  II.)  or  add  c  (f  109,  8). 

*  «O0X»  for  troe-o-Kw,  §  16,  2 :  mUroiuu,  for  «ir€ve-<ro|iai,  g  16,  6,  n.  1. 

*  See  ^  109,  7,  b  and  c;  7n<rov\uki  for  ircT-o-cofias  g  110,  II.  2,  n.  2. 
l-ir«o--ov  is  for  i-vrr-ov,  which  is  in  fact  the  form  of  the  second  aorist  in 
Doric  Greek. 

*°  The  perfect  is  an  exception  to  the  principle  stated  in  note  7. 

"  For  ^xv^v^Ai,  a  Doric  future,  see  ^  110,  II.  2,  n.  2. 

"  §  159,  N.  2.  "  ^  283,  9. 

"  To  have  fallen.  Sokcm  in  the  sense  to  seem  takes  the  infinitive  in 
indirect  discourse,  usually  in  the  personal  construction.  See  note  1, 
Lesson  XXXIX. 

**  Those  in  the  market-place,  §  191,  n.  6. 

»•  2  118,  4.  "  About 

^  I  138,  N.  7.     For  the  following  genitive,  see  ^  175,  1. 

'•  Use  the  second  aorist.  *  §  188,  1. 

"  Greek  idiom,  having  taken  (aorist  participle)  the  horseman,  he  pro- 
ceeded. 

**  Use  yIyvo)mu. 


*  That  is,  asfollowt.    Use  an  adverb. 
"  fit. 


"  irapa. 

»  €iro»i^v»|,  I  279,  4. 


100 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XLTI. 

Verbs:  Pirst  Passive  Stem. 

Grammar:  §  92,  VL;  §  110,  VL;  §  111,  VI.  a  ami 
h\  §  95,.  1,*  L,  VI.  a  and  6,  IL,  VI.  a  and  6,  and  III., 
VL  a;  §  96,  L,^  the  Aorist  and  Future  Passive  of  Xvco  ;  ^ 
§  108,  VIIL,  the  stems  and  principal  parts  *  of  oXpioi, 
yiyvojiat,  exw,  'n'dcrx<*i*  TTtTTTO),  and  Tplx^* 

Vocabulary. 

aipcft)  (cX-),  aiprjO-o),  Jlpri'^^*  XlPVi^^^* 

'QpeOriv ;   2  a  €tXoi/, 
aixapTavo)  {ajiapr-^),  a/xapTT/o-o/xat, 

'qfidpT7)Ka,  rjp.dpTr)[JLaL,  rjfiapTi]' 

0T]v  ;   2  a.  rjfxapTOP, 
evpio-KO)    (cv/o-),    eipTjacj,    €Vpr)Ka, 

€vpr)fiaL,  eip€07)i^ ;   2  a.  evpov, 
rjhofJiaLy  rjo'0T](Top.aL,  rj(r07}v, 
Xafji^dvco  (Xa)8-^),  kyjiffofiai,  ciXryc^a, 

ciXiy/x/xat,  ikij(f)0r]i^ ;  2  a.  iXa^ov, 

crc^oS/ads,  -a,  -w. 


T/OCTTO),    T/oci/^o),    CT/xi/ia,    T€Tpo^a^ 
or    T€Tpa(f>a,    rcrpa/i/Ltat,    ct/>€- 

<^^7yi/;    2  a.  mid.  iTpaTT6p.7]V, 

VTnjpdrrjs,  -ov,  o. 


^O    /afe/     mid.    fe 

choose, 

to     err,     to     do 
wrong, 

to  find. 

to  he  pleased, 

to   take,   to   cap- 
ture, 
vehement,  severe: 

neut.  pi.  with  change 
of  accent  as  ad  v .  o-^'- 

Spa,  extremely. 


to  turn. 

an  under lirig,  as- 
mtantf  helper. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


101 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  TOVTQ)  Tw  r/ooTTO)  iTrop€v07)(Tai/  crraOpLovq 
Terrapa^,  2.  eVt  t(o  eixoi/vfio)  To^€v0rjpaL  rt?  iXeyero. 
3.  KpdrKTTOL  8r)  vm^pirai  iraurb^;  epyov  Kvpo)  iXe- 
X0W^  y^€(T0ai.  4.  di/8/>€9,  idu  fjLOL  7r€Lcr0rJT€,  tQ)v 
aXXcov  irkeov  7rpoTLfjL'q0tjo-€(T0€  crrpaTLCJTcoj/  viro  Kvpov. 
5.  XPV  ci^TOj/  Kpi0€ina  T179  St/ci;?  tvx^w,  6.  Kupo? 
ovK  i^x^V  8t^/c6tj/.  7.  ol  Se  TToXe/jLLOL  Seio-cwre^  /xff 
aTroKXeLcOeirjcrai^  €(f)€xryop  ai/d  Kpdro^;. 

II.  1.6  Se  KXeapxo^  iTapdx0r)  (r(f)6Spa.  2.  eVe- 
Xcuo-c  Se  Tovs  "'EXXr^j/as,  w?  i/d/xo?  ^  aurot?  eh  yidx'qv, 
ovTO)  TaxOrjvai'  iTdx0r)(r(w  ovi/ inl  TeTrdpoju.  3.  tov. 
roi9  lyo-^r;  Kv/oo?.  4.  i/cou/o,  ya/o  /cat  puKpd  afjLaprrj' 
0kvTa  ^  irdma  a-we-mTplx^ai.  5.  XPI*  ^^^  iXeyx0(oa-L, 
TOVTOvs  TLfX(oprf0rji/aL.  6.  oi  Sfj  orpaTrjyol  ovro) 
Xrf<f)0€PT€<;  di/TJx0rj(Tai/  ci?  ySacrtXea,  /cat  d7roT/i'q0ipT€^ 
ras  K€<f)aXds  ^  ireXevrqa-ai/. 

III.  1.  We  proceeded  to  the  river.  2.  But  on 
the  next  day  heralds  were  sent.  3.  I  was  com- 
pelled to  pursue.  4.  And  breast-plates  will  be  pro- 
cured for  them.  5.  But  the  men  were  arrested^** 
and  sent  to  the  king.  6.  A  few  were  left  about 
him.  7.  If  we  proceed  homeward,  will  the  king  be 
pleased  ? 

IV.  1.  He  was  sent  down  by  his  father.  2.  But 
he  was  dragged  down  from  his  horse.     3.  This  will 


102 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


be  found.  4.    If  this  should  be  found,  he  would  be 

punished.  5.    The  soldiers  were  drawn  up^*^  and 

forced  to  proceed.      6.    Who  of  us  will   be   chosen 

general  ?  7.   The  Greek  cavalry  were  put  to  flight. 

NOTES. 

'  Pages  86-91  at  the  bottom.  *  Pages  102,  103. 

'  Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  aorist  and   future  passive  of 
Xctirw  and  irpojnrw,   and  the  aorist  passive  of  <^a(v«,  through   all  the 

moods. 

*  The  principal   parts  of  these  verbs  are  given  in  full  in  Lessons 

LVI.-LVIII. 

*  See  note  7,  Lesson  XLV. ;  and  for  the  augment  of  the  perfect,  1 101, 

1,  N.  ,  J 

*  §  109,  3,  V.  2.     For  the  a  in  the  perfect  passive  and  second  aorist 

middle,  see  §  109,  4,  n.  1. 

^  Sc.  ijv.  •  So.  lo-rC  •  §  197,  1,  n.  2,  last  example. 

»®  For  the  idiom,  see  II.  6,  above,  first  part. 


LESSON   XLTII. 

Verbs :  Second  Passive  Stem. 

Grammar:  §  92,  4,  VII.;  §  110,  VII.;  §  111,  VII.  a 
and  ft;  §  95,  1,^  III,  VII.  a  and  b;  §  96,  ni.,^  the  Second 
Aorist  and  Second  Future  Passive  of  (fxxwo) ;  ^  §  108,  IL, 
1  and  2. 

Vocabulary. 

Po-qOeO),  IBoTfO-qcro},  etc.  reg.,  (por^eos,  run- 
ning to  the  haiiU-ihout,  aiding,  from  ^oij  and 

^^)  to  aid,  to  assist. 

cic-TrXTfTTO)  (trXay-,    TrXryy-).  ttXtj^oj,  to  strike  out  of 

€Tr\r)ia,     TTCTrXrryftat,     inXiJx^rjv  \  one's   senses,    to 

2  p.  nenkqya ;  2  a.  pass.  iirXTryriv,*  terrify. 


-n 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


103 


to  bury. 


to  reconcile. 


ffdurcj    {0a^.\     ^ai/ro),    €0a\\ia,    re- 

ffafjLfjLcu  ;   2  a.  iTOL^iqv,^ 
Kar-aWaTTO}  (aXXay),    aXXctfw,   etc. 

reg.;    2  a.   pass.   TfWdyrjp,       (Kara    and 

oXXaTT«#*) 

7rapa-orK€vdC(o  {(TKevaS-),  o-Kevdo-cj, 

io-Kevaa-a,   iaKevao-fxai,   (iropci  and    to  make  readi 

oiccvos") 
cn'p€<fm,  a-Tpi^G),  icrrpcxjja,  io-rpafi- 
fiai,    ioTp€(f}0T)i/ ]    2    p.    €crTpo(f>a; 

2  a.  pass.  €OTpd(f)r)l/, 

riJKco  (ra/c-),  rT^foi,  crryfa,  erqx^V^] 

2  p.  T€T7)Ka  (as  paas.) ;  2  a.  pass.  iTdtcrfp,     to  melt, 

ff>aLP(t}  {<f>(w^)y  <l>avS},  ?<f)y)va,  7r€<^ay/ca. 
TTci^acr^at,  i<f)di/0r)i/ ;  2  p.  7ri<fyr)i/a\ 
2  a.  pass.  e<f>dirqi/. 


to  prepare. 


to  turn. 


to  show  ;  mid.  and 

pass,  to  appear. 


Exercises. 


1.  I.  Kai  OL  FXkr)P€<;  oT/>a<^r€9  wapea-Kevd- 
CovTo,  2.  Ta<^9  Se  ovSeU  ncjiroTe  "Opovra  i<f}dirq, 
3.  Kot  €^ov\€v6fie0a  avu  avTo2<;  ottw?  av  Ta(f)eL7jcrai^  ^ 
01  i/€Kpoi  4.  (jycwTJaovTaL  tcm^  \oxaySiv  dpio-roi. 
5.  KaT€\7J(l>0r)  iKTrXayek  rt9.  6.  €(f>a(Tav  tov<;  \6xovs 
KaTaKOTrqyaL  ino  rcSi/  KlXlkcov.      7.   oi  Sc  (TTpaTL^Tat. 

(TuXXcyO^CS  €l3ov\€VOUTO. 

n.  1.  im^ovXevei  Kvpo),  kol  (also)  7rp6o-0€P 
noXefXTJara^,  /caraXXayek  Se.  2.  rfviKa  Sc  SeCXrf  kyi- 
yi^To,    iif>dvr)    kovu>pt6^.     3.    kwL   iKcXevo-ep    dwflv 


104  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

avrhi^  7T0V  i7r\7]yV'  4.  liv  hk  o5to5  <T<f>a\y,  oi 
aTTavCcrev  Ta>v  porj0ri<r6pTa>v.  5.  ov  ito\\<?  Si  icrrepou 
oi  Xoxayot  KaTaKOTHJa-ovTOL.  6.  iraKrj  hk  17  x^^^  ^la 
rfjv  Kp-qpTjV. 

Ill  '1.  The  enemy  did  not  appear  on  tKe  second 
day  nor«  on  the  third.  2.  And  the  barbarians 
turned '  and  fled.  3.  If  he  should  march  against  the 
soldiers,  they  would  be  terrified.  4.  When^^  our 
dead  are  buried,  we  will  cross  the  nver.  5.  We 
were  quickly  reconciled. 

IV.  1.  Show  yourselves  the  bravest  of  the  sol- 
diers.' 2.  He  promised  that  the  dead  should  be 
buried  3.  Mithridates  appeared  again  with  a  thou- 
sand horsemen.  4.  I  was  struck  violently  under  the 
eye.  5.  If  they  should  be  reconciled,  the  war  would 
stop. 

NOTK8. 

'  Pages  90,  91. 

'  Pages  108-110. 

»  Conjngate  in  like  manner  the  second  aonst  and  second  future  pas- 
sive of  <nAX«  through  all  the  moods. 

4  The  second  aorist  and  second  future  passive  in  compound  verbs 
(as  here)  are  twXaynv  and  irXa^juu  (stem  irXav). 

•  For  the  derivation  in  full,  see  the  general  vocabulary. 
'  §  224  and  §  226,  2  h. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


105 


8 


ov8c. 


»  See  note  9,  Lesson  XL VI. 

■*  {v«bSay  with  the  subjunctive,  I  232,  S. 


LESSON  XLVIII. 

Verba  t  Pormation  of  the  Present  from  the  Simple  Stem. 
Grammar  :  §  107 ;  §  108  entire. 


Tocabulary, 

yordrjfiaL ;   2  a.  jj<T06fjLr)j/, 
elirou  2  (eV-,  c/d-),  ipcj,  etTra,  etprjKa, 

€Lf>r)fxaL,  ipprjOrjv, 
OvrjcTKO)  (d(w-%  davovpLai,  ridirrjKa  ; 

2  a.  idcu/ov, 
KTeivoi  (ktq/'),  kt€U(!),  C7cr€«/a ;  2  p. 

€KTova  ;  *  2  a.  CKravov,^ 


to  perceive, 
to  say. 
to  die. 
to  kill. 


\(wd(W(o  {\a0-'),  Xt/Vo),  \4\rj(rfjL(u ;     to      escape     th^ 
2  p.  XeXiy^a ;  2  a.  eXa^oi/,  notice  of:  mid. 

to  forget, 
Tipvoi  (rep-^),  repZ,  Terpr^Ka,  Terprf- 

/lai,     irpTJOrji/;    2  a.   irepop    or 

erapop, 
TLTpcooTKO)  {rpo'^),  Tpda-co,  erpcoo-a, 

TerpcjpaL,  irpoiO-qv, 
(oOeo)  {o}0'),  cjcro),   eoxra,*  icjo-pai, 

i(ti(T07JiV, 

Exercises. 

I.      1.    TT^v    x^o^a    ct/ca^oi/    T€TqKQ/ai.      2.    ovroi 
y^iyovariv  on   Kipos  T€0prjK€P.     3.    uficr?  Sdfere  #ca- 


to  cut 


to  wound. 


to  push. 


106 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


m 


5.  €19  Sc  S^  cIttc  (owivwed)  crrpaTriyov^  cXecr^at^aX- 
Xovs.  6.  (r<^€j/8dm9  7rXcfC€ti/  c^cXci.  7.  ol  8'  cVci- 
0OI/TO,  ttXV  «  Ti9  Ti  cVX€i//ci/J  8.  Aap€tov «  ical 
na/ovo-anSos  yiyvomai  ttoTSc?  8vo.  9.  aiorc  ^atn- 
Xcvs  rij?  Trpos  cavroi/  imlSovX'^^  ovk  rjaOiu^eTO. 

II.  1.  raura  €t7ra>i/  cVavo-aro.  2.  i/vi/  yap  tcra)? 
Kol  i/xcr?  Toi^Tov  al(Te<we<Td€.  3.  cXc^ci/  a  ^tyi'a)- 
a-Kev,     4.    is  8'  ^cr^ero  KDpoi/  TTCTrrcuKOTa,^  €</)vy«'. 

5.  ra  8'  apfiara  ii^Apovro  8ta  avrcij/  twj/  irokep^Uov. 

6.  Kai  09^°  cu^clTat  avrov  Ik  rfj<;  rafcws.  7.  avev 
yap  apx6trra)v  ovhh^  &p  ovt€  koXov  ovre  ayaOov  yi-- 
voiTO.  8.  ot  larpol  Kaova-i  icat  TefivovcTLP  in  ayaO^. 
9.    a-Kolfoa-de  el  Kpelrrov^^  avrov  riyefiova  ix^Lv, 

III.  1.  They  concealed  this.  2.  He  tried  to 
escape  the  notice  of  the  enemy.  3.  But  they  flee 
through  their  own  encampment.  4.  And  he  wounds 
him  through  his  breastplate.  5.  Cyrus,  therefore, 
went  up  with  ''  three  hundred  hoplites.  6.  You  are 
not  willing  to  obey.  7.  And  being  pressed  by  his 
opponents  he  comes  to  Cyrus. 

IV.  1.  But  we  will  fight  with  ^Hhese.  2.  But 
I  am  exceedingly  fatigued.  3.  Let  him  remember^* 
to  be  a  brave  man.  4.  They  killed  all  the  slaves. 
5.  But  I  will  choose  you.  6.  I  should  not  wonder, 
therefore,  if  the  enemy  followed  us.  7.  But  the 
soldiers  kept  knocking  at  the  gate. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


107 


NOTES. 

'  See  note  7,  Lesson  XLV. 

«  A  second  aorist,  the  j.resent  and  imperfect  being  supplied  by  Xcv- 
and  4«j»iC.     €W  comes  from  c'-fc-f^^^v,  «*.(F)«tu^v,  a  reduplicated  sec- 
ond aorist.     Li.  ciros,  fcto,  word,     d^a  is  a  first  aorist.     In  the  perfect 
and  m  the  aorist  pa.ssive  the  stem  c'p-  becomes  (k-,  g  109,  7  a     The  per' 
lect,  further,  reduplicates  according  to  g  101,  1,  n.  ' 


'  §  109,  7  a. 

*  I  109,  3.  and  4,  n.  1. 

'  The  English  will  use  a  pluperfect 
•1169.1. 

•  That  Cyrus  had  fallen. 

'**  §  151,  N.  3,  second  paragraph. 
"  Use  the  perfect  imperative  middle. 


*  I  108,  VI.,  N.  2. 
«  I  104. 

"  Sc.  €<rT£. 

14     W 

13         ' 
orvv. 


l\ 


-•o*- 


LESSON   XLIX. 

Verbs:  Regular  in  MI,   lo-rqpn. 

Grammar  :  §  123,  2,  the  inflection  of  Icrr-qpiL  through- 
out ;i  §  121  entire  (and  read  the  preceding  remark)- 
§  122,  1,  with  notes  2,  3,  and  4;  §  123,  1  (read  the  first 
and  second  paragraphs),  the  synopsis  of  ?o-r>;/xi  in  the 
Present  and  Second  Aorist  Systems,  and  3,  the  synopsis 
of  the  Indicative  of  lo-rTy/^t ;  ^  §  68,  the  declension  of 

tOTCt?. 

Vocabulary. 

ayap.ai,  ^yacrOiqv.  ^^  admire. 

y^l^V^*  '    to  go. 

Sw/a/xat,  hvprja-oixai,  SeBvvrjfiaL,  i^vvrje-qv,^    to  be  able. 
imarafiai,  imcTTTJo-ofiaL,  rjma-TTJO-qp,  to    under- 

stand. 


108 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


109 


ipao)   (oTT-,    18-),   oi/;o/xai,    idpaKa'   or 
copa/ca,  €(opafJL(u  or  oi/i/xat,  w<f>0r)v; 

2  a.  cISoi.,  ^  ^  ^^^^^• 

TrifJLTrXrjfXi  iTrXa-),  ttXt^Vcu,  €7r\r)(Ta,  ttc- 

TrXr^fca,  neTrkrjcT fiat,  cVXt^V^t^i^,  ^o  FILL. 

<^^c£i/a)  ((^^a-).  <^0ao-a>  and  <f>0r]CTOfiaL,  to  get  before. 

"±£1        .  o      ^rkfi^u^  to    antici- 

pate. 
wviofxaL,  wirrjo-o/xat,  ecu^fxai/  ia)V7]07jp 

(classic  writers  use  inpldfl-qv,  §  123,  1.  for  the 

later  Arncnijitiv).  ^  ^J^' 

Exercises. 

I        1.     ol  he  mXeflLOL  OVK€TL  l(TTr](T<U^.        2.     Ol/X€Ta 

•Apiotoi;  oi/cm  lo-ran-at,  oXXa  <^€vyovcni'.  3.  cai/ 
Ti  8w^a),iai,  ravra  ttoit^Vo).  4.  ou  yA^  ^  hvvaivro 
irop€v0ijvaL.  5.  o-TT^Vcoo-ai'  ol  OTrXlrat.  6.  to  ^8c 
arpireviia  o  (tIto^;  cVcXittc,  Kal  Trpiacr^ai  oiic  r^i/. 
7  (2,9  8'  avi^riaav,  dvaavTe^i  koI  rpo-rraiov  arqaa-^ 
^ei^oL  Kari^r^crav  eU  to  7r€8toi..  8.  oviary^crcw^  ol 
"EXXt^i/cs  fcal  cIttoi/  oti  c5/oa  i^KT0</>i5Xaica9  /ca(?io-Tai^at. 
9.    7rpo7rvd6fJL€vos  Tadra  €<t>dr)  cis  ti^i^  ttoXci^  dTTcX^cii/.' 

II.  1.  dXXa  fiTfv  KOI  TOVTO  y€  cVtorao-^c.  2.  Kv- 
po9  8€,  V'^XV  excui'  T^v  /c€<^aX>7V,  eU  rijv  fidxn^ 
Ka0i<rraTo,  3.  i^i  ^orye  -qydfirjv  rqv  (^v ^  4>v<nv,^ 
4.  CK  TovTov  nevo4>^v  iviararai  io-raXfieuo^  eiri 
7r6Xetiop  is  €8i;i^aTo  /caXXto-Ta.«  5.  dXX'  cS  imari- 
aOa^crav  5ti  oifc  A7ro7r€(/>€i;>(ru..  6.  l^ov\evovro 
^m  y  K6XKi<rra  hia^al^v.     7.    Koi  oi^rc  dj/cXccr^ai 


ovrc   Oa^ai   avrcj  iSvvdfieda,     8.    ecu/  Sc  8ta/3a)/i,6i/. 
i7/x,ri/  Tt/ii7i/  oto-61  et?  Toi/  cTTCtTa  xpovop. 

III.  1.  And  accordingly  Cyrus  went  up  on  the 
mountains.  2.  For  it  will  not  be  possible  to  pur- 
chase food.  3.  He  halted  the  soldiers.  4.  Cyrus 
halted.  5.  They  kept  filling  the  skins  with  grass.^^ 
6.  On  seeing  this  he  mounted  his  horse  and  rode 
away. 

IV.  1.  He  was  not  able  to  sleep.  2.  You 
must "  cross  the  river.  3.  He  collected  an  army  in 
order  to  be  able  to  defeat  the  king.  4.  And  they 
raised  them  up.  5.  But  then  these  cities  had  re- 
volted ^2  to  Cyrus.  6.  For  if  he  should  go  up  on  the 
mountains,  I  should  follow. 

NOTES. 

»  In  this  and  the  next  three  Lessons  analyze  with  care,  according  to 
the  directions  given  in  note  4,  Lesson  XLV.  In  this  connection,  see 
«  114,  N.  2.  and  U15,  2  and  3.  For  the  accent  of  the  present  infinitive 
and  present  participle  active,  see  §  26,  n.  3.  For  the  division  of  verbs 
in  )u  into  two  independent  classes,  see  note  6,  Lesson  LVI. 

*  In  the  active  voice  the  second  aorist  €<miv,  I  stood,  perfect  l«miKa, 
lam  standing,  pluperfect  ccrnJKciv,  /  was  standing,  and  future  perfect 
«<mj^  (§  110,  IV.  c,  N.  2),  /  shali  stand,  are  intransitive.  This  is  true 
both  of  the  simple  verb  and  of  its  numerous  compounds. 

'  §  108,  v.,  N.  1.  The  perfect  and  aorist  passive,  ^'^a|uu  and  cpoOnv, 
occur  only  in  composition. 

*  §  100,  2,  N.  2.  »  1 104,  N.  1. 

•  Both  aorists  occur  in  Attic  Greek,  but  the  first  is  commoner  in   < 
Xenophon. 

'  ?  104.  •  ^  279,  4. 

•  Literally,  as  he  was  able  most  handsomely,  i.e.  as  handsomely  as 
possible.  This  is  the  origin  of  the  use  of  6'tv  and  <^  explained  in  note 
i,  Lesson  XXXIV. 

*•  I  172,  2. 


11 


XH*  "  Pluperfect  active  of  a^lm\iu. 


110  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


LESSON  L. 

Verbs :    Regnlar  in  MI   {coniinued),  TiOr]fiL. 

Grammar  :  §  123,  2,  the  inflection  of  TL0rjfiL  through- 
out;* §  121  entire;  §  122,  1,  with  notes  1  and  4 ;  §  123, 
1,  the  synopsis  of  rCO-qfiL  in  the  Present  and  Second  Aorist 
Systems,  and  3,  the  synopsis  of  the  Indicative  of  TL0r)fiL ;  * 
§  68,  the  declension  of  TiOei<;. 


Tocabulary. 

PaKTTjpia,  -a?,  17,  {^aivai) 

yovv,  -aros,  to^ 

Sect)  and  SiSry/xt,  87/0-01,  cSr/cra,  ScSc/ca. 

SeSc/Liai,  iSeOrjv, 
hiKT),  -17s,  r)* 

Kvoiv,^  Kw6<;,  6  or  17, 

^rjpaiva)    {^pav-\    ^pavS),     i^pava, 

cfrjpao-ftat,  k^pav9y)v,  (tnpo«,  dry) 
nkeo)  {irXv-*),  TrXevcro/xcu  or  TrXevo-oiJ/xat, 

en-Xcvo-a,  TTcVXcu/ca,  TrinXevo-fxai, 

(f>6^0S»  -OV,  6,  i^fhvM,  to  fieeaffnghted) 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  iTnOrjcerai  r]pxv,  2.  /cat  kcXcuo vert  c^vXar- 
Tccr^at,  /x^  V"'  imOaiinai  rq<;  wktos  *  ot  ^dp^apoi.. 
3.  T^i'  8t/cT;i/  XP^C^  imOfwai  ainco.  4.  rovrovs 
Sc  CKcXcvc  Oeo-daL  tol  OTrXa  rrcpt  t^j/  avrov  (riajprjv. 


a  staff, 

KNEE. 

to  bind, 
right,  justice^ 

penalty, 
a  dog. 

to  dry, 

to  sail, 
fear,  fright 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.         Ill 

5.  ivravOa  at/eTiOeo-av  ^aKTr)pLa<;  koI  tol  at^^/xaXwra 
ycppa,  6.  napa  roifs  ^eovs  r)/xeU  Trjv  (jyLkicw  crvpffi- 
fievoL  KareOe/JLeOa,  7.  /cat  ot/ctaj/  ovhep^iav  ekiTrep, 
OTTw?  (f)6^op  ivOdri  rots  aXXot9.  8.  ov/ccrt  iir^TiOevTo 
ol  noXefiLOL  rot?  /caraySatVoucrt,  SeSot/cdre?  /x^  anoTfjirj- 
OeLTjcrca^, 

II.  1.  /cat  €1/  ral^t  OefievoL  tol  onXa  (rvvfj\0ov  oi 
a-Tparrjyol  /cat  Xo^ayot  Trapa  'Apccuop,  2.  tov<;  jxh/ 
OTrXtras  avroO  iKekevae  /xeti/at,  ra?  acTTrtSas  tt/oos  ra 
yovara.  Oivja^,  3.  roi)?  ya/>  /cwa?  tou?  xok^irov^ 
Taq  rjfiepa^  StSeaort.  4.  ra?  he  l3akdpov<;  twu  (f>oivi- 
K(ov  ir)paLPovT€<;  t payrj piara  oLTreTiOea-av,  5.  rots 
rcXcirratots  inidevTo,  koI  aireKTeivai/  nva^,  6.  /cat 
ip^dvre^  cts  TrXotb^',  /cat  ra  TrXetVrou  afta  h/ddpievoi, 
aneTrkevcraj/, 

III.  1.  The  hoplites  stood  under  arms.  2.  They 
feared  that  the  Greeks  would  attack  them  during  the 
night.  3.  He  will  inflict  punishment  on  them. 
4.  They  are  about  to  attack  us.  5.  They  halted 
under  arms  near  the  general's  tent.  6.  They 
grounded  arms  beside  the  river. 

IV.  1.  I  fear  that  he  may  take®  me  and  inflict 
punishment  on  (me).  2.  They  set  before  them  on 
the  same  table  meats  of  all  kinds.  3.  The  army 
will  go  up^  on  the  hill  and  attack  the  enemy. 
4.    The  enemy  attacked  them  vigorously. 


ti; 


112  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

NOTES. 

»  See  note  1,  Lesson  XLIX. 

«  See  I  110,  III.,  N.  1.  and  I  17.  2,  N. 

'*  !  lOS^L  2     On  the  second  form  of  the  future,  see  §  110,  XL  2,  N  2 
.li:;^;!.^)-  .  Use  a  partu.ple. 


-•©•- 


LESSON    LI. 

Verbs:  Begular  in  MI  {contimied),  StSw/xi. 

Grammak  :    §  123,  2,  the  inflection  of  8t'8c./xt  tlirough- 
out-  §  121  entire;  §  122, 1,  with  notes  1  and  4;  §  U6,  I 

V  •      i"  5'S      .  ir.  +>iP  Present  and  Second  Aorist 

the  ^nopsis  of  8i8o>/xt  in  the  rreseni  »"^  ^  ^ 

Systems,  and  3,  the  synopds  of  the  Indicative  of  StSc/xi; 
§  68,  N.,  the  declension  of  8t8oi5s. 

Vocabulary. 

iXlo-KOfiai    (aX-,    aXo-),    aXcicro/xat, 
^Xco/ca  or  caXcuKa  ;   2  a.  -^Xcui/ '  or 

€aXctJV, 
ytyi/wo-Kcu  (yi^o-),  yvdo-o^iai,  eyvoiKa, 
eyuoxTfJiaL,  iyv(ocr0rjv ;   2  a.  eyvcur, 


ipa)Tdo)y^  ipcjTrjao),  etc.  r«<7 

Ovaia,  -a9,  17,  (W») 

irtTrpao-ica)  *  (Trpa-),  TriirpaKa,  TrcVpa- 

^ai,  iirpdOyjv, 
oTepio),  OTeprjo-o),  etc.  r^^r . 
(Tupd-qfia,  -aT09,  to,  (.awrtemtt) 

(TCD/xOy  -aros,  to, 


<o  6e  captured. 

to  KNOW. 

^o  inquire, 
a  aacrijice. 

to  sell, 
to  deprive, 
an  agreement, 
a  password. 
the  body. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  113 

Exercises. 

I  1.  8t8ft)o-t  Se  avToi  Kvpo9  fivpCov<;  SapeiKoik. 
2.  jxeTOLTadra  iSCSoro  \4yew  rw  ySovXo/xeW.  3.  h- 
ravda  hk  fxepovcra^,  e'oz.  p^rj  rt?  avror?  xP^^V^Ta  8t8(5. 

4.  ^/)6;ro>i/^  cVcIi'ot,    er   Sorez.   In,  tovtcoi^  to,   mo-Toi. 

5.  Kol  Sowat  /cat  XayScr^  Trtcrra  iOikop^ev,  6.  /cat 
i/ier?  /^^  iKhS>T4  p.e.  7.  (imyi.oi9  t^^  imaroX'fip 
ivaKOLi^odrai^  tcoKpdreL.  8.  /cai  Ittttol  ^\oi(T(w  eU ' 
€t/coo-t,   KOL  7]   o-icqirrj  id\(o, 

n.  1.  7ra/)a8oVT€9  8'  Slp  tol  onXa  koI  tcjp  (T(op.d- 
T(ov'  iTrepyjdeCrjfiev.  2.  oi  yap  iycoy'  4n  Trpec^j}. 
T€po<i  cVo/iat,  iav  Trjpepov  TrpoSZ  ipavrov  rol^  ttoXc- 
/^tot9.  3.  raOra  /cai  o-eVoicrrai  81'  v/^^Ss  t^  o-r/>artct 
#C(u  7rapa^(Scop,L  aura  ^(J,  i^^liS/,  li/xe??  Sk  Siad^p^epot 
StdSore  rrj  o-rpaTLa.  4.  a/couVa^c?  Tai)ra,  Acoi 
Sef^a?  S0W69  /cat  ka/36irre<s,  dTrrjXavuop.  5.  eaj/  rt? 
aXw  e/801/  rj;i/  orparuoT^p,  TrcTr/aacrerat.^  6.  Trpo- 
o-^G/  ^  diroddvoipeu  ^  rd  oirXa  napaSoirffiep. 

III.  1.  And  they  gave  the  village-chief  (liberty*) 
to  take  this.  2.  And  he  did  not  pay  them.'°  3.  And 
they  bound  the  guide  and  gave  (him)  over  to  them. 
4.  But  the  soldiers  knew  this.  5.  They  gave  the 
Greeks  a  barbarian  spear. 

IV.  1.  And  when  the  sacrifice  had  been  made  " 
they  gave  over  the  hides  to  the  Spartan.  2.  And 
they  said  that  (it  wa^)  time^^  to  pa^s  along  the  watch- 


114 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  115 


M 


word.  3.  And  she  vroja  said  to  have  given''  much 
money  to  Cyrus.  4.  They  proceeded  with^*  the 
captured  man  (as)  guide. 

'~~  NOTES. 

>    §  110,  III.,  N.  1. 

«  The  second  aorist  is  inflecte«l  like  that  of  ^fyv«*«rK«,  ?  125,  3,  v.  2. 
For  the  enlarging  of  the  simple  stem,  Bee  §  109,  8.  n.,  and  observe,  fur- 
ther, that  dXfo-KO|uu  serves  as  a  passive  to  olptw. 

The  aorist  generally  in  use  in  this  sense  in  Attic  is  iipoViv  from  fpo|Uu. 
The  Attic  uses  «faro8«icro|MU  and  iircSoVtlv  in  the  future  and  aorist. 

•  Future  perfect  of  tnirpcurKw. 

»  Cf.  I.  2. 
w  Greek  idiom,  did  not  give  them  pay. 

"   When . . .  had  been  viade,  im\£r\       c-ytvcro. 


3 

4 

»  §  282,  4. 
•  About. 
'  §  174. 


H    A 


w  Use  the  aorist  infinitive,  §  260,  2,  and  see  note  1,  Lesson  XXXIX. 


'^   IXOVTiS. 


-•o*- 


LESSON   LII. 

Verbs :  Regular  in  MI  (continued),  8ctwn;/i,t. 

Grammar:  §  123,  2,  the  inflection  of  heiiawfiL  through- 
out; §  121  entire;  §  122,  2,  with  N.  5 ;  §  123,  1,  the 
synopsis  of  SetKi/v/xt  in  the  Present  and  Second  ^Aorist 
Systems,  and  3,  the  synopsis  of  the  Indicative  of  8ct/aa;/xt ; 
§  68,  the  declension  of  Sct/cj/u?. 


Vocabulary. 

an-oKKvixL  (6X-*),  oXw,  wXccra,  oKd- 

Xc/ca  ;    2  p.  oXft)Xa,  to  be  undone ;   2  a. 
mid.  d)\6lX7)V, 

€7ro/xat  (crcTT-),  ei/io/Aat,  ia-nofi-qv, 


to  destroy  ut- 
terly, to  lose- 
mid.  to  perish. 

to  follow. 


to  YOKE,  to  join. 

to   make    to   sink 
down,  to  sink. 


to  swear. 


leHywfiL  (fvy.S),    ^^^^^^    ^^^^^^^ 

eCevyfMai,    it^evxOrjv  ;    2  a.  pass. 
it,vyy)v, 

^ara-Sliy,  SuVo),  etc.  reg. ;  2  a.  eSw,* 
OllVV^ll      {6fl.,       6fMO.%       6fJL0dfiaL, 

(Ofxoa-a,  OfiatfxoKa,  Ofxcofioo-fxaL, 
d)fi607fi/  or  cjfjLoa-Orfi/, 

2  p.  irdirqya,    to  be  fixed;  2  a.  pass. 

irvdo)  {ttvv-\  TJveva-o/iaL  or  iwev- 

(TovfiaL,^  €TjV€vcra,  TreWev/ca, 
0-Vfi.fi.LyuvfMi,  (fjLLy.),  fxCico,  ifiiia, 

/AC/xiy/xat,    ifjLLxOrj^;    2  a.   pass. 

ifiiyrjp, 

Exercises, 

I.  1.  aWTJXoL^  (rviMfxtypi^aa-a^,  2.  aXXotg  cttc- 
Sci/c^v^at.  3.  Kol  ^efjLo^  ij^amU  ^ttu^l  nrryi^i^ 
ro^  ivdpc^rrovs.  4.  iTreSeCKinjvro  ol  fjidureL^  navre^ 
W>7^.  5.  Toi^  ^Spas  airovs  oh  iifjipyre  aTroXco. 
XcWc.  6.  TToXXi  tS,u  iTToCvyCojp  iTTcoXXvTo  inb 
Vov.  7.  SUaixyu'  yip  d7r6XXv(T0aL  roi^  imop- 
/cowras.  ^    8.     /cat    aTroreyLtoWcg    ra?     /c€0aXa9    r£^ 

n.      1.    Kol  avrov  re  aTro/crti/^uao-t  /cat  tov<;  aXXovq 
7T<WTas.     2.    TO  iSojp,  8   i<l>epovTo   inl  Seliwoi.,  i^. 


tojix,  to  freeze, 
to  blow,  to  breathe. 

to  MIX  with. 


116 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


ywTO,  3.  TovToi^  Tol<;  Secr/LLOt?  iCevyiwu  Tov<;  dcricoi^ 
TT/jos  aXKTJXovs.  4.  TTCt?  ya/3  do-/co9  8uo  avSpas  cfei 
roO  /lit)  icaraSiJi^ai.^  5.  ol  (Tvueirofxa^oL  ancoXKvvTo, 
6.    cjoTe  (5/>a^   Kol  crol  imh^Uvvo'dai  rffv  TratSciW. 

III.  1.  They  show  the  soldiers  the  tracks  of  the 
horses.  2.  Hereupon  he  expresses  his  opinion. 
3.  They  showed  their  plan  to  the  soldiers.  4.  He 
wishes  to  show  justice.  5.  As  he  says  this,*  some- 
body sneezes.  6.  The  wind  is  freezing  the  beasts 
of  burden. 

IV.  1.     Let    some    one    express    his    opinion. 

2.  When  he  heard  this/°  he  sank  down  in  shame." 

3.  After  this  (one)  another  arose,  pointing  out  the 
foUv  of  the  man.  4.  For  the  seers  declare  that 
there  will  be  a  battle. 


NOTES. 

»  «  108.  V.  4.  N.  2. 

•  For  an  original  oM-<r(€)ir-o|it]V  (a  reduplicated  second  aorist). 
^  This  verb  belongs  to  both  class  V.  and  class  II. 

•  There  are  two  forms  of  the  present,  Sin*  and  8vvw,  the  first  transi- 
tive, the  second  intransitive.  All  the  forms  of  the  middle,  with  the  per- 
fect and  second  aorist  active,  are  also  intransitive,  io  sink  down. 

»  I  109.  8,  N. 

•  §  110,  II.  2,  N.  2.    The  perfect  in  Attic  Greek  occurs  only  in  com 

position. 
'  Sc.  ivrl. 

•  I  263,  1,  last  example. 

•  I  278,  1. 
»»  §  277,  1. 

-^  ^w6  with  the  genitive.    See  also  I  141,  v.  1  6. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  117 


LESSON    LIII. 

Verbs :  Second  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  of  the  MI-Form. 
Grammar  :  §  124  entire ;  §  125,  4  (read  simply) ;  §  127, 

Vocabulary. 

aydu,  -aii/09,  6,  i&y^)  an  assembly,  games, 

a  contest, 

hivhpov,  -ov,  TO,  a  tree. 

StSctcr/co)  (StSa;(-^ j,  SiSct^o),  etc.  reg.,  to  teach. 

8tKato9,  -a  or  -09,  -ov,  (8(ia|)  jiist,  right. 

ik€v0€p[a,  -a?,  17,  (€*X€ve€pos,/rce)  freedom,  liberty. 
oLxofiai,  oixfja-ofiaL,  ot;(a)/ca^  or 

^X^Ka,  to  be  gone. 

x®i*«*')  a?i  alliance. 

i7ruT)(V€o/JLaL,^  VTToo^rycro/Aat,  virc- 
(TXTj/iai ;    2  a.  mid.    inre(r)(6fjLr)i/, 

{im6  and  lx«)  to  promise. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  ov  yap  no)  t6t€  a^oraa-av.  2.  reffveco- 
ras*  TToXXov?  evpTJo-o).  3.  ovk  tore  o  tl  iroieiTe. 
4.  ihihicrav  rrfu  orpaTiav  ol  Trjv  fjno-ffocfyopai/  vne- 
a^7)fi€voL.  5.  /cat  j/w  Svo  KaXcj  re  Kayaffo)  auSpe 
ridvarov,  6.  ol  TroXe/xioL  rjfjicji/  ovk  la-aai  wo)  rr^p 
rifi€T€pav  (Tvixixaxtav.  7.  (TvvotZa  ip,avT^  iravra. 
o/fcva-/x6/os  *  amov,     8.    /col  aUot  8c  i(f>€a-Tao-av  efo) 


118  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   GREEK. 

TOiv  Sa/hfHov  ov  yap  rjv  aa-^akh  eV  Tot<s  Se/Spoi? 
coTcu/at  Tr\€iov  '  fi  tov  €pa  \6xov.  9.  6  ^€vayo^  rov^ 
TT/ooSta^c^wra?  Xa)8ft)i/  wxcto. 

n.  1.  oirm  §€  /cat  ci8^T€  ct9  oXov  epx^o-Oe  aycopa, 
iyi}  vfxa<;  ciSo)?  SiSa^w.  2.  Trapi^i^  Sc  6  craTpaTrq^ 
Pov\.6ii€PO<i  ciSe/at  rt  irpaxdweTat.  3.  ou  ya^^^Sc- 
o-oi/  airrov  reOvrfKoraJ  4.  on  /te/roi  d8t/c€t(r(9at 
vofiiC^L  v<i>  vp-^v  olha.  5.  TW  Se  drSpl  irdaopai  Iva. 
ciStJtc  oTi  /cat  apx^o-Oai  eVtWa/Ltat.  6.  /cat  ^wi/rd? 
Tti/a9  avTcSi/  7rpovdvpy]0r)p€i^  XajSeS/  auroS  rourov 
ci/€Ka,  OTTO)?  riyepoa-LV  ctSdcrt  T^i/  x^P^*'  x/^r^crat/ic^a. 

III.  1.     For   I   know    where®    they   are    gone. 
2.  Some^  are  dead,  and  the  rest  are  being  besieged. 

.  3.  He  wept  a  long^'  time  standing.  4.  But  he  at 
once  drives  away  those  standing  around."  5.  Cyrus 
kept  finding  many  pretexts,  as  you  also  well  know. 
6.    For  well  know  that  I  should  prefer  freedom. 

IV.  1.  Know  this,  however.  2.  For  he  knew 
this.  3.  Whether,  then,  I  shall  do  what  is  just,'^ 
I  do  not  know.  4.  I  am  not  willing  to  go,  fearing*' 
that  he  may  take  me  and  inflict  punishment  on  (me). 


NOTES. 

'  Strengthened  from  vir(xo)iau 
*  §  <>9,  N. 


'  I  108,  VI.,  N.  3. 
»  ?  109,  8,  N. 

*  That  I  have  deceived,  §  280,  with  N.  2. 

•  A  greater  (number),  neuter  singular  accusative,  subject  of  irrwfu, 
'   That  he  had  died  (lit.  him  having  died). 

»  I  143,  1.  "  ii  :^76.  2. 

'*   IVhat  18  just,  —  Greek  idiom,  just  (things). 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  119 

LESSON   LIT. 

Verbs:  Irregular  in  MI,  dfjiC,  elpc,  and  <f>r,pL 


Svo-ptj,   .179,   T^,   (8vV«} 

06pv/3o<s,  -ou,  6, 

ffvpa,  .a9,  17, 


Vocabulary. 


a  sinking,  a  setting, 
a  nx)ise,  an  uproar. 
a  DOOR;   piur.  quar- 

ters,  court, 
an  outcry,  a  shout, 
a  judgment,  a  trial. 


rohhery. 
a  wound. 


Kpavyrj,   .179,  t^,  (Kpa^«,  to  cry) 

KpLo-L^;,  -€a>9,  rj,  (Kp(v«j 

X7?Crr€ta,    -09,    rj,   (Xnor^'s,  a  rosier; 
cf.  X|f{ofiai,  Ktia) 

rpadfia,  -aro,.  to,  (t„p^„) 

<t>\vapia.  -as.  17.  (♦X«hk(..  (a^iato.)      silly  talk.-   ^hr.  fool- 

eries,  nonsense. 
Exerelses. 

,^.<r0ovayrov.      2.    -ip^crr.  h' ^..lu.  i^,  6  ^p,^. 

3.  'CO.  Xeyera.  0,5  .oXol  ^Xo?  ecV..  ei,  Tr,u  'EXXdSa. 

4.  oM   eyo,  cfyrf^,  ravra  .^Xva/si'a?  eUi.     5     ^ueU 
V*'<ra„f>povS>p..,,i^,^,,^i^,ie,..     6.    Ve«S^oi^ 

«^  0,5  S  ^^  ,X,os  €m  Svcr/tars,  (U-cVr^o-o,..     9    ^d, 
ovv  <f>r,p^  ipas  xpv^a^  Siafirji^a,.      10.    <fnja-l  Se'   i- 


120 


FIRST    LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 


i 


II.  1.  Koi  Xafiew  avros*  Tpavfia  (jyTjaiv,  2.  €i 
ctorctcrt,  crvWijc^^T/Vcrat.  3.  Xeyho)  ri  cirrai  rot? 
orTpaTKoTOLS.  4.  T171'  hCiajv  €<f>r)  XPV^^^  hnd^lvai 
avro).  5.  cSd/cct  yap  ct?  t^i'  imova-av  io)^  rj^eiv 
^ao-iXea,     6.    Tis  yap  avroJ  ®  corti/  ootls  Trjs  ^RX^^S 

aVTL7rOL€LTaL  ;       7.     vw    ft'G'    ovi^     aiTLTe,     KaToXLTTOVTe^ 

Tovhe  TOP  ophpa  •  orav  8'  cyoi  KcXcvcro),  Tra/xorc  7r/>09 
7171^  Kptaw, 

III.  1.  They  come  on  with  a  great  shout  J 
2.  Come  now  !  3.  Let  us  go  to  the  men.  4.  They 
denied  that  there  was®  another  road.  5.  Let  the 
hoplites  be  at  hand  with  their  arms.  6.  They 
desisted  ®  and  went  to  their  tents. 

IV.  1.  No  one  went  away  to  the  king.  2.  For 
what  herald  will  be  willing  to  go?  3.  You  got^^ 
your  living  by"  robbery,  as  you  yourself  said. 
4.  They  refused  to  go.  5.  But  (while)  saying  this, 
he  heard  a  noise  going  through  the  ranks. 

NOTES. 

*  Note  the  simple  stem  of  each  verb  carefully. 
«  I  200.  N.  3  6. 

'  ovK  1^1  refused,  declined. 

*  For  the  case  of  avrot,  which  modifies  the  subject  of  XaP<Cv,  see 
I  138,  H.  8  o. 

»  §  42,  2,  N.  1. 

'  To  be  construed  with  dbrmroutTOi.    6ee  I  173,  1,  S.  2,  first  example, 
and  I  186,  ».  1. 
'  I  188,  1. 

*  Of.  I.  7.  "  Use  lx«. 
»  Participle.  " 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  121 

LESSON  LT, 

Verbi !  Irregular  in  MI  (continued),  ltjijll,  rjfiai,  and  /cci/xat. 
Grammar:  §  127,  III,  V.,  and  VI. 


Vocabulary. 


€pr)fio<;,  'Tf  or  -09,  .ov, 
/xcXcTctct),     fJieK€T7)cra),     ifieke- 
TTfaa,  fJL€fiek€Tr)Ka,  (jUX«,  to 

he  an  object  of  care) 
fJir)l/vcj,  fXTjl/vorO),  etc.  reg.. 


vticq,  -779,  17, 


deserted,  empty. 

to  care  for,  to  prac- 
tise. 

to  disclose,  to  make 
known. 

victory. 

NIGHT. 

a  cbniestic,  a  servant. 


to  be  wise, 
snow. 


VV^y  PVKTOq,  rj, 
0iK€T7)S,    -OV,  6,   (oIkos) 

O'a}(f)pov€cj,  a'cj(f)poirqo'0)y  ecrcci- 

<f>p6irrj(ra,  (Teaoxfypovr^Ka, 
(oTM^puv,  sound-minded;  «rc5s,  safe, 
sound,  and  ^pifv) 

X'^v*  -ovos,  17, 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  CTTt  Tov  ap/xarof;  KaOij/jLO/o^  Trji/  Tropeiav 
eiroLeiTO,  2.  a»9  cISc  toi^  oTparrj-ybi/  SueXavi/ovra, 
LTfCTL  rju  a^uq).  3.  TovTov  Sc,  fjv  a'0)(f>poin)re,  rrji/ 
vvKTa  p,€u  St](T€T€,   rfjv  8e  rjixepcu^  d(f)T]or€T€.     4.    koI 

OKTO)    ol    apLOTOl    TCOV    TTepl     aVTOV    €K€LUTO    in      aVTCO. 

5.    rjvhk  TO  Teix^^  (OKoBofnqfxej/oj/  irXivOoi^  otttols  h/ 
aa-^dXnf}   KuyLO/aLs*     6.    €v9vs    'Uvro   apco   /caret   rr^p 


122 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


ff>av^pav  bhov,  7.  oi  S^  iroKiynoi.  Seicrcurre^  rjKOP 
€avTov<i  Kara  rrj^  ^101/09  eU  rrjv  vdirqv,  8;  npcjTov 
T<^  \6\(i}  kvo%  TOiv  ^KpKoZoiv  GTpaTTjycJv  ajnovTi  TJBr) 
CIS  TO  <TvyK€ip.€vov  cVin^ei/rat. 

n.  1.  levTO,  cjcirep  av  Spa/xoi  Tt9  vepi  vikt)^, 
2.  ovK  jjOeKe  tov?  <f)€vyoirra^  npoecrOaL,  3.  ijxekeTCJV 
roiev€LV  avci)  to,  Tofcu/xara  to^es  fxaKpdv,  4.  o' 
/mecro)  yap  rjir)  KCtrat  TaSra  ra  ayadd,  5.  at  Sc 
fidXavoL  tZu  <Jx)lvCko}i/,  olas  eu  Tois  "EXXT/crw  €cmv 
\Z€w,  TOis  oiKcVats  dTr€K€LVTO.  6.  *cat  CTTcl  rjp^CWTO 
Kwra^ao/^w  irpo^  tovs  aXXous  ci/^a  ra  oTrXa  ckcito, 
161^0  8r)  ot  TToXc/itot  TToXXoJ  Oopv^io*  7.  IvTavff 
iKddrjPTO,^  Koi  ovk  e^acrcu/  Tropevecrdau 

TTT.  1.  Straightway  they  rushed  into  the  boats. 
2.  And  many  were  lying  outstretched.  3.  But  they 
let  their  dogs  loose  by  night.^  4.  Why  do  I  lie 
inactive  ?  5.  If  you  will  make  known  the  one  who 
let  the  ass  loose,^  you  shall  receive  a  reward.  6.  But 
when  the  trumpet  sounded,  they  charged  upon  the 
enemy. 

IV.  1.  But  we  are  lying  inactive.  2.  Thence 
they  proceeded  to  a  large  deserted  fortress,  lying  near 
the  city.  3.  But  saying,*  "I  see  the  man,"  he 
rushed  at  him.  4.  He  sends  to  him  according  to 
agreement.^     5.    Let  him  be  seated  on  the  chariot. 

NOTES. 

>  2  105,  1,  5.  3.  M  276,  2. 

"  Tos  vvKTas,  I  161.  *  AoriRt.. 

•  Greek  idiom,  according  to  the  {thinys)  agreed  upon. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  123 


LESSON    LTI. 

Verbs:  Principal  Parts  of  Important  Verbs  arranged  Alpha- 

betioally. 

§  iSTlTo-;  §  uf  ^''"^  S92entire;  §107;  §108;. 

tU^lr  *^.'  ^""rT^  P*"^  "^  ^^'  ^''^'  *•"»*  fo»«^.  explaining 
the  formation  of  the  present  from  the  simple  stem/and  ^! 

other  mod,ficat.on8  of  the  stem  that  are  in  any  way  pLculiar 

""'"t^^t^'aTr'  '^^'  "ra^  ^^-  m^ 

(Vra.)  '^'"^  ""''"'  ^"^  WcV;  2  a.   .JW. 

aM^  (aire.),  perceive,  aUrO^o^  i^^.  2  a.  ^^6^^. 

4.o««  (.Uov-  for  W.).  hear,  &Koi,ro^  j5.0v.ra.  ^ko^^^;  2  p 

axt«.pu  (dX-,  aXo-X  be  captured,  iX^op^  ^Wa  or  ^a««c«; 

-^  a.  lyAwir  or  idXtov.      (VI.) 
aXUT«.  (aAAay-).  .Aan<;e    ^Aafo,  ^XAa^„,  .^         .;^ 

ijAoxV ;  2  a.  pass.  ^AAt(y,r.     (IV.) 

-Wr«.  ( WH  err,  ,5^apr^..o^^  ^^.^^^.^  V^r,;xa<,  i,^. 

T1/V ;  2  a.  ^fULproy.      (V.)  r  r    ,r^    iiM^ 

P.t»«  (^a-  ^a..),  yo,  ^^.ro,^,^  ^^^,.0,  .^/^         (^are),  -iBd^nv 

(rare)  ;  2  p.  (fii^a) ; »  2  a,  ^;8,..     (V.  IV  ) 

PAX»  CfloA-,  j8A«-)    Mrou.,  M^  ^^^A,Ka.  ^^^A,^  ,^a,V; 
^  a.  ^Pakov.      (IV.)  '    /    ' 

T,Cyvo,«u  (yc.),  J^oom.    y^o;««,  y^A^/^.  3  p.  y^o,„,  „^  . 
ii  a.  (ya/ofiriv.     (VIII.) 

TiYvAn.™  (yvo-),  know,    yvi^o^    V<«««.    V'«^/««.    ^w.i<rt),K- 
^  a.  cyi'cDj',  perceived.     (VI.)  ' 


.,/ 


124  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

^pi4,«,    vrriie,  ypdijfui,   ?ypai/ra,   yiypa<t>a,  ylypa^ifiai ;    2    a.   pfWfl. 

ScCkwh*  (SctK-),  sAou;.  8«fo,,  c^Sctio,  ScSaxo,  8c8€ty^a^  c»8«x V-     (2.)  ^ 
^8p<i.rK«  {^pa-),    run   away,  -^pdaofiac,    -ScV^a;    2    a.   -c^pa^. 

(VI-) 
8»«iu  (So-),  aive,  Bi^<r<^  H^ko,  ScSoko,  Sc'So/x^^t,  ^Sd^v.     (I.) 
80K.C  (8oK.),  s.^.  think,  8oK   ?8o^a,  8c8ay^a^    cS^^xV   (rare). 

(VII.) 

low,  jomni^,  cocrcu,  ctao-o,  ctaxo,  €ra/xa^  €ia^v. 

tl|i(  (co--),  ie,  lo-o/>ta^  imperf.  5v. 

.1,^  (I-),  ^ro,  imperf.  iJctv  or  5a. 

•Iirov*  (cV-  for  FCTT-,  ip',  pc-),  saic?,  ^p^,  cTtto,  ctpT/Ko,  «p>;/xm,  cppi;- 

V-     (VIII.) 

aavv«  (cXa-),  rfriv^.  marcA,   a^,  ^Xacro,  ^XiJXoxo,  aiyXa/ixu,  r;Aa. 

^v.      (V.) 
|p5^o|au  (av^-,  ^^^-)'  5'<>.  ^<^^'  ^€V(ro,«u*;  2  p.  ^i^Xv^a;  2  a. 

5x^0..     (VIII.)  .,  .^       o 

M(m  (cS-,  <My-)'  ^«^  ^^^/^"^  cSi/SoKo,   iSijaccr/im,  i^Sco-^v;    ^  a. 

|</>ayov.      (VIII.) 
i^p(<rK»  (cip-),  /wrf,  cvpiyo-co,  cvpr/KO,  crJpiy/xot,   c^pc % ;  2  a.   cvpoy. 

(VI.) 

NOTES. 

'  In  9  108  3  109,  and  |  110.  learn  the  larger  type,  but  merely  read 
the  notes  and' list  of  examples.  No  peculiarities  of  formation  explained 
in  these  paragraphs  are  again  referred  to  in  the  following  notes. 

«  The  numeral  in  parenthesis  designates  the  class  to  which  the  verb 
belongs.    When  no  such  numeral  occurs,  the  verb  (except  irregular  verbs 

in  ux)  belongs  to  class  I.  1     •_ 

»  A  hyphen  prefixed  to  a  form  indicates  that  it  occurs  only  in  com- 
position.    For  Tj-yo'yov,  see  §  100,  2,  N.  4. 

*  For  (U-T)KOF-a,  I  102.  ^   o  ' 

»  For  the  2  p..  see  ?  125.  4 ;  for  the  2  a.,  |  125,  3 

«  Verbs  in  lu  are  divided  into  two  classes  (marked  here  respectively 
1  and  2).  Those  marked  2  are  a  subdivision  of  V.  of  the  general  c  assi- 
fication  (see  I  108,  V.  4).  All  other  regular  verbs  in  f  (^•^^l;^;°gj^^'^^ 
with  reduplicated  present  stems.  «  121.  3)  are  marked  1.  and  con  ^^^^^^ 
the  first  class  of  verbs  in  ^  *  See  note  2.  Lesson  XLVIII. 

t  I  125.  3,  5.  1.  •  3  200.  H.  3  b. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


125 


LESSON    LVII. 

Verba :  Principal  Parts  of  Important  Verbs  (continued). 

Grammar:  §  32,  2,  with  n.;  §  92  entire;  S  107-  S  108- 
§109;  §110;  §111.  '  ^'^"^^ 

Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  that  follow,  explaining 
the  formation  of  the  present  from  the  simple  stem,  and  all 
other  modifications  of  the  stem  that  are  in  any  way  peculiar. 

^X-  (^cx-.  crxc-),  have,  ^i<o' or  crxijcrco,  Ict^^ko,   ^^xnf^  l^^Orjv; 
2  a.  i.<Txov.     (VIII.) 

l.^  ({vy.),  yo^e,  fcv'fco,  Ifcvfo,  K^f^  KeC^.;  2  a.  pass. 
tQiryriv.      (II.  2.) 

•i»T«  (ra<^.  for  (9a</,.),  hury,  0^^,  Wa^a,  r46ap.^;  2  a.  pa^. 

€Td<t>YJV.        (III.) 

evn««  (Oav-,  Ova-X  die,  Oavovfuu,  rc^ica;  2  p.   (rc^aa);  2  a. 

iOavov.      (VI.) 
ti)|u  (<-),  send,  rjo-u),  ^ko,  euco,  ct/iuu,  €l^, 
UWotiOi  (Ik-),  come,  liofuu,  lyfuu ;  2  a.  iKOfirjv.      (V.) 
Wniju  (orra-).  set,  place,  <mia-ui,  t<rrq(Ta,  ItrrqKo?  t(rTafAjaL,  i(rrd^v; 

2  p.  (coToa) ;  2  a.  tarrfv.      (l.) 

icXtv«  (kAiv-),  bend,  incline,  #cAtvw,  lK\iya,  KiK>ufuu,  UXiOriv ;  2  a. 
pass.  iK^Lvrfv.     (IV.) 

Ko'imt  (xoir-),  cut,  ico>(u,  iKOij/a,  -k€ko^  K€KOfiuai ;  2  a.  pass    ^ko- 

mpf.     (III.)  ^ 

Kpiim  {Kpw'\  judge,  Kpivd,  Upwa,  K€Kpuca,  K€KpifiaL,  iKpCBrjv.  (IV.) 
KTf(v«  {iCTtv),  kill,  KT€vm,  €KT€iva ;  2  p.  ocTova ;  2  a.  IcTavov.  (IV  ) 
X«,^v«  (Aa^.),  ^a^e,  Xi^il^ofiau,^  €t\rj<f>a,  tlXrjfifj^ai,  ikri<i>e7jv ;  2  a. 

tXafiov.      (V.) 
Xav«aw#  (Aa^.),  lie  hid,  escape  the  notice  of,  (mid.  fcyrget),  Avo-«u, 

\iX.it(Tpxu. ;  2  p.  AcX^y^a ;  2  a.  eXo^ov.      (V.) 
X«>,  say,  Acfci,  £\€^a,  AcXcy/xot,  ^Xex V- 


r  1 


II 


II 


126 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


"-Xiyoi,  gather,  an'ange,  count,  Xcfb),  eXc^o,  -eiXoxo,  -ciXryfuu  or 

-AcAey/xai,  €\i\Br)v ;  2  a.  pass.  -iXtyrjv. 
Xc(ira>    (XiTT-),    /^rtve,    Afij/ro),    AcXci/x/iou,    €X.€i<fiOr)v ;    2   p.    AcXotTra  ; 

2  a.  tA-tTTov.     (II.)  ,  ,^ 

l&avOdvu  (fiaO')y  learn,  fiaOi^a-ofiaiy  /xc/xa^Ka;   2  a.  tjxxiBov.      (V.) 
)l(Y^'V)u  (ftty-),   mz^,   /ufoH   c/xi^o,   /xc/xty/xat,    ifuxj9rfv;    2   a.   pass. 

€>iyvv.      (2.) 
luiivTJo-Kw  (ftva-),  reinind  (mid.  remember),  fim^ta,   I^vqa-OL,  fit- 

fivrjfiai  (memini),  ifivja-Orfv  (as  mid.).     (VI.) 
oC'ywiu  (oiy-)  and  ot-Yw,  OjOen,   oi^tu,   w^a  or  -^w^a,   -€<p;(a,   -twyfuat, 

i^xOrjv  ;  2  p.  -€a»ya  (rare).     (2.) 
fXXv^i  (oA-),  destroy,   lose,   oAw,   wAco-o,  -oAtoAcKa ;  2  p.  oAwAo, 

perish  ;  2  a.  mid.  oXoixr^v,  perished.     (2.) 
jp,w)ii  and  6|ivva>  (o/w,-,  o/io-),  swear,   o/xoO/xcu,   (u/xocra,   o/xio/xoko, 

6fi<jt>/JiO(TfiaL,  ojfjLoOrjv  or  ilyfiocrOrji'.      (2.) 
^poM  (oTT-,  i8-),  se^,  o\f/ofiai,   kdipaKa  or   copaKo,   iutpaficu  or  iofxfiax, 

&<t>^v  ;  2  a.  cTSoi/.      (VIIL) 
troUrxtt  (xra^-,  rrevO-),  suffer,  TrciVo/xat  ;   2  p.  iriTTOvOa  ;   2  a.  hraOov. 

(VIII.) 

iTf COci)  (tt*^-),  pei'suade,  Trao-o),  hnLaoj  TrcVctKo,  ir€'7rtiafjuu,  iireia^v ; 
2  p.  TTcVot^o,  i/t^^.      (II.) 

N  O  T  E  8'. 

*  For  o^.  *  For  o-cHmiKa.  '  See  note  7,  Lesson  XLV. 


LESSON   LVIII. 

Verbs :  Principal  Parts  of  Important  Verbs  {c(mtinued). 

Grammar  :  §  32,  2,  with  n.;  §  92  entire;  §  107;  §  108; 
§  109;  §  110;  §  111. 

Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  that  follow,  explaining 
the  formation  of  the  present  from  the  simple  stem,  and  all 
other  modifications  of  the  stem  that  are  in  any  way  peculiar. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


127 


•W|fcin*,  send,  7r€ful/o),  eirtfjuj/a,  ttctto/x^o,  TrcTrc/x/xai,  iircfjLifeOrfV, 
ir(|iirXi]|u  (xAa-),  Jill,  7rX.y(To),  hrXfjcrai,  Trdrrk-qKa,   TrcVAT/O'/xat,  cttAt;- 

<T$rjv.      (1.) 
irtirrw  (ttct-,  ttto-),  fall,  Trecrov/xat,  TrcTrrcoKa  ;   2  a.  Ittco-ov.     (VIII.) 
itXtIttw  (TrAay-,   TrAiyy-),   strike,   ttAt/^oj,   hrXrj^a,   TrcTrAT/y/xat,   cirAiy- 

X^i'  (rare)  ;  2  p.  TrcVAiyya  (rare) ;  2  a.  pass,  iirkrjfffjv  or 

-i7rX.d.yrjv.      (II.  IV.) 
•n-pdrru  (Trpay-),  c^,  irpd^to,  CTrpa^o,  Trdirpa^^a,  TrcTrpay/xai,  €7rpd)^0r)v  ; 

2  p.  TTCTrpaya,  have  fared  (well  or  z7Z).     (IV.) 

injvOavo|iai  (ttu^-),   hear,   enquire,   Trcvcro/xat,^  TrcTrvtr/xat ;    2  a.  cttv- 

BofJLrjv.      (V.) 
^CiTTw    (pt^-),    throWy    plxpia,    eppuf/a,    €ppi</>a,    ippLpLficu,    ippiK^Orjv ; 

2  a.  pass.  lppi<^rjv.     (III.) 
(nrcCpw  {cnr€p-\  SOW,  cnrepit),  txnrctpa,  co^rop/xat ;   2  a.  pass,  ianraprjv. 

(IV.) 

<rWXAa>    ((TTcA-),    send,    OTcAto,   corctAo,    cotoAko,   iOToXficu ;    2  a. 

pass.  la-raX-qv.      (IV.) 
o^p/^,  /i/-/'n,  <TTp€{f/(t},  earpeij/a,  «rrpap,/xat,  Icrrpit^Orjv ;  2  p.  tarpo^a 

(rare)  ;   2  a.  pass.  io-Tpdifyrjv. 
<r^TT«    and    o-^t*'    (o-^ay-),    sZay,    a-<l>d$<aj    €(r<f>a$a,   ecr^ay/xac ; 

2  a.  pass.  i(T<f>dyrjv.      (IV.) 
Tc(vai  (t€v-),  stretch,  ra'cli,  ercti/a,  riraKCL,  Tirafiai,  irdOrfv.      (IV.) 
T«|xv(a   (T€fi-,   T/X€-),    CM^,    Tc/xw,  TeTfxrjKCL,  Ter/Jirffjuu,  irfiyOrfv ;   2  a. 

ere/xoK  or  crap-ov.      (V.) 
tt(k«  (raK-),  me/^,  Tiyfd),  crry^o,  cny^^*'  (rare)  ;   2  p.  rirrjKa ;   2  a. 

pass.  IrdK-qv.      (II.) 
Ti$T)|u  (^€-),  jt?w^,  Oi^au),  WrjKCL,  reOeiKO,  rc^ctpat,  IriO-qv.     (1.) 
TirpcMrKM  (rpo-),  wound,  TpfMroy,  rrpoxro,  TCTpuipxiL,  irputOrfv.      (VI.) 
rp^irw,  ^wm,  rp^foi,  crpci/'o,  T€Tpo<f>a  or  rcrpa^a,   rirpafipxiL,   erpe- 

<f>Orjv ;  2  a.  mid.  irpaTrofirjv ;    2  a.  pass.  irpdTrqv. 
Tfii^   (Tp€<f>-    for    Bp€<f>-),    nourish,    Opeif/o),    eOpeif/a,    rcrpoifxi,    rc- 

OpafipiaL,  €0p€<f>0rjv  (rare)  ;    2  a.  pass,  irpdffy-qv. 
rpcxw    {rptx-    for    Op^Xr,    Spa/Ji-)   7'un,    SpaixovfJLOL,    eOpe^a    (rare), 

-SiSpdfirjKO,  -6tSpdf.i.7jii(U  i  2  a.  tSpafiov.      (VIII.) 


128 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Tp(^M  (jpLfi-),  rub,  TpLij/iiiy  erpti/^o,   rerpt^   rirpip-fiai,  ct/h<^^v; 

2  a.  pass,  irpiprjv.     (II.) 
•nryxcu^  (''"^X")*  ^^^'  happen,  rvoiofiat,  rcrvx^Ka  or  Wrcvxa ;  2  a. 

^(vw   (<^a»/-),   sAoii;,   ^vw,   €<f>r}vay   7rt<t>ayKay   Trc^^curftat,   €<f>av^v ; 

2  p.  Tr€<f>rjva ;   2  a.  pass.  €<f>dvr)V.      (IV.) 
^'po»  (oi-,  cVcK-,  cvcyK-  for  cv-cvck-),   Amr,   oio-oi,  iTvcyxo,  ^nyvoxa, 

hrrjveyfiai,  yfvixBriv  ;   2  a.  ^FcyKoy.      (VIII.) 
^iry«  (<^vy-),  flee,  <^vf ofuu  or  <^€vf<n)/Aai ;   2  p.  irii^vya ;   2  a. 

I^iryov.      (IIO 
JM«  (tad-),  pitsh,  axroi,  ^oxro,  loxTfiaUy  ionrOrp^.      (VII.) 


r>' 


NOTE. 

*  See  note  7,  Lesson  XLV. 


■•o*- 


5  n 


L£SSON   LIX. 

Pormation  of  Words. 


Grammar  :  §  128  and  §  129,  1-10,  entire,  committing 
all  the  Examples  to  memory. 

Exercises. 

I.  Give  the  meaning  of  the  following  words  and  show  their 
formation :  — 

1.  irXtryii  (ttXitttu),  st.  irXi/y-).  2.  ji(|it^<rn  (/ii/ico/AOi,  imitate). 
3.  waxvTHS  (iraxvs,  thick).  4.  Alv«i.aSnt.  5.  «v8ai|U>vCa.  6.  ^ 
Xoicti.  7.  ■yrfvwnt*  (yiyvofuu,  st.  ycv-,  to  be  bom).  8.  XoYunios 
{XayCtfiimi,  st.  \oyt8-,  calculate).  9.  doi8^  (a«i8o>,  sin^).  10.  to- 
{©tus.  11.  <Svo}uurCa  (ofo/xo^o),  name).  12.  -ypamio.  13.  l«v«r. 
14.  al-yOrKO*  (al^,  st.  aiy-,  goat).  15.  yi^o^fSpiOV  (>^os). 
16.    PpaSvnjf  {Ppa^v%  slow).     17.   *«K<u«vt  (<I»wKata,  Phocaea), 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


129 


18.  Pooxin«TT|piov  {fiaaaviita^  cro8S-qv£Stion,  torture).  19.  (nrovSti 
(o-iro'So))-  20.  lioetiTpCs  *  (/lavdavco).  21.  olv««if  (oW).  22.  <tK>- 
^ot  {^i^op/xjLy  fl^e  affnghted).  23.  irwrn-s,  st.  ttvotl-  (TrwOdvofiaLy 
st.  TTV^-).  24.  KTlJllXi  (KTaofxcu).  25.  -ypofiiiaTcvs.  26.  x<4^ 
(Xflupu),  st.  X**P"»  f^oiee).  27.  irriYaStov  ij^yfl)'  28.  *IraXuon|s 
('iToAto,  Italy).  29.  Sciirvtirripiov  (SctTTvco),  dine).  30.  8po|uvt 
(st.  Spa/A-  in  i^papuovy  ran).  31.  Ifryov.  32.  ^aXrpia  (</^aAAa),  st. 
^oA.-,  p^y  <Ae  harp).  33.  dvSpCo.  34.  oucovrio^'p  (cucovrt^co, 
Ai^r^  the  javelin).  35.  iroXtTis.  36.  aCo^T)<ns.  37.  KrCfrrMp 
(icn^o),  found).  38.  o-KiJirTpov  ((rKrJTrTO)^  prop,  support). 
39.    opiTOYn*      40.    oIkcvs.      41.    livrfo-Tis,   st.   /xvrja-TL-   (/u/An/o-Kw). 


42.    dirXoTT^s   (ttTrXoo?,    simple), 
thous).       44.      Kvvapiov    (kvcoi/). 
46.   oSvpfiof  (oSvpofuUf  bewail). 
48.  aXrrpls  (oActo,  ynwc?).     49. 


43.    naveo(8T|s  (UdvOooiy  Fan- 
45.    vo^vs    (vofji6<:y   pasture). 
47.    irap6cvwv  {TrapOevo^y  virgin). 
c^pos.     50.    (cvvXXiov  (fo'os). 


II.   Form  words  with  the  following  meanmgs :  — 

1.  Smith'  (xoAko'?;  2»a).  2.  Setting  (Svw;  3,2*). 
3.  Hide,  skin  {hipta^  flxiy ;  4,  l).  4.  Place  for  prayer  ' 
(dpdofiaLy  pray ;  6,1).  5.  Pursuit  (Smokw;  3,4).  6.  Mani- 
kin*  (ayOpwTTO^;  8,  6).      7.    AcTION  (Trparro),  st.  vpay- ;   3,  2). 

8.   Child  {riKna,  st.  tck-,  inVi^  /or^A ;  4,  2).     9.   Women's 

APARTMENT   (yvK)},  st.  ywoLK- ;  6,  3).      10.     ArCHERESS   (to^ov  ; 

2  6,7).     11.  Messenger  (dyycAAw,  st.  dyycX-;  1,1).     12.  Fe- 
male   FLUTE-PLAYER*    (avAco) ;  2  6,6).      13.    SON    OF    TaNTA- 

LUS  (TctiTaAos,  Tantalum).     14.    Aeginetan  *  (Aiytj/o,  Aegina ; 
10,  2).     15.    Yoke   (^cvyw/xi,  st.  ^vy- ;   1,  1).     16.    Citizen 

(iroAts;    2  6,  3).         17.     INSTRUMENT     FOR     STRIKING     (irAiyr- 

rto;  6).     18.    Smithy*  (xoAxo?;  6,  2).     19.    Little  shield 

{axnri%,  st.  cunrtS- ;  8,  l).      20.    PlATAEAN  *  (IIAdTam,  Plataea  ; 

10, 1).    21.  Friendship  «  («^tAo5 ;  7,  3).    22.  Injury  (/Skd-m^ 

St.    fiXafi'  ;    1,  2).        23.     ACCOMPLISHER      {irpdjaaoi  ;     2  6,   2). 
24.    WiLDNESS    (dypios;    7,  l).       25.     GiVER    (8iS<o/it,    St.    So-; 

2  6,  1).    26.  Depth  {fioBv^:;  7,  4).    27.  Son  of  Cronos  (Kp^ 


130 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


vo?;  9).      28.    YlOhl£.^GE  (XaPpoi,  violent;    7,2).      29.    DAUGH- 
TER OF  Tantalus.     30.   Femai^  leader*  {vy^ofuu ;  2  b,  4). 

NOTES. 

*  On  the  principle  of  ^  lOy,  8. 

«  Drop  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem,  §  128,  3,  H.  3. 
3  The  reference  is  to  the  sections  of  §  129. 

*  The  smaller  numeral  refers  to  the  suffix  (first,  second,  third,  etc.,  in 

order),  as  here  to  <n«. 

*  Lengthen  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem,  §  128,  3,  h.  4. 


Cti:. 


^-tv 


LESSON   LX. 


Pormation  of  Words  (continiced). 

Grammar:  §  129,  11-18;  §  130;  §  131;  §  132.  Take 
these  Sections  entire,  and  commit  all  the  Examples  to 
memory. 

Exercises. 

I.  Give  the  meaning  of  the  following  words  and  show  their 
formation :  — 

1.  SnXTJiMtfv  (Srfkiofuu,  hurt).  2.  <ivaYKc[lA».  3.  x<^'<<>^* 
4.  o-Kvrtvos  (o-Kvro?,  tanned  hide).  5.  &f)Xo<i».  6.  0x1110(01. 
7.  ^CXos.  8.  dyopatos  (dyopa).  9.  crwjiaTiKOS  (o-to/xo,  st.  a-iofiar-, 
body).  10.  ictpdnvos  (Kcpas,  st.  Kcpar-,  fuyrn).  11.  cliiircXo'cts 
(5/iir€Xo9,  vine).  12.  ^Xmm  (^€05, ;?%).  13.  ^Xttjiu^v.  14.  x^ 
o-ivos  (x^€s,  adv.,  yesterday).  15.  Onp*^  (^P>  ^^^  beast). 
16.  0iipooa|ios.  17.  d^cXiiSoV  (aytk-q,  herd).  18.  irov€».  19.  to- 
(«v<».  20.  oTparn-yuu*  {(Trparrff6%).  21.  KXa'yYn8ov  (KXayy^, 
cibn^,  (im).  22.  dpTvpovs.  23.  TiXtvrow.  24.  €v6vv«  (ev^s, 
straight).  25.  vav|iaxT)o-ciM  (vav/xax€<o,  /^A^  o^  s<^a).  26.  po«%- 
XcCos  (Pa(Ti\€Vi).  27.  liiupivos  (4M«pa,  G^y)-  28.  <x«P<>«  («X^o«» 
hatred).     29.  XcvkcUvw  (Acvkos,  white).    30.  8ou\iKot. 


FIRST     LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


131 


II.    Form  words  with  the  following  meanings :  — 

1.  Wooden  (fvAoi/,  wood;  14,  1).  2.  To  gild  (xpvo-os; 
§130,3).  3.  Deceitful,  WILY  (8dA.os,cwwnm^;  15).  4.  Hos- 
tile *  (ttoAc/aos  ,-  12).  5.  To  SPEAK  Greek  ("EXA?/!/,  a  (xre^^'; 
§  130,  6).  6.  Beautiful  (st.  koX-  ;  11).  7.  To  be  angry 
(;(aAc7ros,  angry;  §  130,  7).  8.  Revered^  (aif^ofiaij  revere ; 
17,1).  9.  Of  corn  {(tItos;  13  6).  10.  Wild^  (dypos,  field; 
12).     11.   ToLOVE(<^iA.os;  §130,  2).     12.   To  want  to  laugh 

(ycXao);  §  130,  N.  1,  l).      13.    HoT  (Oepio,  heat;    17,  4).      14.    To 

6HAME  (aio-xos,  shame ;   §  130,  8).     15.   Hurtful  (/JAaTrro), 

St.  ySAa^-;  13  a,  2).      16.    To  SPEAK    THE   TRUTH  (aXrjOrjs ;  §  130, 

4).  17.  Like  a  barbarian  (Pap/SapiCwj  behave  like  a  barba- 
rian; 18  c).  18.  To  ARM  (ottAoi' ;  §130,6).  19.  In  SUMMER 
(diposf  summer;  14,  n.).     20.  To  CONQUER  (vlkti;  §  130,  1). 


III.  Analyze  the  following  compound  words,  considering 
the  first  part,  the  last  part,  and  the  meaning :  — 

1.  di'SpiavTairoMSi  6  (dvSptas,  statue;  Trotecu).  2.  vaviniYos,  6 
(vavs;  irfjywp.L,  st.  Tray-,  build).  3.  ditdrpoiros,  -ov  (ofios,  ^Z^e; 
rpoTTos,  character).  4.  Xoxa7o$,  6.  5.  oparos,  -ov  (/?cu]/(o). 
6.  Svo-iropcvTos,  -ov.  7.  irp<i»TOTOKOS|  -ov  (jrpwTOS,  first;  tikto),  st. 
TCK-,  bear).  8.  KMpopx'ns.  9.  av(ipao-is  (^cuVcd).  10.  <}>povpos, 
6  (irpo;  opdo)).  11.  <^povpapxoS)  «•  12.  d(r<t>aXijs,  -€s  (o-^oAAo), 
<7*^  wjo).  13.  c^Svovs,  -ow.  14.  c-yKpaTT)S)  -c?  (Kparo^,  power). 
15.  oTparoircScvtt.  16.  vavc4>xos»  o*  1^-  '»iH't5<»os>  -w  (f<«>'7>  Hfo)- 
18.  viro^'Ca.  19.  viict|^'pos»  -ov.  20.  UroirXcupoS)  -ov  (ttros,  equal ; 
TrXevpd,  rib,  side).  21.  K€voTa(t>u>v  {kcvo^j  cfinpty ;  Td<f>oSi  tomb). 
22.  XP^'^'^X^*'^^*  '^^  (xaXLv6<:j  bridle).  23.  oIkovo'iiosi  6  (vip.Q), 
dispense,  manage).  24.  ^(Xiinros,  -ov.  25.  Kwo'yos,  6  (kvwi/; 
ayw).  26.  )uo^o<t>o'posy  -ov.  27.  6)m>Xo'ycw<  28.  xtx^torovioi  (x^^p  i 
TttVo)).    29.  dSrryos.    30.  vfoctSTJs,  -cs  (vcos,  youthful;  €i^,/orm). 

NOTES. 

*  Drop  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem,  I  128,  3,  v.  3. 

'  Change  the  ^  to  |i  before  v  on  a  parallel  principle  to  §  16,  3. 


^. 


ta-u.'- 


4        ^ 


SYNTAX. 


Learn  in  the  Grammar  only  the  matter  in  the  two  largest 
sizes  of  type,  unless  other  sections  are  specified.  Study  all  the 
examples  there  given,  and  read  any  remark  in  smaller  type 
that  is  immediately  added  to  the  two  largest  sizes  of  type  or 
to  the  examples. 

There  are  four  sizes  of  type  used  in  the  Syntax  of  the  Gram- 
mar. The  Notes  are  printed  in  the  third  of  these  sizes  (bour- 
geois), and  are  not  to  be  committed  to  memory  unless  specially 
mentioned. 


LESSON   LXI. 

Subject    and   Predicate.  —  Apposition.  —  Agreement  of   Adjec- 
tives. —  The  Article. 

Grammar  :  §§  133-143.  Add  §  142,  1,  n.,  but  omit 
§  140  and  §  143,  2. 

Exercises. 

I.  I.  ^v  Ixyr)  ai/0pcj7ro)V.  2.  koI  ej^ct  rf)v  *Op6i/- 
Ttt  hvvajJLiv,  Tov^  Trfv  )8acnXca>s  Ovyarepa  €Xpmo<;. 
3.  d5oT€  TO  orpaTCv/Lta  irdfjLTToXv  i(f>dvrf.  4.  tov 
opovs^  rj  Kopvifyfj  imep  avrov  rov  crTpaT€VfxaTO<;  ^p. 
5.  ocra  hr)  h^  rj  i^a/Sao-ct  ry  yiera  Kvpov  ot  ElXXry- 
v€s  inpa^av  p^XP^  ^^  M^X^^*  ^  '^^  irpocrffev  \6ya) 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN  .GREEK.  133 

SeSTJXayraL,     6.    t^Sc  yap  r^  ripjepq,  ^  p^vpiovs  o^ecrde  L '- ' 
avO*  a/OS  KXedpxovs.      7.    tovs  p^  avrcjp  aTre/creti/c,  ^wi^ 
'''9^3^  6^c)8aX€j/.      8.    aKovo)  Sc  Kcopas  elvai  KaXas  ov 
irkiov  elKoaL   oraZuov*   anexovo-as,      9.    Ila/ovo-art?  c^L^ 
817  rj  p'}]p}p  i(f>i\€L  TOV  Kvpov  paWov  fj  tov  ^aa-i-    ^«  /      • 
\evovTa    ^Xpra^ip^v,      10.     ivT€v0ev    i^ekavvec    cts 
.  y-y-   KcXatra?,  woXa/  olKovparrfv,  peydkrjv  koI  eiSaipova, 
11.   ayaffos  6  avyjp.     12.   iKijpv^e^  8e  toIs  "EXXrjcri, 
(TVo-Kevd^ecrdaL,^      13.    koI  elSov  tovs  \6<f>ovs  acruc-  fn*fcf^"Ci 
vol,       14.    h/  Tji  IT  poo-do/   irpoor/BoXy  oXiyovs  ej^coi/ V^^^t*  .  P** 
iiraOo/  ovScV.      15.   *A07)vaUuiv  to  wXijOos  "lirTrapxov 
oIovTcu  Tvpavvov  ovra  anoOavelv.     16.    to  8*  anXovv 
Kcu    TO    dXr)6€S    h/opilje.    to    axno    raJ    r^XiOiia^    c&'at.l     - 
17.   K<u  TO  /SacrtXjEtQ^  (rqp^iov  opai/  €(f>a(rai/,  derov  Tiva  (*-Lp  • 
Xpv<rovv,      18.    TTphs  (TKTjvffv  rjea-cu/  Triy  Bevofjyo^vTos* 

II.  1.  And  the  gods  are  judges  of  the  contest. 
2.  I  will  carry  you  over,  if  you  will  bestow  upon 
me^**  a  talent  (as)  pay.  3.  But  the  enemy  on"  the 
hill  observed  their  march  to^^  the  summit.  4.  In 
this  pursuit  many  of  the   foot-soldiers  were   slain. 

5.  And    some    proceeded    and    others    followed. 

6.  And  he  ^^  said  ^*  the  expedition  was  against  the 
Pisidians.  7.  All  urged  Xenophon  to  go.  8.  And 
she  gave  him  much  money.  9.  The  commanders 
(are)  safe.  10.  Many  of  the  barbarians  were  upon  " 
this  pyramid.  11.  And  there  were  many  other  vil- 
lages on^*  this  plain.  12.  He  tried  to  restore  the 
exiles.       13.     The   general,    accordingly,    gave   the 


I 


A 


i  V  V 


134 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


satrap  a  four-horse  chariot.      14.    There  is  in  this 
place  a  palace  of  the  ^^  great  king. 


^ 


NOTES. 


*  Him  who  has,  etc. 


•  I  186. 


«  Partitive  genitive,  1 142,  2,  n.  2.    '"  §  184.  1. 


3  §  189. 

*  I  175.  1. 

*  ^  134,  N.  1  d. 

*  g  134.  3,  second  paragraph. 
'  I  138,  N.  7. 

»  §  277,  5. 


"  €ir(  with  the  genitive. 
"  €ir(  with  the  accusative. 
•'  I  143,  1,  IT.  2. 
"  ^|U  with  the  infinitive. 

'*  4v. 

••  See  note  1,  Lesson  XXI. 


LESSON    LXII. 

Pronouns. 
Grammar  :  §§  144-154.    Omit  §  144,  2  h. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  ovK  ef  IcTOVy  Z  B€vo<\>(!}Vy  io-fiei^'^  qv  fia^ 
yap  €<^'  iTnrov  oxct,  ey<w  8c  x<^^^^^  Kdfxvo)  rfjv 
ao-TTtSa  <f>€p<ov.  2.  X€Lpi(TO(l)ov  8c  fccXcuet  ot,  (rvfini^- 
xjfou  ano  tov  oTOfxaTos  dvSpas,  3.  a7ropov}ievoi<; 
8'  aurot?  Trpocry)\0€  tis  aunjp.  4.  avros  8€|^ta?  8ov?^ 
(TwiXa^e  rov^  (TTparrjyoik-  5.  V  ^^  dinZv  im- 
(TK€\lfcofjLe6a  Twe;  iriTraanai  o'(f)€v86vaf;y  /col  tovto)  ho)- 
fi€P  avT(ov  '  afyyvpiovy  t<ro>9  Tti^s  (fiavovmai  Ikcu^oI  i7/i.as 

ftK^cXcW/.        6.      XotTTW*    /XOt    CtTTCU'    OTTCp    Kttt    fl€yL(TTOV 

voixilfii  dvai,  7.  aXXov  rtj^os*  hei  npo<;  rovrot?  ots 
Xeyci.  8.  01  cnrparrjyoly  ot  8ia  7rtoTca>s  rots  ^ap^a- 
pots  cavTois  Q^ex^pixTOv,  iroKKa  kox  KaKa  Tr€7r6i/da(nv, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


135 


9.  7r/>o9  Sc  ySacrtXca  Trefinwp  -q^iov  a&eK(f>o<i  &p  ^  avrov 
SodrjpaL  oV  raura?  ra?  ttoXci?.  10.  Ae^nnrop  8c 
KcXcuovo-t  Stacrajo-cu/ra  avroi?^  ra  npoBaTa,  ra  aei/ 
avTov     Xa^ctj',    ra  8^  acfiij-a/   anoSovvaL.      11.    ouv 


cupa  eorip  a/xcAeti/  17/10)^  aurcor.^"  12.  ei^yap  ra 
crd"  /caXais  c^ot.^^  13.  TeKpLrjpiov  Sc  rovrou  /cat 
TO&e}^      14.     cru   TC    yap   "^iXr^v    ct    K:at    T7/xct9    ro- 


lAr^Tt^cd 


\ 


(TOVTOl 


H      » 


t         '^ 


oj/rcs  oo-ous  cri>  6pa9.  15.  ovs  ow  coJpa 
cC/cAoi/ras  KLvovv€veWy  tovtov<;  ap^ovra<;  inoieL  rj^ 
KaTeaTp€(l)€To  X^P^^-^^  16.  K:at  8etrat  crou  rijfiepop 
Toxnov  TOV  oivov  Iktti^w  crifp  oU^^  /xaXtcrra  <^tXcts. 
17.  TO/a  yvcofirjp  e)(cts  Trcpt  7-^9  iropeCas ;  18.  ct 
ouj'  ^  aiToh^ixddr)  riva  XPV^^  rfyelo-OaL,  ovk  av, 
OTTOTe  oi  TroXcfjLLOi  cX^otci//^  ySouXcvccr^at  '^/ia9  Scot." 

II.  1.  /am  willing  to  transport  you.  2.  For 
they  are  now  themselves  burning  the  king's  country. 
3.  But  once  the  king's  army  ^^  invaded  their  coun- 
try.^ 4.  And  beside  these  he  had  (those)  whom  ^ 
the  king  gave  him.  5.  But  if  any  one  sees  another 
better^  (plan),  let  him  speak.  6.  And  he  commanded 
what  soldiers  he  himself  had  to  follow.  7.  Having 
persuaded  his  own  city,^  he  sailed  away.  8.  But 
they  attempted  to  induce  him  to  return.  9.  Where- 
fore the  king  did  not  perceive  the  plot  against^ 
himself.  10.  You  neither  love  them^  nor  (do) 
they  ^  (love)  you.  11.  But  with  these  arms  we  will 
fight  even  for^  your  possessions.  12.  He  thinks 
the  general  sent  back  to  him  ^  what  army  he  had. 


%. 


136 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Vi^ 


13.  Cyrus  set  out  with  ^^  (those)  whom  I  have  men- 
tioned. 14.  He  designated  the  same  man  (as) 
general.  15.  They  planned  these  same  (things). 
16.    Who  wounded  Cyrus,  the  son*'  of  Darius? 


NOTKt. 


*  The  preceding  pause  prevente  the  recession  of  the  accent 


«  §  277,  5 
^  I  178. 

*  Sc.  iirrL 

*  Something  else.    See  {}  172,  1 
«  2  277,  2. 

'  Accented  when  emphatic. 

•  S  184,  3. 

•  S  145,  1. 
»<>  I  171,  2. 

"  Sc.  irpa^fiiara. 
"  I  251.  I. 
"  I  148,  N.  1. 


"  I  154,  K. 

"  I  153,  H.  1. 

»»  i  134,  H.  2. 

«•  I  224,  and  3  232,  with  4. 

"  A  royal  army. 

*  Threw  (iUelf)  in  upon  (tit)  them. 

«  Use  Sfnn. 

"  Neuter  singular. 

"   The  of  himself  city,  I  U2,i,  U.S. 
u 


**  Use  ^KcCyot* 


"  I  87.  1. 

"  Accusative  of  the  reflexive  with  irpid. 

"  *X-v.  "  i  141.  N.  4 


-•o«- 


LESSON   LXIII. 

Kominative,  Aocnsatiye,  and  Yooatiye  Oases. 


V 


Grammar  :  §§  157-166.  Bead  the  Bemaxks  preceding 
§§  157,  158,  but  omit  §  162. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  K<u  iiroiow  ovToK  o5roi.  2.  Z  daviicunm- 
Tare  cwdponre,  avye  ov8e  bpStv  yiyvdiTKei^  ovSe 
OKovoH/  fUfunria-cu.  3.  aXX'  opare,  Z  avSp€<!,  rtjv 
pcuriXecJi  iirwpKiav   koI   ao-e^euw.     4.    wopevopjevoi, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  137 

irorafiov,  to  eS/jos  nXidpiatov.  5.  p.€wavT€<s  Se  rav-  ^"^^ 
n^i'  TT7»'  5/ie/)ar  r^  SkXy '  inopeiovro.  6.  dXXA  ^A  ^-^ . 
Tovs  ^€9vs  oi/c  ^ya>ye  a^ois  Stofw.  7.  rtxroirov^ 
yap^  -grrja-f  tov  <raTpdTrr,v.  8.  Toiavra  roi-s  ex^/Joi^ 
lyAt^"^  ol  0€ol  7roL7Jo-ov(rii>.  9.  Sec  tov  .TTparuiTrju 
<l>o^€ia-e<u  pSXkov  TOV  ipxovTa  ^  roi?  fl-oXe/^i'ovs.  ei 
/ifXXei  ^vXa^cAs  <l>v\d$€w.  10.  KpdTurTov.  5  Xei- 
/)<.'cro^^.    ^^r^    SEa-(?(u    cis    rcCxitrra    eVl    to    i^^oor. 

11.  ^crre    koi    XPW'^ra    crwe^dKXovTo    airr^    ek 
r^   Tpo(fyr}v   TSiv    KXTpaTwyrmv    <u    ttoXcis    e/coCtrai.* 

12.  TO  8c  Xotfl-w'  TTupaxTop^ea.  TavTjys  T^s  Tafetus.* 

13.  iflreixo./    T^s    x«paS/>as   oVoi.    5kt(J,    oToStbvs. 

14.  |A/)iaM)s  Se',  &»-  ,j,ieis  ridiXop^v  ySao-iXe'a  Ka0c(rrd. 

vai.-^fiis  KOK&s'  notiu^  ireipaTM.      15.    KXe'a/jxe  »cal 

n/)o^a/6,  Kol  ol  dXXoi  oi  irap6vTi%  "EXXiyves.  oi/t  Tore 

5  Ti  ^otccTe.      16.     ^<T<w   hk   vf,    ACa    koI    ^^a,v    ot   ^^ 
€Oct(r<u/,  / 

t 

n.  1.  And  another  army  was  collected  for  him 
m  the  following' manner.  2.  For  these  have  sworn 
falsely  by '  the  gods.  3.  We  will  ask « the  general 
whether  he  has  garrisons  in  the  cities.  4.  Why 
do  you  ask  me  for  boats?  5.  And  thence  they 
proceeded  one  stage,  four  parasangs.  6.  They 
wished  to  rob  them  of  their  land.  7.  The  general 
has  committed  a  great  error.'  8.  In  the  following 
manner,'"  therefore,  he  made  "  his  levy.  9.  But  the 
Greeks  proceeded  safely  for  the  rest ''  of  the  day 


138 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


10.  And  the  foundation  was  fifty  feet  ^'  in  height. 

11.  They  remained  there  seven  days.  12.  Through 
the  middle  of  the  city  ^*  there  flows  a  river,  which  is 
called  the  Cydnus,"  two  plethra  in  width.  13.  He 
was  chosen  general.^®  14.  This  man  became  king. 
15.    What  opinion  have  you  expressed,  Socrates  ? 

NOTES. 

>  {  189.    Sc.  iji^^p^  *  2  171,  1 

*  I  138,  V.7.  •  5  1G5,  F.  1. 

3  T^  XoiWv,  henceforth,  §  160,  2.       •  g  160,  2,  and  $  148,  v.  1. 
»  I  158,  N.  2. 

•  Observe  that  ask  here  means  inquire  of. 

»  §  159,  y.  2.  .  "  §  160,  2,  ninth  example. 

»  «»«.  "  i  169,  3,  first  example. 

"  Middle.  "  g  142.  4.  v.  4. 

*•  TFAic^  w  called  the  Cydnus,  i.e.  C^cinti*  in  name. 
"  S  166.  N.  4. 


LESSON   LXIT. 

Gknitive  Oase. 

Grammar:   §§  167-172.   Read  the  Remark  preceding 

§167. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  im  Ttti?  )8ao*tXca>9  Ovpai^;  ^crav,  2.  Ofioy; 
Si  oi  TToKKol  St'  ai(rxvirr)p  kolL  oXKtJXcji/^  koI  Kvp^ 
crvinr)Ko\o-v$7)0'av.  3.  Kcuyap^  vofial  TroKkal  ^ocrKT)- 
y  fxdrcjv  KaT€kT](f>0rj(T(w.  4.  Kpr)nl<;  8*  virrjv  Xidiirrj  to 
ihfros  cticocrt  ttoocdv,  O.  #cat  TOiv  OLapoLvovrtav  tov 
norafiov  ovSeis  i^pexdrj  ai/cjTepcj  tcjv  fiaoTOiv^  vwo 
U^  roi)  TTOTa/xoC.      6.    rcii'  /xci/  yap  i^t/ccuKrcui/  to  /caraiccu- 


li 


a 


ger.  6.  He  marched  on  to  the  river,  which  was  a 
plethrum »  in  width.  7.  The  water  did  not  touch 
the  hay.     8.   It  is  right  to  obtain  this.     9.   No  one 


^< 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  139 

ft'/.'  •  (V<t  1  <[^x\ 

vuv.rStv  Se  ■^Trtofia^av  to  airoOv^a-Keiv  iari.     7.    kcu 

hrraZda  noWf,  Kpavyq  ^v  tov  (r^aTT^Ta.     8.    kou, 

iTaia^   aiToi^   \a^6uTa<!  roO   ^ap^a^tb^^paTov 

<TW€Kp,pil^w   ra?   Sipii^a^.      9.     t5»u    SI    wep'^r^ 

peTeSCBocrcw  aXX7,'\ow.»  ^  IQ.    ip^l^  yip  B6$eT€  atVtoi 

e&'at    a/,f<uT£5    tov   8ia;8<aiJAi?>      H.     ^^^^^   ^ 

KaTcMfavVw/io;  ras    d/ttcifa?    As   ej^o/Ae/,    wa  p^   to. 

Ce^    WJ-^^arpaTTry^.     12.  ^ovTlerai  oS..    Koi    <t^  nIt^ 

Touro.^  yevWat.     13.^  ravra  SI  avm^^.^y.^^i^a  ^v»  U..cl 

Ttf,  a-UTpanevo^i  rrj?  ^pa^.     U.(  koI  tS>v  ^rrpaTiitr  ^ 

T  °L^^-^OH-^oL  a7ra.Xa5Xeo-(U'.~^   15.    e'^amVijs  m 

MS'  aiWrwv  eTofevop  ^ol  J7r7r«s  /col  Tre^oi.  oi  S'  eV^o/- 

So.'a.K      16.  Kol  er  «9  SI'  XPni^rmi.''im0vpel  Kpa- 

T^iv  ^cpd<T0<o.     ^7.    SK^^^pa?  a,  erxoi'  <rKe7rd<rpaTa 

empwhta-av  xoprov  kov^v.      18.    waVe?  ydp  ,fou^s 

*^'*^^i?'  ^^f/*^^«-  19.  d  SI  arpariSrat  airol  Iwi. 
(TiTUTiMy  Seo/te/oi  Sia  toCto  ievpowTW.  20.  y^a^ 
/t€  Twj'  Imrevew  i-mdvpLOwrmv. 

n.  1.  But  we  resolutely  refrained  on  account  of 
our  oaths  (sworn  in  the  name)  of  the  gods.  2.  And 
underneath  there  was  a  foundation  of  polished  stone. 
3.  And  upon  this  foundation  a  brick  fort  a  hundred 
feet  in  height  had  been  built.  4.  So  the  great  (part) 
of  the  Greek  (army)  was  in  this  way  persuaded. 
5.   Many  of  the  beasts  of  burden  perished  oV  hun- 


i; 


140 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


tasted  food.  10.  And  he  commanded  Clearchus  to 
lead  the  right  wing.  11.  Many  of  the  barbarians 
had  fled  from  the  villages.  12.  For  the  cities  were 
the  satrap's.  13.  They  did  not  consider  him  (one) 
of  the  soldiers.^"     14.    And  no  one  missed  (his)  man. 

15.  And  he  gave  attention  also  to  the  barbarians. 

16.  There  is  need  of  slingers  and  horsemen. 
lf\  But  some  of  the  soldiers  heard  the  man's  voice, 
and  opened  tlie  gate. 


NOTE8. 


'  And  {this  wai  the  cai€)for. 
"  I  175,  1. 
»  \  184,  2. 
«  \  2G2,  2. 
•  I  118,  4. 


•  But  {hi)  further  (koO- 
'  vnt)  with  the  genitive. 
•*  ^VTO,  i  276,  1. 
»  §  169,  3. 
^  I  169,  2. 


■*o*- 


« 


LESSON   LXV. 

Genitive  Oase  (cmitiniced). 
Grammar  :  §§  173-183.     Omit  §  176,  2,  aud  §  179,  2. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  (hev  Tov  oi^Spd?.  2.  ra  8'  apuara  idieoero 
KQ^a^  rjvio'^Qn^.     3.    rovrov'  ere   C'^X.cS.  '  4.    aXX'  ovSc 

^"^  TovTO)p  crTeprjcovrai,  5.  ( fiaKporepov  yap  oi  'PdStoi 
ratv  Uepcrcjv  'ia'<f>eiSov(ov,)  6.  ovro)  ^  Trepcya^OLTo  aa/ 
Tcjv  avrLcrracTLcoTatv,      7.    koI  iroXefJiLov  ovSci/09  /carc- 

'  yeXa.  8.  ra  §€  cxrirnScta  norepov'  (ovelaOcu  Kpeir- 
rov  iK  Ttj^  ayopa^  ^9  ovtol  wapel^ov,  fiiKpa  fierpa^ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  141 

woWov  apyvpiov,  ^  avrou?  *  \afij5(W€Lp  ;     9.    8iQ>fci 
yip  cr€  aae^dX    10.    6  hk  ^Trtcrwerrat  Soia-€u/  (u^l 
Sap€t/coC  Tpia  -qfiiBapeLK^  tov  p,^h<:  roJ  (TTpaTLaiTr). 
11.    icoi  6  carpaTn)^  fidXa  raxcojs  cfa>  ySeXoJi/  ciTrc- 
Xcipct.^^  12.    Kvpo,  S'  oSi/  i,^^^  eVl  ri  dp^y  oiSc^if 
/C6>Xti),^09.^      13.    KaKw^  yip  TS>y  ^fj,^ripa>u  ix6i//^u' 
ndpT€<;  oSrot  069  6par€  /5dpj3apoL  TrokefiuiTepoL  rifilp 
ia-oPTaL  tZp  napi  ^ocriXcr  6jn^Jf.      14.    TroXXaw  S' 
^i'^  rSci.  ja/>a    Ti?    <rT€L/3ofi4pa^    68oi^    koI   ;1>^S^' 
/cat    x^p^i'   /cat   6(f>0aXfia)p   (TT€pop.6^ov^    dp0p(l^irZv<s. 
15.    rii.   ct'9   rii/    TToXc/xo^    ipycou,    rof  1/079^%^"  ^col  ,^ 
OKovrUrem,   <f>L\ofia0€(rraTo^   ^v,       16.   \o\(yyovp4-'^^ 
vo^  iK'  ndvT(ou  T^u  iiiirWpm  aiJrov  i^6vT(ov  cSofc 
y^'f'^^l^P  ^oXefiLKik.     17.   ^(u;  yA^  ot  Xo^a- 
yol  TrXrforiop  aXXyjXoiP.      18.    ravra  T€vieo-0€  Ki^pll, 


w*^< 


**'£►<'-»- , 


«}u»'-..^< 


II.  1.  The  soldier  was  convicted  of  treason. 
2.  He  admired  the  citizens  for  their  virtue.  3.  0 
Zeus!  what  luck!  4.  But  w,  though  we  saw'' 
many  good  (things),  resolutely  refrained  from  them. 
5.  For  these  are  still  more  cowardly  than  those  who 
have  been  defeated  ^«  by  us.  6.  And  they  over- 
came the  light-armed  soldiers.  7.  But  the  Greeks 
were  about"  eight  stadia  distant  from  the  ravine. 
8.  He  sold  the  horse  for  fifty  darics.  9.  The  king 
will  not  fight  within  ten  days.  10.  And  the  plain 
abounded  in^^  trees  of  every  sort,  and  in  vines. 
11.  For  these  rivers  are  impassable  at  a  distance 
from  their  sources.     12.    These  (things)  took  place 


H 


f^A^A 


\^ 


\, 


\ 


(^^^      CK.1L. 


142 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


143 


while  the  Greeks  were  going  away.^^  13.  And  for 
some  time  ^*  the  barbarians  delayed  their  march. 
14.  For  this  general  was  at  the  head  of  ^'^  the  mer- 
cenary (force)  in  the  cities.^®  15.  The  horse  was 
sacred  to  the  Sun.  16.  But  all  this  (is)  hard  (to 
do)  by  night  and  when  there  is  an  uproar.  ^^ 

NOTES. 

»  I  226,  1.  ■  irtfTipov . . .  ^,  I  282,  5. 

^  In  apposition  to  Ta  €«vTTJ8«ta. 

•  Modifies  lifias  understood,  the  subject  of  Xe4iPavfiv,  §  146,  1. 
»  I  278,  1,  and  §  277,  2.    Compare  I  278,  1,  with  I  183. 

•  §  278,  1,  and  §  277,  4. 

^  As  was  agreed  by,  etc.  *'   Was  very  full  of. 

•  To  have  shown  himself  |  260,  2.    »»  |  278.  1,  and  277,  1. 

•  I  277,  5.  "  g  161. 

»  I  276,  2.  **  Pluperfect  of  irpot«rn](u. 

"  ihrw,  "  2  141,  N.  3,  and  §  142,  1. 


f- 


y.lX 


LESSON   LXVI. 


Dative  Oase. 


Grammar:  §§  184-189.    Read  the  Remark  preceding 
§184. 

Exercises. 


oi^'V«b«A- 


'VwUtA.UJL. 


I.     1.    i(n]iJLr)V€^  7019  ''EXXT^o't  rfj  crdKmyyif   kcu 
ei0v<;  eOeov  ojioae  oTs  tlp^To?     2.    So/cci  /uigt  ^orjOew 


e^t^im 


•^  •  iirl  TOv<s  Koqyra^, 


_., ^ 3.    TO  Sc  OTpaTevfia  aural  avare- 

i^f*^/*^  rapay/xei'oi'    lirop^iero.     4.     wo/xa    8c    -^i/    t^    TrdXct 
i  MctTTTtXa.     5.    Trdm'e^  yap  jrorafiol  Trpoiovai^  npo^ 

ras    TTTjyas    Sta^aroi    ytyi'oi^ai.      6.     vTTO^cipWt    Sc 
firj^TTOTe  yei/w^eOa  ^ali/rc9  rot?  TroXc/xtot?.     7.    ra  Sf 


\ 


*f/)ca  tSj/  oKLCTKOfia^cop  rjv  TrapaTArjo-La  roi<;  eK(uf>eC 
oL^y  anakcoTepa  Se.  ^  8.    ov  yap  fcpayy^,  dXXa  (nyj}, 
npocr^eo-ai/.     9.    ci^u9  C7r6t8i7  av7ff4pdri^^%/uoia  avraj'*^ 
e/imTTTCi,  Ti  KaTaKeLfiai;      10.  ^ye^vpa  §e  ctt^z/  e^ev-     ^{iie^u  » 
y/x€j/i;   TrXotot?  CTrrct.)    11.    t^  Se  avjy^rjjxepa  rjXOei/    ^^^^ 
im  rrji/  Sid/Sacrw  tov  worafiov,      12.    ocrw  al/  Oolttov 
cX^w/  Too-ovTO)  aTrapaa-KevoTepco  ^acnkeL^  fiaxovfiai, 
13.    Tovroc?  V^^  Kvpo9.      14.^  01  yip  tVTroi  airol^  'J^^^t 
^SScPTai,^     15.    7raj/777  yap  irdvra  tol<;  0€ol<;  vnoxa, 
16.    ai/ayi/ou9  7171'  iincrToXr)]/  au/aKoii/oyraL  XcjKpdreL 
r(a  'A07)uai(o  nepl  7179  7ro/)€ta9.      17.    irpay p^ara  ira- 
pexovo-L  Tavra  rd  iOvrj  rfj  x^P9"     18.    ov  (rvpenopeOa 
avTO).     19.    tI  KaXov  irriirpaKTo  vpiv ;     20.   idv  lcoox, 
pLcr0o(f)opd  earat  to7^  (7T/>ancurat9. 

♦ 

11.     1.    They  snouted  to  one  another  not''  to  run. 

2.  But  the  soldiers  were'^angfy  with  their  generals. 

3.  And  many  of  their  arms  were  beingj^kfried  for 
the  soldiers  on  wagons.  4.  And  on  the  third  (day) 
he  called  an  assembly.  5.  There  Gyrus  had  a  pal- 
ace. 6.  It  is  safer  for  them  to  flee  than  for  us. 
7.  /,  fellow  Greeks,  both  was  faithful  to  Gyrus,  and 
(am)  now  well-disposed  to  you.  8.  He  kept  wa^ng 
with  ^  the  satrap.  9.  They  feared  that  the  enemy 
might  attack  them.  10.  He  hurls  his  axe  (at  him).' 
11.  This  wine  is  much  sweeter.  12.  But  on  the 
fourth  day  they  descend  into  the  plain.  13.  He  will 
sink  us  with  our  very  triremes.®  14.  For  he  did  not 
envy  those  who  were  rich.^°     15.   Shall  we  trust  this 


■  t 


144 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


145 


guide  ?  16.  The  arrows  were  useful  to  the  soldiers. 
17.  On  this  account"  let  him  pay  nothing,  either  ^^ 
to  me  or^^  to  anybody*^  else.  18.  And  he  says  to 
him,  '*  Do  not  do  this."  19.  The  soldiers  must  pro- 
ceed to  the  city  at  once. 

NOTES. 

»  5  134,  jf.ld. 

*  The  subject  is  indefinite,  not  an  infrequent  construction  in  the  per- 
fect and  pluperfect  passive.    See  |  134,  n.  1  e. 

•  To  those  who  go  forward  (or  up-stream). 

•  I  184,  3.  H.  4. 
»  I  283,  3. 


*  I  223,  and  ?  232,  With  3. 
»  I  186.  N.  1. 
■  He  sends  {at  him)  with  his  axe. 

*  With  the  triremes  themselves. 
">  S  276,  2. 


Use  tt||u. 
"  On  accourU  of  this, 
"  I  283,  9. 


to* 


LESSON   LXVII, 

Prepositions  and  Adverbs. 

Grammar  :  §§  191-194.  In  §  191,  commit  the  general 
meaning  or  meanings  of  each  Preposition  to  memory,  and 
make  special  study  of  the  Examples. 

Exercises. 

1.  avTov  oe  aKovTil,€i,  ns  irakTca  vtto  rov 
6(f>0a\fi6v  /3tauu9.  2.  Kcu  (rw^nefixjfa^  airry  arpario}- 
ras  CIS  rpiaKoo'Lov^,  3.  raCra  Sc  rjyyekkov  irpo^i 
Kvpop  oi  avTOfio\T](TavT€<;  c/c  Ta>v  ttoXc/xiwi/  napa 
fia(riX€(t)<;  npo  rfjs  fid^rf^;,  koI  /xcra  rr)v  p-d^-qv  aXXot 
ravra  tj^/^XKov*     4.    /cat  TTLe^op^vos  inb  tSw  oiKOk 


airnarao-LCDTCJu  cp^^erat  tt/do?  tov  Kvpop,  5.  Hci^ta? 
7rpo€L(TTrJK€L  Tov  iv  Tttt?  TToXecrt  ^eVLKOV^  6.  levTo 
axTirep  au  Spdpoi  rts  irepl  vitcq^;  kcu  pdXa  ^  Kara  npa- 
pov^  yr)\6<f>ov.  7.  Kvpo<;  Sc  pera  royv  aWcop  i^eXav- 
vei  Sta  rauTT;?  1^79  X^P^^  ^/^^^  irokiv  peydX-qv  /cat 
evcaipopa.  8.  ct^oi/  Se  oTpeirTov^  wepl  rot?  rpaxyj-  Lf'^ae^U^ 
Xot9  fcat  \/fc\ta  nepl  rot?  x^P^'^^-  9-  ^ravOa  ^v 
7rapd8€Loro<:  ndpv  peyaq  /cat  /caXo?.  10.  ecrrt  Sc 
^acrtXcta  cj/  KcXati^ot?  ipvpvd  inl  rat9  Tnyyat?  rov 
Mapo-uou  TTOTapov  vwo  rfj  aKpoiroXet  •  /5ct  Sc  /cat 
ouro9  Sta  7179  7rdXca)9  /cat  c/iy8aXXct  ct9  rw  Mcuai/Sooi/. 

11.  ravra   crot   rt/xi7i/   otcrct   ct9   tov  CTrctra  ^fi^^^^' 

12.  aloTc  T^  vo-Tepala  Kvpoq  iiropev^To 'qp^XrjpJvo)^  JlfA^iJLW 
/LtaXXoi/.  13.(^cv^v9  c/c  naiScop  KXiirreip  peXerataLP  ol 
AaKeSaipopLoC)  14.  p^rd  tovto  iTropevOrjcrap  kirrd 
oraOpov^,  opd  irorre  Trapaxrdyyaq  7^9  rjpepaq,  wapd^^  ^"^  ^^^ 
TOP  ^ao-LP  TTOTapop,  15.  ot  Sc  ci^acrai/  d7roSc5o-cti/ 
c<^*  oj  pi)  /cacti/ ^  ra9  ot/cta9.  16.  e/  7roi/ot9  Ai/  /cat 
/cti/SiJi/ot9    <f>ck   peya    c/c    Ato9    ctSo/.    (17.    dft<^t    £1/ 

f^  ct^oi^  hiei^poPTo^     18.    /cat  uttc/o  T7J9  *EXXdSo9  iTipcO' 
povprfp  p^ff  vpoip,  c/c  r^9  x^P^^  avTov^s  i^eXavpcDP, 

II.  1.  Cyrus  leaped  down'  from  his  chariot  and 
mounted*  his  horse.  2.  After  this  (man)  another 
got  up.  3.  Both  were  carried  down  from  the  rocks* 
4.  Men  are  not  able  to  live  there  on  account  of  the 
heat.  5.  For  it  was  not  safe  to  stand  among  the 
trees.  6.  He  will  make  war  by  aid  of  the  exiles. 
7.    We  will  do  this  to  the  extent  of  our  power. 

i^^    C|rA  A.V'v-t^    <^»v^    UtLmt 


^«u/ 


146 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


147 


8,  He  sent  for  Cyrus  *  from  his  province.  9.  Cyrus 
promised  to  give  each*  soldier  three  half-darics  in- 
stead of  a  daric  each^  month."'  10.  He  said  he  was 
going  ofF^  towards  Ionia.  11.  And  they  said®  that 
these  dwelt  up  along  the  mountains.  12.  He  looked 
out  for  the  barbarians  near  himself.  13.  But  with 
aid  of  these  we  will  fight  even  about  your  possessions. 
14.  The  general  led  down  the  road.  15.  About 
dark  he  arrived  at  a  village,  and  found  girls  from  the 
village  at  the  spring  fetching  water.  16.  If  we 
should  go  away/°  we  should  utterly  perish  of" 
hunger. 


NOTK9. 


*  Construe  with  irpavovs* 

*  §  267. 

'  Use  a  compound  verb. 

*  Literally  went  up  on. 
»  I  193. 

*  Use  the  article  for  each. 


'  I  179,  1. 

•  I  200,  N.  3  6 

*  Use  ^|JiC 
»*  §  277,  4. 

"  Literally  under,  by. 


LESSON   LXYIII. 

Voioes.  — Tenses. —Oaneal  Sentenoea.— Imperative  and  Subjnno- 
tive  in  Oommands,  Exhortations,  and  Prohibitions. 

Grammar:  §§  195-199;  §§  200,  201,  with  §  90,  2; 
§  250;  §§  252-254,  and  §  202,  with  1. 

Exercises. 

I.      1.    rjfi€l(;    iKewov    ov/ccrt    OTpaTLayraC  icrfiev,^ 
incC  yc  oi   orwcTrd/xc^a   avr^.      2.    aXAa   /caXoJ?  yc 


■■:! 


{aii/r€9  rots  TroXc/itbts.  3.  el  Sk  /irj  aol  Toif<:  arpa- 
Tuoraq  (rvyKoKeu/  SoKei,  Xeye  /cat  StSacr/ce.  4.  ayere^ 
oeimnja-aTe,  5.  wapo)fjL€u  ow  cocnrep  Kvpos  KeKevei. 
6.  ;(aXc7ra  ccrrt  to,  irapovra,  ottotc  orparrjycov  ot€- 
pofieffa.  7.  /cat  ^T^Scts  VTToka^rj  fie  ^ovXea-dai 
\adetv,  8.  v/Ltets,  &  avhpe;  orpaTrjyoL,  tovtols  dno- 
Kpu/ao-de,  9.  KparcL  t&p  fir)^  koKcji/  iindvyLL&v. 
10.  /A7;8€t9  oUa-do)  fie  tovto  Xeyeiv,  11.  firf  ffrjcrde 
vofiov  firfho/a,^  dXXa  rov9  pKdirrovTas  vfid^  kva-are. 
12.  a/coucrarc  tovs  \6yov<;  fiov,  13.  fxij  fioi  ami- 
Xc^9.  14.  fiTf  TToXefxeiTe  SZlkov  nokefiov,  15.  /co- 
Xao-OTJTCJo-ap  he  vvu  a^ioiq  rfjs  dSt/cta?.^  16.  ei  8e 
rts  vfian/  advfiel  art  rffilv  fih/  ovk  elali/  tTTTrct?  rot? 
8e  7roXc/i,tots  TroXXot  TrdpeLcrLi/,  ei/6vfnjdrfTe  otl  oi 
fivpioi  t7nrct9  ovSci/  aWo  ff  fivpiot  elcru/  at/OpojiroL. 
17.  OT(p  ovv  ravra  ooKel  /caXois  e)(eiVy  oa/aTeivaTO) 
T7fv  X^*/>^-  ai/eTew(w  dnavre^,  18.  Xeyw  ydp  tov^ 
irokefiov^  Tovs  enl  ©rycrco)?  TrokefiTfOevra^, 

n.  1.  Let  us  not  leave  the  discussion  unfinished. 
2.  Tell  us  this  first.  3.  But  he  "^  is  angry,  because 
Proxenus  speaks  of  his*  ill-treatment  lightly.  4.  Let 
us  see  this  horse.  5.  Let  him  come.  6.  Do  not  be 
dispirited  on  this  account.®  7.  Let  us  conquer  those 
who  have  been  drawn  up  before  the  king.  8.  But 
now,  since  the  struggle  is  for^^  deliverance,  be  much 
braver.  9.  Do  not  lie.  10.  Open  the  door. 
11.     Do  not  despise  yourself.      12.    Provide  your- 


148 


FIRST    LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


149 


selves  with  arms.      13.    Let  us   write    a   letter   to 
the  king.      14.     Let  us    go    up    on    the    mountain. 

15.  Fear    the    gods     and     honor     your     parents.^^ 

16.  Let    the    orator    be    honored    by    his    fellow- 
citizens. 


NOTES. 


*  I  195,  N.  1,  first  sentence. 
«  I  253,  N. 

3  I  283,  5. 

*  §  283,  9. 

*  g  182,  1,  and  1 178,  n. 
«  3  86. 


'  I  143,  1,  K.  2. 

«  I  148. 

"  On  account  of  thi». 

"  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 


LESSON   LXIX. 

Interrogatiye  Subjunctive,  and  Subjunctive  and  Future  Indica 

tive  with  ov  /at/. —Verbals. 

Grammar  :  §§  256,  257 ;  §  281  entire. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  cTKeTrriov  iariv  otto)?  dcr<^aX€OTaTa  fievov- 
fiei/,  2.  firf^  TovTo  TroLajjjLev ;  3.  ^ovXei  ovv  inL- 
(rKOTTotfiev ;  4.  ov  fiij  ae  Kpv\lf(o  wpos  omiva 
fiovkoiiaL  a<^iKea'6aL?  5.  TToXXa  yap  o/opS)^  hC  a 
ifiol  TOVTO  ov  TToirjfriov,  6.  fjv  yap  aira^  Sue*  ^ 
Tpi(t)V  r)fji€p<!>v  oSov  anoo'XCJfieVf  ovk4ti  firj  hvvrfTaL 
/Sao-iXci/s  'qfJLOL^s  KaToXa^eiv,  7.  t/ca^os  8c  /cat  icTTLU 
ifjLiroLTJa'aL  toIs  irapoycriv^  w?  ireLOTeop  ccrn  KXc- 
dp^a)»^  8.  fJLTjS*  epwfJiaL  onoaov  ttcdXci  ;  9.  ov  irpo 
rfjs  akrfd€Las  Ti>firjT€os  amjp,     10.    dXX'  ottcds  /A17  cV 


iKetvq)  yarrjcrofxeOa  Trairra  irovqTiov?  11.  fiiorffa)' 
o-cofxeffa   ovv   KijpvKa,    ^    avTos   avuirin  ;      12.    fcara- 

/3aT€OV   OVU   h^  IX€p€L  eKaOTOV.^        13.      €1770)    OW    CrOt    TO 

aiTiov ;  14.  liTiOvfiriTiov  eo-rt  roi?  avOpcjiroL^  7179 
a/X7T79.  15.  cS  ur^t  ori  ov  /at/  q-ol  fvy;^a>pT/crct>. 
16.  TTOt  (f)vy(Ofia/ ;  17.  fiifxrfT€ou  io-Tiv  r)fxw  tov^ 
ayaOov^,  18.  noTepov^  tovto  fiCav  <^a>/x€j/  i/  u-n 
<f>(OfjL€P  ea/OL  ; 


II.  1.  The  general  must  pursue  the  enemy. 
2.  What  shall  I  say  ?  3.  They  will  not  await  the 
enemy.  4.  We  must  make  war  on  the  barbari- 
ans.*® 5.  For  you  will  never  make  the  vicious 
better.  6.  We  must  not  be  dispirited.  7.  Will 
you  receive  "  him,  or  shall  we  go  away  ?  8.  They 
will  not  be  able  to  go  up  on  the  mountain.  9.  We 
must  not  surrender  these  soldiers  to  the  king. 
10.  We  must  make  every  effort  ^^  never  to  get  in 
the  power  of  the  barbarians.  11.  With  what  ^^ 
shall   I   begin?      12.     You   must   cultivate   virtue. 

13.  Shall  I  proceed  with  ^*  the  army  into  the  city  ? 

14.  Fellow-soldiers,  we  must  make  our  journey  on 
foot.  15.  And  may  I  not*^  answer,  if  some  young 
(man)  questions  me?  16.  The  general  must  pro- 
vide chariots  and  march  against  the  enemy.  17.  We 
must  never  do  the  state  harm,  but  obey  (her). 

NOTES. 

*  I  282,  2,  at  the  end  of  the  examples. 

*  The  indirect  question  (|  149,  2,  eecond  paragraph)  is  the  second 
object  of  Kpi4«*,  I  164. 


+- 


1 


^1 


:i' 


150 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


*  5556  in  {this  undertaking).  »  irap<i|u,  ^  127,  I.,  5.  1. 

*  Here  indeclinable.  •  See  note  9,  Lesson  XXXIV. 
'    We  must  make  every  effort,  etc.,  §  217. 

"  Accusative  of  the  agent.  "  Use  the  personal  construction. 

"  §  282,  5.  "   With  what,  i.e.  whence. 


u 


cx«v. 


»°  I  186,  N.  1. 

"  Future  indicative. 

"  And  not,  f»|8<.     See  also  note  1,  above. 


LESSON    LXX. 

Oonditional  Sentences :  Present  and  Past  Conditions. 

Grammar  :  §  219  entire ;  §  220,  through  I.  a,  2 ;  §§  221, 
222. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  €t  v/x€t9  iOekere  i^opiiau^,  eTrccr^at  vfiiv  jSov- 
kofiat.  2.  €1  TavTa  €7r€7r/3a^€t,  /caXa>9  av  €cr)(Q/. 
3.  *cat  7)fjup  y  av  oI8'  art  Tpia-acryL€vo<;  ^  ravr  iiroUi, 
€1  kdipa  rjfxa*;  fieveiv  napaaKeva^^Ofxevov^.  4.  elwep 
c/xo?   dScXc^o?  eoTi,   ovK  a/xa^cl  ravr'  eyci>   Xr;i/io/iat. 

5.  ct    iatpojv    airopovvra^    v/xa?,    roOr'    cu'   icrKowovp. 

6.  aXXa,  €t  ^ouXct,  /xo'c  ctti  r<5  crrpaTevfiaTL,  iyco  S' 
euiXo)  TTopeveaOaL  •  €t  Se  XP>JCet9,  Tropevov  im  to 
o/>o5,  eyw  8c  /icj^&i  auroi;.  7.  /ecu  cu/  rairr'  iiroUi,  ci 
eeo/sa  rfjia^.  8.  aXX'  ei  ySouXecr^e  o'VPairieuaL,  rJK€Lv 
KeXeveL  v/x-a?  rij?  rufcrd?.  9.  ei  yap  i^pourrfcre,  /ecu 
rjoTpaxIfo^.  10.  ct  8c  rt  dXXo  ^cXtlov,^  ToX/ictra>  /cat 
o  tStcurry?  St8do"/cctj^.  11.  ct  tJ^  6  dduaTo^  rov  ttov- 
TO<i  (XTraXXayry,  ipfiaLOP  av  rjv  tol<;  /ca/cot?.  12.  ct 
jjL€i/Tot    TOTC    TrXctous    oupeXeyrjcrai/,    CKLvhyvevceu    aj^ 


if  II  BUM 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.         151 

hLa<f>eaprivai  noXv  tov  (TTpaTevfiaroq,  13.  ct  roSro 
irewoLTfKa^;,  cVati/cro-^at  ctfto?  ct.  14.  ov/c  5i/  roii/ 
J^W  c/c/)drct,  ct  fiTJ  TV  vavTLKov  elxe.  15.  rj  7roXt9 
fra<Ta^SL€(f>0dp7}  ap,  d  av€fxo<;  i7rey€t^€To.  16.  c5  tV^* 
ort  ct  rt^^  ifiod  iKTJSov,  aiLcofiaros '  /cat  rt//,^9  ^,) « 
airo(TT€p€Lv  fi€  i^vXoLTTov  av. 

II.     1.  But  if  any  one  sees  a  better  (plan),  let  him 
speak.     2.    If  he  had  restrained  himself,  he  would 
now  be  king.      3.    And  if  you   had  not  come,  we 
should  have  proceeded  against  the  king.     4.   If  you 
have  the  money,  pay  it  to  the  soldiers.     5.    If  he 
(is)  a  god,  he  is  wise.     6.    If  the  general  had  wished 
to  go,  the  soldiers  would  have  followed  (him).     7.  If 
he  went  into  the  city,  he  received  the  gold.     8.    He 
would  not  have  done  this,  if  I  had    not    bid    him. 
9.    If  you  say  this,  you  are  deceived.     10.     If  he 
wrote  the  letter,  he  did  well.     11.    If  he  had  done 
this,  he  would  have  injured  me  greatly.®    12.   If  this 
is  so,  I  will  go  away  at  once.     13.    If  the  citizens 
had  been  wise,  they  would  then  have  put  this  tyrant 
to  death.     14.    If  you  have  not  done  wrong,  why 
are  you  about  to  flee  ?     15.    It  would  be  much  more 
wonderful,  if  they  were  honored. 


NOTES. 


'  I  138,  K.  7. 
'  Better  (plan). 
'  I  160.  2. 


Sc.  kni. 


*  'i  164,  N.  2. 

*  Not  to  be  translated  g  283  6 
"  i  159,  N.  2,  and  v.  4. 


152 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   LXXT. 

Oonditional  Sentences:  Putiire  Oonditions. 

GraxMMAR  :  §  220,  I.  h,  1  and  2 ;  §§  223,  224 ;  §  207, 
1  and  2. 

Exercises. 

1.      K(W  fiev  7)  €K€L,   T7JV  QlKTJV  €TnU7)(rOIX€U  aVTCO, 

^p  Sc  <f>vyrj,  r)ix€L<s  iKei  wpos  raura  )8ovXcvcrd/xc^a. 
2.  el  ovv  opcfrjv  u/xa?  (TCJrtjpiop  tl  l3ov\€vofi€POv^, 
eXOoLfXL  av  npo^  vfxa^.  3.  ovtcj  ^  yap  av  u/x€t9  ciTro- 
\e\vp.€i/OL  T^9  a  ma?  ctryrc.^  4.  cyo)  deko),  S)  avSpcs, 
hLa^i^ao-aL  vfia^,  aj/  ifiol  oiv  Sco/iai  VTnjpeTirjcrrjTe  /cat 
TaXapTov  yLicrdov  7ropCcrrjT€.  5.  pw  av,  el  ^ovkoLO, 
(TV  Te  rjixas  omjaaL^  Koi  rjfxe^s  crc  jxeyap  TroLtjo-aifjiep, 
6.  KoxToi  el  a/ia  t  e\evdepo<;  eirjs  /cat  TrXoucrto? 
yei/OLo,  Tivo^  av  Seoio  ;  7.  rjv  Se  Tt5  r)fia^  T7J<;  oSov 
anoKcjXvr),  hiaTroKe/JLijcoixev  tovt<o,  8.  el  Se  aOXa 
TrpoTiOeLT)  rts,  woXif  av  TrXctov?  8ta  tovto  eyLTTOpev- 
OLVTo.  9.  ovS*  el  Travre^  eXdoiev  Ilc/xrat,  nXrjdei,  ye 
oifx^  vTrep^aXoi/xeff*  av  tov9  noXefxiovs.  10.  av  8e 
Tt9  avdicrrfJTaL,  crvv  vpnv  Treipaaofxeffa  ^ct/>ovcr^at. 
11.  ovSe  yap  av  fxe  6  ^acrtXevs  irrawoCr),  el  e^eXav^ 
voLfiL  Tovs  evepyera^,  12.  tjv  ovv  (Ta)<f>povrJTe,  tov- 
Tov  TovavrCa  noLTjcreTe  fj  tovs  Kvvas  ttolovctl  •  tovs 
fiev  yap  Kvva<;  tovs  xctXcTTOus  ras  jiev  rjfjLepas  StScao-t, 
ras  8c  vvKTas  dc^tacrt,  roSroi/  8c,  fjv  (ra)(f>pov7JTe,  rrjv 
vvKTa  fikv  BijcreTef  rfjv  be  rffxepav  a<f>TJa'eTe, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


153 


n.     1.   For  if  we  take  this  height,  those  (who  are) 
above  *  the  road  will  not  be  able  to  remain.     2.    He 
would  gladly  give  them  guides,  if  they  should  wish 
to  go  away.     3.    For  if  they  see  you  dispirited,  they 
will  all  be  cowardly.    4.    What  shall  we  suffer,  if  we 
yield  and  get  in  the  power  of  the  king?     5.    If  they 
should  receive  pledges,  they  would  come.     6.    If  the 
king  shall  fight  within  ten  days,  I  will  give  you  ten 
talents.     7.    For  if  we  should  besiege  this  city,  we 
should  take  it.     8.   And  we  shall  not  be  able  to  pass 
by,  unless  we  cut  off  the  enemy.     9.    If  the  horse- 
men arrive  before  the  battle,  we  shall  be  victorious. 
10.    If^  I  should  escape  the  notice  of  these  (men), 
I  should  be  saved  ;  but  if  I  should  be  taken,  I  should 
suffer  death.     11.    If  therefore  we  make  the  peace, 
we  shall  dwell  in  the  city  in  ^  great  safety.      12.    If  ^ 
therefore  we  should  have  arms,  we  should  make  use 
also  of  our  valor;  but  if  we  should  surrender  these,' 
we  should  lose  our  lives  "^  also. 


NOTES. 

'  In  this  way,  representing  the  protasis.     See  §  226,  1,  with  tlie  laat 
example. 

•  Would  he  freed  from,  ^er(Qci  optative  passive,  §  118,  1.     See  also 
§  202.  2. 

•  Not  even  if  all,  etc.,  not  even  then,  etc. 

^  ol  vTTip  Ttis  oSov,  I  141,  N.  3,  sccond  paragraph. 
'  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 

•  (wrd  with  the  genitive. 

'  Lo9e  our  lives,  lit.  he  rohhed  of  our  hodits. 


164 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   LXXII. 

Oonditional  Sentences :  Present  and  Fast  General  Suppositions.  — 
Expression  of  a  Wish.  —  Gnomic  and  Iterative  Tenses. 

Grammar:  §  220,  II.;  §  225;  §  261,  1  and  2;  §§  205, 
1  and  2,  and  206. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  ot  deol  LKavoi  elcrt  Toif^  fiLKpov*;,  kSlv  ip 
SeivoL^  ZcLt  cratl^eLv  evrrcTCj^,  2.  tovtov  iv€Ka  fiyjre 
TToXcfccirc  AaAceSat/xoj/totg,  aditfiicrOi  rc^  dcr<^aXa>9 
OTTOt  6i\ei  c/cacTTo?.  3.  Tjv  iTrLKovp-qfia  rSiv  ttoSwv, 
ct  Ti5  Tir)v  vvKra  vttoXvolto,  4.  7]v  tl^  Trepi  17/Lias 
afiapTavcjcL,  Trepi  ra?  iavrcjv  i/fv^a?  i.p.apTovova'i, 
5.  T7/Ltct9  yap  av  TOiavra  iraOonio/,^  ola  tou?  i^0pov<; 
ot  B^oi  7roLT](r€Lcu^.*  6.  /cat  ct  rt?  avrw  Sokoltj  twi/ 
npos  TOVTO  T€TayyLeuo)v  )8Xa/ccvctj/,  efcXcyd/xer^o?  tov 
hriTTiheiov  inaLcrev  av,^  7.  rim  hk  orriSas,  av  rts 
TW)(y  avLG-Tjj,  cicTTt  XafjL^dj/eu/.  8.  ct  8c  Twa  opcor) 
oea/ov  ovra  oIkovojxov,  ovZei/a  av  TrconoTe  dc^tXcro.* 
9.  StarcXet  /xtcrcSi/,^  ovk  tjv  tv<;  tl  ^  avrov  dSt/c]^,  dXX* 
ccti/  Tti^a  vTroTrrevaqff  /ScXrtWa  cavrov  cTi/ai.  10.  ct 
OT]  TTore  TTopevoLTO,  TrpocTKoKoiv  Tov^  <^tXoi>9  icrrroV' 
oaioXoyeTro,  11.  ct  rti/c9  iSotcV  ti^  tou9  a'(f)eTipov^ 
iTriKparovma^,  aveddpcrqo-cw  ai/,^  12.  tji  )8ta  npocT' 
eKTw  i)(dpaL  Kol  KLvhwoi,  13.  ras  tcSj'  (f>avk(ov 
(Tvuov(Tia<;  oXtyos  XP^^^^  StcXvcro'.  14.  ivaXaix^a- 
vdiv  avTW  TOL  TTOLTJfiara  St/rjpcjTOM^  av,     15.    ci  i^t- 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


155 


\avvoi  AoTuayiy?,  c<^  Imrov  xpya-o^aXLvov  irepirjye 
TOV  Kvpov,  16.  eWe  aoi,  &  Ilcpt/cXct?,  rdrc  a-uveye- 
vofxrjv, 

n.  1.  But  may  the  gods  take  vengeance  on 
these  traitors.  2.  If  any  one  ever  stole,  he  was 
punished.  3.  Beware  of  slanders,^  even  if  they  are 
false.  4.  0  that  you  may  prove  yourselves  ®  brave ! 
5.  If  they  found  anything  (upon  them),  they  took 
it  away  from  them.  6.  But  it  was  a  protection, 
if  one  journeyed  with  something  black  before  his 
eyes.  7.  0  that  I  had  not  fought  with  the  king ! 
8.  Virtue  is  praiseworthy.^®  9.  If  we  ever  attacked 
the  enemy,  they  escaped  with  ease.  10.  If  the 
soldiers  march  in  good  order,  he  praises  them. 
11.  If  any  one  perjures  himself,  they  impose  ^^  a 
penalty  on  him.  12.  He  used  to  beat^  his  sol- 
diers. 13.  If  he  suspected  that  any  one  was  plot- 
ting against  him,  he  put  him  to  death. 


NOTES. 

*  Aa  imperative  followed  by  an  optative  in  a  wish,  the  two  being 
correlated  by  |itjt€  . . .  ti,  both  .  .  .  not, . . .  and. 

*  §  159,  N.  2. 
'  I  226,  2  b. 

*  A  wish. 

'  Iterative. 

•  2  279,  1. 

'  ^  159,  N.  4. 

•  Use  the  article. 

•  Prove  yourselves,  —  use  the  aorist  of  ylyvofMi, 
"  2  138.  N.  2  c. 

"  I  205,  2. 


1 


(I 


156 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   LXXIII.      . 

Relative  and  Temporal  Sentences :  Conditional  Relative. 
Grammar  :  §§  229-233.    Add  §  231,  n. 

Exercises. 

I.     1.    orct)    ooKei   raiJra,    ovaTuvaTCi}    rr^v    Yctpa. 
2.    TO  ok  \oi7rov  TreLpd/jievoL  TavTrj<;  t!]<;  ra^co)?,  /3ov- 
Xevo-ofxeOa  o  n  iiv  aci  KparioTov  hoKjj  eo/at.      3.    cyoi 
yap  6ki/ol7)v  oj/  ek  ra  irXota  ip.^axv€iv  a  7)plv  8oCrf. 
4.    Tw  Sc  rjyefiopL  Tnorevo-ofxev  op   Slv   Kvpo^  StSw. 
.    Kcu  OL  ovoL,  ineC  ri?  Slcokol,  7rpoSpafi6i/re<s  cora- 
croj/.     6.    Toits  wXeicTTov^    epOanep   inearov    cAcacrrov? 
€0a\pav'  ou$  Sc  /jltj  evpio-Kov,  KevoTa^Lov  avroi?  CTrony- 
o-oj/.      7.    TO)  ^co5  Touro)   6vcrofiev  o-conjpLa  onov  oj/ 
irpSnov    €19    <^tXtai/    X'^P^    a(f>iKcjfi€0a,      8.    StaTro- 
p€V(r6fi€0a   rrjv    x^P^^  ^^   ^    SvpcofieOa    ao-wcara- 
Ttt.     9.    ot   S'   iwel  TOL  apfjiara  wpdtSoiep,  hdai-apTO. 
10.    OTO)  ovv  Tavra  hoKei  Kokm  c^eu/,  inLKvpcoo-dTQ) 
a>9  Tttxtora,  u^'  cyoyoj  irepaLvrjTaL.     11.    ^cu  crvi/  v/iti/ 
o  Tt  ai/  8€j)   TreCo-ofjLau      12.    ottov  orpaTrjyoq  (rZo<; 
GL-q,  Tov  orpaTiqyov  Trapc/caXow.      13.    ot  8c  di^Spc? 
eiCTLi/  Ot  TTOtow/TC?  o  Ti  av  €u  Tttts  /xa;(at9  ytyi^Tat. 
14.    €t9  Ttt   TrXota  T0V9  tc   dcr^ci/oiWa?  ivefiifiacrai/ 
KOL  tUv  o-Kcviov  ocTtt  /X17  oj/dyKr)  Tjv  cxctj/.      15.    09  cu/ 
TttUTa  fi7)vvaj),  k7]xf/€TaL  Tokainov.     16.    inefnre  yap 
fiUov^  olvov,  onore  nduv  rjSvv  XaySot.      17.    i^ftct?  Sc 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


157 


TToXv  fi€P  urxvporepov  waicrofievt  rjv  Tt9  Trpoairj,  noXv 
Sc  /jtaXXoi/  oTov  00/  fiovXcofieOa  Tev^Ofxeda, 

n.  1.  But  we  must  suffer  whatever  seems  best 
to  the  gods.  2.  And  I  should  fear  to  follow  the 
guide  whom  he  might  give  us.  3.  But  if  any  one 
hinder  us  from  our  journey,  we  shall  fight  it  out  with 
him  ^  as  bravely  as  possible.^  4.  He  (is)  a  worthy 
friend,  to  whomsoever  he  is  a  friend.  5.  But  I 
grant  you,  said  he,  whichever  you  wish  to  choose. 
6.  And  in  company  with  you  I  shall  be  in  honor 
wherever  I  shall  be.  7.  He  hunted  on  horseback, 
whenever  he  wished  to  exercise  himself.  8.  When- 
ever any  one  wishes  to  go  away,  he  permits  him.^ 
9.  And  whenever  it  was  necessary  *  to  cross  a  bridge, 
each  ^  company  hastened.  10.  He  would  not  have 
done  what  he  had  not  agreed  to  do.  11.  And 
again,  when  the  horses  approached,  they  did  the 
same  (thing).  12.  (Those)  who®  were  not  able  to 
escape  perished.  13.  As  many  arrows  as^  were 
taken  were  useful  to  the  archers.  14.  Whenever 
it  shall  be  (the)  proper  time,  I  will  come. 

NOTES. 

'  Use  o^ros.     For  the  case,  see  §  186,  N,  1. 

'  Literally,  most  bravely  {Kpdrvrro.)  as  we  shall  he  able,  putting  the 
adverb  last. 

*  avTovt,  because  the  indefinite  tVj,  though  singular,  covers  the  entire 
class. 

*  I  98,  K.  1.    Use  8A  •J  142,  4,  h.  2.  •  Arou 

'  {So  many)  of  the  arrows  as,  §  87,  1,  but  put  the  genitive  in  the  rela- 
tive clause. 


I 


1      ■( 


I 


I 


158  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON    LXXIT. 

Belative  and  Temporal  Sentences:  Relative  Olanses  expressing 
Purpose,  Eesnlt,  or  Cause,  and  Temporal  Particles  signifying 
Until  and  Before  that. 

Grammar  :  §§  236-240. 

Exercises. 

I.      1.    ot  yap  TToXefJLLOL  ov  irpOTepov  irpo^  i7/xa9  rov 
noXcfJioi/   i^i^vav   irplv    ipo/xuxav   /caXa>9  ra   eavrcjp 
napecTKevacruaL.      2.    koI  rj  fnJTTfp  (r\n/47r parrot  avroJ 
ravra  •    ware  fiacnXev^  rqv  77/009   iaxrrou  i7n/3ov\rjp 
ovK   jjcruaveTO.      3.    ovSa/jLoOa^   dc^iccrcu'   rrpw   napa- 
u€f,€i^   apicrrov.     4.    anacrw   eaovrai   criroi^hcu,   /i-CYpt 
av  /SacrtXet  tol  Trap   vfxcjv  ScayyeXOjj.      5.    coj/  8c  fjurj 
Stow   ravra,    rjyefjioi/a    alTTJcrofxep    Kvpoi^,    ocrns    8ta 
<^tXtas  T^9  x^P^^  aTTctfct.     6.    ciw?  ol  nXeLOTot  yi/d- 
fiTfv  a'7r€(fyrjvavTo,  rjcrvxioLv  h^  Tjyov.      7.    koL  iav  iyoj 
(f>aLpa)fiaL   dSt/cco/,   ov  xp-q  fi€  iv6&he  anekOeu/  irplv 
av  00)  OLKTfv.      8.    Kol  yiyv€TaL  tootovtov  /icrafu  tkov 
OTpaTev^xaTOiv   cjot€  rfj   voTepaia   ovk  itfxivrfcrav  ol 
TToXc/iiot.      9.    cSofe  roJ  Sry/Ltoj  rpiaKovra  avhpas  iXie- 
aOat  ol  v6pLov<;  ^vyypdxffovcrL.      10.     dXXa  Star/ou/io) 
€OT   cu/  OKVTjcrcoo-Lv  ol  dyyeXoL  fxr)  airoho^  r^plv  ra? 
o-TTOi/Sd?  TTOLTjo-aaOai.      11.    droTra  Xcyct?  /cat  ovSa- 
/xft)9    TT/oo?    o-ov,    OS    ye    /ccXcvct?    e/Ltc     KaOyjyeicrdai. 
12.    avopL  kKacrro}  8coo"€t  ttcktc  apyvpLov  /xi/ds  €77171' 
€19  Ba^vXwi/a  t7/co)o"i,  /cat  roi/  /xLcrdov  ivTekrj  fiexpt  av 
KaTacnrrjarj  tov<;  "EXKrjvas  et9  ^Imviav  ttoKw.     13.    7rd- 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


159 


Xt^  8c  OTTOTC  aniovev  npo^  to  aWo  OTpdrevfia  ravra 
€7ra(rxov,  /cat  CTrt  rov  Bevrepov  yiqXo^ov  ravra  iyC- 
yvero,  atare  arro  rov  rpirov  y7ji\6(j>ov  eSo^ev  avrols  fjirj 
KLvevv  T0V9  (rrparicjraq  rrplv  airo  rfj<;  Se^La<;  nXevpa*: 
rov  TrXaicTLov  amjyayov  TreXracrras  7rpo9  to  opo9. 

II.  1.  They  waited  until  the  men  left  the  city. 
2.  They  are  getting  arms  together  with  which  to 
defend  themselves.  3.  Let  the  truce  be  in  force 
until  I  come.  4.  He  had  not  come ;  so  that  the 
Greeks  were  anxious.  5.  I  should  continue  to  war^ 
(with  them)  until  they  should  surrender  the  ships. 
6.  They  command  the  heralds  to  wait  until  the  gen- 
eral shall  be  at  leisure.  7.  But  the  rest  of  the 
soldiers  struck  ^  and  stoned  and  reviled  the  man  until 
they  compelled  (him)  to  take  ^  his  shield  and  proceed. 

8.  Generals  have  come  to  collect  an  army  for  Cyrus. 

9.  We  waited  each  time  until  the  king  rode  by. 

10.  He  will  not  stop  fighting  against  his  opponents 
until  he  has  consulted  with  you.  11.  You  are  hap- 
py, since  you  have  ancestral  gods.  12.  They  never 
make  the  attack  until  the  watchword  has  passed 
along.*  13.  I  shall  delay  in  Sardis  until  the  gene- 
ral arrives.  14.  If  I  had  known  this,  I  should  have 
waited  until  the  general  had  arrived.  15.  We  will 
go  forward  until  we  join  Cyrus. 

NOTES. 


J  I 


f: 


»  I  279,  1 
•  {  200,  H.  1. 


*  Use  the  participle. 

*  Um  the  aoriet  Bubjuuctive. 


160 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


IM 


LESSON    LXXT. 

Indirect  Disconrse :  Simple  Sentences  after  otl  and  a>9  and  in 

Indirect  Questions. 

Geammar  :  §  241 ;  §§  243-245. 

Exercises. 

* 

111*     -Sk    ^  V2*«>  /*  ^ 

i.    €7reO€LKiwaau  ota     ctiy  i)  anopta  au/ev  rrfs 

Kvpov  yvcofjLTj^;  koL  /x€i/€lv   Kol    airUvaL,      2.    icat  ou- 

TTorc  ipei  ouSel?  o)?  cya>  irpohov^  vfias  rrfv  rSiv  ^ap- 

/3apo)v   <f)ikiav   eiXofirfv,      3.    eyuo)   otl   ov   Svinij(r€T(u 

Toifs    (TTpaTL(oTa<;    ^idcracrOaL     la/ai,      4.    kou    /xaXa 

TfOvfirjady  rti^€9,   iuvoovfievoL  firj   tcl  cVtrTyScta^   ouic 

€)(OLQ^    biToOev     Xafi/SdvoLO^.      5.     dXXa    ot    trokip.i.oi, 

euecovTO  ottol  ttotc  TpeijjovTaL  ol  ''FXkrjve^  kcu  tl  ip  v(^ 

e^OL€P,     6.    iXe^ev  &»?  yeircov  t€  ctiy  rij?  *EXX<£So9  /col 

wepL  TrXctcrrov  a^  Tron^cratro  aSxraL  rip,a<;,     7.    a/coi5- 

<ra9  oc  S€i^o(l>o)v  ekeya/  otl  6p0cj<;  'j^tlcjvto  kcu  avTo 

TO  €pyov  auToi?  fiapTvpoCr),      8.    &^a  S17  ot  "EXXiyi/c? 

eypcjacu^  otl  irXaLcrLov  LcronXevpov  noirqpa  Td^L<;  €Lr), 

9.    6  8c  XeyeL  otl  ovk  cSd/cct  aura!  eprffia  /caraXtTTCW' 

ra  OTTLaOo/,      10.    cXcfo/  ort  ovroi  crcorrjpiaf;  av  tv- 

)(OL€P,      11.     ovTot    cXeyoi/   ort   Kvpo?  /utci'   TeOirqKei^, 

*ApLaLo<;  8e  'n'€<f>€vy(i}^  ep  ra>  araOfi^  €Lr)  koI  Xeyot  on 

TrepLjjieweLev   (w   avTov^.      12.    drroKplveTaL   otl    TavT 

av  i7roL7)a'€v  i^/Lta?  tSaJj/.*     13.    eXeyoi'  ort  ovird^iroff 

ovTO<i  6  TTora/Lto?  SLa/3aTo^  yivoLTo  ttc^^.      14.    c)8ou- 

XciJoi^o  €4*  ra  a'K€vo(j)6pa  oraS^a  dyowTo  1^  aniouQ/ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


161 


cVt  TO  crrparoTreSoi'.      15.    'qpojTCJv  el  holev  av  toxttow 


ra  TTLora. 


11.^  1.  And  Cyrus  said  that  the  expedition  would 
be  against  the  great  king.  2.  But  he  answered  that 
he  had  deUberated  with  respect  to  this.  3.  For  they 
now  knew  that  he  was  leading  (them)  against  his 
brother.  4.  And  he  shouted  that  the  king  was  com- 
ing on  with  a  great  army.  5.  For  the  satrap  said 
that  Cyrus  had  plotted  against  the  king.  6.  But 
they  deliberated  how"^  they  should  drive  the  men 
away  from  the  hill.  7.  He  asked  whither  ^  he 
should  turn.  8.  They  knew  that  their  fear  was 
groundless.  9.  He  said  that  he  would  arrest  him 
and  put  (him)  to  death.  10.  But  he  did  not  indi- 
cate what  he  would  do.  11.  But  he  was  deliber- 
ating whether^  they  should  send  some,  or  should  all 
go  to  the  camp.  12.  And  (on)  being  asked  what  ^ 
he  needed,  he  said,  "I  shall  need  two  thousand  leath- 
ern bags."  13.  They  were  at  a  loss  what^  they 
should  call  this.  14.  For  they  perceived  that  the 
enemy  were  among  the  baggage.®  15.  I  said  that 
we  had^'^  many  fair"  hopes  of  safety.  16.  There- 
upon he  accordingly  answered  that  they  would  ^^  die 
sooner  than  give  up  their  arms. 


NOTES. 


»  In  each  case  let  the  student  give  the  verb  of  the  quoted  sentence  in 
itfl  original  form  before  quotation,  and  also  all  of  ita  possible  forms  after 

being  quoted. 

«  An  indirect  question  may  be  introduced  by  the  simple  interrogative 


1 


I 

i 


\ 


162 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


(in  this  case  iro(a),  the  general  relative  (dwola),  or  even,  as  here,  the 
simple  relative  (ola).  See  |  149,  2,  with  note,  |  282,  1,.  and  I  87,  1. 
For  the  syntax  of  )uvfiv»  see  §  261,  1. 

'  Object  of  XofupdvoMv.  The  original  question  was,  tro'dcv  ra  iirvnf- 
8<ta  Xa|lpdva>)uv;    iSee  ^  256. 

*  §  277,  4.  »  I  282,  4. 

•  In  translating  these  sentences  into  Greek,  determine  first  what  the 
quoted  sentence  would  be  in  the  direct  form  in  English,  so  as  to  get  the 
original  tense,  which  in  Greek,  it  must  be  carefully  remembered,  does  not 
change  when  the  sentence  is  indirectly  quoted.  In  English  after  sec- 
ondary tenses  a  change  of  tense  is  the  rule.  This  makes  it  often  doubt- 
ful what  the  original  form  of  the  sentence  was.  In  such  a  case  the 
student  must  determine  which  seems  the  most  natural,  and  take  that. 

'  iriSs.    But  see  note  2,  above. 

*  Whether . . .  or,  «l . . .  V|,  |  282,  5. 

•  Plural  of  (TKcvo^'pov. 
»"  §  184,  4. 

*'  Greek  idiom,  many  and  fair. 

"  The  original  affirmation  was,  we  should  die,  tte. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


163 


LESSON   LXXTI. 

Indireot  Disconise :  Infinitive  and  Participle  in  Indirect 

Qnotations. 

Grammar  :  §  246,  with  n.  ;  §  260,  with  2  (and  n.  1) 
§  280,  with  notes  1  and  2. 

Exercises. 

I.^  1.  ai/S/>€9,  vw  iirl  rqp  'EXXctSa  vofxi^ere  d/iiX- 
Xacr^at.  2.  oT/xat  yap  au  rjfxa<;  Toiavra  waOeu/  ola 
TOU9  ixOpov<;  oi  0eol  Tronfcrctcu/.^  3.  fxifiprffiai  avrov 
TovTo  TTonjcraPTo,  4.  Kvpo<;  8'  inel  jjcrffeTO  tovs 
orpaTLcjTas  StaySc^ry/coras,   rjaffrf,     5.    avvoiSa  yap 


ifiavrS  Trdvra  iijfeva-fxeuo^;  avTOv,  6.  vTrio^eiTaL 
avTois  jjirf  Trpoadev  TravcrecrOaL  irpiv  av  avrov^s  /cara- 
yoLyH  OLKoSe.  7.  817X09  rjv  Kvpos  cnrev8a)u  iracrav 
TTjv  oSw.  8.  OLKovct)  8'  cu/ttt  ^  Q/  TO)  (rTpaTevfiaTL 
"qucjj/  *Po8tov9,  S)v  Tovs  7roXXou9  (f)acrLv  CTrtoracr^at  * 
cr<^8oi^ai'.  9.  €7r€t8^  8e  o-ac^o)?  Toif<;  ^ap^apovi 
amovras  rj8rj  icopojp  ol  "EWrji/e^;,  inopevovro  /cat 
axrroL,  lU.  axfap^ia  o  av  /cat  ara^ia  €i/ofXLL,ov  17/Lta? 
airokicrdai.  11.  a»9  dhe  KXeapxov  SLeXavt/oirra, 
Irja-L  rrj  a^lvrf!'  12.  hei^o)  tovtov  e^Opov  ovra, 
13.  ak\(t)^  Se  TTox;  TropiC^crOaL  ra  eTTtrrySeta  6pKov% 
Karixpvras  i7/>ta9  rfh^Lv.  14.  (tkottov/jlo^o's  oxjv  ev- 
piCTKov    ovSaficjs     au    aXXcu?    tovto    OLaTrpagafievo^. 

15.  kopa    8e     7rpoKaT€LKrjfifi6rrji/    Trjp    aKpo}v\r)(iav. 

16.  ft  ovv  opcorjv  vfJLas  aayrqpLOj/  tl  /Bovkevofjuevov^;, 
ekOoLfii  OP  7r/>o§  v/xa9.  17.  iiTL^ovXevcop  rjfXLV  (fyave- 
p6<;  €OTi.  18.  vTrcoTTTevoi/  yap  iirl  /BacnXda  Uvai  • 
IJiL(T0a)$rjpaL  he  ovk  iirl  tovto)  iifyacrav,  19.  Tovrov9 
8e  €(f>acrap  ot/ceu/  oj/a  ra  opr)  koI  iroXefiLKOv^s  eti'at, 
Kol  )8ao'tX€<u9  ovK^  OLKOveLv,  oXXa  /cat  ifjL^aXeui/  irore 
ct9  avTov9  ^ao'iXiKrjj/  orpaTidv  •  tovtcov  8'  oi8e^a 
airovooTfjcrai, 

II.  1.  For  he  heard  "^  that  Cyrus  was  in  Cilicia. 
2.  And  he  promised  that  he  would  deliver  over  the 
Greeks  to  him.  3.  He  thinks  that  he  has  been 
wronged  by  me.  4.  And  it  was  evident  that  he  was 
troubled.  5.  The  wife  of  the  king  is  said  to  have 
taken  refuge  there.      6.     For  I  know  that  pledges 


li 


i 


164 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


have  been  given.  7.  For  I  knew  that  the  soldiers 
had  provisions.     8.    Remember  that  you  are  mortal. 

9.  And  the  great  king  dug^  this  trench  when  he 
learned   that   Cyrus   was   marching    against   (him). 

10.  I  was  the  first  to  announce^  to  him  that  Cyrus 
was  making  an  expedition  against  (him).  11.  I  saw 
that  you  were  suffering  harm^^  and  were  not®  able  to 
retaliate.  12.  For  they  did  not  know  that  he  was 
dead.  13.  They  therefore  announce  that  in  that 
case  the  Greeks  would  retreat.  14.  And  the 
Greeks  knew  the  enemy  wished  to  go  away,  and 
that  (they)  were  passing  the  word  to  one  another. 
15.  They  acknowledge  that  this  general  was  a  brave 
(man).  16.  Let  it  not  yet  be  manifest  that  we  have 
set  out  for  home.  17.  He  accordingly  showed  that 
the  satrap  had  broken  the  truce.  18.  He  is  con- 
scious to  himself  that  he  has  violated  his  oath." 


NOTES. 

*  See  note  1,  Lesson  LXXV. 

*  §  251.  1. 

»  I  280,  V.  3. 

*  With  the  infinitive  =  irun/;  how,  lik<;  otSo,  I  2J^0,  v. 

*  I  188,  1. 

*  I  283,  3,  and  I  242,  4. 

'  Be  careful  to  use  the  participle  in  translating  this  exercise  into 
Greek  wherever  the  principal  verb  is  one  of  the  list  mentioned  in  J  280. 
See  also  note  6,  Lesson  LXXV. 

»  Made. 

*  I  first  (§  138,  N.  7)  announced. 
»°  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 

"  Use  the  plural.  For  the  case  (if  vapa^jtKim  is  used  for  the  verb  io 
violaU),  see  1 171,  2. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


165 


LESSON  LXXVII. 

Indirect  Discourse:  Indirect  Quotation  of  Oomponnd  Sentences. 

Grammar:  §  247.     Add  the  General  Eules  for  Indi- 
rect Quotations  and  Questions  in  §  242. 

Exercises. 

1.  K(u  ovK  c<pao'ai/  tei^ai,  eai/  fXT)  Tt9  avrot? 
^-qfiara  SiSoi.  2.  ovros  8'  elirep  otl  <f}\vapoLrj 
ocTLS  XeyoL  aXXo)?  7rft)9  o"a>T7/pta?  cw  Tv^ea/  t)  ^acrt- 
Xca  Tretcra?.  3.  koX  cu^cu/to  rrj  ^AprcfJuSL,  ozrocrovs 
KaTaKouoiev  twv  ttoXc/xio)^,  Tocrauras  XLjJiaCpas  Kara- 
dvaew  rrj  0€(a,  4.  e^d/xt^e  ycL/3,  ocro)  daTTov  IX- 
doi,  TocrovTO)  anapaaKevoTepa)  ySacrtXci  fjLa^elo'ffcu, 
5.  viricrxeTo,  av  tovtov^  tov9  crrpartcoras  XaySiy, 
TrapaZJ)(r€u/  avroJ  Toifs  "EXXryj/as.  6.  ot  8'  caXcw- 
icorcs  ekeyov  on  ra  7rpo<;  fxecnjfx^pCcu/^  tt}?*  inl 
BaySvXwi/a  etq,  8i*  rjcTrep  rJKOLei/.  7.  tovto  Sfj  Sel 
yjy^iv,  7ra>9  cu/  wopevoifiedd  re  is  dcrc^aXeo-rara  /cat, 
ct  fid^eordai,  8coi,^  is  KparioTa  fxa-^oCfxeOa,^  8.  ol 
8'  eXeyov  otl  nepl  airovBcjv  TJKoiev,  ai/Spes  oltlv€s 
Ikco^ol  tcoinai  ra  rrapd  rStv  ^Xkrjvoiv  )8ao"tXct 
drrayy^ikai,  9.  or8a  avrous  tovto  av  iroLovPTa<;,^  el 
€gr)v.  lU.  oifO  epet  ovo€l<;  en?  iy oj  eoy;  jxev  av  napj) 
TVS  xpojfxaL,  CTTCtSoj/  8c  aiTLevaL  ySouXT^rai,  (rvWa^oyv 
Kol  *  avToifS  KaKCJ^  TrotcJ  /ecu '  ra  ^rjjxaTa  aTrocrvXct). 
dXXa  iovTdiVt  etZore^  otl  /ca/ctovs  eloi^  irepl  ij/xas  rf 
rjfiels  nepi  iK€ivov<i,      11.    ev^avTO  croiTrjpLa   0v<r€Lv, 


< 


It 


166 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN   GREEK. 


OTTov  irpSnov  ct9  <^i\iov  yfjv  aa^Koano,     12.    cXcyoi/ 
oTt  TjKOLev  rjy€fi6va<;  exovre^s  ol  auT0V9,  iav  (nrovSal 

11.^®  1.  And  he  promised  him,  if  he  should  come, 
that  he  would  make  him  a  friend  to  Cyrus.  2.  He 
said  that,  if  there  was  no  objection,"  he  wished  to 
converse  with  them.  3.  He  said  that  if  they  should 
see  you  dispirited,  they  would  all  be  cowardly. 
4.  And  he  told  (him)  that  just  as  soon  as  ^^  the  expe- 
dition should  come  to  an  end,  he  would  immediately 
send  him  home.  5.  He  announced  that  if  we  had 
not  come,  they  would  be  proceeding  against  the  king. 
6.  He  said  that  he  should  .  delay  until  the  king 
arrived.  7.  But  he  said  that  he  did  not  commend 
the  man  if  he  had  done  this.  8.  And  they  said  that 
the  enemy  were  within  in  great  numbers,"  and  that 
they^*  were  striking  our  men.  9.  And  they  said 
that  they  would  burst  open  the  gates,  if  they  did  not 
open  (them)  of  their  own  accord.  10.  It  was  evi- 
dent that  they  would  elect  him,  if  any  one  should 
put  it  to  vote.  11.  But  he  said  he  should  dread  to 
embark  in  the  boats  which  Cyrus  should  give  them. 
12.  He  accordingly  then  asked  who^*  those  were 
who  (always)  did^^  whatever  took  place  in  battle.^^ 

NOTES. 

•  See  note  1,  Lesson  LXXV.  In  this  Lesson  observe  the  directions 
there  given  with  particular  care  in  case  of  the  verb  of  the  subordinate 
clause. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


167 


•  They  said  o^  t|uv,  g  200,  n.  3  6.      »  g  247,  n.  3. 

•  The  country  toward  the  south,  etc.      •  |  212;  4. 

•  Sc.  o8ov,  and  see  I  169,  1. 

^  In  the  direct  discourse  tovto  dtv  ^iroCow,  §  204,  ii.  1. 

•  Kol . . .  icaC     Indignity  to  their  persons  (avrovs)  is  added  to  the  rob- 
bery of  their  property.     On  avrovs,  see  note  3,  Lesson  LXXIII 

•  «  280,  H.  3.  "  g  142,  3. 

'•  See  note  6,  Lesson  LXXV.  "  And  that  they,  i.  e.  who. 

"  If  not  anything  hindered.  "  See  note  2,  Lesson  LXXV. 

"  Just  as  soon  as,  circiSdv  raxurra.     "  Those  who  did,  I  276,  2. 
"  In  battle.     Use  the  plural  with  the  article. 


LE880N    LXXTIII. 

Final  and  Object  Olanses. 
Grammar  :  §§  215-218  (with  §  215,  Remark,  and  n.  1). 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  TW  Sc  avhpi  ov  au  eX-qarffe  neCa-Ofiat,  Tva 
€t8i7rc  ort  /cat  apx^o-dai  eVtora/iat.  2.  ci  re  rjhrj 
ooKti  aTTLO/cu,  (TKCTrriov  iorlv  ottcw?  d(r<^aXeoTara 
aTTt/xci',^  Kol  oircjs  ra  iirtnjSeLa  i^ofxa/.  3.  rrjv  Sc 
^FXKrfPLKTiv  8vi/afjLLv  7JdpoL(,€i/  0)5  fxakLora  iSvvaTo 
imKpvTTTOfji^os,^  oir(W9  ori^  aTrapacTKevoTaToi/  XaySot 
fiaxTikia,  4.  OTTO)?  Sc  /col  v/xct9  ip-^  iTraivia-ere,  ip^ol 
/icXiycrct.  5.  Kol  nepl  tovtcov  ip.mjcrff'qv,  wa  p,ri 
ravra  Tra^iyrc.  6.  eSorc  ov  tovto  ScSot/ca,  p,rj  ovk 
€X(o  *  o  Tt  Soi  ^  iKd(rT(o  T(i)v  (f}i\(tiv,  7.  Tov<i  Sc  airo- 
6(w6vTa%  avTO/ccXcuoTot  ol  "EXXryj^s  '^idcaano,  m  otl 

<l>0^€p(OTaTOV    Tols    TToXc/AtOlS    €iTJ,       8.     OTTOJ?    S*    a/LtV- 

vovp^eda   ovSct?    imp^Mai.     9.    aXXa    Sc'Sot/ca   p,rj. 


168 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


iu;  aira^  ixd0u>tia^  apyol  trjv.  ^crmp  ol  \orro<f>dyoi 
kmXadci^ieea  r^s  olKc^e  680O.  10.  (/>tXo9  kpoiXero 
ehai  Tol<;  ixeytara  8wa/io/ois,  Iva  oSiicSi/  /X19  SiSoit; 
St/oyi/.  11.  Kolo  tojKpoLTrjs  v7r(o7rT€V(Te  fiT]  Tt  7rpo9 
r^9    77(5X60)9    iTramor    cJry    Ki5pa)    (^t'Xo^'    yo/eV^atJ 

12.  Kat   ae   ovk  rjyeLpop,    W   i?  rf^icrra  Ka0€vhji^. 

13.  ct  ya/3  oloL  T€  ^o-cu^'  ol  TToXXol  ra  pJyKrra 
KaKii  e^efry<ir,ea0(u,  W  oToi  t€  ^(r(w  aZ  kcu  iya0a 
TCI  /xeytcTTa-    koI  KaXcus  av  €lx^> 

II.  1.  We  must  go,  therefore,  and  ask  Cyrus  for 
boats,  that  we  may  sail  away.  2.  See  U>  this,  that 
we  shall  remain  here  in  greatest  safety.  3.  For 
they  feared  that  the  enemy  would  attack  them  while 
going  through^  the  ravine.  4.  He  thought  that  he 
needed    friends,    that  he   might    have    co-workers. 

5.  Eor  they  feared  that  they  would  be  cut  off  and 
the   enemy   would    get   on   both    sides   of    them  ^^ 

6.  And  they  were  apprehensive  that,  if  they  should 
burn^^  the  villages,  they  might  not  have  provisions. 

7.  Let  us  therefore  burn  up  the  wagons  which  we 
have,    that   our   teams    may   not  be  our  generals.^^ 

8.  But  no  one  of  us  is  in  return  taking  any" 
thought  how  we  shall  contend  (with  them)  as  suc- 
cessfully as  possible.  9.  They  fear  that  the  Greeks 
will  attack  them  during  the  night.^*  10.  I  immed- 
iately proceeded  to  the  city,  that  I  might  aid  him. 
11.  Would  that  the  general  had  died,  that  he  might 
never  have  been  so  outraged !     12.  See  to  (it),  then, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


169 


that'  you  be  men  worthy  of  the  freedom  which  ^^ 
you  possess !  13.  I  did  this,  that  it  might  not  be 
apparent  that  we  had  set  out  for  home. 


NOTES. 

»  ^  200,  N.  3  6. 

•  As  secretly  as  possible.     Literally,  concealing  himself  (middle)  cm 
most  he  was  able. 

'  See  note  4,  Lesson  XXXIV. 

•  I  134,  N.  2. 

•  Subjunctive. 

•  I  256,  and  J  244.     If  this  were  a  conditional  relative  sentence,  6  rt 
would  have  iv  joined  to  it,  g  207,  2,  and  §  231,  n. 

^  Subject  of  cCi|,  of  which  ciraCTtov  is  the  predicate.   For  t\,  see  §  160, 2. 
«  §  251,  2.  '«  }fat/  not  lead  (<rrpaTT|7€«)  us,  g  171,  3. 

•  2  277,  1.        -      "  o^'v,  'i  159,  N.  2,  and  §  283,  9. 
»»  I  182,  2.  "  I  179,  1. 

"  i  2ri,  4.  »  §  153. 


LESSON   LXXIX. 

The  Infinitive. 

Grammae  :  §§  258-262  (with  §  260,  1,  n.  1,  and  2,  n.  1, 
and  §  261,  1,  n.  1);  §§  265-267  (omitting  §  266,  2); 
§274. 

Exercises.^ 

I.      1.    aUrxpov  8'  ovSev  inl  rais  /Sao-iKeo)*;  0vpai^ 

OVT       aKOVOrai  OVT     L0€LV  eOTlV,         A.     Kvpo^    OW  OVTO)^ 

ireXevrqaev,  dvrjp  S)v  apx^iv  aftcoraro?.  3.  Tjp^aTe 
Tov  StayScuVeti/.  4.  kcu  rot?  Imrevo'Lv  euprjTo  Oap- 
pov(TL^  Slcok€li/,  5.  KCU  CL  Tts  TToXc/xtos  eyeVcTo, 
CTTrctcra/xQ/ov    Kvpov    imcrreve    fxr^Bh/    ap   napa   ra? 


170 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


(TTTOi/Sa^   ira0e:i^.      6.    XoittoV   /xoi   elireip    owep  fcol 
li^KTTOV    voiiiioi    cli/at.      7.    G/d/xt^oF    ya/)     tK:ai/ou5 
cWt    T7/xa9    TT^piy€v4<T9ai    raJ    woXefioi.      8.     ert    8* 
cxofto'     o-aJ/xara     lK(wd)T€pa    tovt(s)v    tt6vov<;    ^peiv.^ 
9.    (m/ax^cXoSo-i  8'  oi8ci/  ovrc '  cts  to  ^axccr^ai  our' 
€19    TO    Ta    C7rtT7y'8€ia    €>ti/.      10.     KpaTLarou'    ripTiv 
l€(T0ai  0)5  Tcix^o-Ta   cVt  TO   OLKpov.      H.    dXXa  TaGTO. 
TTcpatVcti/  VJ8t;    (5/)a.      12.    17   ^aaiKim   apxn   W  ^^ 
Sico-TTCto-^at'  Ta?  8wa/tei9  acr0ci/7;9.     13.    o5toi  i/cai/ol 
^(T(w  Tas   a/c/ooTToXcts   <l>vXdrr€u^.     14.    8c/ca  8€  t^i/ 
i/cfii/  7r/30U7r€/x^ai/  ct?  tw  /xeycu/   Xt/xcVa  /caTaa-ico//a- 
adaL.     15.    e/ccri/at'   yap   8ta   to  x^tpoTrXTy^cVt  toi? 
Xi»ot9  (r<^ci/8oi/cu'  cVt  i8/)axv  cft/cvoOi/Tat.      16.^  Mc- 
1/0)1/    8c    TT/ot^    8^Xoj/    €ti/at   Ti   TTotTfo-ovcni/   01   aXXot, 
(TVJ/cXcfe  TO  avToS  orpaTCVfta.      17.    cxcu  yap  Tptrj- 
pci9  oloTC  cXcIi/  TO  iKeivcjv  ttXoIov.     18.    7r/)ti/  /caTaXS- 
crat  TO  orpaTevfia  j8a(rtX€U9  €<^i^.      19-    ^vplaK^TO 
8c  e/  Tar9  /ca)/LLai9  fx6\v^8o<;»   axTTe  XPW^^^  ^^^  ^^^^ 
cr<^«/8di/a9.      20.    ctTTCi/  oti  (nrelaacrdai  ^ovKoito^  c^ 
^   firJTe   avro9   tov9  "EXX7;i/a9   a8t/ccri/  /xt/tc  cKCtVov9 
icatcti/  Ta9  ot/cia9.      21.    Trpw  8c  TO^cu/xa  i^iKv^lcrdai, 
IkkKwovo-w  ol  pdp^apoL  k<u  (jyevyova-iv. 

II.  1.  It  seemed  best  to  them  to  go  away. 
2.  And  the  station  was  near,  where  he  was  about  to 
halt.*  3.  It  is  not,  therefore,  a  time  for  us  to  be 
sleeping.  4.  But  it  was  a  most  fearful  (thing)  to 
see.  5.  They  rush  in  pursuit.'  6.  They  intrust 
their  children  to  them  to  be  educated.''     7.    It  was 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


171 


manifest,  therefore,  that  Menon  desired  to  be  rich. 
8.  But  the  peltasts  must  pursue.  9.  The  fairest 
equipment  befits  victory."  10.  He  accomplished 
this  by'^  being  severe.'^  11.  We  asked  for  the 
galley  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  boats.  12.  For 
I  should  be  able  in  this  way  to  benefit  my  friends. 

13.  And  they  said  they  would  give  up  the  dead  on 
condition    that    they    would    not    burn    the    houses. 

14.  It  is  safer  for  them  to  flee  than  for  us.  15.  But 
when"  it  was  now  evening,  it  was  time  for  the 
enemy  to  go  away.  16.  For  we  have  come  to 
save  you.  17.  The  whole  army  crossed  before  the 
enemy  appeared.     18.    For  he  was  stern  in  aspect.^^ 

19.  And  they  crossed  before  the  rest  gave  answer. 

20.  And  I  so^^  brought  (it)  about  that  it  seemed 
best  to   this  (man)  to  cease  warring"  against   me. 

21.  And  he  sacrificed  before  speaking  to  any  one. 

22.  He  was  chosen  to   reconcile    and   restore  you. 

23.  And  they  made  so^®  great  a  noise  that  even  the 
enemy  heard  (them). 

NOTES. 

*  Review  the  exercises  of  Lessons  XXXI.  and  LXXVI. 

*  §  283,  9.  »  I  28,  N.  1,  at  the  end. 

*  Dative  plural  of  the  participle  modifying  the  subject  of  Simkciv,  but 
assimilated  m  case  to  linrsiNnv,  \  138,  n.  8,  a  and  h. 

*  Sc.  'vrrL 

*  A  dative  of  cause.     The  following  tAs  Swofuis  is  the  subject  of  the 
infinitive. 

^  Sc.  ol  o^cvSovou.     TJie  subject  of  the  following  infinitive  is  a  pro- 
noun referring  to  the  slingers. 

*  I  202,  3,  N. 

*  Use  the  infinitive  of  Sujk«  after  elf,  |  262,  1. 


I 


i 

i 

!  I 


172  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREJEK 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


173 


'•  Put  the  infinitive  in  the  active  voice. 
"  The  infinitive  of  vncciw,  §  262,  2.    For  the  case,  see  |  184,  2. 
IS  i^  "  ijvtKa. 

'3  Nominative.  2  136,  n.  3  a.  »  Literally,  stern  to  see. 

>«  There  is  to  be  no  separate  word  for  no  in  the  Greek  sentence,  where 
$0  that  is  expressed  by  one  word. 
"  Genitive  of  the  infinitive.  ?  174. 


LESSON   LXXX. 

Participles. 
Grammar  :  §§  276-280  (with  §  280,  notes  1  and  2). 

Exercises.^ 

I.      1.    eyo)  ow  ovnoT€  irravofiyjv  jSacrtXca  /xa/capi- 

repos  irapcov  irvyxo^vev.  3.  /icra  tovtov  aXXo9 
avea-rrf,  cViSct/cvi^  ^  ttjv  ewjOetav  tov  to.  irXola  ot- 
T€o/  Ke\€vovTO<;.  4.  KOI  St€rcXovv  xP^iia^oL  tol<;  raw 
TTokefiuov  To^evfiaau  5.  ^ovXoifirjv  S'  ai/  aKoirro<;^ 
amcbv  Kvpov  \adew  avrov  airekOdv.^  6.  ol  8c  ^dp- 
PapoL  l-mrei^  koI  <l>evyovT€<;  a/uta  hiTpoyo-Kov  eU 
Tovmo-Oa;  to^€vovt€<;  airo  twv  hnroiv,  7.  iraprfy- 
yeiXe  rot?  (f)povpapxoi<;  \ap.Pai/eLi/  ai/hpa<;  on  ttXci- 
<rrov9  a»5  ^  iwiPovkevovro^  TL(raa(f)eppov^  reus  TrdXccn. 
8.  7r€/i7ra)/x€v  8c  irpoKaTakyjxf/ofia^ov^;  ra  a/cpa,  ottcu? 
/i^  i\>ei(TO)(n  ol  KtXt/ccs  /caraXa/Soi^c?.  9.  fcat 
KariKO^iif    TLvaq    ratp    cV/cc8aa-/xci/a)i/    O'    t<J>   ttcSio)* 

10.     ICr^t    CU/(M7T09    c5l/.        11.      OVKCTl    TTCptdt/^CTat    V/itt? 

Scoftcvov?    tSj/    iTnrqh^lMv.      12.    /xcra    ravra    ^8iy 


tJXwv  hvvovro^  eXe^e  rotctSc.^  13.  fcot  tol<;  tTTTrcC- 
(Tti'  €Lpr)TO  Bappovari  hidiKtiv  i?^  i<f>o\fopLeirri<;  LKourrjq 
0\n^dfi€cj<;.  14.  m  8'  iKewoiv  ^  .  ou  nepieiBe  KaKco^ 
exovra.  15.  oi;ro9  8c,  cfw  /icz/  elpTJmjp  ^co',  alpei- 
TOL  TToKefielp,  i^u  8c  paOvfielv,  ySouXcrat  irovew, 
16.  c#cdi/rc9*  Trivovrai  ol  "EXXryj/c?,  cfoi^  avrot?  rou? 
i^w  OL/fot  aK\rjpov<;  irokiTevovTa^  ipOdhe  KOfXicrafjue- 
vov<s^^  7rXov(7tov9  6/3CU/.  17.  raura  8c  keycjv  Oopv/Sov 
rJKovarc  8ta  rSi'  rd^ecDP  tdi^o?."  18.  ourot  8c  npoo-eX- 
Oovre^  Kol  KaX€0'(WT€<;  rov9  dpxovTa<;  Xiyovcriv  on 
^acnXcv9  /ccXcuct  avrov?,  cttci  vlk&v  Tvyxdvu,  napa- 
SoKra?  ra  oTrXa  tdi/ra9  ctti  rag  )8ao"tXca>9  ^vpa? 
evpLaKeaOaL,  au  n  8wci>^Tat  ayadov, 

II.  1.  But  these  got  above  the  enemy  (who  were) 
following."  2.  For  those  who  had  been  wounded 
were  many.  3.  And  another  army  was  secretly 
supported  "  for  him  in  Thrace.  4.  For  they  have 
ceased  to  war  with  one  another.  5.  He  happened 
to  have  money.  6.  We  came  and  encamped  near 
him.  7.  Will  you  allow  me  to  be  without  honor 
among  the  soldiers  ?  8.  A  square  is  a  bad  arrange- 
ment when  enemies  are  following.  9.  We  attacked 
them  while  (they  were)  crossing  the  ravine.  10.  He 
went  up  upon  the  heights  without  opposition.^* 
11.  But  why,  then,  when  it  was  possible  to  slay  you, 
did  we  not  proceed  to  do  it?^^  12.  When  this  had 
been  said  they  arose.  13.  I  therefore  never  ceased 
to  pity  you.     14.    Let  us  therefore  attack  those  who  . 


174  FIRST    LESSONS   IN    GREEK. 


i 


are  burning  the  ships.  15.  And  they  got  upon  the 
summit  before  the  enemy.  16.  He  immediately 
crossed  the  river  with  his  soldiers.  17.  The  enemy 
appeared  while  the  Greeks  were  crossing,  the  river. 
18.  They  then  announced  that  the  generals  had  all 
suffered  death.  19.  Though  he  continues  to  send 
for  me,  I  am  not  willing  to  go.  20.  And  they 
made  ready  to  receive  the  enemy.  21.  We  are  con- 
scious^' that  we  have  done  the  citizens  wrong. 
22.  He  suffered  no  injury,"  though  he  had  (only)  a 
few  soldiers  (with  him). 

NOTEt. 

>  Review  the  exercises  of  Lessons  XXXII.,  XXXIII.,  and  LXXVI. 
s  I  276,  1.  '  Sc.  5vT0t. 

•  Modifies  the  subject  understood  of  XoAtCv.     For  the  case,  see  |  138, 

».  8. 

•  I  277,  K.  2  a,  and  |  278,  1,  small  print.  ^ 

•  I  277,  3.     Sc.  oTparuirot  as  object  to  vfV<ra»|MV. 
7  I  148.'  V.  1. 

•  Sc.  irpOYiMtTO,  their  affairs. 

•  I  138,  N.  7. 

^0  Modifies  the  subject  understood  of  (Spay.     We  might  have  had  th« 

dative,  2  138,  N.  8  6. 

"  Not  in  indirect  discourse,  2  279,  2. 

>«  Put  the  participle  in  the  attributive  (J  142,  I)  position. 

"  Literally,  was  escaping  notice  being  supported. 

"  No  one  opposing. 

'*  Did  we  not  come  to  {M)  this  f 

*•  In  Greek,  conscious  to  ourselves. 

w  St^^ered  nothing,  ov8^y,  I  159,  H.  2. 


ADDITIONAL  EXERCISES  ON  FOEMS. 


>■'» 


I.    Konna:  Firat  Declension  TTncontracted.     (IV.) » 

I.       1 .     17  ^  T€XVr]  ^Ol'  TeXVLTTJV  Tp€(f)eL.       2.     ol   KcX- 

rat  ra^  0vpaf;  ran/  oIklcjp^  ovSewoTe  KkeCovo-iv,     3.  tq) 


veavifjf.*   wpeneL    17    iyKpdreLa,^     4.     a/cpoarais* 


KCU 


OeaTots  Trpoo-tJKeL^  rjoyx^ou^  ayeiv,  5.  17  \vpa  ras 
fiep^as  \v€L.  6.  Tf  fie^Lfiva  rfji/  KapSCcu/  ia-QUi. 
7.  hiiai  Slktjv  tlkt€l  koL  ^Xd^rj  /SXa^rjp,  8.  rj  rvxq 
TToWaKLq  fi€Tafio\ds  e)(€t.  9.  rrj]/  peai/Cov  aSo- 
Xecrx^oi^  ^eyofiev,  10.  S7ra/>rtarat  8of»y9  /ecu  ri/x^9 
ipacrrai  ela-ivJ  ^  11.  at  /caljxat  TrvXa?  ov/c®  ej(ovo-ti/. 
12.  a-TTQ/Sofjiev  rai?  Movcrat?.*  13.  17  /ca/cta  \v7n)v 
indyeL,  14.  a#coiJo/Lt€i/,  ol  Sco-jrora.®  15.  2  veapCa, 
(f)€£€L<;  TO  Pipkiov  (book)  ;?  16.  7)  iyKpdreia  cr(o<f>po- 
orwqv  €1/  Tji  xjwxS  ntcrei.  17.  <l>L\eV^  tt^v  naiSei- 
ap,  T7JV  o'o}(f>pooryinji/,  tyji/  dXijOeLai/,  rrji/  cvcre^eLap, 
18.  17  wouheia  Trrjf^^  Trjq  croc^ta?  iariv}'^  19.  17 
d^oarifiud  icTTu/  dp^  rrj^;  (ro^ta?.  20.  cm  Kopv6jj 
TTys  aKpa^  olKia  iariv. 


176  FIRST    LESSENS    IN    GREEK.  ^ 

^  /II.     1.   Luxury  begets  injustice  and  covetousneSs. 

rJ  -KO^  I'^'.^'Good  behavior  befits  a  citizen/     3.    The  iTightin-f  ^ 

•iLMiHiy  *  gales  are  singing.     4.    He  bears  his'^  poverty  easily .^^  J'^. 

K\i\<  ^.  The  soldiers  have  short  swords.  6.  The  citi- 
zens'^^ houses  have  doors.  7.  They  are  setting 
the  house  on  fire,  v'  8.    Uprightness  befits  a  judge. .  ^ 

9.  They  find  daggers  in  ^*  the  houses  of  the  village^ 

10.  The   young  men  admire  the   satrap's   courage. 

11.  The  soldiers,  0  citizens,  command  the  satrap  to  ^ 
destroy  the   bridge.      12.    The  (two)  soldiers   have 
daggers.     13.    The  soldiers  are  setting  the  citizens' 
houses  on  fire.      14.   We  admire  the  (two)  citizens 

1  on  account  of  ^^  their  friendship.     15.   He  commands 

the  citizens  and  the  hoplites  to  guard  the  bridge  and 
the  villages. 

NOTES. 


I       ^ 

I 


•  The  numeral  (IV.)  signifies  that  this  set  of  Exercises  is  to  be  taken 
after  Lesson  IV.     So  the  next  set  is  to  be  taken  after  Lesson  VIIL.  etc, 

•  I  141,  N.  2. 

■  \  142,  1,  and  h.,  and  \  142,  2,  ».  2,  at  the  end. 

•  I  184,  2.  *  I  141.  H.  1  b. 

•  It  hecomti.    See  \  134,  k.  2. 

'  Are,  third  person  plural  of  the  present  indicative  of  «(|i(f  to  he. 
The  form  is  an  enclitic,  \  27,  with  3,  and  \  28,  with  1. 

•  I  29,  and  |  13,  2. 

•  The  recession  of  the  accent  in  the  vocative  of  8«nianf|t  is  irregular. 
^°  The  contracted  form  of  <^iXc«i,  third  singular  of  ^iX^w. 

'*  When  in  a  sentence  of  this  kind  whose  verb  is  the  copula  there  are 
two  nominatives,  the  one  with  the  article  is  generally  the  subject.  See 
I  141,  V.  8. 

"  Third  singular  of  c(|i(.  For  the  accent,  Bee  {  28,  3.  For  the  accent 
in  the  next  sentence,  see  \  28,  2. 

"  \  142.  1,  with  N. 

"  l»  {\  29),  with  the  dative. 

^*  SU,  with  the  accusative. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 
^n^3u^*  J  "1  »j:u4^   6^t^    '^nfS       fvp'r^^/:*^    ^^^^7^  s 


177 

^ 


NounB :  Second  Declension  Uncontracted.     (VIII.) 

I.      1.    Acovvcrov    rrj<;    dfineXov    evperffv    eXeyoj/} 

2.  al    VY)(Toi  fohov    Kol    (tItov    Kax^koLou    €<i>epov. 

3.  Tov  TOiv  0€a)u  (TLTov  }Jyov(TLv  ol  irovrjTaX  a/x^po- 
o-Cav.     4.    (rvp€x^^<^^   T^^   T?»^^   avOpcoTTcov  ^iov  ev- 
€py€(TCa   Koi  TLfiT)  Koi  TLfKopCa.     5.    /c/otWt  (l)ikovi6 
Koxpoq,       6.     6    vnyoq    rfj^   voctov    (fxxpuaKov   io-Tw.  ^^'^^'^^^f^ 
7.    6   a€T05   \ayay;   Oripeyet,.      8.    virpoq   kou   0d^aT6^,'^^*l^fy^ 
eia-w    a8e\<lxo.      9.    6    Kvvay6<;    tov    Xayojv    v€<f)i\'q^^f^^^i^ 
TcOrjpaKeu.      10.    oi  Oeol  Ta>v  ai^OpcoTrcjp^  (i>povTit,ov-  , 
^^:^  11-    '^^^  ^^ov<;  depancvcrofjia^.      12.    <^/3€t^,  S,iUhj4i^U 
SouXc,  TOV  ohov  Tw  veayCa^  eKeXevaa.      13.    6  oho<; 
cXcXu/cet  Ta9  twp  au/dpcoircop  fiepCfiva^.     14.    6  OavaTO^ 
Tov^    ai^$p(onov^    airiXvcre    ttovcoi^.^      15.     o-tyj)    rot? 
dj^0p(O7roi^  TLfirfv  ff>ep€i.      16.    6  /ca/co?^  Tol<i  0€o2<s  koI           ^ 
Tolq  ii.0pci7roLj  ix0p6<;  Icttlv,      17.    T^jra^'  ^e/>c£  JJ! Jt /^ 
COTU/.*      18.    kv  Tol^  Tcjp  0^a)v  ^ew9  (TTfjXai  ^(rap}^f   ^«V.<ha\ 
19.    T€0vKaa'L   rot5    ^eo??.     20.    6    aSeX<^9   ^l/SXCop  f*^^^     ' 

n.  1.  The  (two)  bulls  draw  the  wagon.  2.  Dan- 
ger is  a  test  of  courage."  3.  We  chased  '^^  the  wolves. 
4.  The  speech  delighted  the  men.  5.  The  enemy 
were  pursuing  from^^  the  river.  6.  The  philosophers 
wrote  books  about  ^*  wisdom.  7.  The  house  has 
haUs.  8.  He  is  leading  the  bull.  9.  The  soldiers 
find  treasures  in  the  temples.  10.  The  Egyptians 
consider  the  sun  and  the  moon  gods/     11.  They  are 


178 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GftEEK. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 


179 


9 


% 


setting  the  (two)  temples  on  fire.  12.  Wine  gladdens 
the  souls  of  men.  13.  They  closed  the  hall-door." 
14.  The  men  trusted  the  satrap's  soldiers."  15.  The 
Samians  keep  peacocks  in  honor  of  Hera." 


/ 


V    I 


NOTES. 


«  When  a  noun  in  Greek  is  used  of  a  whole  clast  of  objects,  it  has  the 
article.     This  is  called  the  generic  article,  and  often  cannot  be  translated 

into  English. 

»  I  188.  1.  '  I  139.  1. 

*  i  171.  2.  •  i  IH  4. 
5  I  184. 1.  M  135.  2. 

•  I  174.  - 
"  Were,  third  person  plural  imperfect  indicative  of  ct|i(,  to  be. 

"  §  141,  N.  1  b. 

"  ^Suigaiuv,  i.  e.  l8i«»K-<re4UV,  H^,  2. 

u  ^^,  »*  irtp(,  with  the  genitive. 

»  n«  door  (plural  of  Wpa)  of  the  hall,  I  142,  1,  with  if. 

"  I  184,  2. 

"  In  honor  of  Hera,  in  Greek  simply,  —for  Hera,  I  184,  3. 


—o^ 


m.    Verbs  s  Indicative  Active.    (X.) 

I.     1.    oT€  i7r\r)(ndCofJi€v,  totc  oi  ^ap^apoi  aire- 

j>€vyov,      2.    6  8c  tarpo?  toi/  audprniTov  d€paT[€y(r€i. 

3.  ore  -nXios  icaTcScSu/cci,  ot  TTokiiiioi.  cVXr/o-ta^oi/. 
ft^ut-Hc^K^^.  aj'6/105  yap  ov  Kunjo-ei  nvpyov.  5.  avvqKoKoV' 
'kW^LfU^*4^0y^fj.^y  g^  ^^j;  (rrpaTiwrSiv  womJKovra,      6.    ra  to^j/ 

Il€/>(roii'  Upa  Kol  ol  MrjhoL  TeTip.rjKaxTw.  7.  ot  ttoi- 
M  i'^*'v^  'qral  rqp  rSyv  *A0r)vaLOiv  aperrju  fiejxrfvyKOLa'a/,  8.  ot 
Zycp^*^  ^  OTrXtrat  rjyopaCov  olvov.  9.  Tofa  yap  /cat  cc^Sd- 
(U^W^  I'tts  €tx€T€.^     10.    Tov<;  vem  iKeKocr^-qK^aav^^r^l.  ot 

orpaTLCJTaL     rSw     iroXeiiicjp     TpiaKovra    7rc<poi^cv/ca- 


f?. 


crti'.     12.    ttS?  TT/ooTTct  o  ttScXc^ds  ,*      13.    'ir€Lin]crovcn.'fiyoui^U4uC 
ii  /cat    Sti/zrycrovcrt    /cat   pLy(oorov(TL    /cat    dypuTJVTjaiovo'Lp/il^'U.a^^ 
-    14.    *AXcfai/Spo9    kKaTov    ToXavra    Scopov    enefjLxljei/,  M^^trfot^^. 
15.    ctra  ra?  St</)^epa9  cru^^yoi^.^      16.    to^ott^s  irv-l'  ^iJU^^<4^ 
<f>\a)a'€  Tou  4>tXt7r7roj/.      17.    ir)(eipoT6vqa'cw  oi  TToKlTaiUv^^tkcu^ 
aTparrjyov^.      18.    rov9  Sc  aa/OpcoTrov^  tol  TrXota^  aTre-     ^      . 
(rrc/ory/cctre.      19.    tov9  TroXtra?  d)(f>e\T]K€Lv,     20.   crc-  j 

rcXcvnf/cet  6  oT/oartcyrry?.  j 

II.  1.  The  young  man  had  written  the  letter.  ^VVJ-tvi*^ 
2.  You  have  educated  your  children  well.  3.  You 
Bacrificed  to  the  Muses.  4.  He  led  the  army  for- 
ward.* 5.  I  have  often  hunted  hares.  6.  We 
found*  gold  in  the  tents.  7.  We  have  called  an 
assembly  of  the  soldiers.  8.  But  he  banished^  the 
citizens.  9.  The  citizens  embraced^  their  children.  X 
10.  The  general  collg.cted'^  his  soldiers  together  in 
the  plain.  11.  We  shall  command  the  bowmen  to 
shoot.  12.  For  they  tried*  to  surround  the  villages. 
^  13.  He  will  write  a  letter  to"'  the  general.  14.  He 
has  asked  the  satrap  for  pay.^  15.  We  sent  both 
targeteers  and  bowmen  upon^  the  hill. 


NOTES. 

*  See  note  1,  Lesson  V. 

•  S  26.  N.  1. 
»  1 164. 

*  Use  the  imperfect,  and  see  1 103,  H. 
'  Imperfect. 

•  Aorist. 

^  irofto,  with  the  accusative. 
tvi* 


i  1 


180 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


17,    A^ieotiveBi  First  and  Second  Declension  Uncontraoted. 

(XII.) 

I.      1.    Kokov    (f>vova'i    KapTTOv    ol   (T€fj^ol  TponoL,  - 

C^^,\ikAJf/\  2.  6  p6fjLo<;  i-rrcuvov^  iariv  d£to9,  os  k(o\v€l  KaKox; 
ayopeiktp  tovs  veKppvs.  3.  oi/ol  aypLOL  iv  t(o  ire- 
8to)  eTp€)(ov,     4.    OLya0r)  rj  d8cX<^5i/  Kowtaula  iariv, 

MU^ifX.  5.  'A^TyVats^  deia  Sofa  cortV.  6.  c/c  rcii^  cr7roi'8a>i' 
eipijvrjv  ^c^cucu/  cxofia/.  7.  at  twi/  ayadoiv  aj/dpa)- 
iT(t>v  f^ikiai  ^e/SoLcu  eioriv,  8.  icaX^i'  cJot)i'  ^Sct. 
9.  nap*  ia-Okcjv^  icrOXa  p.au6au€.i^,  10.  Trtcrro? 
craipos  Toij'  dya^Si/*  re  /cat  tcSi/  Kaiccjj/  /xcrep(ct. 
11.  ot  cu^S/DCtoi  ayrjpoiv  eirawov  Xa/x^cu/ovcra'. .  12.  o 
67)p€VTJ)<i  ^Ckod'qpo^  rjv  /cat  <^\i.Tnro%,  t^  13.  fc<u  j'Si/ 
^         8uo    KaXw    re    /cdya^cw^    orpaTuoTa    rercXevrry/caroi/. 

l^uL  A/iA^   14.    ev^cuj'ot  yap  rjcrav,      15.    ot   0eot  rot?  dya^ot? 
tXeoi   euriv.      16.    #cat  io'Krfirqo'au    iv    ot/ctat9    /caXats 
^orat?   (TiTov.      17.    ot   ^eot   ra   XotTrd   inerekea'ai/, 

1  18.    Kv/oos  yd/>  ySacrtXt/cd?  re  icat  apx^^^^  dftos  ^j/. 

J  19.    v7re/3  ydp  n79  /ccu/xt;?  yrfkoi^xy;  /caXo9  iji'.      20.  o 

/i^*  Kvia^os  XevKOs,  6  8c  racos  irot/ctXos  iariv. 

n.    1.   The  valor  of  the  Spartans*  was  wonderful. 
2.  The  road  was  impassable.     3.   The  villages  were   ^ 
close  together.     4.   The  land  was  fertile.      5.    The  i 


,9 


c 


U^     f         hoplites  have  beautiful  arms.      6.    The    gods    were 
/  t  '-^       propitious.     7.   (There)  is  another  road.    8.   The  sol- 
diers were  without  breakfast.     9.   The  gods  are  both 
free  from  old  age  and  immortal.      10.    The  young 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


181 


man  was  fond  of  danger.     11.   White  clouds  were 
hiding  the  sun.     12.   You  were  criminal  and  unjust,  x-^i^^^^py*^ 
13.   The  road  was  long,  but  nevertheless  passable  hy*»'f^J^'l'^'^^ 
wagons.     14.  The  citizens  were  faithful  and  constant.     rV^  ^ 
15.   They  are  singing  beautiful  songs  in  the  theatre. 


/ 


NOTES. 


»  5  178,  N. 

*  I  184,  4. 
»  S  139.  L 

*  S  170,  2. 

*  Kol  dyoOik,  ni.  irwith  a. 


^  i  185,  and  §  184,  2. 

'  g  261,  1,  with  N. 

®  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 

•  I  142,  1,  with  K. 


Y.    Kouns  and  Adjectives :    Oontracts  of  the  First  and  Second 

Declensions.    (XIV.) 

I.  1.  ot  Uepcrai  Ovovcrvu  rfXio)  koI  y^  koI  (reXtjirg. 
2.  v€vpa  Kol  ooTo,  6  ap0pa}7ro<;  ej(€t.  3.  <u  nap- 
0€UOL  iv  Kavoi^  tovs  Kapirovs  (^povcriv,  4.  ol 
ayaooi  TroXtrat  rov'i  cu/ovs  Srjfjiayayyoifs  <^uyovo"U'. 
5.  01  ofioiOL  rot9  0/X01019  evvoi  eiaru^,  6.  a7rXov9  o 
nys  akrfOeia^  Xoyo9  iarCp,  7.  6  dotSos  XP^^^^ 
cndjiTTpov  <f)€p€L,  8.  XevKOL  v€KpS>v  OOTO,  ioTu/^  iv 
TO)  ain'pco,  9.  at  tcop  decjp  a/jLa^av  apyvpoxk  t/oo^ov? 
€)(ov<ru/,  10.  ot  TrXovcrtot  e#c  xpvcrcov  KvirdXKcop 
(rrrepoovciv*  11.  cJvot  <^Xot  tov^  klpSvi^v^  ap.v- 
vov(n,  T^  irpovoia}  12.  ot  dya^ot  <^tXot  ttlotop  vovv 
V)(pv(riv,     13.    6   ttXoCs  iorw  a8r)\os   rots   ravrat?. 

14.     6    OX^OS    OVK    €X€L    vow,        15.      OVK    ipitpp^Q/    TOtS 

OLi/OLS?     16.   at  depdnaLPOL  ip  kopoIs  top  aprop  irpoo'- 


1i  ^i 


182 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


183 


<l>€povo'u/.      17.   6  yap  Odvaros  cWt  x^^®^^  vttws. 
18.    TTkovTo*^  av€v  vov  ofiouti^  eoTLV  axpr)O'T0^,  wcnrep 
tTTTTOs  avev  ^aXti/ou.      19.    vevpa  koX  ootSl  ai^dpcjTrcji/ 
<f)6apTd  icTTU/}     20.    6  /Lto/  17X109  <T<f><upa  XPV^*  V 
8c  creXrjjrrj  apyvpa  eluai^  (^atVcrat. 

II.     1.  They  are  carrying  golden  fruit*  in  a  sil- 
ver basket.     2.  The  bones  of  Orestes  were  at  Tegea. 

3.  The    gods   afforded   the   sailors''  a  fair  voyage. 

4.  The  goblet  is  of  silver.  5.  A  kindly  word  light- 
ens pain.  6.  We  have  friends  (that  are)  well  dis- 
posed. 7.  Xenias  was  well  disposed  to  Cyrus. 
8.  The  man's  speech  was  simple.  9.  The  young 
man  was  admiring  the  golden  goblet.  10.  Shall 
the  soldiers  trust  the  senseless  general?  11.  We 
will  not  obey  a  senseless  man.'  12.  The  voyage 
was  down^  stream.  13.  There  are  stones  in  the 
current  of  the  river.  14.  Senseless  (men)  give  way 
to  their  desires.*  15.  We  admire  the  skill  of 
Hermes. 


NOTES. 


•  i  135,  2. 

•  §  188,  1. 

3  I  186,  V.  1. 

*  I  136. 

*  To  6«,  present  infinitive  of  c(|iC 


•  Plural. 

'  Dative,  §  184,  1. 

•  «  184.  2. 

•  Kara,  with  the  accusative. 


VI.    Verbs :  Indicative  Middle.    (XV.) 

I.      1.   ovK  ineiOeTO.     2.   wepl  rZv  koiv&v  iPovXev- 
ovTO.     3.    6   <f>t,\6(ro<f>os  fJLedrjf;^   koI   XaXtas  ira^Trai/ 


*wret^€TO.     4.    oi  wokipLioi  inl  *A0TJi/aq  Tropeva-oprai, 

5.  TTcpl  7179   Twi/  TToXiTSiv   (TiOT-qpLa^  ^ovkevaofjieda. 

6.  ini  Tov^  Uepaas  nenopevirrai.  7.  6  noirjTriq 
\6you  TrenoLTjTaL  wept  aperfj^,  8.  oi  TroXtrat  (tltov 
cvpa^ovaa^,  w^  OpexIfOpraL  iv  t^  noXiopKia.  9.  oi 
TToXtrat  To2<;  v6fjLOL<;  TreCo-ovrat.  10.  ra  S'  erepa  napd 
e^Siv  -gTrfo-dfXTfv.      11.    ras  Tqs  oUCa^  dvpa^  iKeK\eiTo. 

12.  iTroLTJa-ao-Oe  tov^s  KCDfitJTaq  raJ  a-aTpdirr)  €wov9. 

13.  (rvverd^cu/To^    oi     o-r/oartcJrat     is     etg    p^d^qv. 

14.  o-TpaT7jyov<;  alprjo-ovTai  aXXovSy  el  prj  ^ovXerai 
KXeapxos  andyew,  15.  rrjv  ^aauXeCap  6  Srjpo^ 
iXeXvTo,  16.  iir  ipyacrtcu/  rpexpopac,  17.  oi  Sc 
SoGXot  iXovcrai/To.  18.  ineTroi-qTO  iroXepov  iwl  tov 
o-aTpdm)!/  (Tvv  rot?  o-rpaTLcoTaL^,  19.  oi  TroXlraL 
Toif<s  i/eavCaq  eVatScuo-cu^o.*  20.  oi  crr/oarccDrat  iv 
T(o  TreSio)  hiacnreipovTai,. 

II.  1.  We  will  deliberate  about  the  safety  of  the 
citizens.  2.  He  did  not  obey  ^  the  Thirty.  3.  The 
philosophers  exhorted  the  citizens  to*  self-control. 
4.  We  will  obey  God  rather  than  men.  5.  Cyrus 
enslaved  "^  the  Medes.  6.  We  had  deliberated  with- 
out anger.  7.  The  soldiers  bathed  in  the  river. 
8.  They  procured  ^  themselves  arms  from  the  neigh- 
boring villages.  9.  The  villagers  are  warding  off 
danger  from  themselves.  10.  The  men  will  guard* 
themselves  against  their  enemies.  11.  The  hoplites 
accordingly  were  arming  themselves'  for  battle. 
12.    A  cloud  of  dust  is  seen  *  in  the  plain.     13.  We 


184 


FIRST    LESSONS   IN    GREEK. 


r 


immediately  sent  for  boats  and  arms.  14.  The 
army  had  already  proceeded  to  the  villages  above  the 
river.  15.  The  villagers,  therefore,  are  dehberating 
how  they  shall  persuade  the  satrap. 

NOTES. 

'  ^  174. 

«  I  188,  1.     For  the  following  verb,  see  rpi^, 

*  Aorist  middle  of  <rvvTaTT«». 

*  I  199,  N.  2.  '  Aorist. 

»  Imperfect  *  The  future  of  ^Xcittm  is  ^Xo^. 


irpd$. 


•  la  setn,  i.  e.  a2>p€ars. 


-•«•- 


VII.    Nouns :   Mnte  or  Liquid  Stems  of  the  Third  Declension. 

(XVII.) 


^    N 


I.  1.  ot  fi€v^  yv7r€9  j/eoTTevovcLv  em  irerpai^ 
dir/ooo-^Sarots,  ot  8c  oproy^^  koL  TrcpSt/ccs  cVt  rij? 
y^9.  2.  -^  "IvSlkt)  x^P^  VC^^  <^X€)3as  /carayctovs 
iroun-o^ancov  jxeTakkcjv.  3.  ra  dorpa  ra?  oJpa?  7^9 
i/vKTOS  €/x<^ai/t{€t.  4.  at  irovrjpal  c\7rt8c9,  aia-7r€/> 
ot     /cafcot     oST/yot,     cVt     ra     ifiaprtjiiaTa     ayovaw. 

5.  ra  fxadfjiJLaTa  tov9  i^ov?  airoTpdnei,  ap.apTr]fidTa)v, 

6.  x^^^'^^  <f)poin-ih€S  cto-t  XvTrrjpal  r^  ^vxi'  7.  rots 
yepovcTLP  ineiOoirro  ot  v€avCaL,  8.  Stfcatoi/  cortj/ 
vTTcp  T^9  7raT/Dt8o9  (TTpaT€V€(jdai,  9.  ''H<^at(rT09  tw 
7ro8€^  X^^^^  ^^-  1^-  ^^'^^^^^  ^^  axapia-Tiav  rjye- 
/utoj/a  cVt  ra  alaxpo-  Xcyoucrti/.  11.  at  aa7rt8c9 
/it/cpat  ^o-ai'.  12.  ot  Xco^c9  a/37rd^ov<7t  tt)v  aypcu/ 
Tot9  oi/vft'  Vat  rot9  Kparepol^  ohovcraf.  13.  r»}9 
rffxipas^    oi    aXXot    opt^€9    n^i'    yXav/ca    Tt'XXov<rt»'. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


185 


14.  x«/>  X^V>»  ^^'^€^-  15.  TO  xpvcrCov  iv  TTvpl  ^a- 
o-cwit^ofxev,  16.  dTTO  7^9  vrjcrov  eU  AtySi^i/  7rXo£l9 
eoTtj/  rjfxepa^^  /cot  j/u/cTd9.  17.  ot  noLfxei^e^;  raq 
tS>v    aiyS)v    ay€Xa9    €t9    tou9    Xct/Ltwi/a9    eXavVovcrti/. 

18.  6  Kr)pv^  Toif^  "EWrfva^;  iKeXevcre  oTpaT€V€<rdaL. 

19.  ore  6  Krjpv^  inXTjo-iaCev,  ol  </»vyd8c9  aTr4(f>€vyov, 

20.  ot  7rat8€9  ra   a-ajfiara  yvpvatpvo-iv   ain/  ttovol^ 

#Cat    LOpCJTL. 

n.  1.  The  boys  play.  2.  The  shepherd  is  driv- 
ing the  goats.  3.  They  drive  their  horses  with  whips. 
4.  We  will  not  honor  flatterers.  5.  An  ant's  life  is 
full  of  toil.  6.  Cyrus  leaped  down  from  his  chariot. 
7.  Favor  begets  favor,  strife  (begets)  strife.  8.  The 
orator  refrains  from  unseemly  strife.  9.  (There)  was 
a  fight  once  of  the  giants'  against  the  gods.  10.  The 
king  is  come  with  his  army.  11.  In  difficult  aflFairs 
few  companions  are  faithful.  12.  The  Greeks  pour 
out  bowls  of  milk  to  the  gods  as  off*erings.  13.  The 
shepherds  wonder  at  the  armies.  14.  The  boys  will 
taste  the  milk.^  15.  (There)  were  both  quail  and 
cock  fights  *  among  the  Athenians. 


NOTES. 


'  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 

*  ?  160,  1. 
'  §  188,  1. 

*  {  179,  1. 


'  I  167,  5. 
•  §  184.  4. 


'  I  171,  2. 

•  Contests  of  quaih  and  of  cocks. 


186  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Vm.    Verbs :  Indicative  Passive.    (XVIII.) 

I      1.    Ai/o/utaC^To    a-wrqp    -ri}?    TrarpiSo?.       2     ot 
Xriaral    7re<t>6vevvTaL    ino     tS>v     ttoXltZu.      3.     8vo 
dScXc^   iTTh  ToS  airoS  ^  hihacTKdXov  TrcTrotScv^^o,.. 
4.    Tols  0€ol9  ino  T^v  'ke-qvaioiv  ttoXXoI  ^ca>  rSpw- 
rai      5.    Bo'o<^Jij'T09  vto)  C7r€7rai8cu(r0r;i/  g^  27ra/)T7^. 
6     at  TnJXai  icc/cXcicroi^ai.      7.    al  hrnxoKpariaL  ino 
rZv   rvpdvuwv    KareXvdw^^      8.    6    Xt^ctt^s    f>i^v. 
^T^Vercu.      9.    ol    OT^ariirat    Trpos    rovs    ttoXc/xcovs 
wopevecreai    iKeXevadrjcrcu^^     10.    STraprr;    ttotc    viro 
o-ctcr/xoS   Scti^is   eVetV^T;.      11.    6   ttoXc/xo?   KarcTrav- 
o-^r;.     12.    ^  <rvvdy]K7)  vno  tS>p  fiap^dpcoi^  XcXvrai. 

13.  SiJo    KaXcJ,    ?7r7r6>    eU   r^v    Kcifxrii^    i^XawcV^^i'. 

14.  ois  (Ao2^)  01  ''EXXryi/cs  iiropeverjaav.  ii^  ro)  c/x- 
TTDocr^ci.  Xdyco  SeSr^Xoirac.  15.  raira  ino  rwv  noXe- 
^iwv  liriirpaKTo?  16.  MiXriaST^s  (^vop^H^ro  <T<oTrjp 
T^9  'EXXaSo?.  17.  TO  o-Sfta  roO  KpoKoSciXov  0av/xa- 
arm  ^x^pcora,.  18.  &  7roX6>6>  dTro^cKirSvi^vVerac 
r(£  TC  XP>?>«Ta  /col  at  ^|,vxai  19.  Kvpos  cVatScucro 
<riv  TOC9  iXXoi?  Traio-iV.  20.  rh  (rrpdrevfia  ovto>9 
inei<T0ri''  McVc^  Sc  (n;^'X€f€  rb  cavrou^  arpirevfia 
X^pls  TWi^  aXKcjv,  Koi  cXcfe  raSc. 

II.  1.  The  treaty  had  been  broken  by  the  Greeks. 
2  For  we  have  been  persuaded  by  our  commanders 
to  proceed.  3.  The  royal  authority  had  been  abol- 
ished by  the  people.  4.  Guides,  therefore,  will  be 
sent  to  the  Greeks  at  daybreak.     5.  They  were  sent 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


187 


into  the  camp  by  the  enemy.  6.  The  judges  were 
completely  deceived  by  the  accuser.  7.  The  ranks 
will  be  deserted  by  the  soldiers.  8.  The  democracy 
has  been  overthrown  by  the  tyrant.  9.  The  tem- 
ples of  the  gods  have  been  adorned  with  Phrygian 
spoils."  10.  The  property  has  been  stolen^  by 
thieves.  11.  He  will  be  vexed  ^  because  the  money 
was  not  sent.  12.  The  boys  had  been  well  educated. 
13.  Socrates  was  called  a  wise  man  {dmjp)  by  the 
Athenians.  14.  The  army  was  brought  in  safety^ 
to  Greece  by  the  generals.  15.  The  villages  had 
been  plundered  by  the  satrap's  army. 


NOTES. 

*  Same,  ?  79,  2. 

*  Pluperfect  passive  of  irparrfD. 
'  As  follows,  literally,  these  (things),  neuter  plural  of  ^Sc,  ^  83. 

*  ^^^^'  1-  *  Use  the  future  middle. 
KiKX«irr<u.                                           »  Imperfect. 


'  g  16.  1. 

*  0/ himself,  §80. 


IX.    HoTins :  Third  Declension  (contintced).    (XXI.) 

I.      1.    OdvaToq  ia-TL  Xvcrt?   t/fux>j9  dno  o-cy/iaro9. 

2.  Tol<;  Trato-l   XPV   al8w^  ov  xP^a-iov,   KaTaXeCnetv. 

3.  TO  x^pi'Ov  KepafxecKcx;  ovofia  exei  dno  7Jpcoo<;^ 
Kepdfiov.  4.  ij  yXad^  OrjpeiieL  /iv9.^  5.  iXia-KopraL 
fidXiora  ol  lx0v€^  npo  riXiov  dpaToXij<;  koI  fierd 
Svo-LP,  ^  6.  TTfp  (l>p6ur)(rLv  n79  xjwxn^  io^vp  ivofiL^op,^ 
7.ol  o<f>€L9  icr0Lova-Lu  opvidia,  8.  ra  XPW^Td  a/ 
raw  TToXccri   crracret?  eyct/oet.     9.    woXecov  pj^v  Xa/i- 


II 


188 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


189 


J 


10.    cV   rg    tvpia    ra    npo^ara    ra?    oipa?    €X€t    to 
TrXaro^-'Tn^xeo)?/    11.    ot  <Jv/x/xaxoi  mvcrli/  ck 'A^t^'- 
i;a9  nXeovo-Lv.     12.    Koti^o?  x^P<>^  aTracrt/  Trci/T/ct  tc 
Kol  )8acrtXcCcni/.      13.    toI?  'A07jvaCoL<;  ttX^^o?  Tpt>y- 
po)i/  ^v.     14.    (u  Tt/iol  tS>v  yoi/cW  Tol?  c/cydi/oi?  €t<ji 
icaXo9    e-qaavpo^.      15.    aXXa    /cal    olya?     fccu     ^oO? 
T/x<^t.     16.    ccrrt   rJii/   i^coi/    koI    ror?   yipovdi   kox 
Tat9  ypavcjtr  afia?  Tt/xa9  aTTOvlp.w.     17.    ra  /Aa/cpa 
T€tx^    ra   7rpo9   roi/   Hetpaia^  TerrapaKOvra  o-roStW 
-^o-ai/.      18.    dTrojSaXXci  17  cXa</>o9  ra  /ccpa  e/  roTrot? 
XaXcTTot?  /cai  Svcrefcv/xrot?.      19.    6  (9a^aT09  rwi^  g' 
yiy'pa    KaKWP    <t>dpiiaK6i^   cWii/.  ^  20.    to    yei^o^^  twp^ 
a^dpwTTcov  ov  jiovov  Tot9  T199  7^9  (^uTois,^  aXXa  fcal 
tSj'  Poa-icrjtidTCJV  ydXaKTL  /cat  rvpo;  /col  /cpcWt  t^'- 
<f>€r(u, 

IT.  1.  The  wise  (man)  scrutinizes  the  end  of 
every**  undertaking  before  he  begins  it.^®  2.  The 
singers  are  worthy  ^^  of  honor  and  respect.  3.  Man 
surpasses  in  understanding ''  the  rest  of"  animals.^* 
4.  The  soldiers  sailed  away  to  the  island  in"  the 
triremes.  5.  Those  in  the  city''  admire  the  poet's 
wisdom.  6.  (There)  were  in"  the  ships  the  old 
women  and  the  children  and  the  cattle.  7.  Man  has 
five  senses,  touch,  sight,  hearing,  taste,  (and)  smelling. 
8.  The  horsemen  were  being  drawn  up  before  the 
king.  9.  The  river  contains  all"  kinds  of  fish. 
10.     Clearchus  holds  the    right  wing  of  the    army. 


11.  The  city  has  two  beautiful  harbors.  12.  Her 
walls  afforded  this  city  safety.  13.  He  drove '^  his 
chariot  through  the  ranks  of  the  Greeks.  14.  (Men) 
call  old  age  the  winter  of  life.  15.  If  one'®  has  a 
beautiful  body  and  a  corrupt  heart,  he  has  a  good 
ahip  and  a  bad  pilot. 


20 


NOTES. 


'  I  55,  N.  1. 

^  §  55,  N.  1,  second  paragraph. 


»  I  160,  1. 

...  M  185. 

2  9.  5.  7  ^  53,  3,  N.  3. 

*  I  16r>.  8  g  188  1 

•  vomis,  genitive  singular  feminine  of  ires,  §  67. 
*®  Literally,  be/ore  the  beginning. 

"  I  178,  N. 

"  I  188,  1.  N.  1. 

"  5  142,  2,  N.  3. 

'*  S  175,  2. 

^  M,  with  the  genitive. 


"  ^  141,  N.  3,  second  paragraph. 

"  iravTOios. 

**  Imperfect. 

'•  tVs,  an  enclitic,  ^  84,  and  |  27,  2 

«    KOXO'S. 


X.  Verbs:  Subjunctive.    (XXIII.) 

I.  1.  Kvvaf;  Tpe<f>opL€Ut  Iva  tov<;  Xvkovs  airo  ran/ 
TTpofiaTCJV  dir€pvKO)(TLv.  2.  pLT)  (l)€vy(Ofi€v,  dXXa  Ka- 
Xoi9  aTToOmjo-KCjfjiev  virep  7-179  7rar/3tSo9.  3.  ol  ^av- 
Xot  €v  Xeyovo-w,  wa  rfji/  Sdfou/  r^9  ap€TYJ<;  Xa/x^di/a)' 
ariv,  4.  <w/Spct{U9  fxaxcofJieda,  Z  crTparLOjraL,  otto)? 
firj  eVi  TovTOL<;  Zfjuei/,  5.  apaTrava-cofieOa,  Z  <^tXot, 
TovTov  rov  noXe/JLOv.  6.  avrr)  Trp6<f>acn^  Icrrat  rov 
TroXdfxov,  Tfv  fjLrj  aKovo-axTLu.  7.  firj  TroLTJcrrjTe  o  ttoX- 
Xa/ci9  v/xa^  ifiXaxjje  ScSot/ca.  8.  ecu/  tovtov<s  rov9 
7roXtra9  atcr^cu/w/jLC^a  ivcwriovi  Tjj  oXiyap^Ca,  eKno- 
00)1/    TroLr)(r6fi€0a,      9.    idv   toiovtos    rrji/    TroXtrctoj/ 


190 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GRPJEK. 


imrrjhevjiy  Kokax;  cfct.  10.  ecu/  firj  Toura  a<rKT](rxf, 
aSiK-qaeL.  11.  <^d/3o9  tou9  TroXiVa?  e^et,  /txi7  cu  aw- 
OrJKai  {mo  TOiv  iroXefiicJV  kv0(O(TLv*  12.  Trai^a 
npOLTTe  fiera  npovoia^,  jxr)  afiapToivrf^.  13.  ovto5  6 
Oojpa^  ovT(o^  eipyaaraL^  cu9  p,7j  KO)\vrj  cVt/cuTTTCti/. 
14.  ov  7rc<^d)8T;rat.  ovSc  ScSot/fc  /uti)  Sd^oy  Trovrjpia^ 
exO'  15-  o^  yct/3  TToXefjLLOL  €19  Ttt  op>7  (^vfo^rai, 
cdi/  TTopevOcjfiev,  16.  /cat  eyci,  idvnep  ^ovXj),  wepL 
tSi^  ^ctft>i/  Sn]Yi](rofiaL.  17.  6  Sc  /xai/Tt9  ScSot/cc  /xi) 
KaTajievr)  rj  oTparia,  18.  ai/  cfCTrXcryrc,  yiicr6o<\>opav 
rrapi^oi  KvtjiKiqvov  €Kd(TT(p  tov  iir)v6<;,^  19.  KOt  ecu/ 
eyo)  (jxuvcjiiaL  a8t/co9  cTi^at,  ov  (^tXryo-crc.  20.  copa 
cotI  ^ovXevea-dai  firj  Ka/cot  tc  kcu  aicTXpol  anocJHLL- 
V(op.€6a, 

II.  1.  Let  us  deliberate  about  the  safety  of  the 
city.  2.  If  you  make^  this  man  a  friend,*  he 
will  aid  (you).  3.  The  boy  brings  the  book  to  his 
teacher  that  he  may  read  (it).  4.  Let  us  remain  at 
home.  5.  Let  us  shun  the  unseemly  and  aspire  after ^ 
the  beautiful.  6.  If  these  soldiers  fight  courageously, 
they  will  be  honored.  7.  For  if  you  put  these  her- 
alds to  death,  there  will  be  war.  8.  They  fear  that 
the  robbers  will  slay  the  villagers.  9.  Let  us  fight 
nobly  for  our  country.  10.  If  you  work,  you  will 
fare  well.  11.  The  citizens  fear  that  the  treaties  will 
be  broken.  12.  If  you  educate  these  children  well, 
they  will  honor  (you).  13.  Let  us  rest,  Soldiers,  and 
deliberate.     14.    If  he  says  that,  he  will  speak  the 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  191 

truth.     15.   They  fear  that  the  soldiers  will  in  this 
way  be  persuaded. 

NOTES. 

'  Perfect  passive,  in  passive  sense,  of  €pYdto(jiai. 

'  H79,  1.  3  Aorist.  -•  ^  lee 

•"'  <$p€>|iai  with  the  genitive,  g  171,  1.     Use  |uv. .'.  U. 


XI.   A^ectives :  Third  Declension,  and  Tirst  and  Third  Declen- 
sions Combined.    (XXIV.) 

I.  ^  1.    auOpcoTTO^    aTvxfj^    o-dCerai    W    iXmSos, 
2.    T^9  TratScta?  at  fxei^  ptlat  eial  TTiKpac,  yXv/cct?  Se 
olKapwoL      3.    TO   T^v  liowv  y^os  rol^  dvepdiroi^ 
fidkicrra  Xvo-ircXe?  iariv,     4.    Sofa  /cat  ttXoGto?  apev 
a-wicrem  ovk  a(T(f>a\^  KTJjfiaTa.     5.    nacra  imo-TTJ/xr) 
X^/>W    Si/caioo-ui/i;?    n(wovpyia,    ov    <TO(f>La    (fxuveTai. 
6.^  Xcyoi/iG.  del  ra   ikrje^,  &  TralScg.      7.    'HpaK\r)<s 
TOL^    arvxecL    (loirqpicw    irap^xev.     8.    ttcttoi/c?    oi 
fioTpv€<s    7rop(f>vpo:   Kal    y\vK€L<;  dcriv.      9.    Sta   rrfv 
rSiv  xpW^rmv  KTijcnv  Traces  ol  nokefioL  toI^;  avOpd, 

rjSeU  ioTLP  rj  (rdp^.  11.  rwi/  kvkpcop  ol  p.h^  kevKoC, 
ol  Se  /ieXai/65  elo-Lp.  12.  evSacfiopes  daiv  ol  apOpo)- 
not,  ot  tX€0)9  ixova-L  tov^  0eovq.  13.  ol  d/cparc?? 
ai(rxpap  Sovkeicw^  Sovkevovanu.  14.  ov  wao-i  tols 
nkovarioi^  i^eo-TLP  eiSaL/jLocnv^  elpai.  15.  ndpTeg  ol 
(Tvp^fiaxoL  KOLPcopol  ^(T(w  Tq^  Xcta?/  16.  5  rdXatm 
d8€k(f>7J,    ^    TTcwTolou    d(TL    fxepi/woi.      17.    fu^jfiopes 


n 


l 

'■■1 


192 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


tZv  tov  o-o<^5  Xoyo)^'  ccr/utcV.  18.  xapto/ra  xopoi/^ 
e/  Tft)  OeoLTpo)  ^opevova-Lv  ol  xopcvrot.  19.  Set  top 
€iryepfj  ov  fiovov  yevei  ®  aXXa  koI  iOecTL  koI  irpdyfia- 
(Tiv  etvai  eK7rp€7rrj,  20.  toyKparq^  kv  rrj  htacTr) 
kyKparfi^  r^v  koI  KapT€pLKoq  7rpo<;  t/zOxo?  koL  x^t- 
ficjva,  7r/309  0epo^  koI  rjXiov,  npcx;  Traina^  trovov^  koI 
KivSvvovs, 

II.  1.  The  robbers  plunder  everything.  2.  Men 
are  dehghted  by  pleasing  songs.'  3.  Hopeful'  (men) 
bear  their  ills  easily.  4.  God^  is  a  punisher  of  the 
too  high-minded.  5.  All  men  have  not  the  same  ^° 
mind.  6.  The  fruit"  is  swQet.  7.  The  bridges 
were  broad  ^'^  and  the  river  was  deep.  8.  All  hate  a 
loquacious  person.  9.  The  gifts  of  the  satrap  were 
pleasing.  10.  Pleasure  is  sweet/^  but  pain  sharp. 
11.  All  the  Libyans  were  black.  12.  He  trusted 
the  prudent  general.'^  13.  The  citizens  were  unfor- 
tunate^^ but  well-born.  14.  The  words  of  the  sooth- 
sayer are  clear.  15.  All  the  soldiers  had  black 
shields. 


NOTES. 


»  I  143,  1. 

'  §  159. 

=^  I  138,  N.  8  a. 

*  §  180,  1,  and  §  170,  2. 

^  I  180,  1,  and  9,  171,  2. 

6  I  188, 1,  5.  1. 

'  I  188, 1. 


*  I  66,  N.  3. 

*  Use  the  article, 
w  §  79,  2. 

"  Plural. 

"  U8e|Uv...W. 

"  I  184,  2. 


1 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


193 


Xn.   Verbs:  Optative.    (XXVI.) 

I.      1.    ipa    ovK^    av    apicrKoi    6    avOpconof;    tol<s 
^cot9,^    el   neCOoLTo    aurot? ;      2.     rts    ax/   TTiorcvcretc 
\lfevarrj[j,    koI    el    aXrjOevoreiep ;       3.     €t    ovrax;    ej^ot, 
avokfio^  ovTTOT    au  cny?.     4.    Kvpcp  <f>L\oL  dvat  nepl 
wavTo^  aj/  noLrjo-OLfjLeOa.^     5.    tcjp  (TTpaTTjycov  Karr). 
y6pr)(TG^,  wa  avros  7r€pL(Ta)0€Lr),     6.    el  tov^  MtjBov^; 
ao-OeveU  noLrjcraipLi,  ttoptcov  ye  op  tZp  irepi^^  pahim 
ap^atfiL,     7.    6   7rat9   rw    TraiSoTpL^rj  p68op   e(f>ep€P, 
ipa  xcupoL.     8.    €1  afia  ekevdepo^  t  evq^  koI  TrXovVto?, 
TtVo9  ^  OP  en  Seoto  ;      9.    oi  crr/aart&lrat  ek  rqp  noXe- 
p.i(w  yfjp  inopevOrjo-ap,  upa  hiapirdlpLPTo,      10.    cSe- 
ZoUeip  fxT)  rj  ye(f)vpa  kv0eC7j.     11.    et  radra  TrpdrroL^, 
Kvpop    a*/    0}(f)ekyj(TeLa<;.      12.    el    exoifiep   xpW^ra, 
<^tXov9  /5aSta>9  ap  noLOLfxeda.^      15.    el  epreddep  ek  rrjp 
EXXctSa  iropeveaOai  /3ovXolpto,   ovk  olp  rjyrjcraLfirjp, 

14.  OVK  OP  Oavfid^oifjLL,  el  KoXd^OL  Toif<;  KaKovpyov^, 

15.  Tavra  8*  enpa^ep,  ha  tov<;  arparicoTa^  e^airaTrj- 
o-etep.  16.  TTw?  ap  ovp  eyco  ^Lao-axjxiqp  tovtov<;  tto- 
pevecr0aL,  el  firj  ^ovXolpto  ;  17.  o5ro9  yap  eSeto-e 
fir)  081^:0)9  8(opa)p'^  SLcjKOL/jLep.  18.  dXX'  0770)9  01 
o-TpaTLWTaL  eKTrkevo-euap  enl  tcop  Tpirjpmp,  Sta  ravra 
(TVpepovXevep.  19.  e^o7]0r)<Tap  ovp  7019  orpartoJ. 
ra(,9,  07ro>9  crui/  eKetpoLq  ixd^ovpro  /cat  ^1117  /xdj/ot  /cu/- 
Sweuotcj/.  20.  napenefi^e  Se  «:ai  t£i/  yvfJLpyjrcjp 
ap0pw7rovs  ei^cjpov<;  et9  ra  a/cpa,  07raJ9  (rrjfjLaLPOLep. 

II.      1.    He  would  perhaps  hire  these  mercenaries, 
if  they  should  proceed  into  his  province.     2.    They 


I 


194  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   GREEK. 

feared  that  we  should  all  fare  ill.  3.  I  was  there  to 
fight.^  4.  The  king  feared  that  the  satrap  would 
plot  against  the  cities.  5.  If  he  should  do  this,  he 
would  harm  the  city.  6.  He  was  apprehensive  that 
his  enemies  would  be  honored.  7.  He  feared  that 
the  soldiers  would  not  fight  bravely.  8.  You  would 
not  be  happy,  even  if^  we  should  gratify  (you)  in 
this.  9.  And  then  they  brought  the  young  man  into 
the  city,  that  he  might  be  chastised  for  his  deeds.' 
10.  If  the  general  should  send  for  the  ships,  he 
would  do  wrong.  11.  I  wrote  the  king  this  letter, 
that  the  whole  affair  might  be  made  clear  (to  him). 

12.  If,  therefore,  we  should  slaughter  the  cattle,  we 
should   in   this   way   procure   ourselves    provisions. 

13.  He  therefore  feared  that  the  army  might  not 
arrive ^°  in  time.  14.  But  we  asked  for  arms  with 
which  to  defend  ourselves."  15.  Not  even  if  I 
should  send  for  the  ships,  would  you  follow  me." 

NOTES. 

»  I  282,  2. 
"  I  184,  2. 
3  I  226,  2,  with  b. 

«  J  141,  N.  3.     For  the  case,  see  |  171,  3. 

»  What,   genitive  singular  of  the  interrogative  pronoun  rCt,  5   84 
For  the  case,  see  |  172,  1. 

•  S  9,  4. 

'  I  173,  2. 

*  That  I  might  fight. 

»  Not  even  if,  ov8*  «l,  at  the  beginning  of  th«  Mnt«nc«. 


10 


"  See  the  third  English  sentence  above. 
"  $  184,  2. 


1 


FIRST.  LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  ]95 

Xin.   Verbs !  Lnperatiye.    (XXIX.) 

I.^    1.   CT-ov  deai  Kol  Tot<i  w^ow  neiffov.     2.   ovkow 
ia<TdT(o^  IX€  jcal  8oK€w  Kol  €lt,ai   Kak6u  re  KdyadSv. 
3.    tA  i(f,aj^  TOts  <f>av€poh  •  T€Kfj.aCpov.     4.    dvSp&p 
^av'Xo.^  5pKou  eU  i8<op  ypd<f,^.     5.    weoTrcto-^o, '  to 
ayKvp,ov.     6.    if   ykStcrad   a-ov  p.'f,   irpcnp^^rto  tov 
vov.      7.    p.ri    <f>evytTe   rows    nouovs,    oXX*    i0e\ovTou. 
vnop^iT€.     8.    dpepconos  U'  pAp.vr,a-o   rij^   Koiuij^ 
Tvxn^.     9.   fif,  k^TTrja-ov  Tw  narepa.     10.   dt^p  dxd- 
pi<rT<Kp.if  vopitfifrda,  <f>i.\o<;.      11.    npo  tov  ipyov  eS 
^efiovXevcro.      12.    oi  woi  TratSeveV^axrar.      13.  ira- 
Tijp  Te  Kcu  ixrJTTip  npovoiav  i^Tov  rqs  tS>v  tIkv^v 
fl-atSeias.      14.   dKovcT6v  pov,  Z  <f>[ke.     15.  Sv'o  wSpe 
pdxeadou.     16.    Ta>  dSek,f>ii  i7r€<T0mu.     17.    6  0<ipai 
ovrms  elpyda-ffco,   c&s  p^    Kotkvr)    Kadiifiw.       18.    prj 
^P€va-fffj^   KaWs   ikma-iu,   dXkd  mipdOriTi  a  Swara 
ia-Tw.     19.    6  SI  ie/joVv\o?  inb  t^s  XipaCpai  Sia- 
ana<r07JTa>.     20.    ipuorja-aTe  on  inl  raw  ffvpan  r^s 
EAAaSo?  icriicp, 

n.  1.  Refrain,  therefore,  from  disgraceful  ac- 
tions. 2.  At  daybreak  pray  to  the  gods.  3.  Send 
for^the  ships.  4.  Let  the  door  be  closed  once  for 
all.*  5.  Do  not  blame  this  poor  man.  6.  Let  a 
comrade  trust  a  comrade.  7.  Work,  if  you  wish 
to  fare  well.  8.  Let  not  the  bad  (man)  occupy  the 
pl^e  of  the  good  (one).  9.  Hear  the  witnesses 
Judges!     10.    Receive   me,  0  Sea!     11.   Let   the 


196 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


197 


I" 

I 


citizens  guard  the  laws.  12.  Proceed,  therefore,  at 
once,  that  you  may  encamp  near  us.  13.  Let  the 
old  men  remain  in  the  village.  14.  Hold  fast  the 
beautiful,*  Athenians  !  15.  Let  them  send  the  scout 
upon  the  mountains  at  daybreak. 


»  I  188.  1. 

»  I  202,  2,  N.  1. 


NOTES. 

*  Beijig,  the  present  participle  of  c(|fcC 

*  I  139,  2. 


XrV.    Syncopated  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension.  —  Irregular 

Adjectives.    (XXX.) 

I.  1.  apwdiv  ayado^  ovSev^  Stac^pet  Trarpos  aya- 
00V.  2.  o'(o<f>po)v  fih  vlo9  €V(l)paLi/eL  top  iraripa, 
a^poiv  Se  vtos  XvTret  7-71/  /xryre/oa.  3.  AvcravZpo^ 
fi€ya\o)v  TifJiZv  rj^idOr}.  4.  cikoto)?  rfjv  SLKatoanivrji/ 
p,r)T€pa  TOiv  aWoiv  dpercjv  Xeyovaiv,  5.  vtivo^  tto- 
Xv9  ovre  toTs  crw/xacrtj/  ovre  tols  xjjvxo-^^  apfioTTei. 
6.  dvTJp  avhpa  kolL  ttoXi?  croJ^et  TrdXti^.  7.  KaKov 
au/hpo^  Scjpa  oirqaiv  ovk  ^ct.  8.  <whpdcrL  tol^ 
dyaOoL^  CTTcrat  yi/dfirj  t€  koL  atScu?.  9.  ScjKparrjs 
ovY  iKeTevae  tous  StKaora?  /utcra  ttoXXcIi/  haKpvwv, 
10.  ra  fieydka  hcopa  rfj<:  rvxv^  cxct  ^o^ov,  11.  7ra- 
paKeXevovrai  01  Trarcpcs  rots  vIcVu'^  cvcrc^cts  fcat 
cvTret^cts  cli^at.  12.  roi'  Kv/ooi/  ot  Uepaai  iraTepa 
Trpocrrjyopevov*  13.  rots  dyadol<;  di/hpd(ri  Xafxirpa 
Sd^a  €7rcrat.  14.  17  ctpcTT)  /caXoi^  a^Xoj/  cVru/  ctJ^Spl 
ao<l>^.      15.    vTTcp    Tcij^    TraripfM^    koL    tS>v   ^riTipoiv 


. 


ya^aiax;  fiax(ofJL€0a.  16.  ov/c  oel  ot  TralSes  o/motoi 
cto-t  roi  7rar/>t.  17.  dyaffcoj/  fjLirjTepcoi/  /cat  dyadaX 
0vyaTip^%  dvyarpda-L  yap  rj  fJLijTrjp  waa-wv  dpera^v 
hihdcTKaKof;  io-nv.  18.  ct/coucra^  tJ  dvydrrjp  r^ 
firjTpl  Trjv  XevK-qv  io-OfJTa  <f>epei,  19.  /leya?  ^0^09 
Tov<;  TToXtra?  ej^et,  /at)  at  (rvpOrJKai  vtto  tcji/  woXefiLCJu 
\vd(!}(Tiv,  20.  ot  "EXXrjpes  noXXciv  /cat  fxeyaXoiv 
TToXeoji/  ot/ctorrat  ^oraj/. 

II.  1.  Brave  men  are  admired.  2.  The  shep- 
herd's daughter  is  singing.  3.  The  deeds  of  the 
good  man  are  always  noble.  4.  Good  sons  obey 
their  fathers  and  their  mothers.  5.  The  words  of 
the  just  have  great  power.  6.  For  this  man  has 
wisdom  in  place  of  great  wealth.  7.  The  daughter 
brings  her  father  the  torch.  8.  We  did  not  accom- 
pUsh  these  undertakings  without  great  dangers. 
9.  Of  great  toils  the  glory  is  also  great.  10.  These 
men   are   being    concealed    in    the    orator's    house. 

11.  In  Egypt  (there)  is  a  great  abundance  of  grain. 

12.  The  good  daughter  obeys    her   mother   gladly. 

13.  Many  men  strive  after  wealth.  14.  The  tongue 
is  the  cause  of  many  great  evils.  15.  The  great 
king  had  a  large  army  and  much  wealth. 

NOTES. 

^  Inno  respect,  literally,  in  respect  to  nothing,  neuter  singular  accusa- 
tive of  o«8<(t  used  adverbially,  ^  77,  1,  v.  2,  and  |  160,  2. 
"  g  60,  5.  30. 
'  From  dMmv.    See  §  138,  u.  7. 


198  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

XV.   Verbs:  Infinitive.    (XXXI.) 

I.  1.  KaXov  icTTL  TO  €u  TToKeixo)  oLTrodinjcrKeLv. 
2.  ha/Spov  naXaLov  /xerac^vreucw/  SvctkoKov.  3.  vo- 
fjLOLS  enecrOaL  Kakov.  4.  €t  )8ou\ct  aya6o%  yiyv^- 
crdaL,  TTpcjTov  moT€ve,  otl  /ca/cos  ct.  5.  T^dvKivai 
TOVTOv<;  (^-qalv  rots  ^eots.  6.  t7]v  ttoKw  c^acri  kiv- 
hweva-ai,  7.  €i5  t^v  noXefiCcw  yfjv  nopevffrjvaL 
XeyovraL.  8.  ecu'  rt9  ^^717,  otl  /JacrtXei  e^ecTTL  fir) 
neCdecrdaL  toIs  v6p.oi<i,  oSros  keyeadcj  KoXag  eii/at. 
9.  iravTas  XPV  '^aura  p,av0dveLv.  10.  ou  Traaiv 
iOeXovcTL  avfi^ovkevea/  oi  OeoL  11.  ekiritfiyLeu  av- 
piov  ere  ypdipeiUj  ttoj?  TrpaTT^i  6  a0€\(l}os»  12.  ttci- 
deaOai  rovs  7rat8a9  rot?  yoreOcni'  c/ceXevei'.  13.  t^s 
'AyTycnXaov  dpen^s  re  /cat  80^9  d^toi'  hraivov  ypo-- 
\jjaL  ov  pdhiov  icTTiv.  14.  ScjKpaTqv  TreireLKeuai  tov<; 
i/€ovs  eauTOi  ^  /xoXXo^'  '^  rot?  yovevan  nciOeaOaL  €(f)a' 
aav.  15.  apa'^  oleade  tov<;  o'TpaTrfyov<;  ttju  'ElXXdSa 
(T(oa€Lv  ;  16.  auT09  ei^Ty  rjyijcreadaL  rfjv  SwafiLv  /cat 
ra  vTTO^uyta  Tro/oevecr^at.^  17.  o  /xeXXets  Trparreti/, 
/xt)  rrpoXeye.  18.  tovs  x/dt/otous  tojj'  on/OpdncJv  €v 
7rpdTT€Lv  coTt  SiKaiov.  19.  'AXc^ai'Spos  eVe^u/xTycrei/ 
e/  KiJSi'w  Xovcracr^at.  20.  to  ya/o  TrdXcts  /uteyctXa? 
TW  cnrpaTiqyov  etXryc^at*  /cat  ^(xipcw  noXKrjp  vcf) 
€avT(p  7r€TroLrja-6aL  inalpov  d^iov  icmv, 

II.  1.  The  king  commanded  the  generals  to 
march.  2.  The  father  said  he  had  been  honored  by 
his  son.     3.    To  execute '^  is  hard,  but  to  command 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


199 


easy.     4.    He  compels  us  to  delay  in  the  market- 
place.     5.    He  commanded  him    to  say^  that   the 
general  had  taken  the  city.     6.   He  wished  the  boy 
not  to  appear  foolish.     7.    Do  you  not  -  think  that 
the  gods  will  care  for  you  ?     8.    He  commanded  the 
god  to  serve  a  man^  for  hire  for  a  year.^     9.    They 
say    that   the    seer   was  made   blind    by  the   gods. 
10.    The  soldiers  are  not  willing  to   proceed,   but 
affirm  that  they  will  remain  here.     11.    It  is  right 
(for)  the  son  to  obey  his  father.      12.    The  bridge 
was  said®  to  have  been  destroyed   by  the  Greeks. 
13.    He  says  that  the  hoplites  will  proceed  at  day- 
break to  the  river.    14.  All  robbers  of  temples  ought 
to  be  put  to  death.     15.    He  said  that  this  stranger 
wished  to  take  part  in  the  expedition  with  us. 


NOTES. 

•  Himself,  dative  singular  of  the  reflexive  pronoun  cavrov,  |  80. 
2  282,  2. 

Note  carefully  that  the  tenses  of  the  infinitives  are  different. 

Perfect  infinitive  of  Xofipow*.  '  ^  184  2. 

Use  (Uv . . .  8< .  8  g  iQi' 

♦dvos  present  infinitive  of  4w||iL    »  See  note  1,  Lesson  XXXIX. 


XVI.   Verbs:  Participles.    (XXXIII.) 

I.  1.  ou  TTOiw  rjMd  icTTW  rj  dXrjOeia  toI^  olkov- 
ov(TW.  2.  (^vye  rihovriv  varepov  (f>4pov(T(w  /3\dj3rfp. 
3.  (f>C\ov<;  €X(ov  POfiL^e  Orjo-avpoif^  ex^Lv,  4.  tov 
XP^fTov  Ik  ttoKXov  fiddovs  ol  fJL€Ta\\€V0PTe<;  auopvr- 


^M 
€ 


V 


200 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Tovcnv.  5.  %(t)Kparq<;  StaXcyd/ici^o?  Trpo€Tp€7rero 
Tov<;  (Twomas  /LtoXtora  tt/oos  eyKparctcu/.  6.  ras 
irpocnmn'ova'a^  Tv\a^  yewaiw?  <f)€p€T€,  7.  6  /^lai/- 
Tt5  TO,  fxeWovra  /caXaJ?  'Tr€7rpo<f>y]T€VK€i^,  8.  MryScta 
ra  T€Kva  Tre<^ov€VKvla  e)(aLp€P.  9.  di/aTravcra/jLCi/o? 
iropevcreTaL,  10.  ot  ttc/jI  Acwi^tScu/  TptaKocrioi  yeu- 
valo)^  fxa^ojxeuoL  ireXevTyjaav,  11.  6  8c  TjXavi'c  tt/qo? 
7171'  TToXw,  OTTCDS  iyyifs  CTpaTOTr^Sevo'oifJievo^  tov^  <f>eV' 
yovTa<;  viroXafx^dvoL.  12.  crwc/caXccrai'  tov9  irpdcr- 
)8€i9  aTTO  TcSi'  TrdXccuj^  aKovaofjicvov^  7179  cttiotoXi^?. 
13.  ovTos  ya/o  TLiir]0€l<;  vno  tov  Syjfxov  Trjv  BrjiMOKpa- 
Tiav  KaTokveir  TreireipaTai.  14.  ot  TroXc/xtot  hicjKov- 
(TLv  €19  TOi'  TTOTafiov  TO  oTpdrevfia  TO  hia^aivov} 
15.  C09  TOi'  ap^ovTa  Sci  npoTepov  p.av0aif€iv  oip)(€' 
cr0aLy  vvv  Xcfw.      16.    t7r7rca9  n€fJLTra)iJL€v  iwl  tov  \6<f)0P 

CTKO^tOpAvOV^    TTOV    elcTU/    ol   TToXifJLlOl,       17.     vop.i(Ta(Ta 

rj  770X19  dv^TTiKk'qTOTepov  6u/ai  * kyy^crCKaov  /col  ro) 
yci'Ct     /cat    r^     aperjj,    tovtov    inoLTjaraTO    /SacrtXca. 

18.  a/xa  rrj  rificpa  npocrev^afia^oL  ro t9  ^€0t9  /cat 
(ruvTa^ajxei^oL  ws  ct9  tJ^d-XO^  inop€voirro  ol  *EXXT7J'e9. 

19.  ot   ''EXX7;i/€9    T€0v/cdrc9    i^ivilfiv   Toifs    <^tXov9. 

20.  ot  Sc  Traprjkavvov  TeTay/xevoL  /car*  tXa9  /cat  /cara 
Ta^et9. 

II.  1.  Regard  him  that  has  died^  happy.  2.  He 
will  move  both  stones  and  trees  (by  his)  singing. 
3.  The  generals  had  come  with  triremes  to  besiege 
the  island.  4.  I  am  pleased  (at)  having  been  hon- 
ored by  you.     5.    He  was  not  willing  to  converse^ 


1 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


201 


with  those  who  had  not*  property.  6.  To  you  who 
have  stirred  up  the  city  we  shall  oppose  ourselves. 
7.  We  will  send  men  to  do  this.  8.  He  will  col- 
lecf^  an  army  and  besiege  the  city.  9.  When  they 
had  done  this,  they  withdrew  to  the  camp.  10.  He 
intends  to  come  with  boats  and  triremes.  11.  He 
called  the  captains  together^  and  spoke  as  follows. 
12.  He  blinded  me  while  sleeping.  13.  Not  only 
punish  those  who  transgress,  but  also  hinder  those 
who  intend  (to  do  so).  14.  Since  you  are  mortal, 
remember,  young  men,  the  common  lot.^  15.  For 
these  (two)  men,  if  they  should  be  trusted  by  the 
people,  would  overthrow  the  democracy. 

NOTES. 

[  ^  26,  N.  2.  3  §  186,  with  N.  1. 

*  Use  rcXcvTOM.  *  g  283,  4. 

*  Greek   idiom,  having  collected  (aorist  participle)  an  army  he  will 
besiege,  etc. 

*  Cf.  II.  8,  above.  i  j  171,  2. 


-♦o*- 


€iCrLl/. 


XVn.    OompariBon  of  Adjectives.  -Verbals.  —Adverbs  and  their 
Oomparison. —Numerals.    (XXXVI.) 

I.  1.  ip  rot?  i.\4<f>cuTLv  ol  appQ/e<;  noXij  a/ieCi/ov^ 
nv.  2.  ot/catoi/  eVrt  tovs  KpeLTTov^  tS)v  -qTTOi/cjv 
apx€w.  3.  (rvfJL/3ov\ev€  fifj  tol  i^Stcrra,  dWa  tol 
apicrra,  4.  KoXacTTeov  tov  TralSa,  et  /icWct  cvSat/tctii/ 
clmt.  5.  ixOpo^,  S9  ra  dkr^di)  Xeyei,  atperaJre/Dos 
cWt  ff>Ckov,  OS  7r/>09  X!^pw  /coXa/ccucc.     6.    irXeove^ia 


'■'I 


202 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


203 


/le/LOToi^  opdpamoLS  KaKov,  7.  (ra<f)€aT€pov  koL 
OKpi^ioTepov  Xeyc  ra?  ci^oXct?.  8.  o'(o<f>poa'vinjv 
ph/  8l(okt€op  /cat  dcr/oyrcW,  aKoXaaiap  Se  (f)€VKT€ov. 
9.  K/otTta?  /io/  Tcii/  CI'  T^  oXiyap^ia  ndmcov  yStatora- 
T09  T?!',  AXfct^taSr;?  8c  rcii'  ci/  r]}  SrjpoKpaTia  Trdvrcjv 
aKpaT€(TTaTos  kcu  v)8/> terror aro9.  10.  Trcu/rwi/  aSt- 
KcjTaTov  irpaypa  <f>06po<;  cortV.  11.  /xct{ov9  1780^9 
ov/c  €Xov(Tw  oi  yov€i%,  fi  o'aKf)pova<;  cx^iv  TrotSas. 
12.  ou  p7)v  oovkcuriov  rots  yc  I'ow  €)(ovcn  rots  ouroi 
KaKCJ^  (f>povov(TLv}      13.   ij  CJ817  TTaio;  ^apUvTOiS  c^ct.^ 

14.  01    /cd/oa/cc9   /LtcXarrarot    cto-t    irdm-cjp    opvlOojp. 

15.  e/  'A^ifi/ats  drrt  t^s  TraXat  hr^poKparias  oXt- 
yap^ia  rjv  7)  tcjj/  TpiaKovra  rvpauvuiv,  16.  TroXXa/cts 
c/c  /Atas  apapTia^  pvpiai  yiyvovrai  aKyrih6v€<;,  17.  6 
aTpaTTjyo^  rrji/  orpaTiav  cts  ras  cyyuraro)'  Kcopa^ 
ayct.  18.  rov  ySao'tXccus  crTparevpaTos  rjcrca/  ap^ov- 
res  rcrra/ocs,  rpiaKovra  pvpidScjv  cicaoros.  19.  ^c- 
pous  /to/  \jwxpoT€pa),  ^ct/LtcSj^s  Sc  OeppoTcpo)  u8art 
Xouccr^at  xapiioT^pov  iorw.  20.  Xcyoi/rat  ot  IIc/o- 
crat  d/Li<^t  ras  SciSc/ca  pvpiaZa^  c&at. 

n.  1.  The  horns  of  the  stag  are  much  greater 
than*^  those  of  the  gazelle."  2.  Traitors^  are  much 
more  hateful  than  the  enemy.  3.  It  is  very*  hard 
to  be  ruled  by  an  inferior.  4.  It  is  most  truly  said 
that  Cyrus  ruled  justly.  5.  The  oracle  at  Delphi 
was  most  in  repute.  6.  Children  have  no°  greater 
benefactors  than  their  parents.  7.  We  must  not 
flatter  the  commander,  but  obey  (him)  most  zealously. 


8.  He  was  the  son  of  a  most  prudent  man.  9.  The 
easiest  road  for  an  army  is  the  quickest.  10.  He 
has  come  with  a  thousand  soldiers  and  twenty  tri- 
remes to  besiege  the  city.  11.  We  shall  fight  more 
bravely,  if  Cyrus  himself  lead  (us).  12.  The  servant 
is  both  very  fond  of  money  and  very  idle.  13.  The 
captain  must  lead  a  hundred  and  fifty '°  hoplites  as 
quickly  as  possible  into  the  nearest  village.  14.  It 
is  fifteen  stadia  from  this  river  to  Thermopylse. 
15.    Sophocles  composed  a  hundred  dramas. 


*  1 179,  1. 

•  Than  the  {horns)  of  the  gazelle. 


NOTES, 

'  I  184,  2. 

•  See  note  8,  Lesson  XXV. 
»  I  75.  N.  1,  and  §  141,  n.  3. 
'  Use  the  article. 

•  Very  is  sometimes  translated  by  putting  the  word  which  it  modifiei 
in  the  superlative. 

•  -^0*-  '^  I  77.  2.  N.  2  a. 


XVm.  Verbs:  Oontraot.    (XXXVIII.) 

I.  1.  p^oTov  ioTu/  andvTCjp  iavroj/^  i^anaTap, 
2.  ot  i/opdSeq  Tcov  Al^vcjv  ov  rat?  rjp€paL<;,  aXXa  rat? 
PV^LP  apiOpovo-L  TOP  xpopop.  3.  TrXrjpwpep  ra?  pav^ 
Koi  wXecDpep^  eVl  tov^  TroXepCovg,  4.  popL^f^  del 
Toifs  0eoif<:  yeXap  6p(opTa<;  rf^p  tcjp  dpOpcjncjp  kcpo- 
crirovhiav,  5.  p-qheK;  (jyo^dcdco  OdpaTOP,  anoXvo-tp 
KaKotp.  6.  naPTaxov  ol  irpoSoTai  Oapdro)  Cvf^covp- 
.  Ot  pep  aXXoL  C<^(tlp  vpa  ia-BUacrw,  avro9* 
0€  ia-Oiui  wa  ^w.     8.    dirapra  6  tov  ^lyroiWos  ttopos 


i 


i 


204 


FIRST    LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 


€vpi(TK€L.  9.  oXXa  -^St;  Sj^wfiev  rriv  rSiv  /Sap^dpoiv 
yyjv.  10.  ot  *PoStot  jxaKporepov  icr<j>Q^h6v(iiv  tcjv 
Tr\€ia'T(ov  to^otcjv,  1 1 .  Set  ra?  ttoXci?  Koo-fxelv  raw 
tZv  oiKovvroiv  ap€Tcu(;.  1 2.  ci  rt?  r^i'  tcSi/  a'(ap.aT(ov 
f^vaw  OLKpL^oLrjt  talro  oj/  Tracra?  i^dcrov?  ;  13.  firjSc' 
TTOTC  TreipSi  8uo  (fyikcjp  €LvaL  KpiTTj^,  14.  api(Tr  av 
at  TToXct?  otKori/To,  €1  ot  ap^ovTe%  TO  19  vofioLs  ireC- 
Ooivro,  15.  X(OKpdTr)<;  ikeye  tov<;  p.€v  aXXov?  ai/- 
OpdiTTOv^  t,riv,^  u/a  iaOloiep,  avrov^  Sc  icrOUiv,  a/a 
[,(^7),  16.  /X17  /xeya  (f>p6v€i„  Iva  firj  Tairtivoi,  17.  /X17 
<f)06v€L  rot?  cvTv^ovcrt,  /x.t7  So/c^s  cli/at  /caicd?.  18.  /U117 
^uy^cupct    rot?    t^9    V"^X^^    waOecriP    aXX*    cr/curtoG. 

19.  St/fcXta  17   i^a"09  TTpoTepov  TpLi^aKpCa  c/caXctro. 

20.  €t  vofio^  /ccXcvot  ftT7  icrdlovra^^  fxr)  neunji/^  /cat 
/X17  Triforra?  /X17  Sti/rrji/  /trySe  pLycjv^  tov  ;(ct/xali/09 * 
/tiySc  daXireaOai  tov  ddpov^,  ns  it'  Treidouro  rail' 
av6p(i)rr(iiv ; 

II.  1.  Either  be  silent,  or  speak  more  fitly .^ 
2.  Socrates  did  not  neglect  his  body/°  and  did  not 
approve  those  who  neglected  (theirs).  3.  They  ap- 
proached, that  they  might  free  the  captives.  4.  It 
is  fated  (for)  all  men  to  die.  5.  Those  who  love 
are  loved,  but  those  who  hate  are  hated.  6.  The 
soldiers  were  enslaved  by  the  barbarians.  7.  Let  us 
rush  on  courageously,  Soldiers,  against  the  enemy. 
8.  The  citizens  feared  that  the  city  would  be 
besieged.  9.  Those  who  oppose  themselves  to  the 
good  are  worthy  of  being  punished."    10,   All  (men) 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


205 


are  pleased  when  they  are  honored.^^  11.  Let  us 
either  conquer  or  die.  12.  Let  us  free  our  friends, 
but  get  in  hand  our  enemies.  13.  He  was  greatly 
loved  and  honored  by  the  Athenians.  14.  Let  not 
him  who  is  most^^  fortunate  be  high-minded. 
15.  Imitate  the  actions  (of  those)^*  whose  reputations 
you  envy. 


NOTES. 


'  One's  self,  \  80. 

*  {  98,  N.  1. 

^  Myself,  I  145.  1. 

*  I  98,  N.  2. 

*  Himself  I  146,  1. 

*  I  277,  5. 

'  I  98.  N.  3. 


«  I  179.  1. 

•  iSSay  better  {things). 
'°  'i  171,2. 
"  I  261.  1. 
'*  I  277.  1. 
'^  |u&Xurra. 
•*  S  152. 


.   Verbs :  Present,  Fntnre,  and  First  Aorist  Stems.    (XLI.) 

I.  1.  ra  Trap  vfiZp  aTrayyeXovfJiev  to)  ^ao-iXct. 
2.  ov  Tahq0y\  anoKpvxjjofjieOa.  3.  iaxvprn  ^'Ofirjpoi/ 
idavfiaCev  'AXcfcu/Spo?.  4.  Kvpo^  ovUva  €7r€fi7r€ 
(rr)fiapovPTa  o  ti  xPV  ^otcti/.  5.  cXtti^c  TLfxcov  roifs 
yovia%  npd^ew  /coXwg.  6.  dprjvri^  ovcrrj<;  ^  ol  cu/Opcj- 
TTOi  anrepova-iv,  6  Sc  TroXc/Lto?  ndirra  hia<j>6epel,  7.  ol 
7raT€/>€9  y^ixSiv  iroWa  koI  Kokd  ipya  a7r€(f)T]vcwTo  eh 
ndmaq  avOpdnov^;.  8.  ovk  iTreTpexjje  roJ  Sr;/xft>  napa 
Toif^  vofxovs  i/f>7<^t(rao-^at.  9.  koI  ck  noXdfiov  o-w- 
a-ovoTL    TTfi/    TToXu/     Kol     evScufiopa     SLa<f)v\d(ov(riv. 

10.  apxoPTos    TTOvovpyla   rffi/   Tracav   ttoXu/  /itam. 

11.  TaXrjOrj  anoKpu/aL,  cV^Xos  yap  airrjp  ov  i/icuSc- 


; 


I 


206 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


rat.  12.  ecu/  (f>pd(T(ti  TaXrjOeq,  ovxl  are  €v<f>pavcj, 
13.  ©c/jhotokXtJ?  koll  'A/DtoT€t8T79  icrracna^crrfi/  en, 
TratSc  orrc.^  14.  Xdytcrai  Trpo  roS  epyov.  15.  ovrc 
TTvp  IjiaTLO}  TTcptaTciXat  Sui/aToi'  ovrc  aiayjpov  afiap- 
rr)iia  ^p6v(o.  16.  i}\rq<^i(TavTO  oc  *Adr)i/aloL  tov^ 
TToXiTa?  dTro(T(f>d^aL.  17.  orv  ftci/  Trap'  c/xot  c/ictj/as, 
ot  8'  aXXot  d7rrjp(w  ot/caSc.  18.  oi  ''EXXt^^'C?  iraint^ 
rjkdXa^av.  19.  icat  6  dvato-drjTOTaTo*;  alcrxweLTcu 
Tov  €V€py€Tr)v  o'Sca  XctTTCti'.  20.  6  (fyo^os  evireiOe- 
orepov^  Tov^  dp0p(o'n'ov<;  no  Lei  •  TeKfiTJpaLO  8*  iiv  tovto 


Koi  dTTo  TOiv  ev  rots  vavcrlv? 


n.  1.  They  will  announce  this  to  the  generals  at 
daybreak.  2.  The  gods  have  dealt  out*  misfortunes 
to  many  good  (men).  3.  They  will  leave  the  weak 
behind  on*^  the  road.  4.  We  beseech  you  to  de- 
fend* us.  5.  We  fully  armed  all  the  citizens. 
6.  He  will  arrange  the  soldiers  four  deep.^  7.  Af- 
ter she  had  killed"'  her  son  she  leaped  into  the  sea. 

8.  They  will  all   lament  their   unfortunate   friend. 

9.  (The  herald)®  made  proclamation  to  the  Greeks 
to  collect  their  baggage.  10.  They  thought  the 
enemy  would  appear®  on  the  next  day.  11.  Do  not 
expose  these  secrets  of  your  friend.  12.  The  citi- 
zens held  up  their  hands.  13.  They  expected  to 
arrive  at  the  villages  at  sunset.^°  14.  They  will  arm 
themselves  with  shields  and  breastplates.  15.  Milo, 
the  athlete,  lifted  a  bull  and  bore  (it)  through  the 
stadium. 


\ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


207 


NOTE8. 


In  time  of  peace,  there  being  peace,  I  183.     For  o^fo^,  see  I  127,  I. 

*  Present  participle  in  the  dual  masculine  of  clfi(. 

'  I  141,  N.  3,  second  paragraph.  *  ItiX  rcTTap<»v. 

*  Aorist.  7  a  277,  1. 

'  '»•  .  M  134,'  N.  1  d. 

Their  thought  was,  the  enemy  will  appear,  etc.     Use  the  infinitive 
in  quoting. 

•     ***  Al  the  same  time  with  the  sun  setting. 


XX.   Pronouns.    (XLII.) 

I.      1.    ovTos  eoTiv  6  o-os  d8eX</)d9.      2.    6  StVato? 
ov   iiovov   rot?    aXXoi9    axfyeXifio^    io-Tiv,    dXkd    ttoXv 
fiaXicrra   avro?   aural.      3.    ravrrjv  Tr)v   yucofxr^p   cvai 
eyarye.      4.    rt  yap  Trarpcpa^  r^plv  <f>i\Tepov  x^ovo^ ; 
5.   /cat  T7/i6t9  rou9  v/xeTepov<;  ^evov^  ieuii^ofxev,     6.  firj- 
heiroTe  hovXov  rjSoprjq  (ravTov  iroieL,      7.    vopLil^ei^  fXTf 
cl/ai  deovs,  eirel  aurou?  ovx  o/xS/xa/,   dXX*  ouSe  t^p 
o-avTov    av   ye  xjwxyjp  6pa<;,    ^   tov   crdfiaTos  Kvpia 
ecTTLV,      8.    ovTe  hid  \lfvxov<;  fjidXkov  tov  €p8ov  fxeveci/, 
aire  Sta  OdXnovs  fidxeo-Oau  t(o  wepl  o-Kid^,  tcoKpd- 
Tov<;  ^1/  6  rpoTTO^;,     9.    ovk  h/poelre,  TLvcav  /cat  otwi/ 
K(u    oo-cov    evepyeo-iSiu   ol    deol    r^plv    atrtot    eiaiv ; 
10.    Set  ij/^a?  €t9  TO  r^9  TToXem  o)<f>i\y^pia  /SXeneLv. 
Ih    ouSej/  ovTCj^  TjfieTepop  ecTTiv,  i?  i^/ictg  T,p2v  ai- 
Tot's}     12.    Kayd,  el  v/x€t5  ra  St/cata  Trotca/  eOeKeTe, 
enea-dai    vpTw    ^ouXo/xat.       13.    ol    dpffpcoTroL    avToC 
elo-iP  eavTol^  TroXe/itot.       14.    fidxovTau  ol  eketfxune^ 
(r<f>o8pw^    7r/o69    dXXryXov?.      15.    ra   /xeXXo^a    tt/jo. 


208 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


yiyi^coo-KeLV  oif  Tr}<;  rnxeTepa^  ^vced)^  icTu^.  16.  iyd 
a-ov  7r\ov(n(oT€p6<;  ct/mt,  rj  ifirj  apa  kttJo-c?  r^9  en}? 
Kp€LTT(i)v.  17.  ovTo<;  SoKcI  fioL  apioTO^  cli/at  0I/C09, 
o;  ^  TotoOrd?  cVrtJ'  6  ^ea-iroTY)^  St'  avrw,  0109  cfai 
Sta  Tov  voyLOv.  18.  hi^a^povaiv  ot  i\e(f>ain-e^  Tjj 
ai^Speia  davfiaorm  aXkijXcjp.  19.  oo-rt?  Sta^oXoT? 
raxv  TTCt^crat,  Trourjpo^  avrd?  core  tou9  rpoTrov?. 
20.  Tt  yap  TO  <^tXo/ccpSc9,^  rt  ttotc  cVti  /cat  tu/c?  ot 
(^tXoKCpScts  ; 

11.  1.  The  lion  and  the  jackal  are  at  war  with 
one  another.*  2.  The  general  was  hostile  to  us,  but 
friendly  to  you.  3.  The  commander  called  them 
together  into  liis  own  tent.  4.  He  bids  us  say  these 
same  things  to  you  also.  5.  These  men  are  your 
benefactors.  6.  These  messengers  whom  you  see  are 
friendly  to  us.  7.  Tell  me  what  opinion  you  have 
about  this.  8.  The  good  trust  one  another.  9.  We 
love  our  own  children.  10.  My  son  is  virtuous,*  but 
yours  (is)  idle.  11.  Is  there  any  person  in  the 
house?  12.  This  king  was  himself  the  commander 
of  his  own  army.  13.  The  bad  injure  one  another. 
14.  Who  is  that  woman  ?  15.  A  philosopher  hav- 
ing been  asked  by  some  one,  What  is  hostile  to 
men?  said,  Themselves  to  themselves. 


NOTES. 


»  §  184,  4. 
•  i  139,  2. 


*  onrovSaiov* 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


209 


XXI.   Verbs:  Perfect  Middle,  Perfect  Active,  and  Future  Per- 
fect Stems.    (XLIV.) 

I.  1.  6  Sc  raXrjOrj  airoKiKpimrai,  2.  ct  ravra 
7r€7r/3a^a9,  ovSet?  ere  ^kdxpei  ovSenore}  3.  6  Troiiyr^s 
\6yov  TTeTToir^Tai  wepl  dperfj^.  4.  irpcjTo^  tcjv  arpa- 
Tqyo}V  K€Kpicrdo}  'AXcfai^Spo?.  5.  KaTaycopLcrdfxevo^ 
TOV  dScXc^w  a7re(TTaXK€L  top  craTpaTnjp  /caracrr/aci/io- 
fiepop  7rao-a9  ra?  iwl  BakaTrr)  ttoXcis.  6.  tiqp 
Niofirjp  ek  \i6op  fxeTa/Se^Xrjo-OaL  (f}a(TLP.  7.  to 
TOV  ooeXc^v  (TCJfia  TeOdxjjeTai.  8.  Kpecop  ^Ajmyoprjp 
Ta(f>(o  ^(ocrap  ey/ccV/3U7rrat.  9.  act  TTpocrTerd^erai 
Tot9  yepaiTepoL^  tcop  pecjTepcop  ap^eip,  10.  Tavrrfp 
T7)P  nokip  dOkLCJTdTTjp  KeKpLKafxep.  11.  el  Tag  ^AOtj- 
pa<;  KaTecrTpafifxepoL  elaC,  /oaSto)?  tcjp  dXkojp  'FXkyjpcop 
ap^ovcTLP.  12.  iwLfxekoj's  oi  OeoL,  Stp  ol  ap0po)7roL 
oeoPTait  KaTecTKeudKaa-ip,  13.  ap€fjio<;  tol  o'Kd(l>r) 
GrvpT€TpL(f)e  Koi  TTjp  hijpaixLP  Alopvo'lov  rrjp  paxmicnp 
y}^aPLK€P.  14.  ol  AaKeSaL/iopLOL  ioT€(f>ctP(t)fjL€POL  ifxd- 
XOPTO,  15.  lap  Tama  7rpd^r)f;,  pAyio-Tog  tt}?  ttoXcg}? 
ev€py€Trj<;  OLpayeypdilq).  ^^'  ^pf'O'Tos  tcjp  cTTpaTUo- 
Tcjp  dpayeypd(f)0(i),  17.  rot?  POfiotg,  ep  oh  TeOpaKfyde, 
Oct  TreCdeaOcu,  18.  tou9  rcrcXci^/cora?  /xrj  KaT-qko- 
yct.  19.  €\fn)(f)(.o'fJL€POi  elalp  ol  ^Adrjpaloi  wdpTa*: 
r)l5rfSop  d7roo'(f>d^aL,  20.  Sofa  fieydkr)  iaTi  rot? 
pePLKTiKocra/. 

II.    Death  has  freed  him  from  his  ills.     2.    These, 
cities   had   been   utterly  destroyed   by  the   tyrant. 


m 


210 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


3.  God    has    concealed    the    future^    from    men.* 

4.  The  soldiers  will  have  been  drawn  up  in   line. 

5.  They  say  he  has  been  concealed  in  the  house. 

6.  His  father  has  disinherited  him  on  account  of  his 
wrong-doings.  7.  The  enemy  have  been  cut  to 
pieces  in  great  numbers.  8.  He  has  plundered  our 
cities.      9.    A  city  has  been    founded   in    Phrygia. 

10.  The   Athenians    have    always   been    admired. 

11.  We  have  always  admired  Homer.  12.  The 
Athenians  had  besieged  the  city.  13.  Those  that 
have  been  educated  differ  from  the  uneducated. 
14.  This  property  will  have  been  put  to  great  haz- 
ard. 15.  The  soldiers  have  procured  themselves 
provisions  in  the  following  manner. 


NOTES. 

»  I  283.  9. 

*  What  is  about  to  be,  t6  fiAXoy,  ^  276,  S^ 

*  I  184,  3. 


XXn.  Verbs :  Second  Perfect,  Second  Aorist,  First  Passive,  and 
Second  Passive  Stems.    (XLVII.) 

I.  1.  Slol  TTji/  acre/SeLav  eKoXdirOr)  •  Z€v<;  yap  rrjp 
KTLa-0€L(Tai/  im*  avrov  ttoXlv  ^(fydvLaof,  2.  ol  Bk 
TrXovcrtot  rrj^  ci?  top  noXefiov  Sandvr)^  anaWayij' 
(Tovrai.  3.  ol  KprJTe<;  nap*  aurot?  Tpa(f)rji/ai  tovtoi/ 
Tw  Oeov  <l>ao'iv,  4.  kol  (tv,  c^tXc,  ireiaOrfTL  •  to  yap 
neCOecrOoL    ijiewov,     5.    )(0€<:    dvqydyoin'o    ol    ^tXot, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  211 

8ta  8c  TOP  x^/^Sj/a  irdkLv  Kanqydyovro  ek  tov  Xt/ieVa. 
6.  x^^^^^^  ^OTL  XvTTTfv  iKffyvye'ii^,  7.  6  Taa>9  Xcyerot 
eK  ^ap^dpoiv  eWEXK-qvas  KOfiLadijuaL.  8.  i^tirXdyy^ 
^ao-tX€V9  T^  i<j>6B(a  TOV  Kvpov  or/jareu/iaros.  9.  t^ 
Toi  B€p,L(TTOK\€ov^  ^ovXfj  /cttt  yi^cofMY)  ireiTOLdoTes  ol 
*A07fva2o(.  T7)v  ttoXlv  /carcXcXotVco-ai/  kol  ek  tols  vav<; 
a7r€7r€<f>€vy€0'av,  10.  ol  UepcraL,  tVa  fjir)  axnols  ol 
Ittttoi  g/  tw  ttoXc/aw  KaTaTrXaySio-i,  \\i6<j)oi<;  avTov^  koI 
rJXOi^  X^XkoI^;  npoaediCova-Lv.  11.  aSrat  cu  eVi- 
OToXcu  vno  TOV  o-aTpdnov  €ypd(f>r)aai^.  1 2.  fjuf)  Xeye 
iK<f>vya}p  ddi;aTov,  otl  kol  <f>€v^  irdXiv  -  m  yap 
TTCc^uyas,  TT/JocrSoVa  KaX  firj  (f>vy€u^.  13.  o  ^eXXci? 
irpdrreLP,  fxr)   npokeye'    dnoTvxojp  yap  yeXao-OTJajj, 

14.  dXXd     8L€Tpd(f)7)(rai/     tol^     kttji/co-lv,     a    elxop. 

15.  cVi   K€(f)a\riv  ek  to   TrcXayo?   eVeTrccre/  ''l/ca/oo?. 

16.  ol  UepcraL  ek  <l>vyfip  eTpaTrrjo-ai/.  17.  i^^^iTo 
firj  i<f>  apnay^  TpdiroiTo  to  (TTpaTcvfia,  18.  t-^v 
XtoVa  elKaCop  ol  oSonropoi  T€TrjK€PaL,  /cat  iT€T7JK€L  Sta 
KpTJvTfp    Twa,    fi    TThqaiov    rjv    dr/Ai^ovcra    cV    vdm^. 

19.  ojjr)(f}C<Taj/TO  TovTov^  TOU9  avSpas  dmy/ocu^TyVc- 
o-dai   €V€py€Taq  7^9  7roXea>9  ek  tov  dnain-a  xpovov. 

20.  dTToXcXotTracru/  17/Lta9  oSrot  ol  oTparriyol'  aXX' 
ovK  a7ro7r€<f>€vyaa'Lv. 

II.  1.  If  you  should  hear^  a  beautiful  melody, 
you  would  be  delighted.  2.  The  enemy  had  left 
their  women  and  their  children  behind  in  the  vil- 
lages. 3.  Who  have  fled?  4.  He  who  led  the 
vast  army  against  Troy  is  famous.     5.   The  soldiers 


U 


I'V    K 


f. 


212 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


left  their  ranks  and  fled.  6.  The  prudent  rather 
than  the  strong  may*'^  trust  themselves.  7.  The 
barbarians  turned  and  fled  to  their  ships.  8.  Tell 
me  by  whom  you  were  struck.  9.  We  shall  be  worn 
out^  by  this  war.  10.  Much*  has  been  done,  and 
much  will  be  done.  11.  The  number  of  those  who 
have  fled  to  Athens  is  very  great.  12.  He  was 
greatly  terrified  by  the  tumult.  13.  Though  we 
before  warred^  with  them,  let  us  now  try  to  be 
reconciled.*  14.  Two  companies  of  soldiers  are  said 
to  have  been  cut  in  pieces®  by  the  enemy.  15.  We 
should  put  to  sea,  if  the  allies  should  abandon  (us). 


NOTES. 


•  S  277,  4. 
'ICwrrv. 

*  Second  future. 


«  Plural.     U8e|Uv...8l. 

•  I  277.  5. 

•  Aorist. 


-♦o*- 


XXm.    Yerbs:  Regular  in  MI.    (LII.) 

I.  1.  TTjP  (reaxrrov  (T(t)^pocrvvrjv  rots  aXXot?  ira- 
paBeiyfia  KaOionrj.  2.  Tavrji  Tjj  yt^cofijj  koX  rjixeU 
Trpoo-TLOefieOa,  3.  6  7rat9  ^ret  rt  top  akkov,  koI 
iirel  avTO)  ovk  cSiSou,  CTratci/.  4.  x^^^'"'^^*  M  '"'o^pa- 
8eiyfia(TL  xpdfxa/op,  SeiKuwoL  rrjv  apenjv.  5.  iai/  oe 
Ti9  avdia-TfJTai,  ireipacroixeda  x^LpovcrOai.  6.  ttoXv 
Stcu^pci,  €t  ot  apxovre^  cv  f^  /ca/ccSs  Start^cWt  tov*; 
apxpyiivov^,  7.  y]h€(i}^  ap  8180117x6,  ei  rt  Xa/x^ai/otrc. 
8.    CTTCt  Tpo(f>rjv  OVK  ^xov  ol  oTpartwTat,  avvio'Taxno 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  213 

aK\ri\oi%  KoX  a-vperCffarro,  w?^  inl  Xetcu/  iKiropevcro- 
fiepoL.  9.  TTorepov  anoSiSoo-daL  rj  Trpiaa-daL  ySovXc- 
(rde;  10.  Ki)po5  iK4\€V€  tov<;  oTrXtra?  deo-dai  ra 
owXa  wepl  rqv  avrov  o-ktjvtJv.  11.  ra  TrepLco-a 
a7ro8t8ocr<9cyi/  ol  (TTpaTiS>Tai,  12.  cwoicu/  c/caoro? 
o/8€t/a/i;/x«/09  TOiv  XoxayZu  cVct^ci/  top  He/o<^5rra 
vwoorijuaL  rqv  apxnv.  13.  (u/acrra?  e/ccXcvo-e  top 
KaT7fyopTJor(WTa  avrov  Xeycti/,  nod  koX  iTrXrjyrj, 
14.  KariKava-cw  ra?  /cci/uta?  TTOPTekm,  ha  <j>6^op 
ipOeUp  Tol^  ^ap^dpoLs.  15.  atVxto-roV  cWu/  "EX- 
\7)PL  awoSoa-daL  "EXXiyi/a?,  /catVot  d7r€8oTo  *ApL<rrap- 
XOS  TO)p  Kvpeicjp  orpaTuoTCjp  vnoXeXeLfjifjiepcop  ovk 
iXaTTovs  T€TpaKoo-La}p.  16.  ael  roit^  ^e\Ti(TTov^  ct? 
Ta9  apxa<;  Ka0L(TT(OfjL€P,  17.  ol  TroXtrat  ra  apa0rj^ 
fxara  ct9  rfjp  aKpoiroXiP  apa<f>epov(Tip,  Ipa  *A0rfpd 
apaTidSio-ip  aura.      18.    hUrip  hoTOicrop  ol  KaKovpyoi 

19.      S€LKPV(Ofl€P    TOL^    oSoLTTOpOL^    rfjP    Taxio-T7)P    68oV. 

20.    6  T(op  (f>LXapyvp(op  TrXovTo<;  aia-ir^p  6  tjXlo^  Kara- 
Sis  CIS  rffp  yfjp  ovSepa  tcjp  C(opto}p  €V(f)paip€L. 

II.  1.  The  allies,  therefore,  revolted  from  the 
Athenians.  2.  Wealth  often  changes  the  disposition 
of  men.      3.    0  blessed  gods,  grant  me   happiness. 

4.  Show  to  (but)  few  what  is  within "  your  heart. 

5.  Stand  by  the  unfortunate.  6.  Let  us  inspire  in 
the  young  the  desire  of  wisdom.  7.  It  is  befitting 
for  the  rich  to  give  to  the  poor.  8.  The  judges  pub- 
lished the  decrees.  9.  He  thereupon  bouglit  the 
horses   and   gave    them    to   those    who    were    sick. 


}  I 


n 


It     r    , 


I 

in 

'    -I 

1 


:M 


il 


It' 


214 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


10.  We  most  admire  him  who  made  laws  for  the 
Lacedemonians.  11.  If  you  betray  your  country,  you 
will  be  worthy  of  the  heaviest^  penalty.  12.  When 
he  had  put  on*  his  tunic,  he  mounted*  his  horse. 
13.  Let  us  attack  the  enemy  at  daybreak.  14.  The 
gods  put  sweat  before  virtue.  15.  For  we  feared 
that  those  unprincipled  (men)  might  betray  the  state. 


NOTES. 


'  I  277,  K.  2. 

*  The  {ihinga)  tuithin,  etc. 

'  Oreatest. 


*  «  277,  1. 

•  In  Greek,  mounted  upon,  etc. 


XXIV.   Verbs :  Regnlar  in  MI  (ccmtinued).    (LII). 

I.     1.  Toif^  KpaTfjpa<;  oivov  kol  uSaros  mfjLirXrfcnv,^ 

2.  dXX'    €v    TovTo    c7rt<Tra>,    ort    ae    TLfKoprjaofxeOa. 

3.  'H/oa/cX^9  nepLdeU  ttjp  X^^P^  '^^  "^P^XVl^V  ^^^ 
Xcorro9  KaT€a")(€v  ay^cov,  ecu?  Inviqev,  4.  napay- 
yeXOrj  ^  tol  nvpa  Karacr^ei^vvvaL  iravra,  5.  ai  apKToi 
8ta  rfju  l(T)(yv  Koi  rot?  ravpot?  CTrm^e^rai.  6.  ot 
*A0r)valoL  rov  Tletpata  ip.iTopLov  iv  jxeao)  Tr)<;  EWa- 
8os  KaTearqa-avTo,  7.  etcri  Tu^es,  ol  Xji^ofxevoi  ^^cri 
Kol  OUT*  imo'TavTaL  ipydi^earOaL  ovt*  op  ovvaivrOt 
eWf.o'ficuoL  dno  noXefiov  /StoTeveu/,  8.  iKXcjirevov  ol 
iy^dpioL  Tov^  aTTocTKeScan^vfia/ovs  tcjv  arpaTLCJTCJv. 
9.  ofioLOx;  €7rt(r</>aX€9,  fiaivoixevo)  Sowat  fia^aLpcu/ 
Kol  TTovrjp^  Svvafiu/,  10.  dnav  StSd/uto^oi'  hmpov 
fieyiOTOv  ioTi  /xct'  cwotas  StSd/xo'OJ/.     11.  to  oi/catoi/ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


215 


tuya  wurrja-i  tov^  auOpd^irov^.  12.  €v  iirio-Tacree, 
OTL  7019  KoXots  Kayadol^  tXcaJ  dau/  ol  0€oi  13.  no- 
vol  /laXiora  rfji/  vfipw  (r/3cw/vWu/.  14.  to  ivBwat 
TO,  onXa  iKoXovv  ol  TraXatot  ^cuo-acr^at.  15.  rd^ 
fiera^oXd^  7-179  Tvxn^  cVta-rao-at  yei^aCcjs  (f>ep€Lv, 
16.  (TVfifiLyvvao-L  /caret  to  irehiov  al  <f>aXayy€<;  /cat 
ttTToXXvi^at  TToXXot.  17.  o  pLTj  /carc^ou,  />t^  Xdfi^aue, 
18.  o<7Tt9  6/xi/iWt  /i97  TTCt^erat,  avr69  imopKew  inC- 
crrarat.  19.  17  yeojpyCa  noXif  au  iinZoir)  el  tl^ 
i0Xa  npoTLffeCrj  toIs  /cctXXto-ra  Trjv  yrjv  ipyaCofia/OLS. 
20.    oifK  €^€(mv  dvSpl  eiyySatw  e/c^cw^at  TratStoi/. 

II.  1.  The  trophy  of  Miltiades  aroused  Themis- 
tocles  from  his  sleep.^  2.  It  is  not  easy  to  change 
one's*  nature.  3.  The  people  enacted  good  laws. 
4.  The  soldiers  posted  themselves  in  great  haste. 
6.  Let  the  sportsmen  set  snares  for  the  birds. 
6.  The  teacher  said,  "  Give  me  the  book."  7.  The 
gods  give  us  everything.  8.  Wine  exhibits  the 
(real)  natures  of  men.  9.  Let  the  judges  express 
their  opinions.  10.  Oligarchies  were  established  in 
most  (of  the)  cities.  11.  The  lines  immediately  sep- 
arated. 12.  We  are  not  able  to  attack  the  enemy 
now.  13.  Wine  strengthens  our  bodies.  14.  They 
arose  at  daybreak  that  they  might  attack  us.  15.  It 
is  disgraceful  to  betray  one's  friends,  and  yet  you 
have  betrayed  us. 

NOTES. 

*  S  ^'72,  2.  s  pi^j.^1 

■  The  command  was  passed  along,  {  134,  H.  1  c.       *  g  141,  jr.  2. 


"i' 


ij 


V' 


216 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Il 


XXV.   Verbs:  Second  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  of  the  MI -Form, 

and  Irregnlar  in  MI.    (LV.) 

I.  1.  Tov<;^E\\r)va<;  avToxOova^  €(fyr)  €i.vai.  2.  ot 
fiev  anaiSevTOL  TratSes  to.  y pdfi fxara,  oi  8c  aTraioevTOL 
av8p€<s  TO,  Trpdyfiara  ov  (ruvLacriv.  3.  eycrye  /utcra 
<f}Lkov  iraipov  kov  Sta  irvpo^  loirjv.  4.  G'  KaLpo)  iin- 
6vT(t)v  TOL<;  TToXc/xiot?  Ot  oTrXtTai  Kara  ra  crvyKeifia/a, 
5.  TtOvdvai  TToki)  ^eXnov  fj  St*  aKpacrictp  rfjp  ^v^V 
a/jLavpwaai.  6.  fiera  rfjv  fJiOLX^i^  a<f>eL6r)  Kara  TrdXct? 
TO  aXko  OTpdrevfia,  7.  x^^^^^^  ^^  '^^  fi€i/€iv  kol 
ttTTtG/at,  /cat  7)  vv^  (fyo^epa  tjv  eTnovaa,  8.  ct  ovu  cu? 
ct9  P'd'X^v  napao'Kevao'fiii/OL  tot/no',  tew?  ai/  ra  tcpa 
jLtaXXoi^  Trpo)((opoC7)  r^pAv,  9.  ovSc  noppo)  hoKovfia/ 
p.oi  )8ao*tX6<y9  Kadrjadai.  10.  /ui'))  TratSt  ^a;(atpai/, 
17  trapoiixia  (f>r)(rLv  •  eyw  Sc  <f>(U7)v  di/,  /xi)  TratSt  ttXov- 
Toi/  /xTySc  avSpl  airaiSevTa)  Svvafiu/,  11.  A7)fxy]Tr)p 
{ryroucra  n)!/  dvyarepa  apiraaffelcraif  ir^pLQ^i,  12.  -^ 
ovK^  olaffa,  art  (^tXdri/xoi^  cli'at  oi^ctSos  Xeycrat  re 
#cat  icTTiv ;  13.  cyoJ  (^ly/xt,  toi/  ^cw  TrpoctSe^at  to 
/LicXXoi/.  14.  a»s^  TTpoOvfioTaTot*;  ovav  r)p.lv  xapiv 
curcrat  /cat  aTroScio-ct.  15.  apLcrrSnrn  Aioyev^L  a/ 
T^  ayop^  ot  Tr€pL€crTa>T€^  avi^exes  iXeyov  •  /cvoi^,  /cvoi'  • 
6  Sc,  v/xct9,  clTrci/,  core  /cui'C9,  ot  /xc  apiorZvra  nepi- 
€om]KaT€,  16.  ot  p.ainei<;  Xcyoi/rat  dXXots  ft€j/  irpoa- 
yopeiku/  to  fieWov,  cavrots  Sc  /at)  irpoopav  to  iiriov, 
17.  Wt  S17,  cc^T^,  i^eTdacjfJLei/  tol  c/yya  €KaTepov  avTwv, 
Iva  elZa^iMQ/,  iror^pov  rd  avrct  iarw,  ^  Bi^ipei,  rt. 


PIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  217 


18.  wanep  ra  rdfa,  ovro)  /cat  ra?  i/rv^^a?  vp-n  rdrc 
fio/  e/rctVctj/,  roVc  Sc  dvikvai,  19.  to  /xt^So/  a/iap- 
rdi^cti/  cfo)  T^9  ai^0p(ominj<;  <f)v(T€(o^  /cctTat.  20.  -^/octo 
6  St/ca^Trf?-  -5^  /c€/cXo</>as ;  c<^r;  6  avSpcoiro^,  ctTa 
i7njp€T0  •    "5  /cat  Trc^oVcu/ca?  ;     o-vvecfyr)  /cat  toCto. 

II.  .  1.  Already  the  evening  is  coming  on.  2.  A 
certain  barbarian  also  is  present,  wishing  to  know 
what  will  be  done.  3.  '*  Wlio  are  you  ?  "  said  the 
man,  when  he  had  heard  this.  4.  Let  us  go  into 
the  house.  5.  This  unfortunate  man  stood  for  a 
long  time  and  wept.^  6.  The  majority  of  these  citi- 
zens long  after  virtue.  7.  Many  men  know  your 
evil  deeds.  8.  Many  men  aim  at  wealth.  9.  The 
Nile  empties  into  the  sea  through  seven  mouths.* 
10.  Youth  and  old  age  are  both  beautiful.^  11.  He 
says  that  the  man  is  dead.  12.  This  place  lies  be- 
tween Athens  and  the  sea.  13.  We  shall  go,^  if  he 
sends  (us)  chariots.  14.  Do  not  say  who  you  were 
before,  but  who  you  are  now.  15.  He  who  should 
know''  the  whole,  would  know  also  the  part. 


;  V 


n ' 


1 

II 

I! 

It ' 


NOTES. 

'  §  282,  2. 

*  S  277,  N.  2. 

*  Wept  a  long  time  standing. 

*  i  188,  1. 


*  2  138,  N.  2  a. 
«  ^  200,  N.  2. 
'  I  276,  2. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


1.; 


a.,  aor.,  aorist. 

abs.,  absol.,  absolutely. 

ace.,  A.,  accusative. 

act.,  active,  -ly. 

ad  fin.,  ad  finem,  at  the  end. 

adj.,  adiec,  adjective,  -ly. 

adv.,  adverb,  -ial,  -ially. 

apos.,  apost.,  apostrophe. 

art.,  article. 

Att,  Attic. 

augm.,  augment. 

c,  comparative. 

cf.,  confer,  compare. 

ch.,  chiefly. 

comm.,  commonly. 

comp.,  compound,  composition. 

conj.,  conjunction. 

constr.,  construction. 

cont.,  contr.,  contracted. 

cop.,  copulative. 

d.,  dat,  D.,  dative. 

dem.,  demon.,  demonstrative. 

dep.,  deponent. 

dim.,  diminutive. 

disc,  discourse. 

end.,  enclitic. 

Eng.,  English. 

etc.,  et  cetera. 

fem.,  feminine. 

fr.,  from. 

f.,  fut.,  future. 

gen.,  o.,  genitive. 

Qk.,  Greek. 

Horn.,  Homeric. 

i.  e.,  id  est,  that  is. 

imp.,  imperf,,  imperfect. 

irapers.,  impersonal. 

improp.,  improper, 

indef ,  indennite. 

indir.,  indirect. 

inf.,  infinitive. 

infer.,  inferential. 


intens.,  intensive. 

interj.,  interjection. 

inter.,  interrog.,  interrogative. 

intr.,  intrans.,  intransitive,  -ly. 

lit,  literally. 

masc,  masculine. 

mid.,  middle. 

neg.,  negative,  -ly. 

neut.,  neuter. 

N.,  note. 

obs.,  obsolete. 

p.,  pass.,  passive,  -ly. 

p.,  pf.,  perf.,  perfect. 

pers.,  person,  -al. 

pi.,  plur.,  plural. 

poet.,  poetic. 

poss.,  possessive. 

pip.,  pluperfect. 

post-posit.,  post- positive. 

pres.,  present. 

prep.,  preposition. 

priv.,  privative. 

pron.,  pronoun,  pronominal. 

prop.,  properly. 

pt.,  part.,  participle. 

q.  v.,  quod  vide,  which  see. 

ref.,  reierence. 

reflex.,  reflexive,  -ly. 

reg.,  regular,  -ly. 

rel.,  relative. 

B.,  sup.,  superlative. 

sc,  scilicet,  namely,  underetand. 

sec,  second. 

sq.,  seq.,  sequens,  and  the  Jollowing 

signif.,  signification. 

sing.,  singular. 

subj.,  subjunctive. 

tr.,  trans.,  transitive,  -ly. 

usu.,  usually. 

Voc,  Vocabulary. 

voc,  vocative. 

w.,  with. 


i' 


VOCABULAEIES. 


I.  GREEK-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 

In  the  following  Vocabulary  the  Blmple  stem  of  each  verb,  when  this  does  not  appear  in 
the  present,  i.  e.  nnleiw  the  verb  Is  of  llie  fir tt  class  (S  108,  I.),  is  given  in  (  )  directly  after 
the  present  indicative. 

1  he  capital  Konian  numeral  given  immediately  after  the  parts  of  a  verb  designates  the 
class  to  which  the  verb  belongs.  See  §  lOS.  When  no  such  numeral  occurs,  the  verb 
(excf  i>t  Irregukir  verbs  In  fit)  belongs  to  class  I.  Verbs  in  /x«  are  marked  1  and  2.  Those 
marlved  2  are  a  subdivision  of  V.  of  the  general  classification.  See  §  108,  V.  4.  All  other 
regular  verbs  In  /i«  are  markeil  1.  See  notes  2  and  6,  Lesson  LVI.  Compound  verbs  are  not 
classified,  nor  are  their  principal  parts  given,  if  the  simple  verb  occurs  elsewhere  in  the 
Vocabulary.  For  fuller  information  concemlmj  irregular  verbs,  see  the  Appendix  to  the 
Grammar.  For  futures  in  i«,  toifiai,  aee  §  110.  II.  2,  n.  1  c.  DeiwnenLs  llmt  arc  regular 
have  the  aorist  middle  unless  it  is  otherwise  sUitetl.  I  he  case  required  by  the  verb  is  often 
designated  by  the  letters  a.,  d.,  or  c,  Immedbitely  added  to  the  definition  of  its  meaning. 

'1  he  gender  of  nouns  of  the  first  declension  is  not  given  because  obvious.  Kouns  whose 
genitive  is  not  given  are  of  tlie  second  declension,  except  neuters  in  oj,  which  are  of  the 
third  and  are  inflected  like  yivof,  $  .^2,  2. 

The  parts  of  comi>ound  words  are  separated  by  hyphens.  The  single  dagger  prefixed  to 
ft  word  pointing  down  (t)  or  up  (|),  or  the  double  dagger  pointing  in  l)oth  directions  (t), 
points  to  some  related  wonl  or  words  contiiiuing  the  common  stem  or  root.  When  this 
device  is  not  i)os8il)le,  the  related  wonl  that  shows  best  the  stem  or  root  follows  in  paren- 
thesis. 

The  quantity  of  a,  i,  and  v,  when  naturally  long.  Is  consistently  marked  throughout, 
Mcept  where  such  natural  quanUty  is  already  indicated  by  the  circumflex  accent,  as  in 
uoXoi.    These  vowels,  when  not  marked,  are  to  be  pronojinced  short. 

Words  are  to  be  sought  for  under  their  (hemes,  thouglj  difficult  forms,  especially  of 
verbs,  \vill  often  1*  found  In  the  alphabetical  list.  The  old-style  numerals  refer  to  the 
Lessons.  English  words  in  smaU  capitals  are  cognate  with  the  Greek  words,  those  in  black 
letter  are  borrowed  from  them. 


•-,  a-  priv.  or  cop.,  g  131,  4,  w. 
N.  2.    Un-. 

Of  a-mpi  see  5f,  ba-irep. 

dU^aros,  ov  (Jialvu),  impassable, 
not  fordable. 

oyoryu,  etc.,  see  hyu, 

ayaOos,  ^,  6v,  |  73,  1,  good,  brave, 
virtuous;  aya06v,  r6,  a  good  thing, 
good,  advantage,  benefit,  pi.  posses- 
sions.    14. 

aya^JUf  rjydadijv,  1,  to  admire.   49. 


a^ydv,  very,  much,  too. 

dyairouDi  ayanifau,  etc.,  to  show  by 
outward  signs  that  one  regards,  to 
love,  be  contented. 

oyycXXtt  {hyyeX-),  ayyelu^  yyysihi, 

Vyyehca^  ?^yyE?ifiai,  rjyyiTJhjv,  IV.,  to 

bring  a  message,  announce,  a.  d.    41. 

j&yycXost    ^,    Vi  o,    messenger.     6. 

Angel. 

oyc^  {aytp-),  vyeifm,  vyepHriv^ 
IV.,  to  bring  together,  collect. 


aYcXt) 


220 


•IkH* 


P 


oycXti,  V?  (ayw),  a  herd. 
d-Yr{p<0s,  uv  (y^pa^),  free  from  old 
aye,  undying. 
*A"Yq<r(-Xdos,  o,  Agesildus. 
oyKvpiov,    TO    (dim.    in    form    of 
ayKifja,  an  anchor),  an  anchor. 

dyopctf  «f  (ayeifMj),  an  asuemhly, 
place  of  assembly,  market-place,  mar- 
ket; ayopa  7rA//«ow«,  the  time  of  full 
onarkel,  forenoon.     32. 

Idyopaj^tt  (ayopad-),    ayopaau,  etc., 
IV.,  to  buy. 

joyopaios,    ov,    belonging    to    the 
dyofta. 

layopcvM,    ayopevau,    etc.,    <o   ha- 
rangue, speak  of. 
&Ypdf  (ig,  booty,  prey. 
fa^pios,  a,  ov,  living  in  the  fields, 
wild.     1 2. 
taypiOTT|s,  T/Tog,  ij,  wildnesg. 
oypo's,  6,  a  Jield.    Acre. 
nypvirvcw,    aypvrrvijau    {aypumvoq, 
sleepless),  to  be  sleepless. 

&)0(j»t  «)'sw,  'Vy^*i,  to  strangle. 
&Y«»  «^".  ^sfl  (rare),  -r/;t«,  W«^ 
VX^,  2  a.  i/yayov,  to  lead,  conduct, 
bring,  carry,  draw,  weigh;  i/crv^mv 
ayu,  to  keep  quiet ;  aye  (or  ayere)  cJ//, 
come  now!     10. 

4.ay«iV|  wwf ,  6,  an  assembly ;  hence, 
a  contest,  games.    53.    Agony. 

IdyMvC^o^MU    {ciyuvu^-),    aycjvtovfiai, 
etc.,  IV.,  to  contend.    Agonize. 

layuvo-OcrqSi  ov  {rithj/ii),  a  presi- 
dent in  the  games,  fudge  of  a  contest. 
&-Sciirvo«,  ov  (deiirvou),  supperless. 

td-S<X^,  W,  fem.  of  seq.,  a  sister. 
orStk^oSt  voc.  a6eh^,  6  (a-  cop., 
th/.<pvg,   the  matrix),  a  brother.     7. 
Phil-adelphia. 

a-Si)XoS|  ov,  unknow7i,  uncertain. 
forSiKcu,  aSiK^u,  etc..  to  do  wrong, 
wrong,  injure;  pres.  often  with  perf. 
signif.    39.  j 


fcUSiKCd,  «f,  wrong-doing. 
&>SiKo«y  ov  {6'tKii),  unjust. 
|d-8(K(i>S|  unjustly. 

^X«erxtd,  «f  {a6o?.£axvg,  «  prat 
ing  fellow),  prating,  loquacity. 

orSvvaTotf  iiv,  impossible,  imprac- 
ticable. 

f8«>,  gan/iat,  yaa,  yoBrrv,  Attic  for 
aeifij,  aeiau,  etc.,  to  sing. 

Oft,  always,  from  time  to  time. 
orrot,  o,  an  eagle.     14. 
drdovaroty  ov,  immortal. 
d-Ocos»  oi*,  godless,  impious.     30. 
Atheist. 

'AOiivd,  tif,  Athena,  identified  by 
the  Romans  with  Minerva. 
t*A0Tiva{i,  §  61,  to  Athens. 
'AOi^vai,  wv  ('A%va),  Athens. 
|'A&T)vaios,  (>,  an  yl^A^nian. 
^'ABT\vr\ax,  ^  (U,  n.  2,  a<  ^<A«n«. 
tii^XnTTJf,  "V  {uHXlu,  to  contend  for 
a  prize),  a  prize-fighter,  athlete. 
ti0Xu>«,   Of   or   fi,    ov,    struggling, 
wretched. 

td0XoV|  t6,  the  prize  of  contest,  a 
prize.    14. 
flLBXof  I  6,  a  contest. 
tarOpo((o»    (adpotiS-),  oBpoiau,    etc., 
IV.,  to  press  close  together,  assem- 
ble, collect,  muster.    35. 

QrOpooti  a,  ov  (a-  cop.,  0p6oi,  noise), 
close  together,  in  a  body. 
t  o-0vp4«,  affvfi^u,  to  be  dispirited. 
a-Ov}U)s,   ov,    dispirited,    discour- 
aged.    30. 

Atylva,  i/g,  Aegina,  an  island  in 
the  Saronic  Gulf. 
lAl-Y^VTpTTs,  ov,  an  Aeginitan. 
fAlYvwTtos,  «,  ov,  Egyptian;  ma8c. 
as  noun,  an  Egyptian. 
Alyvrrott  n,  Egypt. 
atS«iti  ^f,  V,  §  05,  N.  1,  reverence. 
a(K((«»  (m/c/d-),  comro.  dep.  aUClo- 
liOi,  a'lKiwfiai,  etc.,  IV.  {a'lKii,  abuse)^ 
to  imuU,  outrage,  mangle. 


¥ 


AlVfiO&T|t 


221 


ciXT]6ci 


t  Atv«taSi)f ,  ov,  a  son  of  Aeneas. 

Alvcias»  ov,  Aeneas,  the  Trojan 
hero. 

teUv««»y  aiveau,  ^veaa,  -yvc<ca,  ^vfj- 
fiat,  ^vrftrfv,  |  109,  1,  N.  2,  to  praise. 

atvos,  6,  praise. 

al^  (liydc,  6,  fj,  a  goat.    Aegis. 
talprras,7,  6v, chosen;  c. preferable. 

olp^w  (c?.-),  atp/aw,  »fp7««,  W'^Z/^n^ 
9/>*  V,  2  a.  elAov  (§  104),  VIII.,  to 
take ;  mid.  to  choose,  elect,  prefer.  46. 
Heresy. 

aCptt,  hpC),  ijpa,  rjf)Ka,  vpftai,  r/p^^/v, 
Attic  for  aeipu  {aep-),  etc.,  IV.,  to 
raise,  carry  off. 

aUr6e[vo|i(u  (aJo^-),  alaOt/oofiai,  ^aHtf- 

ftai,  2  a.  yatiofiijv,  V.,  become  av>are 

of,  to  perceive,  learn,  hear,  g.  or  A. 

48.    Aesthetic. 

4.at(r0T^<n,t,  eug,  17,  perception,  sense. 

aXtryoit  ro,  disgrace,  shame. 
4.aUrxpdS|  A,  6v,  shameful,  disgrace 
ful,  ha/ie,  unseemly.    30. 
4-alo^vvi)i  >7f,  disgrace,  shame. 
4.aUrxvvtt  (aMT;^!^'-),  at<T;^fwd>,  ^ff^C- 
va,  'joxvuftai,  ^;t^'*%»'i  IV.,  to  rfi« 
grace,  shame;  mid.  to  6e  ashamed, 
stand  in  awe  of.    41. 

a(T(»i  niT^u,  etc.,  to  a«l;  some  one 
/or  something,  demand.    34. 

oUt^  3C,  cau«c,  ground,  occasion ; 
a  fault,  reproach,  censure ;  alriav 
ix^,  to  be  blamed. 
^-atrtootLOi,  a'lTi&aofjuu,  etc.,  to  blame. 
patriot,  a,  ov,  causing,  guilty; 
alridq  elfn,  to  be  the  cau^e;  6  airiog, 
the  author;  Td  alriuv,  the  cause. 

alx)i-aXfi»rot,  ov  {alxf^,  a  spear, 
dXiaKOfMi),  taken  in  war,  captured, 
captive. 

oKivoKTiSi  or,  a  short  sword. 

&-icXt|po«,  ov  {K?iT/pog,  lot,  portion), 
portionless,  needy,  in  poverty. 

<S*OTJ,  ^f  {aKovu),  hearing,  the  sense 
of  hearing. 


OrKoXoo-Cd,  «c  {ico?id(u),  intemper- 
ance. 

OrKoXovOcwi  aKoXov&/au  {d-KdXov- 
Ooc,  following,  a-  cop.  and  KfAevSog, 
a  road),  to  follow,  d.  An-acolu- 
thon. 

okovtC^o)  {aK0VTi6-),  arnvriu  {clkuv, 
a  javelin),  to  hurl  a  javelin,  shoot,  hit. 
4.aK0VTuriS|   ewf,    7),    throwing    the 
javelin. 

QKOVM  {uKov-  for  aKoF),  OKoiaofiai, 
i/Kovaa,  ijKovaihjv,  2  p.  OKr/Koa,  to  hear, 
heed,  g.  of  the  source,  a.  of  the  tiling, 
I  171,  2,  and  n.  1.    20.    Acoustic. 

oKpdf  flf  (oK/jof ),  a  peak,  citadel. 
tarKpa(rid|  ng,  licentiousness. 

a-KpaTTJSi  ff  {ftpdrog),  powerless, 
intemperate. 

a-KpdTOS|  ov  (Kepdwvfii),  unmixed. 

OKpiPrjsi  eg,  exact,  accurate. 
4-oiKpiPoMy  oKplpijai.),  etc.,  to  under- 
stand thoroughly. 

<ucpooo)fc0Uf  CLKpodaofiai,  etc.,  to  hear, 
listen  to,  a.  of  the  person,  a.  of  the 
thing. 
^■aKpodTTJpiov,  TO,  an  auditorium. 
jaxpodrrjsf  ov,  a  hearer,  listener. 
foKpoWoXis,  eug,  r)  {noTiig),  a  cita- 
del, acropolis. 

oicposi  a,  ov,  at  the  point,  topmost ; 
TO  ahfxtv,  height,  summit,  eminence; 
ra  oKfta,  the  heighta.     Acrobat. 

jcucp-uvvxta,  <If  (ovv;;),  the  tip  of  the 
nail;  hence  the  toj)  of  a  mountain. 

oKTwpi  opog,  6  (ayu),  a  leader. 

OkwVi  ovoa,  ov,  I  66,  N,  1  (a-,  Ikuv), 
ununlling. 

dXaXal^w  [aXa/uiy-),  okaTid^ofiai, 
TjAd/.a^a,  IV.  {aka7.rj,  the  war-cry), 
to  raise  the  war-cry. 

okyr\%iaVt  ovog,  ^  [alyeu,  to  feel 
pain.  (V.yog,  pain),  pain. 

oXcKTpvMV,  oi'og,  6,  a  cock. 

'AX€^-av8po$,  6.  Alexander. 
tarXTj6fU^  af,  truth. 


li 


«l 


7!  it: 


>1 

;  hi 


i!v' 


aXT)0«v4i> 


222 


avayiyvmrKt 


t 


' 


tarXi)6«vca,   aXrjStvau,    r]/.T]Hevaa^   to 
speak  the  truth.    2. 

arXi)6ifs,  fc  (Aai^dvw),  unconcealed, 
true;  to  a^^ef  or  ra  aXrifh},  the  truth. 
dX^KOiuu   {61',    a>.o-)^    d/Ltjaofioi, 
jy/wKa  or  idhjKa,  2  a.  ^^uv  or  ^riAuv, 
VI.,  to  be  taken,  captured,  or  con- 
victed.   5 1 . 
*AXKi-Pia&t|s,  ov,  Alcibiiides. 
oXkijioS}  w  {d^iKfj,  prowess),  valiant. 
oXKd,  conj.  (neut.  plur.  of  dA^of 
with  changed  accent),  properly  other- 
wise ;  hence,  hut,  yet. 

oXXaTTM  {aXkay-),  aXX&^u,  etc.,  w. 
2  a.  pass.  iiXXayriv,  IV.  (o^^of),  <o 
mate  o^Acr  than  it  is,  change. 

aXXxi  (dat.  of  aA%oq,  so.  0J9),  in 
another  way,  otherwise. 

diXXiiXcdV  {ciTi^^q),  I  81,  0/  on«  on- 
o<Afr.    Par-allel. 

aXXoffcCU  {d'A-),  dXovLiai,  ^Xdfir/v,  2  a. 
Tj2.6firjv  (rare),  IV.,  <o  leap. 

iXKot,  V,  o,  another,  other,  else  ; 
6  dA;iof,  I  142.  2,  N.  3 ;  ry  aAAy,  sc. 
i^f^ipa,  the  next  day. 

|aXXo»s,  otherwise;  oAAwf  irug  fj,  in 
any  other  way  than;  dl'koq  ix^v,  to 
be  otherwise. 

arXo<yurroSy  ov  (loyi^ofiai),  incon- 
siderate, devoid  of  reason.     14. 

d^fco,  at  the  same  time,  at  the  same 
time  with;  a/m  ry  r/filpa,  at  day- 
break; dfia  r/Aiift  dvari^XovTi,  at  sun- 


rise. 
It 


ja|i-a|a,  Vf  {dyu),  a  wagon,  a  wagon 
load.    5. 

4.dfto^-iTos,  6v  {eim),   passable  by 
wagons.    1 2. 

cl|iapTayw  (d/japr-),  d/napr^ofiai, 
^/MpTT/Ka,  iifidpTTjfiai,  r/jMipr^rfv,  2  a. 
rjfMpnrov,  V.,  to  miss,  Q. ;  then,  to  do 
wrong,  err,  transgress.    46. 

4.d|uipn)fia,  arog,  to, failure,  vn'ong- 
doing,  fault,  sin. 

^ayjoprrld,  ug,  fault,  sin. 


dfuivpoMf  dfjavpuau  {dfiavp6q,dark), 
to  make  dark,  impair. 

o.'^X<tL  {^dxofiai),  without  fighting. 

C4i-ppo<r(d,  af  {dfi-(ip6aiog  and  ifi- 

^(MToq,  immortal,  from  a-  and  Ppordg, 

a  mortal),  ambrosia,  the  food  of  the 

gods. 

oj^ivwff  ov,  better.    See  dyaftog. 
td-)icX(ia,  rJf,  neglect,  indifference. 
tor)uX«w»  d_ue'/.T/au,  to  be  careless,  to 
slight,  neglect,  G. 

d-|i€Xi{s,  eg  (jiilu),  careless. 
d|uXXaofuuy  dfuX?.f/cofiai,  etc.  (dfuX- 
Art,  o  contest),  to  contend;  w.  em,  to 
strive  for  or  strive  to  reach. 
d)&irfXot,  V,  a  vine. 
jOfiircXaivi  wwf,  d,  o  vineyard. 
dfivvtf  (n/yw  ),  dftwu,  y/xvva,  IV., 
/o  w;arrf  o/",  defend;  mid.  to  defend 
one's  self,  avenge  one's  self  on,  pun- 
ish.   41. 

dfi^^,  prep,   (akin   to   d//0w),  on 
6o/A  sides   of,  about.    (1)  With  o. 
(rare  in  prose),  about,  concerning. 
(2)  With  A.,  about,  near,  of  place, 
time,  number,  etc. ;  oi  dfuju  Kipov, 
Cyrus  and  those  with  him.  In  comp., 
about,  on  both  sides.    Amphi-. 
td)u^'rfpos,  fi,  ov,  both. 
|d)u^Tcp«>OcV|  on  both  sides. 
d|i^i  both. 

dv,  post-posit,  particle,  |  207. 
2v,  conj.,  contr.  from  kdv,  q.  v.,  i/". 
dvd,  prep.,  in  prose   w.  a.  only, 
up,  up  along,  over,  through,  among, 
by,  at  the  rate  of,  of  place  and  time 
and  in  distributive  expressions  ;  dva 
Kpdroq,  up  to  one's  strength,  at  full 
speed.  In  comp.,  up,  back,  again,  and 
sometimes  simply  intens.   Oy,  ana-. 
dya-PaCvM|  to  go  up,  mount. 
Idyd-^oflns,  fwc,  V,  o^n  ascent,  march 
inland.     21. 

dyo-Yi-yvMoiCM,  to  know  again,  rec- 
ognize, read. 


dyaYKO^t* 


223 


oyoT|Tos 


iwayKal»{dvayKa6-),  dvayKdau,  etc., 
IV.,  to  compel,  force,  constrain.    31. 

o>'*Y'^»  W,  necessity,  constraint; 
dvdyKjf  kariv,  it  is  necessary  or  wna- 
voidable.     31. 

dya-YVOvs,  see  dva-yiyvuoKu. 

dya-Ypcu^i  to  engrave  and  set  up, 
as  a  tablet,  to  record. 

Wf-irin,  to  lead  up;  mid.  to  put  to 
sea,  set  sail. 

dva-6app«w  or  dva-Bapaeu,  to  regain 
courage. 

dydr9i)|ia,  arof,  t6  {Tidrjfu),  that 
which  iii  set  up,  a  votive  offering. 
Anathema. 

dy-cufMci),  to  take  up ;  mid.  to  take 
up  one's  own,  as  the  dead  for  burial. 

dv-aCo^Tos,  ov  (alaOdvofiat),  with- 
out feeling.     Anaesthetic. 

dya-KOivo'(i>  {koivou,  koivucu,  etc., 
to  make  common,  from  Koivoq),  to 
make  common,  communicate ;  mid.  to 
consult  with,  D.    38. 

dva-Kpd(o>,  to  cry  aloud,  shout. 

dva-Xc4iPdv«0y  to  take  up,  rescue. 

dva-picvo),  to  remain,  wait  for. 

dyo-vavMi  to  stop,  trans. ;  mid.  to 
desist,  rest. 

dya-Trfl6o»|  to  persuade.     31. 

dy-dpurros,  ov  {npiOTov),  without 
brmkfast. 

oy-apxCa,  &c  {apx^d^  anarchy. 

dva-<nrdtt»y  to  c^rat^  t/p. 

dfa-o^ds,  dvtt-o-TTJvoA,  see  dv-ioTT)- 
ut. 

dya-<rrpc4>u,  <o  ^wrrt  6aci,  retreat, 
retire.    Anastrophe. 

dya-T(&pdTTtt,  to  confuse;  dvaTe-a- 
payfikvog,  in  disorder. 

dya-TcCv»|  to  stretch  or  AoW  wp, 
raise. 

dyo-TfXXctf  {rkTiku,  stem  reP.-,  hti- 
A«,  -rkTdkfxai,  IV.,  to  rawc),  to  me. 

dya-TlOT||u,  to  put  or  se<  wj3,  conse- 
crate. 


dya-ToX-r),  ^f  (dvrt-rfAX<j),  a  rising. 
dva-4>cp<tf,  to  carry  up.  Anaphora. 
ava-\<apiiaf  to  go  back,  withdraw. 
dvSpcCd,  dg  {dvTjp),  courage. 
dvSpctos,  a,  ov  {dvT]p),  manly,  brave. 
4-dy8p€£a>s,  like  men,  bravely. 
foySpiavTo-Troio'sy  o  {ttouu),  a  sculp- 
tor. 

dvSpidS)  dvTog,  6  {dvr/p),  a  statue. 
oifSpuv,  wrof,  d  {dvr/p),  the   men's 
apartment. 

dy-cYcCpo),  to  wake  up,  arouse. 
dy-€iir€iv  {eiTTov),  to  proclaim,  an- 


nounce 


aycftos,  d,  wind. 

dy-cirC-KXt)TOS|  ov  {eTri-idijTog,  sum- 
moned, accused,  from  im-KoXiu,  to 
summon),  unblamed. 

oy-4<m\v,  see  dv-iffrrj/iL. 

a»(Vf  improper  prep.  w.  G.,  vnth- 
out. 

di'-'if'yaYov,  see  dv-dyu. 

av-r\y4pBr\Vt  see  dv-eyeipu. 

dyrjp,  dj.-(J/)df,  6,  I  57,  2,  Lat.  vir,  a 
man,  as  distinguished  froma  lyoman, 
while  dvHpuTTog,  Lat.  homo,  is  man  a.s 
opposed  to  god  or  beast;  hence  a 
husband,  soldier.  Often  joined  with 
another  noun  as  a  term  of  respect, 
especially  in  address,  as  dvSpeg  crpa- 
TiiiTai. 

dvO',  by  apostr.  for  dvn,  before  an 
aspirate. 

dy6-£o^|Li,  to  set  against;  mid.  to 
withstand,  resist. 
fdi^puinvoS)  T/,  ov,  human. 

dvOpitfiroSi  d,  a  man,  person,  human 
being.     See  dvi/p.     Phil-anthropy. 

dvuiiUy  dvidau,  ijviaaa,  ryvlAdriv  (dv- 
ta,  grief),  to  pain,  grieve,  trouble. 

dy-ti)(u,  to  let  go,  unloose,  unstring. 

dy-Co-TT)|u,  to  set  up,  raise,  arouse, 
start  up ;  mid.  w.  pf.  and  2  a.  act., 
to  get  up,  rise. 

drvo'nTos,  ov  (voew),  demented. 


■i 


H 


'I 


dpo(<y<* 


224 


airXoot 


il 


w-olytif  and  iaf-olfvv\iA,  2,  avoi^u, 
avku^a,  avi(f)xn,  avt(f}yfiai,  avet^x'^'T^, 
2  p.  hviifiya  (rare),  \  104,  N.  1  (otyu, 
to  open),  to  open. 

ay-oXPos,  ov,  unhappy,  wretched. 

a-vooS|  <>v,  senseless. 

ay-opvrrot,  [bpvTTu,  stem  ofwy-,  bpi- 
^w,  (jfw^a,  bpupvxa,  bpupvy^ai,  ufw- 
Xf^v,  IV.,  to  dig),  to  dig  up. 

ian-vtt\^jkkio\fJOXt  to  take  thought  in 
return. 

drrt,  prep.  w.  a.,  in  place  of,  in- 
stead of,  for ;  original  meaning,  over 
against,  against.  In  comp.,  against, 
in  opposition,  in  return,  instead. 
Anti-. 

*AvTiYovi|,  w,  Antigtine,  one  of 
the  daughters  of  Oedipus. 

arri-XcyM,  to  speak  against,  op- 
pose, i>.,  ^  184,  2. 

«iyTk-irapa<rKiva]|o|Uu,  to  prepare 
one*s  self  in  turn. 

QyTi-ir<&pa-TaTTO|jLCu,  to  draw  one's 
self  up  against  or  opposite. 

iiyrt-irouw,  to  retaliate;  mid.  to 
contend  with  one/or  something,  d.,  o. 

orrwrTCunarnis,  ov  {araaiurtK,  a 
partisan,  from  ardai^),  an  oppo- 
nent.   33- 

arrpov,  t6,  a  cave. 

ay»  {am),  g  75,  N.  1,  up,  high  up, 
above,  into  the  air. 
|w«*-'y€«v,  TO  {y^),  I  42,  2,  a  hall. 

o^Cd,  <:f  (df/of),  value,  desert,  due. 

aftvii  W,  an  AXE. 
f  oL|u>-0av|ia<rTOs,  ov,  worthy  of  ad- 
miration. 

ffi^io-Xoyx,  ov,  worth  mentioning. 
0^109,   n,   ov    (ayu),   weighing   as 
much,  of  equal  value,  worth,  worthy, 
deserving. 

4.a(io<0,  a^iuou,  etc.,  to  dean  worthy 
or  ft;  hence,  to  ask,  demand,  claim, 
as  fit.     38. 

|a(U»)M,  aroi,  t6,  diynity.     Axiom. 


4.a{CcDS»  worthily,  in  a  manner  wor- 
thy. 

SJ^f  see  &yu. 

doiSot,  6  (rif/VJw),  a  bard,  tinger. 

iw-ayyikKiaf  to  bring  or  carry  back 
word,  to  re  port,  announce. 

dr-a'yopcvMi  to  renounce,  give  up, 
become  exhausted. 

aar-ayti,  to  conduct  or  lead  away  or 
back. 

oriratScvroti  ov  [ircudevt)j,  unedu- 
cated. 

air-a(pw,  to  lift  off;  hence,  to  sail 
away,  depart. 

aiT'Oxrinf  to  ask  from,  demand. 
tair-aXXaYr),  ^f ,  release. 

dir-aXXaTTWi  to  set  free,  deliver 
from  ;  mid.  be  freed  from,  o. 

diraXosy  7,  ov,  soft,  tender. 

dira^,  once,  once  for  all. 

d-tropa-iTKciKurTot  or  d-irapdp 
01CCVOS1  ov  {rrapa-aKevd^u,  atuvo^),  un- 
prejyared.     39. 

£-ird5i  ^oa,  nv,  [a-  cop.,  ira^),  all 
together,  all,  the  whole. 

td-iraroM,  airari/au,  etc.,  to  outwit, 
deceive. 

«"dTt|,  )7f,  cunning,  deceit. 

dir-«i|u  (fi;i<').  ^  ^«  at/;ay  or  absent. 

dir-<i|u  (f'///),  <o  go  away. 

iar-€l\0Vi  see  n7r-£;f(j. 

dir-«Xavvw,  to  drive  off,  to  ride  or 
march  away. 

aar-iK9w¥t  see  air-kpxonai. 

dir-«pvKw  (iptKu,  ipi^^u,  fjpv^n,  to 
keep  off),  to  keep  off. 

dir-«pXO)Uu,  to  go  away,  withdraw. 

darWxw,  to  hold  off,  in  trans,  to  be 
distant;  mid.  to  refrain  or  abstain 
from,  Q. 

dir-TJXOov,  see  an-tpxofuu. 

dir-ijpa,  see  ot  n!pu. 

d^M'-MVCu,  dir-i{MV,  d!ir-<oi)u,  dir-i««if, 

see  d --«/«. 

dirXdot,  //,  ov,  §  65,  simple. 


fivXcot 


225 


oirox«*P<« 


d-irXooft  "V,  contr.  anXov^,  ow 
(TT/ltcj),  no<  sailing,  unseaworthy. 

flbrdi  prep.  w.  o.,  from,  off  from, 
away  from,  of  place,  time,  and  cause ; 
originally  (as  opposed  to  ik),  sepa- 
rated from.  In  comp., /rom,  away, 
off,  in  return,  sometimes  simply  in- 
iens.,  and  sometimes  almost  nega- 
tive.    Off,  of. 

dsro-PdXXw,  to  throw  away,  lose. 

diro-Pi^^Wi  to  disembark. 

«iro-S€£KVV|u,  to  point  out,  show, 
publish,  appoint,  designate;  mid.  to 
declare  or  express  ones  opinion,  etc. 

diiro-SiSpa0^»  ('V'^  ).  amn^fiaaofiai, 
anoAiiSfHiKa,  2  a.  anttSftfiv,  VI.,  \  108, 
VI.,  N.  1,  to  run  away,  escape  un- 
observed.    44. 

diro-SiSw)U,  to  give  back  or  up,  re 
store,  render  what  is  due ;   mid.  to 
sell.    Apodosis. 

diro-SoKii  ((^o/cfu),  it  does  not  seem 
expedient. 

diiro-8v«>,  to  strip  off,  spoil. 

dro-Ovrio-KCD,  to  die  off  die,  suffer 
death,  be  slain. 

aird-Kci|&0U|  to  be  laid  away,  to  be 
reseirifed. 

diro-iCTipvTTw,  to  renounce  publicly, 
disinherit. 

diro-KivSvvcvMi  to  make  a  bold  at- 
tempt :  pa.ss.  to  be  put  to  great  hazard. 

oito-kXcCm,  to  shut  off,  intercept.  26. 

ttiro-Koirrw,  to  cut  off. 

diro-Kptvo|iaiy  to  reply,  answer. 

diro-KpiriTTM,  to  hide  front,  conceal. 

wO'Krdvtt,  to  kill  off  slay,  put  to 
death. 

oiro-KTCwv|u,  2,  =  airoKxeivu. 

diro-Kfi»Xv«»|  to  hinder  from. 

dsro-Xci'irwy  to  leave  behind,  desert. 

dn--dXXii|U,  to  destroy  utterly,  slay, 
lose;  mid.  to  perish;  2  p.  an-6kuika, 
to  be  undone.     52. 

'AirdXXwv,  wvof ,  6,  Apollo. 


tdird-XwnSi  f^wf,  V,  release. 

diro-XvMt  to  free  from. 

dn'-oXwXcKai  see  a7T-6'A7iVfii. 

dird-)iaxoSi  ov  {fiaxoimi),  disabled, 
ont  of  tJie  ranks.     33. 

diro-vc|M),  to  portion  out,  pay,  give. 

diro-vooTcw  {vtMTTeu,  voartjau,  to 
return  home,  from  vdarog,  a  return 
home),  to  return  home. 

d,iro-Tcp,irtt,  to  send  back,  away,  or 
home,  remit;  mid.  dismiss. 

diro-irXcw,  to  sail  off  or  away. 
fd-iropc'ttf  ciTTopt/au,  etc.,  to  be  at  a 
loss  or  in  doubt. 
fd-iropCd,  «f,  perplexity,  difficulty. 

d-iropos»  ov,  without  resources,  dif- 
ficult, impassable.     25. 

dfro-<rKc8dwv)U|  to  scatter  abroad. 

diro-onreutf,  to  draw  off,  withdraw. 

diroHTTcXXd),  to  send  away.  Apos- 
tle. 

diro-orrcpcw,  to  rob,  defraud.     27. 

diro-<rrp(<)>(i),  to  turn  back,  induce 
to  return.    Apostrophe. 

diro-<ruXdA>  {aT^Mo,  av^^au,  etc.,  to 
stnp  off),  to  rob. 

diro-<r<f>dTTa),  to  slay. 

diro-o-cd^o),  to  lead  back  in  safety. 

diro-Tcixt^w  (^f^^t'C",  stem  re/;^;/^-, 
T€txi(^,  ireixiaa,  rtreixiKa,  IV.,  to 
wall,  from  reixoq),  to  wall  off,  to 
build  a  wall  to  cut  an  army  off. 

diro-Tcp.va>,  to  cut  off. 

diro-Ti6T||U|  to  put  away,  store  up. 

diro-Tivtt  {t'.vu,  stem  ti-,  riau, 
Irian,  reTlKa,  -Teriafiai,  -CTiaftr/v,  V., 
to  pay),  to  pay  back;  mid.  to  take 
vengeance  on. 

diro-Tp«ir«,  to  turn  off  or  back. 

airo-Tvy\dvia,  to  fail  to  hit,  to  fail. 

d'n-o-<|>a(va>,  to  show  off;  mid.  to 
apjMuir,  display,  declare. 

d'fro-4KVYu,  to  flee  away,  escape. 

diro-xwpc»»  to  go  back,  retreat. 


:! 


■I, 


I. 


J  •! 


oirpocr^TOf 


226 


dUrrpairrw 


dUwpo<r-^aTOt,  ov  {(3aivo),  inacces- 
sible. 

III.,  to  fasten,  kindle;  mid.  to  fasten 
erne's  self  to,  touch,  a.    40. 

Spa,  post-posit,  particle  of  infer- 
ence, therefore,  accordingly. 

clpo,  an  interrog.  particle,  I  2^2,  2. 

idle.     42. 
topYVfMos,  /2,  ov,  1 65,  of  silver,  silver. 
taf>Yvpiov,    t6,    a  piece  of  silver, 
money.    9. 

ofryvpos,  <5  (apy<Jc,  whiU),  silver. 

apta-Kia  (ape-),  apecu,  i/peaa,  ijpk- 
o(hri>,  VI.,  to  please,  satisfy,  d. 

dpm{,  r/f,  goodness,  virtue^  cour- 
age.   39. 

'ApTis,  foc,  <J,  ace.  'A/J7  or  'Aftrrv, 
Ares,  the  god  of  war. 

'Apiaibs,  o,  ^na€u«,  commander 
of  the   barbarian   troops  of  Cyrus 
the  Younger. 
tapi6|u»,  apiBfii/au,  etc.,  to  estimate, 
count,  number.    Arithmetic. 

dptOfio'si  <i,  number,  numbering,  ex- 
tent. 

'ApCorr-apxos,  6,  Aristarchus. 

apurroutf,  hpiari^au,  etc.  {apiarov), 
to,  breakfast.     40. 

*Api<rrclSi)s,  ov,  Aristldes. 

ipurrov,  to  (rjpi,  early),  breakfast. 

apiorroq,  7,  ov,  best,  bravest.    See 
ayaHoc.     Aristo-crat. 

'ApKos,  dth^,  6,  an  Arcadian. 

dpKcw,  apKiau,  ijpKeaa,  to  suffice,  d. 

apKro$,  7],  a  bear.    Arctic. 

Spfio,  rtrof,  TO,  a  two-wheeled  war- 
chariot,  a  chariot. 
•).apf&-€4ui|a,  m,  a  covered  carriage. 

'Apficvios,  a,  ov,  Armenian. 

«ipfu>TTw  {apfiod-),  dpfidau,  etc.,  to  fit 
together;  intrans.  to  befit  or  good  for. 
t*f»Tpov,  TO.  a  plough. 


opott,  vpoflrt,  ^/xJ^^,  <o  plough. 
fopiraYi],  vf ,  pillaging,  plunder. 

opiro^w  {apT:a6-),  dpKaau and  dpird- 
aofiat,  etc.,  IV.,  <o  «naicA  up,  seize, 
carry  off,  pillage,  plunder,  tear.   RoB. 

appT)v  or  £p(ni)V|  appev,  male. 

'ApTo^cp^Sy  ov,  Artaxerxes,  esp. 
ArtMcerxes  II.,  son  of  Darius  II.  and 
brother  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

'Aprairarr|$,  ov,  Artapates,  a  per- 
sonal attendant  of  Cyrus  theYounger. 

"ApTcius,  160^,  1),  Artemis,  identi- 
fied by  the  Romans  with  Diana. 


opros, 


bread. 


fdpxaios,  «,  ov,  oriyinal,  old;  rb 
dpxaiov^  formerly.     Archaic. 

+»WC^'»    ^f.    beginning,    command, 
rule,  province,  empire,  realm.     13. 

fdpXiKos,  V,  ov,  fit  to  command. 
opx«,  dp^u,  ijp^a,  ijpxa,  ^py/xat, 
VPX^ffv,  to  be  first;  in  point  of  time, 
to  begin  (comm.  mid.  in  this  sense) ; 
in  point  of  station,  to  command, 
govern,  rule,  o.    15.     Arch-,  -arch. 

4-apxwv,  ovToc,  6,  a  commander,  part, 
of  preceding ;  for  voc.  sing.,  see  ^  48 
2  b.    16. 

OHTcpcia,  5f  (d-ae^^,  impious,  ae- 
(hfiat,  to  revere),  impiety. 

td-<r0cvcai,  daBevijOu,  to  be  feeble  or 
sick. 

or<r6cvTf$y  ^f  {affEvoq,  strength),  weak. 

OrcrivcSs,  s.  daiviorara  (d-aivr/g, 
harmless,  aivofiai,  to  harm),  without 
depredation. 

cUriTosy  ov,  without  eating. 

00-Mw,  daKTjou,  to  practise,  culti- 
vate. 

IfUTKTiTcos,  a,  ov,  to  be  practised. 

oUtkos,  6,  a  leathern  bag. 

aayAvot,  Tf,  ov  (r/dofiai),  well  pleased, 
glad. 

ooTrCf,  «J«r,  7,  a  shield.    33. 

CMrrpdvTw  {cirrpair-),  rjorpa^.  III, 
to  lighten,  gleam. 


cUrrpov 


227 


PoXavof 


Arrpov,  t6,  a  star  ;  comm.  pi.  the 
STARS.    Astro-nomy,  aatro-logy. 
dcrrv,  fof,  t6,  \  53,  1,  a  city.     See 

*AorTv-ttYi|«|fOf,  6,  Astyflges,  grand- 
father of  Cyrus  the  Elder. 
tar<r^oXcia,  ag,  safety. 

d-ir^MiiXfjsi  ig  (a0dAAo>),  not  liable 
to  be  tripped  upjfirm,  safe.    30. 

eur^KiXroSi  >},  bitumen,  asphalt. 

ar<r4KiXiii5  (d(T0aA^f),  with  or  in 
safety,  safely.    23. 

A-TOKTOSi  ov  (rdTTu),  in  disorder. 

orTO^Cd,  fif  (rdTTO)),  want  of  disci- 
pline. 
fa-TcXfio,  Sf,  exemption;  dXX^  r/f 
dri^^ta,  exemption  from  some  other 
service. 

drTcXTfty  h  (t^^),  unfinished,  ex- 
empt from  service.    ' 

£tcp,  improper  prep.  w.  G.,  without. 
ta-ri^|;»   {drlfiaA-),  drlfxaau,  etc., 
IV.,  to  dishonor,  disgrace.    33. 

&-Ti|u>S)  w  (t?/^^),  dishonored,  with- 
out honor. 

aT|i(|M  {htfiid-),  ir/jLiao).  IV.  {irfidg, 
vapor),  to  steam. 

&-Toirot|  ov,  out  of  place,  absurd. 

a-Tvxtis,  tg  ('■t';t^).  unfortunate. 

av,  again,  moreover,  on  tlie  other 
hand. 

avKiiaf  ahyjcu  {av'kdg,  a  flute),  to 
play  the  flute. 

avpiov,  to-morrow. 

avT-apKT)s,  cf  {avrdq,  dpiciu),  suf- 
ficient in  one's  self,  independent. 

avrr\f  a^roi,  see  ovrog. 
favrCKO,  at  the  very  instant,  at  once. 
tavro-KiXcvoTOSi   ov  (iccAfwj),  self- 
bidden,  of  one's  own  accord. 

tavro-|ioX(<i>|   avTOfioTJjou   (from   a 
stem  1&0X-,  go),  to  desert. 

a^n^s,  ii,  6v,  self  |  79,  1.  n.  1 ; 
him,  her,  it,  |  79,  1 ;  the  same,  I  79, 
2.    Auto-. 


|avTOv,  here,  there. 

avTov,  see  e-avrcw. 

avro-xOwVy  ov  (airrdg,  X^uv),  sprung 
from  the  land  itself. 

o^*,  see  dTrd. 

d^-atpctt»|  to  take  away;  mid.  to 
rob,  deprive. 

dr<^avTJS|  ^C  {(paivu),  unseen,  out  of 
sight,  little  known.    24. 

4>ar<t>avi|^<»  [dipavid-),  diJMvuo,  IV.,  to 
make  unseen,  destroy,  annihilate. 

o^Ti»  ^f  {dnTOfmi),  the  sense  of  touch. 

d-<^0ovld,  dg  {d-(pHovog,  ungrudging, 
(pdovog),  abundance. 

cu^i)|u,  to  send  away,  back,  or  off, 
to  set  free,  let  loose  or  go. 

d4>-iKyco|uU|  to  come  from  some 
place,  arrive. 

d<|>-iinrcva»   {Imrfvi,),    inTrevau,     to 
ride,  fr.  iTrrrevg),  to  ride  off  or  back. 

d4>-t<m)p.i,  to  remove ;  mid.  w.  2  a. 
act.,  to  revolt.    Apostate. 

&-<t>pwV|  ov  {<PpTrv),  senseless. 

d-<)>vXaKTO$y     ov    {'^vTidrru),    un- 
guarded.    34. 
tdrxopwrrfd,  fie,  thanklessness. 

d-xcipurrosy  ov  (xapiCouai),  thank- 
less, ungratefid,  unrewarded. 
^OrxapirrtaSf  without  gratitude.  25. 

d-xpnoTos,  ov  (xpdofiai),  useless. 

&Xp^,  improp.   prep.   w.   o.   and 
conj.,  until. 


B. 


Ba^vXiiir,  wvof ,  ^,  Babylon. 
tpddoSf  TO,  depth.     Bathos. 

Pa6vs,  ela,  v,  deep.    24. 

paCvu  (/3a-,  (iav-),  ^Tjaofiai,  (ie^rfKa, 
-^efiafiai  (rate),  -e^dfkiv  (rare),  2  p. 
{^epaa),  2  a.  l^nv,  V.,  IV.,  to  go. 
49.    Come. 
IPcucTT^pCd,  rtf ,  a  staff.     50. 

pdXavos,  V,  a  nut  or  fruit,  such  as 
the  acorn,  date,  etc. 


K,  J\ 


fM 


i ' 


i:i 


( '1 


,  1' 


¥\ 


'I 

■  hi 


i-i 


^tXKm 


228 


r^H^ 


paXX«  (J3aX.,  p>a-),  ^^.o,  pkpitjKa, 
^(i?i^fiat,  i^lT/Briv,  2  a.  i^T^av,  IV., 
^0  throw,  throw  at,  hit,  stone. 

barbaric. 

|^ap^apiK«t»  in  barbarian,  in  Per- 
sian. 

pa(pP€4X>Sf  oi;,  6ar6arian,  barbar- 
oas.    25. 
teapot,  rd,  weight. 

PapvSf  f/a,  v,  heavy. 
tP«uravC{M  (/SflMTawrf),  jSaoavto,  IV., 

<o  <<'«^ 

Pouravos,  >J,  <A«  touchstone,  a  test. 
t^aa'kX<ia^  fif,  kingdom,  royal  au- 
thority or  power. 

t^aor^cios,  Of  or  a,  ov,  kingly,  roy- 
al; neut.  sing,  or  pi.,  sc.  ditfia,  rJo- 
/*ara,  a  palace.    14. 

poo-iXcvt,  ftf,  6,  I  53,  3,  a  ihn7, 
eap.  the  king  of  Persia,  when  comm. 
the  art.  is  omitted.    Basilisk. 
4.^a(nX<vw,  (iaai7i£vau,  to  be  king, 
rule.    2 

jpoooXiKot,  7,  6v,  royal,  the  kings. 
Basilica.    23, 

^'poiot,  Of  or  a,  ov  {/iaivo),  abid- 
ing, constant,  firm. 
pcXost  r6  {$d7iXu),  a  missile. 
PcXrtwv,  pcXrurrot,  see  aycSdq. 
Ptei  af ,  /orc«. 
JPuito|Mtt  {(itad),  Piaaofmi,  etc.,  IV., 
(o/orce. 

IPuuot,  a,  ov,  violent. 
J^^iainSt  violently. 
piPa(«»  {^i^ad-l  fii^dau  or  /?//?w, 
e/3/;3aaa.  IV.,  |  110,  II.  2  6  (causa- 
tive of  I3aivu)),  to  make  go. 

pi^Cov,  TO  (/3/y3Aof,  papyrus-bark), 
a  book.    Bible. 

pucos,  6,  a  vnne-Jar,  jar. 
pto«,  6,  life,  a  living.    Quick,  bio- 
graphy. 
4PiOT«v«»,  jiiorevau,  to  live. 
pXo^T],  7f  {pXdnTu),  injury. 


pXoKCVM,  pHfcei'tru  (p^A^,  lazy),  to 
be  lazy. 

fikdmu  ((i^ap-),  pUi'u,  etc..  III., 
to  injure,  harm,  hurt. 

^itm,  pTiijlMfiai,  iftXe^ja,  to  look, 
see.     28. 

tPoow,  po^ofiat,  ipofjaa,  to  caU  or 
shout  out,  D.     37. 
poiji  W,  a  loud  cry. 
IPorf-Ofio,  «f,  ai<  OMMtoiu^.    4. 
J^O1^.0€•#,  (ior/f^u,  e(3or/hfaa,  ^/3o7- 
^^«a,  fie poT/fiff fiat,  to  aid,  go  to  aid, 
bring  aid,  assist,  d.     47. 
4pai|-9of,  (Jv,  for  Poi)-9aof,  m;  (^^w), 
running  to  the  battle-shout,  aiding, 
helping. 

Boppdt,  a,  or  Bop^as,  w,  Boreas, 
the  north-wind. 

Poo-ici))ia,  arof,  rd  {(i6oKu^  to  Jeed), 
pi.  fatted  cattle.' 

PoTpvs,  w>f,  (i,  a  6uncA  of  grapes. 
tPovXcvw,  PovXevcu,  etc.,  to  jjfen, 
/>/o< ;  mid.  to  plan  vrith  one's  selj^ 
deliberate,  concert,  devise,  meditate.  7. 
tPovXtf,  7C,  a  plan,  counsel. 
povXofiOi,  (h\)ki}Oouai,  Pe^ovlrifitu^ 
ejhvh^/v,  §  100.  N.  2,  to  m//,  6c  witt- 
ing, wish.     pov>Mfiat  expresftes  will- 
ingness, i.e.  mere  wish  or  inclination 
towards,  kBkhj  will,  i.e.  choice  and 
purpose,  but  this  distinction  ia  often 
ignored.     18.     WiLL. 

Povt,  /:fc>(if ,  6, »),  I  54,  a  bullock,  ox; 
or  cow ;  pi.  cattle. 

ppaxv«,  eta,  i,  short;  enl  jSpaxi,  a 
short  distance.     35. 

pp«'X«,   i(ipe^a,    Pipt^yfiat,    i^pl- 
X^,  to  wet.     36.     Rain. 

^rroM,  ppovHjau  {ppovrij,  ihun» 
der),  to  thunder. 

T. 


229 


SofXlKOt 


ydkot   ydkaKTOi,  t6,  milk. 
yofiotf  o,   marriage.    27.    Poly- 
gamy. 


YH>i  a  post-posit,  causal  cony, for; 
Kol  yap,  etenim,  and  {this  is  or  was, 
etc.,  the  case),  for. 

yif  a  post-posit,  enclitic  particle 
of  emphasLs,  quidem,  at  lea^t,  any- 
how, indeed,  certainly,  even,  too. 

^(rwv,  ovo^,  6,  7  (y^),  a  landsman, 
neighbor. 

^cXfilw,  yt'k&oofjuii,  eyehioa,  eyeM- 
afitfv,  to  laugh,  laugh  at.    33. 
jycXms,  (jto^,  d,  laughter.    17. 
y€¥;  the  stem   of  yiyvofiai   and 
source  of  many  other  words. 
4-YcW(r6ai|  see  yiyvofioi. 
JYCwaios,   a,    ov   {yiwa,    descent), 
high-born,  noble. 
\ytwaUt9,  nobly. 
^y*vol^r\Vt  see  yiyvofiai. 
|-y€Vos,   TO,   race,   offspring,   KIKD. 
Kin. 

Ycpcuoty  ^,  6v  (yvpac),  c.  yepairepog, 
B.  yepaiTaroc,  old. 

Y^ppov,  rd,  a  wicker- shield  covered 
with  ox-hide. 
yiptiVt  ovTo^,  6,  an  old  man.    16. 
Ycvwy  yei'ou,  tytvaa,  yfyevfiai,  to  give 
a  taste  of;  mid.  to  to«to,  o.  CndosE. 
Y^^vpa,  af,  a  bridge,  whether  sta- 
tionary or  pontoon.     5. 
t<YC-«»pYCd,  (7f  (ipyov),  agrictdture. 
t^(-<ap^0S|  0  {Ipyov),  a  husbandman. 
(Jeorge. 

Tl*  >^f  (contr.  from  y^a),  pi.  rare, 
earth,  land.  9.  Gteo-logy,  geo- 
graphy, etc.  f  • 

Yijpaf I  oof,  <jf ,  rd,  ^  56,  1 ,  old  a^e. 

44 

Y^Ttei  aiTo^,  6,  ^  50,  a  giant. 

yiyv9^uu  (>'fv-),  yevfjaofiai,  yryevrj- 
fiai,  2  p.  yiyava,  am,  2  a.  kyevdfiTfv, 
VIII.,  to  6c  60m,  become,  be,  occur, 
come  out,  prove  one's  self,  arise,  ac- 
crue, get.    45. 

"^yythTim  {yvo),  yv6aofiai,  iyvuKa, 


kyviMfiai,  iyvuaBrjv,  2  a.  tyvav,  VI., 
to  jicrceive,  know.    51.    Can. 

■yXav^  k6^,  7  (y/.avKog,  gleaming), 
the  owl,  80  called  from  its  glaring  eyes. 

^XvKvt,  eia,  v,  sweet. 

'yXcM-o-o,  vf,  the  tongue.  Glossary. 

yvu^i\t  m  {yiyvuaKu,  st.  yvo), 
judgment,  purpose,  opinion,  knowl- 
edge.   42.    Qnomic. 

Yovfvsi  eug,  0  iyev-),  a  father ;  pi. 
parents. 

Yo'vw,  aroq,  t6,  the  KNEE.    50. 

Ypofifia,  aroq,  to  {ypd<lHj),  a  letter; 
pi.  letters,  literature.     Grammar. 

Ypavt,  ypa6^,  V,  ^  54,  an  old  woman. 

'Ypoi^t  ypd^,  etc.,  w.  2  a.  p.  typd- 
<f>rfv,  to  GRAVE,  write,  compose.  2. 
Graphic. 

tYVffcva(M  (yv/jvaS-),  yvfivaau,  IV., 
to  exercise.    40.    Gymnastic. 

tTVfiVTJs,  T^of,  6,  or  YV|AVT)Tt|s,  ov, 
light  armed;  as  noun,  a  light-armed 
soldier. 

YVfivos,  7,  <Jv,  naked,  lightly  clad. 

YWTJ,  }^wrtf«of,  ywaiKi,  ywalKa, 
yi'vat,  etc.,  7  (y^v),  a  womxin,  wife. 
Miso-gynist. 

"ixi^t  y^o^^  o,  a  vulture. 


8at|i«»y,  ovo^,  6,  7,  a  god,  destiny, 
fortune. 
Scucpv,  vof,  t6,  a  tear. 
iSoKpvov,  TO,  a  tear. 
jSaKpvwi  daxptau,   kdaKpvoa,   SeSd- 
KpT'fiai,  to  weep. 

fSairavotti   (^mrav^ffa,   etc.,    to   ex- 
pend.   39. 

SairdvT|,  VC,  expeme. 
tSdpciKot»  o,  a  daric,  a  Persian 
gold  coin  containing  about  125.5 
grains  of  gold,  and  worth,  therefore, 
about  $5.40.  A  daric  was  worth 
20  Attic  drachmae. 


I       \ 


ft! 


I  i 


h 


f 


:'1 


i      'll 


^ 


w 


<■ :' 


■x 


.«   J  vl 


AopcSof 


230 


SuiYYtXXw 


Adpctotf  0,  Darius,  the  name  of 
several  kings  of  Persia,  in  particu- 
lar Dariui  II.,  father  of  Cyrus  the 
Younger. 

Sao-fioSf  0  (6aio/iai,  to  divide),  aii 
impost,  tribute,  tax.     y. 

8f,  a  post-posit,  conj.,  but,  and; 
Kal.M,  but  {M)  further  {Kai). 
8<8ia,  S«SoiKa,  see  ideiaa. 
hti,  htj\,  see  deu,  to  want. 
ScCSw,  Epic,  see  ideiaa. 
8f(KVv|U  {(^eiK-),   <)ei^u,   aUt^a,  di- 
(hixa,  dahtyfiat,  edeixfhfv,  2,  to  show, 
exhibit,  portray.     Teach. 
8«(Xt|,  w,  afternoon,  evening. 
Stim,  7,  ov  {6ei6u),fearful,  mighty, 
skilful ;  ()etv6v,  TO,  danger,  peril. 
4>8civcSs,  terribly. 

fSciirvfM,   deiTTvi/au,  kieiirvijaa,    6i- 
MinvTjKa,  to  dine. 

ScSwov,  TO,  dinner,  the  second  of 
the  two  regular  meals  of  the  day. 
S^Ko,  TEN.     Decade. 
AcX^i,  uv,  Delphi,  the  seat  of  the 
famous  oracle  of  Apollo  in  Phocis. 
8«v8pov,  TO,  or  8(  vSpos,  ro,  a  tree.  53. 
8«(ias,  4,   6v,  right,   on  the  right 
'uind;   if  Se^id,  sc.  ;t">,    the   right 
hand,   often   given    and   taken   in 
making  a  treaty;    kv  (h^ia,  on  the 
right  hand;   rb  <h^i6v,  so.  Kipar  or 
ft^poi,  the  right  wing;   so  to.  de^id, 
the  right.     33. 

A«|-iinros,  o,  Dexippus. 
8«p|ia,  arof,  t6  {Mpu,  to  skin),  the 
shin,  hide.     Epi-dermis. 

8co>a8, 6  {6ku,  to  bind),  band,  strap. 
SfOTTOTTH,  ov,  voc.  Sea-Kora,  a  mas- 
ter, despot. 
Scvpo,  hither. 

Scvrtpot,  a,  ov  (dix>),  the  second; 
Aeirrefxju  or  to  devrepav,  a  second 
time.    Deatero-nomy. 

8^X«»*«»  ^^ofiai,  etc.,  take,  accept, 
receive,  await  the  attack  of.    28. 


8^«,  i^fjou,  lAyaa,  tUAeKn,  MAtfuii, 
kiMthiv,  to  bind.     50.     Dia-dem. 

him,  Aericu,  edirfaa,  6c6  qKa,  dccJej;- 
fiat,  ider/hrv,  to  want;  del,  impers., 
there  is  rued  of,  it  is  necessary,  one 
must  or  ought ;  mid.  to  stand  in  need 
of,  want,  beg,  o. 

Stj,  post-posit,  intens.  or  infer,  par- 
ticle, accordingly,  so,  then,  now. 

SijXof y  Tf,  ov,  clear,  evident. 
jStjXow,  d7f?.uou,  etc.,  to  make  clear, 
relate.     18. 

ST||&-aY«»70S,  6  (S^ftoc,  ayu),  a 
demagogue. 

AijjiTi'Tup,  Af/fivTfHJi,  V,  g  57,  3, 
Demeter,  the  Roman  Ceres. 

tSi))u>-KpaT(d,   ag   {Kparo^),   a    de- 
mocracy. 

Srifiof ,  6,  the  people. 

8||o'«,fl9a(Tw,  k^tjaa,  edrftJfhfv  (^'ioi, 
hostile,  from  daiu,  to  kindle),  to  rav- 
age, lay  waste. 

A(a,  see  Zf I'f, 

81a,  prep.,  through.  (1)  With  o., 
of  place,  time,  and  means  ;  ihd  ifuXiag 
levai,  to  be  in  friendship  {with  (me). 
(2)  With  A.,  on  account  of  through 
the  agency  of,  by  reason  of  In  comp., 
through,  apart.     Dia-. 

Sia-Paivw,  to  go  through  or  across, 
to  cross. 

Sio-poXXw,  to  attack  one's  charac- 
ter, to  accuse  falsely,  slander.  Dia- 
bolic. 

SiOrPotrvs,  fwf,  ij  {dia-fiaivu),  a 
place  of  crossing,  ford,  ferry,  bridge. 

Sio-paWotf  «,  ov  {6ia-^vti\  to  be 
crossed. 

Sia-Paratf  V,  ^v  (Sta-^ivu),  ford- 
able. 

Sia-PiPa(«»,  to  carry  or  lead  across, 
transport. 

Sio-poXif,  ^c  {6ia-l3d^Xu),  slander. 

Si-ayyiXXw,  to  report,  announce; 
mid.  to  pass  the  word  to  one  another. 


8ui8C8«»fLi 


231 


8oKi|ui(t 


I  \ 


8ia-8(8«»|U|  to  distribute. 

8ia-6<oo|Mu,  to   examine,   observe, 
consider. 

SUuTo,  7?,  mode  of  life. 

8iarK€i)UUy  to  be  disposed. 

8i-dKo<ru>i|  CM,  a  (d/f,  twice,  EKarov), 
two  hundred. 

Sio-Xi'yof&ai,  to  converse,  D.     Dia- 
logue. 

Si-aXXaTTt*|  to  interchange,  change 
enmity  for  friendship,  reconcile. 

8ia-Xv«*i  to  put  an  end  to. 

8ia-iroXc)uwy  to  fight  it  out. 

Sio-iropcvo),  to  carry  across;  mid. 
to  march  through. 

Sut-irpdrTM,  to  work  out,  accom- 
plish. 

8i-af>iral«,  to  tear  apart,  plunder. 

Sia-<n|fMUv«,  to  signify,  make 
known. 

8ia-<nnftM|  to  draw  apart,  separate. 

8ia-«rn(pt»y  to  scatter  abroad ;  mid. 
to  scatter,  intrans.    43. 

Sio-o-ca^a*,  to  keep  safe  through, 
bring  safe. 

Sia-TfXiM|  to  continue. 

8ia-T(0i))u,  to  dis-pose,  manage, 
treat;  mid.  to  sell. 

Sio-rpi'^,  to  sustain. 

Sio-Tptpw,   to  wear  away,  waste, 
delay.     22. 
t8ia-^povTws,  pre-eminently.    29. 

Sio-^'pw,  to  differ,  contend,  fight, 
be  different  from,  G. 

8ia-^<(p«  {<f6dpu,  stem  ^tp-, 
fffep€>,  i<^ipa,  l<pBapKa,  i^fkipfiai,  2  p, 
i<f(hpa,  2  a.  p.  iipddp^,  IV.,  to  de- 
stroy), to  destroy  utterly. 

8ia-^vXaTTM,  to  preserve,  defend. 
t8i8aarKaXos,  6,  a  teacher. 

8i8a0-K«  {(hdax-),  SiM^u,  etc.,  VI., 
to  teach.    53.     Didactic. 

8^|u,  1,  to  bind.     See  <5ecj. 

8i8a)|u  {^-),  duau,  eSijKa,  deduMca,  r'f- 
6ofmi,  kAid^,  1,  to  give,  grant.    Dose. 


8i-«Xavvfa,  to  ride  through. 

St-cpwrow,  to  cross-question. 

8i-exw»  to  stand  or  be  apart,  a. 

8k-T)Y(0|uU|  to  describe  in  full,  dis- 
course. 

8i-(crn]|ii,  to  separate;  mid.  w.  pf. 
and  2  a.  act.,  to  stand  apart. 

t8iKa(ai  {diKad),  diKdau,  kdiKooa,  6e- 
dUaafiai,  kdiKaoHrfv,  IV.,  to  judge. 

t8Uau>8,  «,  ov,  just,  right;  to  61- 
miov,  justice,  pi.  rights.     53. 

^8iKaio<rvvi),    Vf,  justice,    upright- 
ness. 

t8iKaui»s,  justly. 
^SiKoonis,  ov,  a  judge. 

8^1i  W,  right,  justice,  penalty,  a 
lawsuit;  diKijv  6i(^6vai,  to  pay  the 
penalty,  suffer  punishment ;  rf/g  diKt/g 
Tvxeiv,  to  get  one's  deserts.    50. 

Aio-'ycvus,  «>C,  ovg,  6,  Diogenes. 

Aiovvo-os,  6,  Dionysus,  one  of  the 
names  of  Bacchus. 

Aios»  see  Zevg.     TuES-day. 

8io--x^tOi,  ai,  a  {dig,  twice,  X^^oi), 
two  ilwusand. 

8k^cpd»  «f ,  a  tanned  hide.  Diph- 
theria. 

8(x«i  ('^'V,  twice),  in  two,  apart. 

8(4'<^  V^y  thirst. 

^U^w,  di-^au,  idipjaa,  g  98,  N.  2, 
to  thirst,  be  thirsty. 
f8M>KTcos,  a,  ov,  to  be  pursued. 

8k«NCM,  Ai6^o)  or  Aici^ofiai,  kdiot^a, 
(kdiuxa,    eih^xt^vv   {diu,   to  flee),    to 
pursue,  chase,  prosecute.    28. 
4.8ui)|t,$,  fwc,  7,  pursuit. 

8o6t]V(u,  8o^T|Vf  see  didufu. 

80KCU  (AoK-),  66^0),  ido^a,  didoyfiai^ 
kdoxdriv  (rare),  VII.,  to  think;  intr. 
to  seem,  seem  good,  be  thought  best, 
be  voted,  D.    42. 

8oKi|Uil(«»  {doKtixad-)^  doKipdau,  6e- 
SoKifiaafuii,  kdoKi/idadrfv,  IV.  {AdKifiog, 
accepted  after  proof,  dixofiai),  to 
prove,  examine. 


*  ■ 


■U 


S4a 


232 


<8o(a 


( 


8o{a,  T/i  {AoKiu),  opinion,  rqmta- 
tion,  glory.    Ortho-dox. 

6o^f  6o{«f  see  6ok€u. 

SopKOSi  «<Jof,  jy  {(UpKo^fu,  to  look), 
a  gazelle. 

8of»v,  <^6paTo^,  TO,  the  trunk  of  a 
tree,  a  spear-shaft,  a  spear. 
fSovXcidt  af ,  slavery. 
t8ovX«v<a|  dovXeiau,  to  be  a  slave, 
serve. 

SovXosi  <5,  a  slave.     13. 
|.SovXoW|  Aov^^au,  etc.,  to  enslave. 

8ovv(U|  Sovt,  see  iHiSufii. 

SpC4ta,  «rof,  t6    {dpdu,    to   do),  a 
drama. 

8pc4UH|ii,  8pc4u>v^cU|  see  rpexu. 

8vva)MU»  i^vvf/aofiai,  (hdvvrffiai,  edv- 
vf/0jrv,  I  100,  N.  2,  to  be  able,  strong 
enough;  ol  ftiyiara  dwafievru,  the 
most  powerful.  49. 
|8vva|us,  ewf,  ^,  power,  ability,  a 
war-force,  forces,  troops.  21.  Dy- 
namic. 
iSwards,  ^,  6v,  powerful,  possible, 
practicable. 

tivm  (Sv-),  2  a.  idfn;,  V.,  to  enter, 
set.     See  Svu. 

Wo,  §  77,  1,  TWO.    Dual. 

8wi-,  an  inseparable  prefix,  ^131, 
4  6,  ill. 

Sv<r-c(-<vprrot,  ov  {evpioKu),  hard 
to  find  out. 

Svo-is,  rt^,  V  {dhu),  the  setting  of 
the  sun. 

8vV-KoXot»  ov  {k6Xov,  food),  hard 
to  satisfy,  discontented ;  harassing, 
hard. 

8vo>ij,  rjg  (fJrw),  comm.  pi.  the  set- 
ting of  the  sun.    54. 

fiwc-KTopiVTos,  OV  (nopevJ)^  hard  to 
pass. 

Svo^-Tvxtjs,  ff  (r»';r^),  unfortunate. 
|8vo--Tvxfd,  uf ,  misfortune. 
8v«,  fibau,  kdvaa,  iMdvKa,  dkdvfiai, 
i6tfhrv,  to  cause  to  enter,  fink,  trans. ; 


mid.,  w.  p.  act.,  to  sink,  set.    S«« 
dirvu. 

hAf  see  didufit. 

8«»-S<Ka  (di'o,  d^Ko),  twelve. 

8wpov,  76  (Aidufii),  a  gift,  present, 
bribe.     7. 

«ox«,  see  iiSufu, 


iaktaKOt  IfiXwv,  see  aTuoKonai. 

iiaf  («,  av),  conj.,  followed  by  the 
subj.,  if 
|«^-irfp,  if  indeed  or  only. 

f-avTov,  vf ,  I  HO,  w.  N.,  q/"  himself, 
hernelf,  itself ;  oi  envrov,  his  own 
(men),  ra  eavruv,  their  own  (affairs), 

ioMt  fActio,  eiuaa,  eiuKa,  eia/iai,  eti- 
Brfv,  to  allow,  permit,  let  go  or  alone. 
20. 

iyyv9t  c.  and  s.  kyyhrtpov,  eyyirra- 
TO,  or  iyyvrepu,  eyyvraTu,  near ;  sup. 
w.  art.,  the  nearest. 

iy*ifM  (ryep-),  lytpu,  iiytipa,  iyv- 
yepfiai,  T/yepBrp',  2  p.  iyp^yopa,  IV., 
to  wake,  stir  up,  raise,  erect;  2  p.  to 
be  awaJce. 
tcY-KparciOi  fic,  self-control. 

{'Y-KpaTTJs,  ff  (icpdrof),  in  power 
over,  self-controlled,  in  possession  of. 

24; 

••y-KpvirTw,  to  bury. 
(7Vtt»Ke^  see  ytyv6aK(j. 

{X^>p),  to  intrust. 

iY-XMpiOt,  a  or  of ,  ov  (x^pH),  in  or 
belonging  to  the  country. 

^^.i,  179,1.  and  I  144,1,  W.N.,/. 
Egoist. 
iiyioyit  J^for  my  part,  I  certainly. 

Jf8cioxi  {^i-,  cJe/-),  Sit^iKa,  2  p.  didia, 
§  109,  3.  N.  2,  and  J  125,  4,  each  p. 
in  pres.  sense,  to  fear,  be  afraid. 

c8vj8oKa,  see  eafiiLt.     Eat. 

«8o^  see  ivniu. 


ISocrav 


233 


^Kir(v«* 


Jf8ooraVf  see  fii^fii. 

c8pc4&0V|  see  rpkxo. 

f  SwKO,  see  ^idufu. 

t^OtXovnfs,  oif,  a  volunteer;  as  adj. 
willing. 

cOcXwi  sometimes  BlKof  ede^au, 
TfikAt)aa,  f/Oe/iTfKa,  to  be  willing,  wish, 
desire.     2. 

cOtlw  [kOid-),  kdiau,  eWiaa,  tlfttKa, 
tWia^ai,  e'ldiaOyv,  IV.  (e^of),  to  ac- 
custom. 

«0vos, T6,anation.  Ethno-graphy. 

iOos,  r6,  custom;  pi.  manners. 

c(,  conj.,  if;  ti  fiq,  unless;  d  yap 
or  e'ifit,  ^  251,  would  that ;  as  an  inter, 
part.,  I  282,  4,  whether. 

ctoUra,  see  idu. 

€l8«v<Uy  see  ol6a. 

(tSov,  see  opdu. 
|ct8o$,  76,  form. 

«l8«i)»  c(8ws,  see  ol6a. 

<{t|,  see  t\p.i. 

«C-6c,  see  n. 

ilKa^w  {e\Ka6-),  e'lKaau,  etc.,  IV., 
to  make  like,  liken,  suppose,  conjec- 
ture. 

ctKOo-if  twenty. 

clKOTtt»t  {itoiKa),  with  good  reason. 

cIXov,  flXofitlVy  see  aipku. 

c(fi<  (f<y-),  foofiai,  imperf.  ^v,  I  127, 
I.,  to  be;  IffTiv,  it  is  possible.     Am. 

ct|u  (J-),  imperf.  f/etv  or  »/a,  ^  127, 
II.,  and^  200,  n.  3  b,  to  go. 

tlmv  (eir- for  Fen,  ep-),  ipcj,  elna, 
elpTfKa,  elpTjfiai,  ippii^,  VIII.,  to 
speak,  say,  advise,  order.     48. 

fC-trfpi  if  in  fact. 

ctpYCi),  tip^u,  elp^a,  eipyfuii,  elp^rjv, 
to  hem  in. 

ctf>T|Ka,  cCpi](iai,  see  cIttov. 

ctpTJviii  w,  ^jcace.     23. 

«lt,  prep.  w.  ace,  into,  to,  among, 
till,  for,  about,  up  to,  on,  of  place, 
time,  number  and  measure,  and  pur- 
pose  or  reference  ;    originally   (as  | 


opposed  to  f«),  to  (a  place)  within. 
In  comp.,  into,  in,  to.     3. 

cl$,  pia,  ev,  g  77,  1,  one;  Koff  iva, 
one  by  one,  singly. 

cUr-paXXw,  throw  one's  self  into, 
enter. 
jcUr-poXif,  ^f ,  a?i  entrance,  pass. 

cUr-8vo|uu,  to  cntor  into. 

€t<r-cifu  (cl///),  to  ^0  into  or  in. 

€to-«  (c!f),  within. 

ctra,  f/icn,  thereupon,  next. 

tl\0Vf  see  f,^^. 

€K  or  fs^  n3,  2,  prep.  w.  o.,from, 
out  of,  by  (of  the  agent),  of  place, 
time,  and  origin  ;  originally  (as  op- 
posed to  and),  from  within;  e/c  naiSuv, 
from  boyhood.  In  comp.,  out,  from, 
away,  of.     3. 

^Katrros,  rj,  ov,  each,  every,  of  a 
number ;  pi.  several,  respective,  all. 
jcKocrroTc,  each  time. 

CKarcpos,  a,  ov,  each,  of  two. 
|€KaTcpb>Ocv,  on  both  sides. 
jcKaripcMTf,  in  both  directions. 

cKaro'v,  a  hundred.  Hecatom-b. 

iK-PaXX«,  to  cast  out,  banish. 

CK-pcwns,  fwf,  7  i^ivu),  outlet, 
pass.     25. 

f  K-Yovos,  ov  (yev-),  bom  from ;  oi 
EKyovoi,  the  descendants;  rd  iKyova, 
the  young  of  animals. 

iK-8cp(»  {(^epo),  Sepo),  lihtpa,  6i6ap- 
pai,  2  a.  p.  eddp/fv,  to  flay),  to  flay. 

€K-8(8Mfii|  to  give  up. 

cKCi,  there. 

jcKciOcvy  thence,  from  that  place. 
4.CKCIV0S,  7,  o,  dem.  pron.,  g  83,  that. 

^K-KoXviTTCD,  to  uncover. 

«K-KXT|or^  «C  (KaAeu),  an  assembly 
called  by  the  crier.  10.  Ecclesiastic. 

€K-KXtv«0  {K?jtvO),  stem   K?UV-,  K?Uv£}f 

iK?uva,  KiK?upai,  €k?J0//v,  2  a.  p.  e«A/* 
VT/v,  IV.,  to  i/jn*'/),  to  ^riwg  lyay.     41. 

^K-X€Y»,  ^^  select.    Eclectic. 

CK-irtyc»i  to  drink  up. 


r 


» 


*  < 


i 


(   '  • 


in 


i< 


jmrdiTtt 


234 


«VT|V 


iH 


iK-iriirrw,  to  fall  out,  be  banished 
or  exiled. 

f  K-irXa<y<^t  see  eK-TrX^ru. 

cK-irXc»i  to  sail  away. 

iK-irXTfTT»,  to  strike  out  of  one's 
senses,  terrify.    47. 

iK-'iroScov  (^ovf ),  out  of  the  way. 

CK-iropcvopAv,  to  march  out. 

iK-Tpcirris,     k     {rrpinu),     distin- 
guished. 

iK-ri9y])iXi  to  expose. 

JK-^ivw,  to  show  forth,  proclaim. 

lK-<|Mv'y»i  to  flee  from,  escape. 

JKtM'i  ovaa,  6v,  §  66,  N.  1,  willing, 
of  ones  own  accord. 

cXoiOv,  TO,  olive-oil,  oil. 

cXd-rrwv,  ov,  see  fiiKpoq  and  Wiyof. 

cXavvu  (f  Aa-),  cAw,  ^A«<7a,  eAj^Z-a/ta, 
iTiifAafiai,  TiAafh/v,  Y.,  to  drive,  ride, 
march,  of  the  commander,  both 
trans,  and  intr.  See  Trof}€vo/i<u.  2. 
Elastic. 
fcXou^ios,  a,  ov,  of  a  deer. 

cXa4>os»  o,  r],  a  deer,  stag. 

lX<'yx»i  i'^y^^y  V^y^a,  e}.^A€y/Mi, 
V^tyx'^ijv,  to  confute,  convict.    43. 

IXcCv,  cXcorOcu,  see  alpiu. 
tcXcvOcp(d,  a^,  freedom,  liberty.    53. 

cXcv6«pos|    a,    ov,  free,    indepen- 
dent. 
|{Xcv6€po«>i  €?ievdep<jaij,  to  free. 

cXc<^»  avTo^,  6,  the  elephant. 

IX9civ,  aOo^u,  «Xe«,  cX6«v,  see 
IpXOfiai. 

t*£XXaS)  flfJof,  V,  Oreece. 
lIXXnv,  Tjvo^,  6,  Hellen,  son  of  Deu- 
calion ;  then,  a  Greek,  used  also  adj. 
|'EXXT|ViK»«,  7,  6v,  Oreek,  Grecian  ; 
TO   'E?jiip>iK6v    (sc.    arpdrevfia),    the 
Oreek  force.    Hellenic. 
4.cXXT)viic«t«  in  Oreek. 
ftXtrC^M  (cArrtJ-),  ^"^niaa,  ^Xmoth/v, 
IV.,  to  hope. 

cXir(«,  /(5of,  jj,  I  50,  I.,  hope. 
€}i-avTOVy  7f,  I  80,  w.  ».,  o/"  myself. 


c|i.-Pa£vw,  <o  ^0  tn<o  or  on  board, 
embark,  followed  by  fJf. 

«|i-PaXXii>,  to  throw  in ;  to  inflict ; 
empty ;  reflex.,  with  elf,  to  invade. 
Emblem. 

(V-Pos,  c|i-Pavrcs,  see  €,U'(iaiv(o. 

cV-PiP<i(«i  to  make  embark,  put  on 
board. 

c|M,  see  eyo).     Me. 

ciMivOi  see  fihu. 

i\i.-\uvio,  to  remain  in. 

4|io(,  see  iytj. 

cfioS)  7,  ^v  (eyu),  §  82,  my,  miixe. 

€|jiov,  see  eyu. 

c|i-irf(ptts  {Treipa,  trial,  acquuint- 
ance),  in  acquaintance  with. 

c)i-ir(irTQ»,  to  fall  into,  occur  to,  D. 

i|i-irou'a>,  to  impress  upon,  inspire 
in,  I).  .\. 

t{|i-iropcvo|iai,  to  go  to,  travel  on 
business,  engage  in  traffic. 
fcV-Wptov,  t6,  a  mart,  emporium. 

i|i-iropos»  d,  one  on  a  journey,  a 
merchant. 

I)ii-irpo<r0cv,  in  front;  0  Ifinpoatfev, 
the  preceding. 

{|i-^v((»  {ef^vid'),  efi(f)avt(j,  IV. 
{<paiv(j),  to  show  forth,  show. 

ivt  prep.  w.  D.,  IN,  on,  at,  among,  of 
place  and  time.    In  comp.,  in,  on,at. 
tiv-avTu>o|fcCu,  ivavTiuaofiai,  ^vavrU 
u/jai,  rjvavrtudtjv,  to  vnthstand,  D. 

cv-avrCos,  fi,  ov  (dvr/),  opposite,  op- 
posed  to,  in  one's  fa^e. 

jv-airr«»,  to  bind  on,  set  on  fire. 

^v-8<i|s,  /f  ('^fw),  in  want. 

lv-S«CKvv|jki|  to  mark  out,  in-dieate, 
erpresn. 

lv8ov  (fv),  within. 

Jv-8vv»)  to  put  on. 

ivHK\u  (eifii),  to  be  in,  D. 

JfvcKo,  improper  prep.  w.  0.,  on  oc- 
count  of. 

iv-€Xi^pura,  see  f>-;i;c<pi^w, 

iiMfjv,  see  iv-eifu. 


Iv6a 


235 


itrw 


iv9a  (h),  there,  here,  where,  there- 
upon, then. 
|(v9d-S€,  here,  hither. 
jc  vOa-iff p,  just  where. 
^v-0«ii|Vy  cv-Ocp^vosi  see  h-rlff^fii. 
IvOcv  (ev),  thence,  hence,  whence. 
4.€v6«v-8€,/rom  this  very  place,  hence. 
lfv-6cos,  ov,  inspired. 
lv-6v)uo|uu,  €v6i)fi^aofHii,  etc.,  w. 
a.  pass,  ipi'fi^),  to  have  in  mind,  re- 
flect.   29. 

|cv-Oii|ii)fu&,   arof,   r<J,   a    thought, 
plan. 

ivuivTOit  6,  a  year. 

cv(-OT<,  I  152,  N.  2,  sometimes. 

iv'Voi»,  often  dep.  w.  a.  pass.,  to 
have  in  mind,  be  apprehensive. 
4.lv-voia,  «c,  a  thought,  reflection. 

i¥-opd»,  to  see  in  a  person  or  thing. 

ivfht  <v(|  see  elg. 

tv-TOTTo),  to  enroll. 

cvrav6a  {ev),  here,  there,  then,  here- 
upon, thereupon. 

iv-rtlvt»f  to  stretch  tight  or  upon, 
string  a  bow,  inflict  upon,  A.  D. 

^v-TcXifs,  ig  {riXo^),  at  the  end,  com- 
plete, full. 
I^v-tcXms,  completely. 

cvTcvOcv  (ev),  from  here  or  there, 
hereupon. 

4v-t(0t|}u,  to  put  or  in^re  in,  a.  d. 

^v-toXtj,  >^f  (ev-riAhj,  to  put  upon, 
command,  r^XXcj,  to  raise),  a  com- 
mand. 

ivTot  (ev),  ivithin. 

cv-TVYxay«>»i  to  fall  in  with,  d. 
I|,  prep.,  see  U, 

ti,  SIX. 

{^-ayy^XXM,  to  tell  out,  report. 
i(-ayw,  to  lead  out,  induce. 
l|-aiT««f,  to  demand  from;  mid.  to 
beg  of  . 

tl^-airaroM,  to  deceive  grossly,  de- 
ceive.    34. 

^•airdrn),  w,  imposition. 


l(-airCvi)«  or  c|-aC<t>vi)s  {a(fwu,  un- 
awares), of  a  sudden,  suddenly. 

c(-cifu  (el/ii),  to  be  out  of  restraint, 
only  imper.,  l^ean,  e^earai,  etc.,  it  is 
in  one's  power,  possible,  one  may ; 
pt.  e^6v  used  absol.,  §  278,  2,  when 
it  is  or  was  in  one's  power,  when  one 
may  or  might. 

c(-<i|u  (elfii),  to  go  out,  empty,  as  a 
river. 

c(-<Xavv»,  to  expel;  intr.  to  ride 
out,  march  forth,  on,  or  away,  to  ad- 
vance. 

c(-€pY(&lo)UU|  to  work  out,  accom- 
plish. 

c(-€f»xo|taii  to  come  out. 

c{-€OTt,  €|-^<rT(u,  it  is,  will  be,  pos- 
sible, see  £^-€tfit. 

ii-€rdlia  (k^EToS-),  i^eTdau,  etc. 
(eredf,  real),  to  examine,  scruti- 
nize. 

^i^-iraaxit  etjg,  fi,  an  inspection,  re- 
view.    21. 

i^Kovra  (e^),  sixty. 

€{-TJX^v,  see  k^-ayu. 

c|-iKvco|uu,  to  come  out  to,  to  reach. 

i(-ov»  see  e^-eifu, 

c^-oirXQ^Uf  arm  completely. 

ii-opiui»,  to  urge  forth;  intr.  to  set 
out. 

c^  (f*c),  without,  outside,  abroad, 
beyond,  beyond  the  reach  of.  Exotic. 

couca  (Ik-),  2  p.,  related  to  e'lKa^u 
q.  v.,  to  be  like  or  fit,  d.  ;  Ioike, 
impers.,  it  seem^. 

lir-ayWf  to  bring  to,  on,  or  upon. 

iiraBov,  see  irdaxo. 
tcir-aivcToSf  V,  6v,  praiseworthy. 
Uir-oxv4iat  to  approve,  praise,  com- 
mend.   42. 

€ir-aivos,  <i,  praise. 

cir-atnos,  ov,  blamed  for  a  thing ; 
hiralTLov,  a  ground  of  accusation. 

tlindv,  or  ciTTJv  {enei,  dv),  conj.  w. 
subj.,  whenever,  as  soon  as. 


■X 


\'^ 


■I; 


I 


!l 


if' 


iwti 


236 


/irunc/irroiMu 


II 


iirtl   (M),  conj.,  when,  since. 
tctniS-dy  {av),  conj.  w.  Bubj.,  when 
indeed,  whenever,  when. 
j«vm-St{,  conj.,  when  now,  when. 
«ir-€ifu  (f ^A^i),  to  he  upon  or  over. 
cv-cifu  (el///),  to  (JO  or  come  upon, 
to  come  on,  attack,  make  an  attack, 
D. ;   »)  k-xiovoa  t/fiipa,  the  next  day; 
80  7)  kniovaa  vv^. 

jfir-€iTa,   thereupon,   thereafter;    6 
eiretra  xf^^^,  the  coming  time. 
•   iir-«p<i»ra&>y  to  put  a  question  to,  to 
ask  af/ain. 

jv-cx«»i  to   hold  upon  the  place 
where  one  is,  delay.    Epoch. 
cin{vi  see  eTziv. 
«ir-tjv,  see  iir-eifxi. 
iir-r\p6^r\Vf  see  Irrepurau. 
iirf,  prep.,   on,  wjjon.    (1)  With 
O.,  on,  upon,  towards,  in  the  time  of, 
of  place  and  time ;  cttI  TeTTdpuv,four 
deep.     (2)  With  d.,  upon,  over,  for, 
at,  near,  in  addition  to,  on  account 
of,  in  the  power  of,  of  place,  time,  and 
.various  other  relations ;  enl  ydftu,  in 
marriage ;  e(j>'  (fi,  on  condition  that, 
I  2G7.    (3)  With  a.,  originally  up 
to,  and  then,  to,  towards,  for,  against ; 
i-xlleiav,  for  or  to  obtain  booty.     In 
comp.,  upon,  over,  after,  toward,  to, 
for,  at,  against,  besides,  and  some- 
times simply  intens.    Ep-,  epi-. 

tim-PovXcvw,  to  plan  or  plot  against, 
to  plot,  D. 

iin-PovXt{,  ^f,  a  plot. 
iin-yiyyo^uut  to  come  upon,  arise. 
cin-8<CKVv)u,  to  exhibit,  show,  point 
out. 

ciri-S(8a>|Ut  to  give   besides,  yield 
more,  intr.  increase. 

fin-OvfUM,    enidvfi7/au,    eTredtfXj^a^ 
tTTtTedbfjTjKa  {Ot'fid^),  to  set  one's  heart 
on,  desire,  Q.    38. 
j{in-0v^(dy  af,  desire. 
lirtKovpT^^A,  aroq,  r6  (kirtKovpiu,  to 


aid;  emKovpo^,  helping),  a  protection, 
relief 

«iri-Kov^C^fi>  (Kovdli^cj,  stem  Kotx^i-, 
Kov(j)i<J,  iKoi<^iaa,  IV.,  to  lighten, 
Korooc,  light),  to  lighten. 

cin-KpaTcw,  to  rule  over,  be  victO' 
rious. 

€irt-KpvfrTo>y  to  throw  a  covering 
over;  mid.  to  conceal  one's  self,  and 
so  the  pt.,  secretly. 

iin-KvirTM  {litTTTu,  stem  /ci^,  Kb^ 
and  Ktrfjofjai,  IkviIxi,  2  p.  KfKi"^,  III., 
to  bend  forward),  to  bend  to  or  over, 
intr. 

cin-KvpoM  {K^p6o,  Kvpuao),  etc.,  to 
confirm,  Kbfjo^,  authority),  to  confirm, 
ratify,  vote.     38. 

€in-Xav6dve)UU|  to  forget,  o. 
«iri-\(<y<tfy  to  say  besides  or  also. 
Epilogue. 

^irt-Xc(ir»y  to  leave  behind;  of 
things,  to  fail. 

ivi-)uX«o)iai  and  ^m-fuXo^uu,  cn-/- 
fieAt/ao^ai,  etc.,  \v.  a.  pas.«i.  {jii?.u),  to 
care  for,  look  ottt  for,  give  attention 
to,  observe  or  watch  carefully,  q.   36. 
<m.|uXijs,  tf  {ji£hJ),  careful,  vigi- 
lant. 
jfiri-fuXttfs,  with  care. 
titri-opKCtty    eTTiofjKijau,    kiriupia/aa, 
eirnltpKtfKa,  to  swear  falsely,  forswear 
one's  self.    44. 
tciri-opKCd,  uf,  perjury. 
€iri-opKos,  ov  {opKoc),  against  one's 
oath,  perjured. 
^in-iriirT«,  to  fall  upon. 
jvC-irovos,  ov,  for  toil,  toilsome,  la- 
borions.     23. 

ivt'Cinayjoit  6  {eiri-alTi^ofiat,  to 
furnish  ones  self  with  food,  aiTO^), 
provisioning,  obtaining  provisions,  a 
supply  of  provisions. 

^tn-o-Kf  irTO|uuy  a  pres.  not  used  in 
good  Att.,  furnishing  the  rest  of  it« 
tenses  to  sq. 


itrMTKomw 


237 


irrtit 


firwncom'wi  to  look  at,  inspect, 
'onsider ;  hence,  to  ascertain. 

fir(onre4Jiaiy  eiriffr^ofiai,  r/iriarr/fhiv, 
1,  to  know  how,  know,  understand.  49. 
4.<irurrrjyn,  ^f,  knowledge. 

jin-<rToXij,  //f  {e7ri-aTeX?.u,  to  send 
to),  a  letter,  epistle.     3. 

cin-<rTpaT(vwy  to  make  an  expedi- 
tion against,  d. 

«iri-4r^aXifff  ig  (at^XXu),  prone  to 
fall,  unsteady,  dangerous. 

cirt-<r^TTca  and  iiix-<r^a(«y  to  slay 
upon. 

4'Rx-TcXf  M|  to  bring  to  an  end,  ac- 
complish. 

«inTt]8<ios,  a,  ov  {eirin^Sig,  for  a 
purpose),  suitable,  proper;  ra  kiri- 
nideia  or  simply  eiriri^deux,  pro- 
visions.    29. 

{vin)8<vM|  emr^eijau  {kirirrfSig,  on 
purpose,  advisedly),  to  pursue,  devote 
one's  self  to. 

{«i-rlOi)|u,  to  put  upon,  inflict,  as 
punishment ;  mid.  to  put  one's  self 
ujyoji,  attack,  d.    Epithet. 

cw-Tpciro»,  to  turn  over  to,  intrust, 
permit,  A.  D. 

iin-<^(v(i>i  to  show  forth ;  mid.  to 
appear,  d. 

<iri-Xfip^«*f  eirix^ip^u,  eirexeipTfaa, 
emKEx^ipf/na  {x^ip),  to  put  hand  to, 
try,  attempt.     10. 

cirt-^^^M,  to  put  to  vote. 

cirXtiy^v,  see  TzhJTTu. 

fv-OiKo8o)uw^  to  build  upon. 

cirofuu  (fffTT-),  e^fiat,  2  a.  earrdfiijv, 
to  follow,  attend,  belong  to,  d.    52. 

€iros»  ^6,  word;  pi.  verses,  a  poem. 
Epic. 

€irra,  SEVEN.     Hept-archj. 

cpaoTiftf   ov  (ipafiai,    to    love),   a 
lover. 
t{p7a(ofMU  (epyaS-),  kpydaofiai,  eipya- 
Ofiai,  e'lpyaadfiTiv,  g  104,  to  work. 
I^PYOfHot  uc,  work. 


tcpYOV,  t6,  work,  (ieed,  action,  un* 
deriaking,  execution,  fact,  event,  re- 
sult, exercise.     34. 

cpStt  {ipy-\  ep^o),  ep^a,  2  p.  iopya, 
VIII.,  to  WORK. 

Upr\[kLd,  ac,  a  desert.  Eremite, 
hermit. 

cpt)|u>S|  T/  or  Of,  ov,  lonely,  deserted, 
empty,  unprotected.    55. 

tcp^tt  {j^pi^-)y  vpioa,  IV.,  to  contend 
with,  i>. 

tpiS)  'A)f,  jj,  strife. 
tcpfKuov,  t6,  a  piece  of  good  luck. 
tcptiT)vcvS|  iug,   6,   an  interpreter. 
Hermeneutics. 

'Ep|iT{s)Ot;,  §  38,  Hermes,  identified 
by  the  Romans  with  Mercury,  the 
god  of  speech,  messenger  of  thf> 
gods,  and  giver  of  good  luck.  Her- 
metically. 

cpvp.vdsi  37,  6v  {epvofiai,  to  defend), 
fortified,  defensible. 

cpxo|iai  {t'/.vti-,  €?i£v6-),  klevaofiai 
(Att.  eifii),  2  p.  hTi^Tajda,  2  a.  rjTSov, 
VIII.,  to  come,  go. 

cp<3)  see  elirov. 

tpta^t  ^*K,  o  {Ipaftai,  to  desire), 
love,  desire.    Erotic. 

cpwrowy  kpoTjjau,  etc.,  w.  2  a.  ^p6- 
fiT/v,  to  inquire,  ask,  question.     51. 

c<rOijsi  f/Tog,  7/  [ewvfii,  to  clothe),  a 
garment,  apparel. 

citOm)  (f  J-,  <pay-),  iSofiai,  idrjdoKa, 
Edi/deafiai,  ^deadT/v,  2  a.  eiJKiyov,  VIII., 
to  EAT,  consume. 

4<r6Xo$,  y,  6v,  good. 

(<nrcpd,  af ,  evening. 

irroLf  see  e'l/u. 

coToXficvos,  see  aright). 

ccTTc^icv,  €<rTav<u,  §  124,  see   la- 

TTIfil. 

ta'-r%  (flf,  ore),  conj.,  until. 
€<rTTiKa,  c<rTr|V,  see  'icrrjfu. 
co-rC,  «(rrwf  see  e'lfu. 
c<rr»s»  see  lanffu. 


r 


.  i 


m 


^ 
if' 


JTOtpot 


238 


J^Cfifu 


craCpos,  6  (errf^,  a  clansman),  a 
companion,  comrade. 

Ito^o,  irdx^v,  see  rdrrw. 

CTOi^v,  see  hdizTu. 

ilr*poif  a,  ov,  the  other  0/  two. 

€Ti,  yet,  still,  further,  any  longer ; 
w.  c.  still,  even,  any. 

cTOifios   or  cT04u>s»  v  or  oq,   ov, 
ready. 
iroif  TO,  a  year. 
«Tpa^v,  see  Tpi(^, 
«v  (pro[).  neut.  of  Epic  eifc,  good, 
brave),  well,  easily,-   in  comp.  well, 
very.     Eu-,  eu-logy. 

cv-YCvrfs  (yev-),  well-bom,  noble. 
cv-Y€MS,  uv  (yry),  fertile. 
tfvSat|xov(d,  «f,  happiness. 
tcv-8<Ufiov£{«a  {evAaifutvu]),  evdaifxo- 
viCi,  IV.,  to  regard  or  esteem  happy, 
congratulate. 

cv-8a£fittv,  nv  (6aifiuv,  fortune),  for- 
tunate, prosperous,  happy. 
fv-So^,  Of  (Ao^a),  in  repute. 
•v-«t8TJ$,  eg  {ddoq),  fine-looking.  30. 
•v-€Xins,  eveTiTTi,  |  66,  n.  3,  of  good 
hope,  hopeful. 

cv-€pY«<r^  aq  (ipyov),  a  kindness, 
favor;  bene-Jicence. 

«v-«p7€'tt|«,ov  (f/jyov),  a  bene-f actor. 
<v-l<0vosy  ov  (Cwvjy),   well-girt,  ac- 
tive. 

€v-ti6«ta,  fif  {ev-7/fhiq,  simple-hearted, 
simple,  i/doq),  simplicity,  stupidity, 
folly.  ^ 

cvOvt,  eta,  V,  straight ;  hence,  eiMq 
as  adv.,  directly,  straightway,  at 
once,  immediately,  forthwith.    35. 

iv-KcUp*»s  («a//jof),  seasonably,  op- 
portunely. 

<v-KX«Tf«,  eg  {Kkeoq),  glorimis. 

fv-Ko<r^(d,  fif  (Kdapoc),  good  be- 
havior. 

fhfv  {ev7M^7iq,  cautious,  lafx^vu),  to 
\iave  a  care,  beware. 


tcv-voio,  uq,  good-will,  fidelity.   43. 
tcv-vouc«t»  with  good-will. 
<v-vooti  ov,  contr.  ei'vovq,  ow,  well- 
disjiosed.     14. 

cv-owXof,  ov  (oirXov),  well-armed. 
30. 
€v-ir«iatf«,  Iq  {neidofiai),  obedient. 
cv-vfTMS  {ev-TreTT/q,  falling  well,  of 
dice,  niTTTu),  favorably,  with  ease. 

«v-irpdKTO«,  ov  {TTp^TTu),  casy   to 
do,  practicable.     34. 
fcvpcnftf  w,  a  discoverer. 
€vpUrKu  (evp-),  eipr/ou,  evpriKa,  ev- 
fjr/fiat,  eiftethn^,  2  a.  eipov,  VI.,  to/nd, 
devise.    46.    Eureka.' 
tivpo«,  TO,  breadth,  width.     19. 
fEvpv-Xoxof,  o,  Eurylochus. 
<vpv«i  eia,  v,  broad,  wide.    24. 
tcv-4^«^«tc^  aq,  piety. 
C1Mrf^1)f,  ff  {ai^tfiai,  to  reverence), 
pious. 

cv-TaKTtt»t  {ev-TOKToq,  well-ordered, 
Tartu),  in  good  order. 

«v-Tvx^»,  evrvxvau,  etc.  {ev-rvxnq, 
fortunate,  rvxv),  to  be  fortunate. 

fv-^paCvw  (fv^pav-),  tix^pavu,  tfh. 
<^pava,  j/iH;tfMvthrv,  IV.  (^/w^),  to  r«- 
^oic*',  please,  gladden. 

Ev<i>paTt)t,  ov,  the  river  Euphrates. 

•*X<>I*»S  f^'^^opm,  ev^dfifflf,  to  pray, 
vow.    20. 

«v-«yvjiot,  oi/  (6vo/m),  o/^oocf  name 
or  o»ie7i ;  hence,  left,  used  euphemis- 
tically for  the  ill-omened  word 
hpiarepdq,  on  the  left  hand,  omens 
from  the  left  being  unlucky ;  rh 
evuwfwv  (sc.  Kkpaq),  the  left  {vkng). 
39.^ 

i^6an\y,  see  ^ivu. 

f  ^a<rav,  see  ^fti. 

^^vo|Mu,  to  follow  after,  accom- 
pany, D. 

f^ijv,  i^f  see  ^/*/. 
^^tt)|u,  to  send  to ;  mid.  to  aim  at, 
hng  after,  a. 


i^Um\yx 


239 


TjXlOf 


«^(<rrT|)Uy  to  bring  to  a  stand,  halt ; 
also  to  set  upon  or  over,  appoint;  raid., 
w.  p.  and  2  a.  act.,  to  stop,  intr. 

c^-oSos,  t},  a  way  to,  an  approach. 

i^-opdiUf  to  look  over,  oversee,  guard. 

C9  <(>|  see  ent. 

t€X«a(p«  {exf^p-l  ex6apa,  rixfhjpa, 
IV.,  to  hate. 

Ix^i  ^<^,  hatred. 
J«X®P*»  "f'  ^^T^ity. 
^ix^pot,  d,  ov,  hateful,  hostile ;  ix- 
Hp6q,  6,  a,  personal  enemy,  while  tto- 
Xtfuoq  is  an  enemy  in  war,  a  public 
enemy. 

IX«  {o^X-\  ff"  or  (T;t^w,  ^<T;t'7''a, 
iaxflfJtai,  'tox^^fv,  2  a.  c<y^f>i',  VIII., 
to  have,  hold,  possess,  liave  in  mar- 
riage, contain,  wear;  e^wt',  having, 
with;  ovK  e;jfu,  not  to  know;  iv  vtp 
eXfJ,  to  purpose,  intend ;  with  an 
adv.,  to  be,  as  Kaluq  ixei,  it  is  well. 
5.    Hectic. 

f  ^'kciv,  see  ioim. 

impuv,  iwpdKc&f  see  dpdu, 

|«t,  eu,  y,  §  42,  2,  w.  N.  1,  dawn, 
morning.    East. 

|«t»  conj.,  as  long  as,  until. 


tcU,  ^f^au,  l^ifaa,  l^tim,  g  98,  n.  2, 
to  live.    37. 

l<iryvv|U  (Cvy-),  Cft*^",  ^Cevfa,  ^C^v- 
yfjuu,  k^tvx^,  2  a.  p.  K^yvv,  II.  2, 
to  ^OK^,  join,  form  by  joining.    52. 

Zfvf ,  £ii6q.  Ad,  Aia,  lev,  Zeus,  iden- 
tified by  the  Romans  with  Jupiter. 

X^  see  ^du. 

(i|Xo«»,  C^A<j<T(j  (C^^of,  emulation, 
seal,  C^<^,  to  5oiZ  izp),  to  envy. 

lT)|ud,  u(-,  tos«,  penalty. 
|(i)|uo«»,  ^Tjfuuacj,  etc.,  to  cau«e  one 
^M  or  (fo  one  damage,  to  Jine,  pun- 
ish. 


tTJv,  see  Cfl". 

Stitcw,  Cf/TT/ou,  etc.,  s€c^,  inquire 
for.    20. 

adfiTjv,  2,  to  ^irc?. 
•|-t**»^i  W,  a  fte?^,  zone, 
tj^v,  rd,  for   C"^ov  (C<.>of,    Zmn^, 
Caw),  a  living  being,  animal.     Zoo- 
logy. 


T|,  conj.,  or,  than ;  fi...fj,  either . . . 
or;  ndTeitov  ...y,  whether  ...or, I  282, 
5. 

^,  an  interrogative  particle,  |  282, 
o 

ij^Sov  {ij^v,  manhood,  youth),  in 
the  manner  of  youth ;  ndvreq  yfiyddv, 
all  from  the  youth  upwards. 

iqyycXov,  TfyyciXo,  see  dyyeXXa, 
tTJYciiwv,  6voq,  6,  a  leader,  guide.  1 7. 

ij^ycoiMu,  Tjyyaopac,  etc.  {ayu\  to 
lead,  think.    38. 

'gSckV,  ^Sco'av,  see  oida. 

i|8ca>s  (y^vq),  gladly,  cheerfully, 
with  pleasure ;  c.  ij6lov,  s.  ydiara. 

T|8i|,  already,  just  now,  now,  at 
length,  presently,  at  once,  forthwith. 

T]So)Uu,    iio&iaopai,    rjcOijv,    to    be 
pleased.    46. 
j-i]Sovi)i  f/q,  pleasure. 
jijSvSi  em,  V,  SWEET,  pleasant.   See 
Tf^ecjq. 

tJciv,  'Qta-avt  see  eipi. 

iJ0os,  t6  (eOoq), custom;  pi.  disposi- 
tion, character. 

•^Ko,  see  irifu. 

TJKovo-Oi  see  dicovu. 

tyKw,  7)^6),  to  66  come,  have  come, 
come.     28. 

i)XOov,  see  ipxonai. 

■^lOios,  a,  ov  (v^,  crazy,  «i^Zy, 
0X7,  wandering),  foolish. 

if|Xu>St  o,  ^Ae  «un.  32.  Helio- 
type,  Helio-trope. 


% 


1,1: 


l||UU 


240 


6«pd<inuv« 


Otpatrfvw 


241 


ifuAnov 


i{|iai  (jj<7-),  imperf.  ^/ii;v,  {  127, 
v.,  to  sit. 

i1|mXt))mvo>s  (pf.  pt.  of  hfiEXecS),  in- 
cautiously/, carelessly. 

y]\Upd,  (if,  the  day.  8.  Eph-eme- 
ral. 

iJiMTipoty  a,  ov,  §  82  {r'ifiF'ir),  out: 

t]fi.i-,  ill  comp., semi-,  half.   Hemi-. 

ii|A,i-8dpiiK0Vy  t6  {^upeiKdq),  a  halj- 
darir. 

i||u-S<t{s,  eg  (J^w),  wanting  half, 
half-full. 

^\ufrvst  Fta,  V  (vfii-),  half 

^v,  contr,  from  idv,  q.  v.,  if. 

fjv,  see  elfii. 

ijvtKa,  rel.  adv.,  when. 

i\vi-o\oit  6  {//via,  a  rein,  exo>),  a 
driver. 

*^pd,  af,  Jlera,  identified  by  the 
Romans  with  Juno. 

•HpoKXt'iis,  «of,  6,  I  52,  2,  N.  3, 
Herctdes. 

IJpcOrjVy  see  atptw, 

i^^r\Vt  see  ipurdo. 

T|pcas,  wof,  6,  g  55,  N.  1,  a  hero. 

^(raV|  see  eifii. 

r^a^Of  Tjo-av,  see  fi//t. 

i^'<rOT|v,  see  ?/6ofiai. 

i]orvx(d,  "f  i^vxog,  quiet,  still), 
quiet. 

tt|TTOO|UU,  I'lTTTjaofiat  or  rirrrj^jaofiai, 
etc.,  w.  a.  pass.,  to  be  inferior,  worsted, 
conquered,  or  defeated,  o.     37. 

TJTTwv,  ov,  t^or«e,  inferior,  see  /ta/c6f . 

t|v-,  nv-,  for  words  so  beginning 
see  ti)-,  ev-. 

'Q9<^urTos,  6,  Hephaestus,  identi- 
fied by  the  Romans  with  Vulcan. 
i{xos»  o,  a  sound,  noise.     Echo. 


t6aXa<r(ro-KpaTwp,  opog^  4,  ^  {Kpa- 
T£o),  Tncuter  of  tfu  Ma. 


OoXarra  or  BdXamrOf  r/f ,  t?u  sea.  3. 
fOoXiros,  TO,  warmth,  heat. 

6(&Xirii>,  f?«A^w,  <o  warm,  heat. 

Oovarosi   o   {dvT/OKo),    death;    em 
Onvartf),  erri  ddvarw,  to  or  /or  exeat- 
tion.     44. 
lOavarow,  davaruau,  etc.,  to  C07i- 
t/fmn  /o  death.    38. 

6aO|Uii,  Odaofiat,  edaad/njjv,  to  won* 
der  at,  yaze  upon. 

Oairrw  {rm^  for  ^n^),  (9flV««,  lOatlHi, 
TiHafifxat,  2  a.  p.  hdipfrix',  III.,  to 
^Mry.     47. 

fOoppoXcos,  ",  ov,  courageous.    22. 
|6appaX(<i»Si  with  confidence. 
fOoppccD,  Oapp//a<j,  to  be  courageous  ; 
pt.  as  adv.,  without  fear.    Dare. 
Ooppos,  r(i,  courage. 
6ap<r-,  for  words  so  beginning  see 
On  ftp- . 

Wttwv,  'n\  see  Ta;({jg. 
Oav(ia,  arof ,  t6  {Bedo/iat),  a  wonder. 
^9av\La.lu     {Oavfint^-),      Havfjacofiit, 
iOai'fiaaa,  T€davfiaKa,efhvpdad^,  IV., 
to  wonder  at,  admire,  wonder,   be 
surprised  or  astonished.    4. 
j6av|uwri0Sf  «,  wv,  wonderful. 
jOav^cunroSi  '/,  ov,  to  6e  wondered 
at,  wonderful. 
4.0av|uurr«s,  astonishingly. 
0€o,  «!,  a  goddess. 
O«ou>|uu,  Oedaofiai,  etc.,  to  ^a2«  a<, 
watch,  observe,     yj. 
4>6<dTTfsi  oy,  a  spectator. 
j6cdTpov,  70,  theatre. 
Octosi  «,  ov  ipedg),  relating  to  the 
gods,  divine. 
6cX(i>,  see  kffeXu. 

Oc)u<rTo-KXcT)s,   feog,  6,  |    52,  2, 
N.  3,  Themistocles. 

0€os,  voc.  fkog,  6,  ^,  a  god,  goddess, 
deity.     13.    Theism. 

4>0«Mr«^iai  uf  {aeliofxai,  to  rever- 
ence), piety. 
tOfpairaiva,  w.  a  handmaid. 


fOcpaircvw,  Oepairevou,  etc.,  to  seme, 
worship,  ruir.     Therapeutic. 
Ocpd-rridv,  ovror,  o,  a  servant. 
fOcpfio-irvXeui  Ctv,  Thermopylac,\\i. 
Hot  Gates. 
6cp|ioS|  V,  ov{Bep(j,  to  warm),  warm. 
Ocposi  TO  {Otpu,  to  warm),  summer. 
OcTTCiXos,  6,  a  Thessalian. 
6((i>  ("»■-),  (ki'oofiai,  II.,  to  run. 
Or^Patos,  o,  a  Thehan. 
6tjp,  ^^'//><>f,  ",  «  ifi^t/  beast.    Deer. 
|6i]pcui>)  (h/pdau,  ktiTjpuaa,  TeOrjpuKa. 
iBr/ftdOr/v,  to  hunt,  catch.    8. 
JOt|P€vtt|s,  ov,  a  hunter. 
l&TlpcvWy  Ojjptvau,  etc.,  to  Auni.    20. 
4.6Tiptov,  "0,  a  mW  beast  or  animal. 
Orjo-avpos,  o  {TiOr/fii),  a  store  laid 
up,  o  treasure. 

0t1<rcvSf  ^M" ,  o,  Theseus. 
Otitcvu,  OTfTEvau   (^//f,  a  «er/"),  to 
«<^rre  /or  /htc. 

Ovrjoxw  (^ar-,  ^va-),  Bavovfiai,  re- 
ihrjKa,  2  p.  {TtBvaa),  2  a.  kBavov,  VI., 
to  c/ie,  &c  sZam;  pf.  as  pres.,  to  ^e 
dfacZ.     48. 
4.0VT^TO5,  V,  ov,  mortal. 
Oopv^os,  0  {ffpiofiai,  to  cry  aloud), 
a  noise,  tumult,  uproar.    54. 
f  (3p<;pct),  w,  Thrace. 
Op^,  ?«of,  ^,  o,  Thracian. 
OtrydTtip,  r/:><Jf,  r/,  g  57, 1,  a  DAUGH- 
TER. 

fOvfiOOfuu,  fiT<fiuao/jiai,  etc.,  w.  a.  p., 
to  he  angry,  D. 

Ov|ios,  0  (pbu,  to  rush),  the  soul, 
miyid.  passion. 

Ovpd,  "?,  a  door ;  pi.  doge,  doors, 
quarters,  court.     54. 
tOvcCd}  (if,  sacrificing,  a  sacrifice. 

5'- 

0v«,  Bhcu,  etc.,  to  sacrifice,  A.  D.   5. 

fOwpoKitto)  {BupuKid-),  OupuKicu  etc., 

IV.,  to  arm  i4;i<A  a  breastplate,  arm. 

40. 

9ajpfi^  u/cof,  6,  a  cuirass,  breast- 


plate, comm.  consisting  of  a  breast' 
piece    and    back-piece    joined    by 
cla.5pp.     16. 
6ms,  0u6g,  6,  j^,  a  jackal. 


liofMiiy  lAoofiai,  luadfiTfv,  to  heal, 
cure. 
^idrpos,  6,  a  surgeon,  physician. 

tStiv,  SCO  6/>dw.     Idea. 

l8i<tfTT)$,  ov  (it^iog,  personal,private), 
a  common  person  or  soldier,  a  private. 
Idiot. 

i!8oi)ii,  see  opdo. 

ISoS,  TO,  SWEAT. 

l8pota>,  hSpcjCd),  f^puaa  (I6p6g)^  |  98, 

N.  3,  to  SWEAT. 

iSpvu,  U^ptau,  etc.  (iC«,  to  make  to 
sit),  to  fix,  found,  dedicate. 

tSpoSs,  wrof,  i)  (Mof),  sweat. 

tSw,  (8caV|  see  6/ja<j. 

Upos,  Ci,  (5v,  sacred;  lepdv,  r6,  a 
temple;  lepn,  sacrifices,  sabered  rites. 
Hiero-glyphic. 

4.Upo-<rvXos,  d  (aTAdo),  to  despoil),  a 
robber  of  temples. 

li)|ii  {€-),  T/au,  fjKa,  elm,  e'lfiai,  eWt^v, 
§  127,  III.,  to  send,  hurl;  mid,  rush, 
hurry  on,  charge. 

iKavoSf  V,  ov  {iKiS),  becoming,  suf- 
ficient, able,  capable,  enough. 

'^'Kcipos,  u,  Icfirus,  the  son  of  Dae- 
dalus. 
tiKCTCvo),  iKereiiac),  iiuTtvaa,  to  sup- 
plicate. 

ttKCTTjs,  ov,  a  suppliant. 
tiKV€0|uu.  {iK-),  l^ofiai,  ly/Mi,  2  a. 
iKOfj-rfv,  v.,  to  come,  arrive  at,  reach. 

fKtt,  poetic,  to  come. 

iKvaii  o)v,  propitious.     12. 

iXt|,  V£,  cl  troop  of  horse. 

ifiOS,  arrof,  6,  a  leathern  strap.  17. 

ifiariov,  t6  {twv/nt,  to  clothe),  a  gar- 
ment. 


\ 


Iva 


242 


tvo,  final  conj.,  in  order  that,  that. 
IvSiKo'sy  T/,  6v  {'Iv66c,  an  Indian), 

Indian. 
Coi|&i,  tovTos,  tovrwvi  see  clfit. 
"Imr-apxoSf  ",  Hipparrhus,  son  of 
risistratua,  the  tyrant. 

flinrivJi  fwf,   o,   a   horseman;   pi. 
cavalry.    21. 

flirmvttiy  /V7re{>o<j,  <o  he  a  horseman 
or  trooper,  serve  as  a  cavalryman. 

ftinriKos,  ij,  6v,  equestrian,  cavalry ; 
TO  imrtKov,  sc.  ffrpdrevfia,  the  cavalry. 
tinros,  o,  jj,  a  horse,  mare;  a^'  or 
e^'  In-Kov,  on  horseback,  of  a  single 
horseman  ;  in  the  pi.  of  more  than 
one.  9.  Hippo-potamus. 
to^,  see  olda. 

fUro-irXcvpos,  ov  {nlevpA),  equi-lat- 
tral. 

Un>9,  V,  ov,  equal;  i^  laov,  on  an 
equality.     Iso-sceles. 

t<rTC|  Hoe  oh^a. 

lo-njiu(oTo-),  OT^au,  karrjaa,  lanjKa, 
karafiat,  kard&f/v,  2  p.  (iaraa),  2  a. 
iarijv,  1,  I  123,  to  set,  set  up,  station, 
make  stand,  halt;  raid.  w.  pf.,  pip., 
and  2  a.  act,  to  stand,  stand  one's 
ground. 
floXvpoSt  ^,  ^,  strong. 

X^'^X^P^t  forcibly,  strongly,  vigor- 
ously, exceedingly,  very,  greatly.  36. 

lax^,  i'o^,  ^   (ff,    vis,  strength), 
strength. 

XtrtH  {Iffog),  equally,  perhaps, 

trtMrav,  see  dfu. 

Ix^vSf  W,  <i,  o  fi»h.    Ichthyo- 
logy. 

Xyiy^  and  tx^tov,  ro,  a  track.    13 

'I«>v(d,  c(C,  Ionia. 
I'Imwkosi  ^,  6v,  Ionian. 


ntki-f  crasis  of  Kai  a-,  ml  i-,  as  idiya- 

Wf,  Kayu. 


KoA't  by  apost.  for  xard  before  an 
as[)irate. 

KaOalfw  {KaOaf}.),  Kafkipw,  UadTjpa 
or  iKoffupa,  KCKaHap/iat,  tKaOdpHi/v,  IV. 
{Kndapoq,  pure),  to  purify. 

Ka6-«XK«»  {khitj,  fX^u,  t'llKvaa,  ciA- 
KVKa^  ei^Kvapai,  el^Kvafh/i',  g  104,  to 
draw),  to  haul  down. 

Ka0-<v8»  (evdu,  evdijou,  to  sleep), 
to  lie  down  to  sleep,  to  sleep. 

KoO-TiY^oiiai,  to  go  before,  lead  the 
way. 

KaO-TJKMy  to  reach  down. 

Ka0-i))Mu,  to  sit  down,  sit. 

KaO-£];«»  (/caWaJ-),  Kafhd  and  koBiC^- 
aofiai,  eKcBtaa  and  KoBiaa,  IV.  (iC",  <o 
caM««  <o  «i<),  to  seat,  place ;  intr.  to 
sit  down. 

KCiB'Um\\Uf  to  set  down,  station, 
establish,  bring,  post,  make,  consti- 
tute, appoint;  mid.  w.  pf  and  2  a. 
act.,  to  take  one's  place,  be  established. 

Ka0-ovX{(M,  to  arm  fully,  equip. 

Kai,  conj.,  and,  also,  even,  further ; 
Kai. . .  6i,  but . .  .further  or  also ;  r/r 
...KOi,  Kai...  Kai  J  both...  and;  kui 
yap,  see  ydp. 

Koupot,  6,  the  fitting  or  proper 
time,  a  crisis,  occasion. 

KaUroii  and  certainly,  and  yet. 

kcUm  (kov-)  and  in  old  Attic  k^m, 
Kaiau,  etc.,  IV.,  to  burn,  kindle,  set 
on  fire,  cauterize.    41.    Caustic. 
fKcucCd,  (ir,  badness,  baseness. 
tKouco-vjOrit,  cf  iv^),  ill-disposed^ 
malicious. 

fKCuco-voof,  ov,  cmitr.  Kcuco'vovt,  ow, 
evil-minded. 

KOKos,  7,  dv,  I  73,  1,  bad,  base,  ill, 
corrupt,  cowardly ;  KaKov,  t6,  an 
evil,  harm.     Caco-phony. 

^KOKOvpyot,  ov  {epyoif),  criminal;  as 
noun,  an  evil-doer. 
JKOUCMtf  badly,  evil,  ill;  kuku^  itoUu 
or  nparru,  |  1G5,  notes  1  and  2. 


i' 


KoXca 


243 


KarcuTKairTM 


KoX^M  {Ka?.e-,  K?.e-),  KaliJ,  eKaWeaa, 
KeKATfKa,  KtKX^fiai,  ckI^jBt/v,  to  call, 
summon;  pt.  KaTMvpevo^,  so-called. 
27. 

KoXXtMV,  KotXXuTTosi  c.  and  ».  of 

K«/.Of. 

KoXosi  V,  ov,  §  73,  1,  beautiful,  no- 
ble^ good,  favorable.     12.     Whole. 

KoXvirrc*  (kuXvP-),  icaXi-^,  fKa- 
?v\lxi,  KeKaAvfifMi,  eKa2.v<l>dTfv,  III.,  to 
cover,  conceal. 

koXms  [ku^),  beautifully,  vjcU, 
bravely,  successfully.     See  fx^- 

KQ4iVc*  {>iafi-),  KOfiovfiat,  KiKfir/na, 
2  a.  tKafiov,  v.,  to  be  tired,  exhaust- 
ed, disabled,  sick. 

K«4io(|  by  crasis  for  Kai  r/ioi. 

Koy,  by  crsisis  for  Kai  av. 

KovSvSy  t*^,  0,  an  outer  garment, 
robe. 

KWW¥,  contr.  Kavovv,  t6,  a  wicker 
basket.    9. 

KOpSCd,  ag,  the  heart.  Car- 
diac. 

Kopirost  6,  fruit.     Harvest. 

KoprcpiKos,  ^,  6v  {Kaprtpoq,  see 
Kpartpog),  able  to  endure,  patient. 

Kotf)^,  Tfc  [Kdp<f>u,  to  dry),  hay. 

Ka<rTuX<>s»  in  the  phrase  Kaaro) 
^ov  neAiov,  the  jdain  of  Ckistolus,  a 
must^iring  field  in  Lydia. 

Kara,  prep.,  down  (as  opposed  to 
avd).  (I)  With  G.,  down  from,  down 
upon,  against,  under,  concerning. 
(2)  With  A,,  down,  down  along,  over, 
through,  among,  into,  against,  ac- 
cording to,  concerning,  by,  during, 
of  place  and  time,  and  distributive- 
ly  ;  Kara  Kpdroq,  according  to  or  with 
all  one's  might ;  Kara  Tr6?xig,  by  cities, 
Kara  i^Xayya,  in  the  form  of  a  pha- 
lanx. In  corap.,  down,  against,  and 
often  sirnply  intens. 

Kara-PaCvM,  to  go  or  come  down, 
descend. 


iKara-fkuris,  eioq,  t),  a  descent,  a  re- 
turn  to  (he  coast.     21. 

Kard-Y^^os  or  KaTcv-Y<uos»  ov  (77), 
■underground,  subterranean. 

Kara-ytKojUf  to  laugh  at,  g. 

Kar-eiYw,  to  bring  down  or  back, 
restore;  mid.  to  return. 

Kar-aYMVitofJiai,  to  struggle  or  pre- 
vail against,  conquer, 

KaTO-Svwy  to  make  to  sink  down, 
sink.     52. 

Kara-OcaofMu,  to  look  down  upon, 
take  a  view. 

Karo-Ovui  to  sacrifice. 

KaTa-KaCv(«  (naivu,  stem  Kav-,  Kavu, 
2  p.  KCKova,  2  a.  tKavov,  IV.,  to  kill), 
to  cut  down,  kill,  slay. 

Kara-KaCwi  to  burn  down,  bum  up. 

Kard-Kci)iaif  to  lie  inactive. 

KaTa-KT)pvTTWy  to  proclaim. 

KaTa-Ko'irrw,  to  cut  down  or  to 
jncccs.     31. 

Kara-XofL^vcD,  to  seize  upon,  seize, 
overtake,  Jind.     (  'atalepsy. 

KarcuXc^irU)  to  leave  behind,  leave, 
desert,  abandon. 

Karo-XcvM  {}^vu,  T^vau,  Ditvaa, 
i'Xevadrjv,  to  stone),  to  stone  to  death. 

KaT-oXXoTTw,  to  change,  change 
from  enmity  to  friendshiji,  reconcile. 

47- 

Karcir-X^tt,  to  unyoke,  halt,  over- 
throw, stop  fighting. 

Kara-fuvu,  stay  behind,  remain, 
settle  dov)n. 

Karo-iravw,  to  put  to  rest,  end. 

KaTa-ircfiiruy  to  send  down. 

Kara-irT)Scui>  (Tr^ddw,  ^  injdjjaoijuii, 
'f!ZJi6i}Ga,  neirfidjiKa,  to  leap),  to  leap 
down.     44. 

Kara-irXtlTTw,  to  strike  down, 
frighten. 

KaTa-<r^'wv|u,  to  extinguish. 

Kara-aicdirrM  {oKdizTu,  stem  OKtufh, 
OKdrlxj),  eoKatlHi,  eoKcupa,  EaKa/ifuu,22L.^. 


% 


m 


m 


KanMnc/vTOi&ai 


244 


kXc'ittw 


koKCK^riv,   III.,  to  dig),  to  dig  down, 
raze,  demolish. 

Kara-o-Ki'irroiiLCU,  a  late  pres.,  fur- 


nishing the  rest  of  its  tenses  to  Kara- 
aKuTtu,  q.  V. 

KaTa-<rKcva![w,  to  prepare  fully, 
furnish,  supply,  make. 

Karo-iTKoircM,  to  look  down  upon, 
reconnoitre. 

KoraHnroui),  to  drag  down. 

KaTa-<rTp€4>a>,  to  turn  down;  mid. 
to  subjugate,  subdue. 

KaTa-<rxil«i  to  hew  down,  hurst 
open. 

Kara-ri^\u.i  to  ]mt  down ;'  mid.  to 
depots  it,  lag  np  in  store. 

Kara-rp^Pw,  to  wear  out. 

KaTa-<^avTJs,  e^{<pniv(S),  clearly  seen, 
in  plain  sight.     24. 

KaTa-<^vYw,  to  fee  for  refuge  to, 
take  refuge. 

KaTa-4>pov«w,  to  think  inferior, 
despise. 

KaT-c'xM,  to  hold  down  or  fast,  re- 
strain, forbid,  occupy,  come  to  land. 
tKaT-T|'yopc«,  Kart/yopijau,  to  speak 
against,  accuse,  g. 

RaT-iiyopoSy  6  (ayopevo),  an  ac- 
cuser. 

KaniXaycw,  KaTrjloyfiau  {Kara,  76- 
yoq),  to  make  of  small  account,  de- 
spise. 

Kwrm  (Kara),  down,  below. 
fKaviiO,  arog,  t6,  heat. 

KcU>}  see  Kaiu. 

KcCfuu,  Keiaofiai,  §  127,  VI.,  to  lie, 
to  lie  outstretched,  be  laid. 

KCKTT)|iai)  see  Ktdofiai. 

KcXaivcUi  o)v,  Celaenae,  a  city  in 
Phrygia. 

KcXfvu,  KEMvao,  kKElevca,  KEKi'Xev- 
Ka,  KeKeltvcfiai,  eKe?.€vaOriv  {K€/.ofiai, 
to  urge  on),  to  urge,  bid,  command, 
order.     4. 

KcXn|S|  or,  a  Celt. 


KcvoSi  ^,  6v,  empty,  groundless, 
ivithout. 

^Kcvo-o^irovSCd,  af  {anevdu),  zealous 
2nirsuU  of  frivolities. 

4.K(vo-Tcu|>iov,  TO  (rd0of),  an  empty 
tomb,  cenotaph. 

fKcpofuiKos,   Ceramlcus,   the  Pot 
ter's  Quarter. 

Kcpofios,  6,  Ceriimus. 

Kcpavvvfu  {Kepa-,  npa-),  hrpaaa, 
KiKpufiai,  €Kpdth/v  and  UepdaOjjv,  2, 
to  mix. 

Kcpas,  iiro^  or  wc,  t6,  |  50,  2,  a 
HORN,  sometimes  a  horn  for  blow- 
ing, the  wing  of  an  army.  Rhino- 
ceros. 

fKcpSaCvM  (Kep^av-),  Ktfxhvo,  iKkp- 
fJ./jY/,  KtKii(H)j]Ka,  IV.,  to  gain. 

KcpSos,  TO,  gain. 

KC(t>aXT],  jyf,  the  head.    Cephalic. 

KT)8o)uu  {mi'i-),  €KTiihadfir/v,  II.,  to 
be  troubled  about,  care  for,  o. 
fKTJpvg,  fAof,  6,  a  herald.    16. 

Kr\pvrm  {Kr/fU'K-),  KTjpt^u,  etc.,  IV., 
to  proclaim,  make  proclamation,  d. 
40. 

tKlXlKU^  «f,  Cilicia,  a  province  in 
Asia  Minor. 
K(Xi|,  iKo^,  6,  a  Cilician. 
4'KCXur(ra,  ^f,  a  Chlidan  woman  or 

qut'en. 

fKivSvvcvUi  Kivdvvevau,  etc.,  to  en- 
counter danger,  run  a  risk,  be  in 
peril.     33. 

kCvSvvos,  <i,  danger,  peril.     11. 

Kivf »,  KivT/(j(j,  etc.  {kiu,  to  go),  to 
make  go,  move. 

KXc-ofxos,  o,  Clearchus,  a  general 
under  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

k\cU»,  Kkeiat),  CK^etaa,  KiK7^eiftai  or 
KeKAeia/aat,  eK^laOr/v,  to  shut,  close. 

kXcos,  to  {k}J(j,  to  glorify),  glory. 

kXcITTW      {K?i£TT-),      K^eifHJ,      ^kAc^W, 

KeK?.o<pa,  KEKlefifiai,  ekU^v,  2  a.  p. 
iKldnifv^  III.,  to  steal. 


% 


KVt|>a{ 


245 


KTOOfiai 


fKXCfu&l,  a/fof ,  jj,  a  ladder.  Climax. 

xXivM  {kXiV-),  KAlvCi,    iK^lva,    KEK^l- 

ftai,  CKXidt/v,  w.  2  a.  jt.  eKkivrfv,  IV., 
to  bend,  incline,  make  to  lean. 

kXoITtJ,  7f  {K/iiTTTu),   thcft. 

kXc^itcvM)  AcAcarrtvffw  (kMitto}),  to 
deal,  intercept  stealthily. 

kW^os,  nof,  Attic  oyf  (as  if  from 
Kvi<po^),  TO,  darkness,  dark. 

KOi)iaW|  tKoifif/aa,  iKoifirfiijv  (keI- 
fiai),  to  put  to  sleep;  raid,  and  pass,, 
to  lie  down,  go  to  bed.     37. 

KOiVOS}  V,  ov,  common;  rd  noivd, 
public  affairs.    44. 
^.KOivttvCdf  »c,  community. 
4.Koiv<i>vo$i  V,  dv,  sharing  in. 

KoXoij^M  (xoAafJ-),  KoTidau,  EKohiaa, 
KEKoAaofiai,  iKJoTjdaihjv,  IV.  (xdAof),  to 
check,  punish,  chastise.     26. 
fKoXaKCVM)  KOAaKEvaci,  to  flatter. 

KoXa^,  rt«of,  6,  a  flatterer. 

KoXotrWoti  a,  ov  {koMCcj),  to  be 
punished. 

KoXaimjs,  ov  (KoAdCo),  a  punisher. 

KoXoSjOv,  docked,  curtailed,  stunted. 

KoXociraC,  w,  Colossae. 

ko|iC(m  (KOfiid-),  Kouiw,  etc.,  IV. 
(koueo),  to  tend),  to  take  care  of,  carry 
away  so  as  to  save,  carry,  bring, 
conduct. 

kovt-oprosy  6  (kovic,  dust,  bpvl'fu,  to 
raise),  a  cloud  of  dust. 

KOirTM  {koic-),  KOtfKj,  iKorfxi,  KiKo<l>a, 
K^Ko/ifiai,  2  a.  p.  EKomjv,  III.,  to 
strike,  cut,  slaughter,  knock.  22. 
Chap,  chop. 

Kopo^  oKog,  6,  a  raven  or  crmv. 

Kopt),  Vf  (fem.  ofKopog,  a  boy),  a  girl. 

Kopv<^,  7f  {ndpvq,  helmet,  Kdpii,  the 
head),  the  top  of  anything,  summit. 
tKO<r)uca,  Koofi^ao),  etc.,  to  arrange, 
adorn.     Cosmetic. 

Koo')ios,  6,  order,  ornament,  cguip- 
ment.     Cosmical. 

Kov^os,  V,  ov,  light,  dry. 


Kpo|;«  {Kpay-),  f.  p.  KEKpd^ofiat,  2  p. 
as  pres.  KCKpaya,  2  a.  -EKpayov,  IV., 
to  cry  out. 

Kpovost  t6  {ndpa,  the  head),  a  hel- 
met.   19. 
fKparepoSf  A,  dv,  strong. 

Kparcw,  KpaTTfaci,  etc.  (Kparog),  to 
be  strong,  master  of,  or  victorious,  to 
control,  overcome,  conquer,  G.  or  A. 

KpdTTip,  7f()0(:,  6  (Kepdvvvpi),  a  mix- 
ing vessel,  large  bowl.     Crater. 

Kpancrros  {hparor),  best,  see  dyaOd^. 

KpdroSy  TO,  strength,  might,  power; 
dvd  Kpdro^,  up  to  one's  strength,  at 
full  speed.    19.    Hard,  auto-crat. 

Kpaxryriy  7C  (*paCw),  an  outcry, 
noise,  shout,  shouting.     54. 

Kpcas,aof  or  wf,rd,§  56,1,/esA,  meat. 

Kptlrruv  {Kpdroq),  better,  more  effi- 
cient, see  dyaddq. 

Kptuv,  ovToc,  6,  Oreon,  a  king  of 
Thebes. 

KpTivT),  ijq,  a  spring,  source.     3. 

KpT)irtsi  "5of,  T],  a  foundation. 

Kpifs,  rj'dq,  d,  a  Cretan. 

KpiOi],  r/f,  comm.  pi.,  barley. 
|Kpi6ivos»  V,  ov,  of  barley. 

Kptvw  (KpiV-),  KpiVU,  EKplva,  KEKpiKa, 

KtKpijxai,  EKpiftjjif,  IV.,  §  109,  N.  1,  to 
separate,  judge.     43. 

4-KpC(riS|  f<«>?,  V,  a  judgment,  trial. 
Crisis.     54. 
.j-Kpirrfsy  ov,  a  judge.     Critic. 
KpirCdSf  ov,  Critias. 
KpoKoSciXoS}  d,  the  crocodile. 
KpovMy  Kfyovac),  etc.,  w.  a.  p.  EKpov- 
oOtjv,  to  strike,  clash. 
tKpvTTTos,  V,  <^v,  hidden,  secret. 
Kpvirrci)  {Kpv^-,  Kpv<}>-),  Kpvipo,  etc., 
w.  2  a.  p.  EKpixbT^  (rare),  III.,  to  con- 
ceal.    27.     Crypt. 
4.Kpv<t»(i,  without  the  knowledge  of. 
icTObopAi,  KTT/aofiai,  etc.,  to  acquire, 
gain,  get  together;   pf.  to  have  en- 
quired, to  possess.     37. 


'  '  *. 


w^J 


i 

'li 

\ 
) 


\i 


KTfivw 


246 


Xidrw 


KTCCVW   {xTeV-),  KT€VU,  EKTeiva,  2   p. 

tKTova,  2  a.  eKTavov,  IV.,  to  kill.   48. 

KT^iiO,  orof ,  r<i  (KTao/xai),  a  posses- 
sion.    27. 

KTiivoS)  TO  (KTaofiai),  a  piece  of 
property ;  pi.  cattle. 

KTT{<riS)  fwf,  J?  (KTaofiai),  a  posses- 
sion, possessions,  property. 

KT^w  {KTid-),  Kuau,  iKTian,  hu- 
Ofiai,  kKTiadriv,  IV.,  to  found. 

KvP(pvT]Ti|s,  ov  (Kv^epifdu,  to  steer), 
a  pilot.    (Jovemor. 

KvSvof,  6,  the  Cydnus,  a  river  in 
Cilicia. 

Kv|;iKi)Vos»  6  (sc.  ffrar^p,  a  stater), 
a  gold  piece,  coined  at  Cyzicus, 
worth  28  Attic  drachmae,  or  about 
I7.5C). 

kvkXcn*,  KVK?.cja<j,  etc.  {kvk}.o^,  a 
circle),  to  encircle,  surround,  hem  in. 
18.    Cycle. 

KvKvosi  o,  the  swan. 

KW-dYOS}  o  {kvuv,  ^yiofiai),  a  hun- 
ter. 

KvtnXXov,  t6,  a  beaker,  goblet. 

Kvpcios  or  Kvp«ioS)  a,  ov  (Kt)pof), 
belonging  to  or  of  Cyrus. 

Kvpiost «,  ov  {Kvpoc,  authority),  hav- 
ing authority ;  Kvpid,  ag,  a  mistress. 

Kvposy  6,  I.  Cyrus  the  Elder, 
founder  of  the  Persian  empire,  over 
which  he  began  to  reign  559  b.  c. 
II.  Cyrus  the  Younger,  son  of  Da- 
rius II.,  brother  of  Artaxerxes  II., 
unsuccessful  aspirant  to  the  throne 
of  Persia.  The  history  of  the  expe- 
dition which  he  made  against  his 
brother  401  B.C.  was  written  by 
Xenophon. 

KVMVy  Kw6^,  voc.  Kvov,  6,  i),  a  dog. 
50.    Hound,  cynic. 

KoiXvw»  Ku/.tau^  etc.  («oAof),  to  hin- 
der, forbid,  prevent,  a.  o.    26. 

tK«>tfc-fiH>xilS|  ov  {apxu),  a  village- 
chief.    8. 


Kai|&i|,  J7C,  a  village.     3. 
■i-Ki0fiiJTr)s,  ov,  a  villager.     15. 
KwTiXot,  7,  ov  (xwrtAAw,  to  prate, 
chatter),  loquacious. 


XayxavM  (Aa^-),  T^v^ofiai,  nXnxa, 
elAiiynai,  eAt^x^'f^,  2  a.  e?.axov,  V.,  to 
get  by  lot. 

Xaytis,  (J,  I  42,  2,  w.  N.  1,  a  hare.  8. 

XaOciv,  XoOctfVy  see  '/.avOdvu. 

AaKcSoifLoVioty  o,  a  Lacedaemo- 
nian. 

XaXi4  f/f  (AaAew,  to  chatter),  talk- 
ing, talkativeness.  U^'nt^^ 

Xaf^Poyt*  (^«/3-),   "X^^nat,  eU^tjipa, 
eiArffi/Mi,  £P.79^v,  2  a.  i^ajiov,  V.,  to 
take,    capture,   receive,   obtain.     46. 
Di-lemma. 
fXafLiraSi  dSo^,  1),  a  torch, 
tXap.irpos,  fi,  ov,  brilliant. 
^XaiiirpoTtis,  f/To^,  fi,  splendor. 
Xof&iro),  /.dfi^lHo,  k'Xafi-^Hi,  2  p.  Ae- 
/.afiira,  to  shine.     Lamp. 

Xav6ayM  (/afl),  Aayau,  'ki'ktjafiai,  2  p. 
?J?.rida,  2  a.  i^afiov,  V.,  to  escape  the 
notice  of,  lie  hid  from ;  mid.  to  for- 
get, o.  For  its  constr.  w.  a.  part., 
see  I  279,  4.    48. 

Xaxo<>  ^<^  i^oyx^^f^),  lot,  share. 

\iy»f  ^€^0,  iXe^a,  ^e?.eyfiai,  i^i- 
Xfffjv,  to  say,  tell,  speak,  state,  call, 
sj)eak  of,  mention,  mean.  18.  Lexi- 
con. 

-XcYMf  Af  ^u,  ^Aff a,  -eiXoxa,  -ei'kEyfiai 
or  'Xi'key'pat,  i?Jx^,  2  a.  p.  -i^iy^, 
to  collect,  gather.    18. 

XcCd,  ag,  booty,  plunder. 

Xci|UMr,  avof,  6  {Xeifiu,  to  pour),  a 
moist  place,  meadow. 

Xcimi  (A^TT-),  ^eitlKj,  'ke'Xaufiai,  tXei- 
<p(^r/v,  2  p.  PiAwTTo,  2  a.  ehirov,  II.,  to 
leave,  abandon;  fut.  pf.,  will  have 
been  lefi^  will  remain.  45.  El-lipais. 


XcVKOt 


247 


|MUCpOt 


XcvKOti  7,  dv,  bright,  white. 

X(a»V|  ovTog,  6,  a  lion. 

AcwvC8d$f  ov,  Leonxdas,  the  Spar 
tan  hero  who  fell  at  Thermopylae. 

XtIyui  Ajy^w,  ehj^a,  to  lay,  allay; 
comm.  intr.  to  come  to  an  end. 

XtJOt),  Tjq  (Aai^dvu),  forgetfulness. 
Lethe. 

XTit];o|MU  or  Xx](o|MU  (Aj7Z<f-,  Xy(J-), 
}rfiaofmi,  etc.,  IV.  (Aem),  to  plunder. 
^X^o-rcCa,  «f,  robbery.    54. 
-|-Xxi<rTiis»  oi>,  a  robber. 

Ai^vT))  T/g,  Libya. 

Aipvs,  vog,  6,  a  Libyan. 
f  Xidivof  y  ij,  ov,  of  stone. 
f  XiOo-PoX<df  iig  (/?dAAw),  a  throwing 
of  stones. 

X(0os,  6,  a  stone.  6.  Litho-g^ph. 

XifiTJVi  ivog  (Af</3w,  (0  pour),  6,  a 
harbor. 

XCfivi),  7C  {^d^,  to  pour),  a  lake. 

Xi|U>s,  6,  hunger. 

X(v<0Sf  «,  ov,  contr.  "Xivovg,  rj,  ovv 

i^Xivnv,  anything  made  of  flax),  flaxen, 

linen. 

ikoyCio^uu  (^yiS),  T^oyiovfiai,  etc., 

IV.,  to  consider,  calculate,  expect,  ^i-^. 

Xo"yo$»  o  (Afyw,  to  say),  a  word, 
narrative,  discourse,  speech,  discus- 
sion,   -logy,  -logue. 

Xoyx't*  ^f'  ^  spear-head,  spear, 
lance. 

Xoi8op^«»  Tiouhft^au,  etc.  (Aow^x)f, 
abusive),  to  revile,  abuse.     40. 

Xoitrott  7,  dv  (AetTTu),  remaining; 
^oindv  tauv,  it  remains ;  w.  art.,  the 
rest;  to  Tutiiruv,  in  future,  I  160,  2. 

Xov«*f  to  wash,  comm.  mid.  as  dep. 
XitifOfzcu,  Aovaouai,  etc.,  to  bathe. 

Xo^os,  6,  the  back  of  the  neck,  a 
ridge  of  ground,  a  hill.     6. 
fXAX-dyoSi  o  (r'/yeouai),  a  captain.  6. 

^X09t  0  (Af;r-,  seen  in  ?.e;rof.  ^cd), 
an  ambush,  ambuscade,  company  of 
soldiers.     23. 


AvSCd,  fig,  Lydia,  a  province  of 
Asia  Minor. 
AvKiosi  d,  Lycms. 
XvKOSi  d,  a  wolf. 

Xv|iaCvofL(u  (Xvfiav-),  Xvfxavovfiai, 
XeXtfiaofiai,  k'^vfirjvdfijjv,  IV.  i^tfiri, 
outrage),  to  outrage,  destroy,  cause 
ruin. 

fXihrcci>|  ?ivn7/au,  etc.,  to  grieve, pain, 
vex. 

Xvirq,  7C,  pain,  grief,  distress. 
IXihrqpoSi  A,  dv,  painful,  grievous. 
Xvpd,  Of,  tJte  lyre. 
AikravSposy  o,  Lysander,  a  Spar- 
tan general. 
tXvo-t-trovos,  ov,  freeing  from  toil. 
fXvo-iS}  cwf ,  7,  a  release. 
JXvo-t-TcXrfs,  f f  (rcAof),  paying  trib- 
ute to,  advantageous,  profitable. 
f  Xvrpov,  TO,  a  ransom. 
Xv«,  /it'ou,  iAvaa,  ?.eAVKa,  ?A^vfiai, 
£?.v0rfv,  to  LOOSE,  break,  destroy,  abol- 
ish,   remove;    mid.    to    ransom.     2. 
Ana-lysis. 

Xorro-^xvyos,  o  (kurdg,  the  lotns, 
and  (pay-,  appearing  in  i^yov,  see 
eaOiu),  a  lotus-eater. 

M. 

|ia,  an  adv.  of  swearing,  used  w. 
the  ace.  in  negative  oaths,  §  163,  by. 

|la01)|U^  arog,  to  (uavHdvu),  a  les- 
son; pi.  learning.     Mathematics. 

Ma£avSpoS)  o,  the  Maeandcr,  a 
river  of  winding  course  in  Asia 
Minor.     Maeander. 

lialvofixu  {jMV-),  ftavovfiai,  ifiifvd- 
(iTjv,  YV.,  tobe  mad.    Maniac. 

|uucap,  n/wc,  6,  fem.  fioKap  or  fid- 
Katpn,  blessed. 

Ipxucopi^M  (jMKapid-),  fianapici,  IV., 
to  account  or  esteem  happy  or  fortu- 
nate. 

licucposi  ^,  ov  {ji^Kog),  long;  fiOKpav 


'■x^ 


|iaXa 


248 


|UO«t 


(sc.  odov),  a  long  way,  far;  fiaKpSre- 
pov,  as  &dv.,  farther.     12. 

l&aXa,  c.  /iaA}.ov,  s.  fxahara,  |  75, 
K.  2,  much,  very,  exceedingly. 

|iav6dv<t>  (^o^-),   fiaO^aofiai,   fit/ad- 
ftjjKa,  2  a.  ifiaOov,  V.,  <o  ^eani,  cwcer- 
^ain.     45. 
t)iavTctdf  «r,  an  oracle. 

fuimsi  fwf,  0,  jy  {/jiaivo/iat),  a  seer, 
soothsayer.     22. 

Map<rvas,  Of,  Marty  as,  I.  a  Phryg- 
ian satyr;  II.  a  small  river  of 
Phrygia,  said  to  be  named  after  the 
foregoing. 
f  (iapTvpco),  napTvpijau,  etc.,  to  hear 
witness,  confirm,  D. 

f|MipTvpo|iai  [fiaprvp-),  iftapr^pa- 
fiijv,  IV.,  to  call  to  witness. 

|Uif>Tus,  fidprvpo^,  d.  pi.  pdprvot, 
6,  V,  a  witness.    Martyr. 

MdurKoSi  n,  I  39,  3,  tfie  Mascas,  a 
tributar}'^  of  the  Euphrates. 

luurrl^  lyo^,  7,  a  whip,  lash, 
scourge.     16. 

I&ourros,  6,  one  of  the  breasts,  a 
breast ;  hence,  a  hill.     36. 

IMXAtpaiac,  ct  short  swordoi  dagger. 
t)uLxt|,  m,  a  battle,  fight.     15. 

|MiXO(MU,  fiaxovfMi,  /ie/xdx7?fiai, 
efiaxtadnijv,  to  fight,  D.     31. 

lAryoXo-irpnnfst  ff  (/"cyaj",  ^pe-rru), 

magyiifceni. 

liMYoXo-vpcirws,  i/;i</t  ^rca<  liberal- 
ity. 

firyoXMS  (,wf>af),  greatly. 

McYOpo,  rd,  Megara,  the  capital 
of  Megaris. 

|MYaSi  A^fy^i^V,  /^^fl,  5  70,  c.  /zf/Cwp, 
8.  fiiytaro^,  §  73,  1,  ^rrwti,  /aryc. 
Much. 

|"^»|»  W  (j^^^v,  wine),  strong  drink, 
drunkenness.     Mead. 

ImOvm  {fiffh),  wine),  to  be  drunk. 
|uC{wVy  |U-yio*rot,  see /xf )'ac.  MoE£. 
|uU»V|  ov,  stnaller,  see  filKpdc. 


)uXdSi  «'t«,  rtv,  ^  67,  6^c/fc.  Mel- 
an-choly. 

fuXrroMf  (le'XcTfico,  tfiekhTjaa,  fu- 
fie?JTt/Ka  (//fAw),  to  care  for,  practise. 
55- 

|uXXm,  peXX^au,  ifik'X'krica,  §  100, 
2,  N.  2,  <o  6«  aftoM^,  to  intend;  hence, 
to  delay. 

fuXos,  TO,  an  air,  melody. 

fuXw,  /ii€?.^au,  ptfikhjfiai,  kfieXrfirjv, 
to  be  a  care  to,  j>. ;  comm.  imper., 
fxkTiei^  fieTitiaei,  kfiih/ae,  fi£fii?.rfKe,  as 
/li^ei  fioi  Tov6e,  I  care  for  this,  §  184, 
2,  N.  1 ;  mid.  to  take  care  of. 

\kiy,vr\yMAf  to  remember,  see  pifivij- 

OKU. 

|uV(^|Mu,  fiifiy\)opai,  Ifieptlfd/itjv  and 
iftt(i(ptiriv,  to  blame. 

|Uv,  a  post-posit,  particle  (never 
used  as  a  conj.  to  connect  words  or 
sentences),  used  to  distinguish  the 
word  or  clause  with  which  it  stands 
from  something  that  is  to  follow, 
and  comm.  answered  by  de,  some- 
times by  a^Ad,  fiivroi,  l-rreira,  in  the 
corresponding  clause,  on  the  one 
hand,  indeed,  though  often  not  to 
be  translated. 

I^'v-Toi,  post-posit.,  assuredly,  in- 
deed, however,  and  yet. 

yuivtif  uevu,  kfuiva,  /jUfievrfKa,  to 
stay,  remain,  continue,  be  in  force, 
await.     41. 

M^ywy,  uvog,  6,  Menon,  a  general 
under  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

lupiffcva,  TC,  care,  anxious  thought, 
trouble. 

fi^pos,  t6,  a  part,  share,  detach- 
ment ;  kv  fiipei  or  h  r<p  fiipei,  in  turn. 
t|M<r-T))iPp(d,    af  {^fiipa),   midday, 
noon;  the  country  towards  the  me- 
ridian, the  south. 

(Mvott  V,  ov,  middle;  piauv,  rd, 
the  middle,  midst;  did  fuaov,  h/^ay, 


Mfo-viXa 


249 


ffcva 


through,  in  the  space  between,  or  sim- 
ply between.     14. 

M^<nriXa,  v^  or  uv,  ij  or  rd,  a  city 
on  the  Tigris. 

jMO-ros,  7,  6v,  full,  full  of. 

lUTOy  prep,  (akin  to  pkaoq),  amid, 
among.  (1)  With  g.,  with,  on  the 
side  of  (2)  With  a.,  after,  next  to. 
In  comp.,  among,  in  quest  of,  and 
expressing  participation,  as  in  fier- 
iX(^,  and  change,  as  in  fieTa-Tidrjpj.. 

|i€Ta-PaXX»|  to  change. 
j|MTa-PoX-ij,  vf,  a  change. 

|UTa-8(8<i>|U|  to  give  a  share,  D.  O. 
t^ToXKcvMi  fiera'KKtvau,  to  mine. 

|UTaXXov»  rd,  a  mine  or  quarry. 
Metal. 

fUTo^  {iJLtTd),  improp.  prep.  w.  G. 
and  adv.,  between. 

|UTa-W|iirc»i  to  send  after;  mid. 
to  send  for,  summon. 

|UTa-T(OT||u,  to  put  in  a  new  place, 
change. 

|i4Ta-<|>vTcvtt  (^vrfvw,  ipvrevau,  etc., 
to  plant,  fvTov,  a  plant,  ^fvu),  to 
transplant. 

(uVpoV)  TO,  a  measure.  Metre, 
-metry. 

|uxph  improp.  prep.  w.  G.  and 
conj.,  until. 

|iif,  adv.,  not,  g  283;  conj.  that 
not,  lest,  that,  §  215. 

l&i)-8^,  but  not,  and  not,  nor,  not 
even. 
||iT|8-«Ct,  fiv6e-iiia,  firi6-h,  §  77, 1,  N. 
2,  not  even  one,  no  one,  no ;  fiffdiv, 
t6,  nothing. 
|fiT|8«-iroTC|  never. 

M-rjSiia,  a?,  Medm. 

M-rjSost  o,  a  Mede. 

l&t)Hc-<Ti  ijif].  In),  no  longer. 

l&TJKOSt  "^^^  length.     19. 

Ifcifv,  a  post-posit,  intens.  particle, 
in  tnUh,  surely. 


jiifv,  fivvdg,  6,  a  month.     17. 

)ii]vvM|  pr/vtau,  etc.,  to  disclose^ 
make  known.    55. 

|i,7{-troTC|  n-ever. 

liTJ-trci))  not  yet. 

|ii|-TC)  conj.,  and  not,  nor;  fi^e. . . 
p^re,  neither . . . nor;  fitjre ...re,  both 
not . . .  and. 

jjitIttip,  prrrpd^,  ^,  §  57,  1,  w.  N.  1, 
a  MoinER. 

ffctaCvM  (jiiav-),  piavc),  tpiava,  pe- 
piaapai,  kpidvHijv,  IV.,  to  pollute. 

Y-iyy^  iMiy-),  and  piaycj,  pi^a, 
epi^a,  pipiypai,  kpi^riv,  2  a.  p.  kpi- 
yrjv,  2,  to  MIX  with,  mingle. 

MiSdSf  ov,  Midas,  a  king  of 
Phrygia. 

MiOpiS^rqSi  <w,  Mithriddtes,  a  sa- 
trap of  the  Persian  king. 

fiiKpoSi  A,  dv,  §  73,  1,  small,  weak. 
Micro-scope. 
tMiXtfo-iosy  d,  a  Milesian. 

MiXijTos,  7,  Miletus. 

MtXricbBriSt  ov,  Miltiades. 

MlXwv,  wvof,  0,  Milo. 

|i4M0)uu,  pip^aopai,  etc.  {pipo^,  a 
mime),  to  imitate,  mimic. 

lUfiVTio-KO)  (p-va-),  pvTjau,  kpvrjaa, 
pkpvTjpat,  kpv^aOip,  VI.,  to  remind; 
mid.  and  pass,  to  remember,  make 
mention  of  mention;  pf.  pkpvripm, 
remember,  as  pres.,  G.     29. 

liurcM,  fiiaf/ao),  etc.  (jiioog,  hatred), 
to  hate.     Mis-anthropist. 

|u<r6os,  0,  wages,  pay,  hire,  re- 
ward.   8.    Meed. 

4.|u<r6o-<)>opa,  df  {^epu),  receipt  of 
wages,  wages  received,  wages. 

||Uir6o-<^'pos,  ofv  {(j>kpcj),  serving  for 
hire;  piado(}>dpoi  as  noun,  mercena- 
ries. 
||u<rO<fwi  pujBixjci,  etc.,  to  let  out  for 
hire;  mid.  §  199,  N.  2,  to  hire,  en- 
gage the  services  of.    1 8. 

|ivd,  dc,  0-  mina.    The  mina  of 


■  ] 


'  I- 1 


|iin||M0V 


250 


100  drachmas  was  ^  of  a  talent, 
and  would  be  worth  to-day  about 
118.00. 

|iVT{|M»v,  ov  (jit/iv^Ku),  mindful. 
Mnemonics. 

|M>XvpSos»  o',  lead. 

|M>vos,  7,  ov,  alone;  fi6vov  as  adv., 
only.    Mono-,  mon-. 

Movo^  )7r,  the  Muse. 

y,vBo'Xoyi»,fivffo/.oy^u{tiv6o-Myog, 
a  teller  of  legends,  from  yui^tef ,  a  tale, 
and  X^w),  to  <«W  <m  a  legend,  relate. 
Mythology, 
tl&vpiost  ado^,  17,  a  myriad. 

livfHos,  a,  ov,  I  77,  2,  N.  3,  ten 
tAousand'.     29. 

livpfiT)^,  17KOC,  d,  <^  an^ 

|i«S,  /ifOC,  d,  a  MOUSE. 

Mvo^t  d,  a  ifj/nan. 

N. 

vfiot,  ov,  or  1^,  <i,  I  42,  2  (va/w, 
to  dwell),  a  temple. 
vcKinii  w,  «  S'^*'*,  ravine. 

)£grA<. 

fvav-^yoSy  dv  (TnjyvOfu),  building 
»hips. 

vavt*  vecif,  7,  5  54,  a  «Aip. 
4.vavTT|s,  ov,  a  sailor. 
IvavTiKoti  ^,  dv,  Tuival,  nautical; 
vavTiKij,  ^,  a  fleet. 

vcdyfflit,  ov  {vio{),  a  young  man, 
youth. 

vcdyio-Kos,  d  {vioc),  a  young  man, 
even  to  the  age  of  forty. 

NcOot,  d,  the  Nile. 

vcKpoti  d,  a  dead  body,  always  of 
a  person ;  oi  vtKfxii,  the  dead.  Necro- 
mancy. 

W|M*)  vtfui,  iveifM,  vevkfuina,  vtve 
fiTljuat,  kvefiijthjv,  to  deal  or  portion  out, 
distribute,  pasture,  graze,  a.  d.    Ne- 
mesia. 


Wotf  fl,  ov,  young,  NEW.    Neo- 
phyte. 
^vcoTi|«,  rrro^,  j),  youth. 
4.VfOTT«v«,    veorrevou    (veotrtrdf,    a 
young  bird),  to  hatch. 

vwftd,  ag,  a  bowstring. 

v«vpov,  t6,  a  cord  made  of  sinew, 
nerve. 

v*^Kf\,  IK  {yk^,  a  cloud),  mist; 
hence,  a  net. 

VH*i,  vf«iv,  see  vavc. 

Vf«is,  u,  see  v^6^. 

nj,  an  adv.  of  swearing,  used  w.  the 
ace.  in  affirmative  oaths,  \  163,  by. 

vt|t,  vtj««,  see  vavf. 

rrfntt  V,  ^  42,  1 ,  an  island.  Poly- 
nesia. 

v(l«  (w/?-),  viyicj,  ^vtyw,  vhififtat, 
•ivitfthrv,  IV.,  {  108,  IV.  1  b,  H.  2, 
to  M^asA. 
tviKoU»t  viK^u,  etc.,  to  conquer,  de- 
feat, be  victorious.     37. 

vtiO|,  ITT,  conquest,  victory.     55. 

Niopn,  w,  iVioftc 

vocw,  voijau,  etc.  (vdof),  to  ob- 
serve. 

vofuiSi  d<Jof,  6,  jj  {vifuS),  roaming 
about  for  pasture;  (A.  vofi&deg,  pasto- 
ral tribes,  nomads. 

voyiif,  m  {v^f^)^  (i  herd, 
fvo|iC(w  {vofuS-),  vofiiu,  etc.,  IV.,  to 
regard  as  a  custom,  to  regard,  sup- 
pose, think,  believe,  consider.     27. 

vofiott  0  (vifiu),  anything  assigned, 
a  custom,  law.     6. 

v69t,  contr.  vovf,  6,  §  43,  mind^ 
judgment.     See  npoaix^- 

yocrot,  7,  disease,  sickness. 

vovSt  vov,  see  vdof , 

WKTcpcvM,  vvKTtpevau  {vvf),  to  pass 
the  night. 

WKTo-^vXo^,  oAcof ,  d  (vv^,  ^Wof),  a 
night-watch,  watchman. 

yvKTwp  (vv^),  by  night, 

viv,  now. 


1^ 


251 


etofuu 


V«|,  vwtrdf,  17,  BIGHT ;  m  wicrdf , 
&y  night     $$. 


t«v-aY^tt  d  (^^vof,  iiytofiai),  a  com- 
mander of  auxiliary  or  mercenary 

troops. 

^fvCdtfOv,  Xerttas,  a  general  in  the 
Greek  army  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 
t{€v£t«  (ffv«5-),  ieviu,  IV.,  to  cntor- 
tain  as  a  guest. 

tlcwKOf,  ^,  dv,  relating  to  strangers, 
mercenary ;  ^€vik6v,  t6  (sc.  arpdrevfrn), 
a  foreign  force. 

{cvo«,  d,  a  guest-friend,  guest,  host, 
stranger,  foreigner. 

igiyo-^MTf  i)VToc,  6,  Xcnophon,  an 
Athenian,  author  of  the  Anabasis. 

gip^,ov,  Xerxes,  in  particular 
Xerxes  I.,  son  of  Darius  I. 

IcoTot,  ii,  6v{^iu,  to  polish),  smooth, 
polished. 

^paLvia  i^tfpav-),  ^vpavo,  h^^pnva, 
i^ilpaaiMt,  k^Tfpavihp;  {^rjpdg,  dry),  to 

dry.     50. 
t|vXivot,  V  or  Of,  ov,  of  wood,  wooden. 

(vXov,  t6,  a  stick  of  wood,  wood, 
fuel.     35. 

|vv-,  ^-,  for  words  so  beginning 
see  aw-,  avy. 

O. 

it  A*  '^*  ^^^  definite  article  t?ie, 
{  78  ;  d  fiev...b  Si,  the  one.. .the  other, 
oi  fiiv...oi  Si,  these... those,  some... 
others,  I  143,  1 ;  d  (jJ,  ol,  ai)  6i,  and 
or  but  he  {she,  they),  §  143,  1,  n.  2 
(never  referring  to  the  subject  of  the 
preceding  sentence,  but  always  to 
some  word  in  an  oblique  case) ; 
sometimes  equivalent  to  the  posses- 
sive pron.  his,  hsr,  their ^  §  141,  n.  2. 


4.^-8€,  ^-8«,  To-8c,  dem.  pron.,  ?  83, 
w.  N.  1,  and  §  148,  w.  n.  1,  this,  the 
following. 
td8-t|Y<»«»  d  {iiyiofmi),  a  guide. 
toSoi-vopoti  6,  a  wayfarer,  fellow- 
traveller,  guide. 
fdSo-irouMy    odonoiijao,   etc.,   perf. 
also  w.  double  augm.  uSoTreTroirjKa, 
udoTTEnoirjfiaL,  to  make  a  road. 

dSdst  V,  ct  way,  road,  journey,  ex- 
pedition.   12.    Meth-od. 

dSovs,  SvTog,  d,  a  tooth. 

f  dSvptidsi  d,  wailing. 

dSvpofJMU  {bdvp-),  bdvpovfiai,  tjdv- 
pdfirjv,  IV.,  to  bewail,  lament,  wail. 

jOcVi  rel.  adv.,  |  87, 2,whence,from 
what  source. 

ot^vvfu  (oiy-)  and  otY«,  oi^o,  ^a 
or  -i(ti^a,  -e9;t«,  -^¥71^^,  ti^xi^nv,  2  p. 
-l(^a  (rare),  2,  to  open. 

otSa  {id-,  Fi6-),  a  2  p.  used  as  a 
pres.,  §  127,  VII.,  to  know.  See 
X^l^i-q.    Wit. 

toCKa-8<»  for  home,  home-ward, 
home.     26. 

tobccnis,  ov,  a  domestic,  a  house- 
servant.     55. 

^oUccMy  olxifau,  etc.,  to  inhabit,  oc- 
cupy, dwell  in,  live  in,  dwell,  live; 
pass,  be  situated.     23. 

toUtdy  Of,  a  house,  dwelling. 

toUcCj^M  (o/K^(5-),  oiKiu,  ifMuaa,  ^t- 
afiai,  (ftKiodriv,  IV.,  to  colonize. 

^oUumlSf  ov,  a  colonist. 

tolKO-So|UM|  oiKodofi^u,  etc.  {^ifiot, 
to  build),  to  build,  construct. 

totKOi,  at  home. 

tolKO-vdjios,   d   {vefio),   a   steward, 
manager,  economist. 
oIkos,  d,  a  house,  home. 
olKTClpCtf  {o'lKTep-),  oiKTepu,  uKTeipa, 
IV.  {oIkto^,  pity),  to  pity,  feel  pity. 
olvo«,  d,  WINE.     8. 
otofixii,  o'lTfOo/xai,  (^^rfinv,   to  think, 
suppose,  txpect;  the  first  pers.  sing. 


'bl  )     I 


obi 


252 


dwoTcpos 


II 


pres.  and  imperf.,  generally  olfiai 
mv.    31. 

olos,  «,  OP,  rel.  pron.,  I  87,  1,  of 
what  sort,  what  sort  of,  what;  rot- 
ofVToq...o\oq,  such.. .as;  oidg  re,  ^  151, 
N.  4,  ad  fin.,  able,  possible. 

oltt  oi6g,  nom.  and  ace.  pi.  also  olf , 
o,  ij,  Lat.  ovis,  a  sheep.     EwE. 

eXtna,  see  <}>£pu. 

otxo^jtUf  oixv<JOfiai,  cHxtiKa  or  (i>x^- 
Ka,  I  200,  N.  3  a,  to  be  gone.    53. 

^KViWi  oKv^ao  (6/cvof,  hesitaiion), 
to  be  apprehensive,  to  dread,  fear. 

^KTCtty  EIGHT. 

oXPost  0,  prosperity/,  happiness. 
oXcdpos,  6  {d?i.^vfu),  destruction. 

toXi^-opx^  "f  {afix<^),  o-  govern- 
ment by  a  few,  oligarchy. 

^tyos,  V,  ov,  §  73,  1,  little,  ^l.few, 
a  few. 

^fXXvfU  (oX-),  oAo,  itXeea,  -o^wAf/ca, 
2  p.  SAuArt,  2  a.  raid.  ISXdfirjv,  2,  <o 
destroy,  mid.  <o  perish;  2  p.  <o  ie 
undone. 

^ot,  77,  ov,  ii;Ao2e,  a^/.    Catholic. 

"Oiitjpos,  6,  Homer. 

j|ivv}u  (6/i-,  6/io-),  bfiovfjiai,  dfioaa, 
ofLCifioKa,  b/io/noofiaij  ufidOrfv  and  u^(^ 
o%r,    2,    <o  n&ear,  toib«  an  oath. 

t^iunos,  a,  OP,  like,  similar.  Same, 
homoeo-pathy. 

{o|ioCa>s>  in  the  same  inanner. 

td|U>-Xayca>|  bfioloyi/au,  etc.  (Aiyw), 
to  agree,  acknowledge. 

^o|iO-Xo70V)Mvc»$i  confessedly;  ofio- 
Tdoyov^kvuq  Ik  ndvruv,  by  the  acknowl- 
edgment of  all. 

({|ii>t»  7,  ^v,  one  and  the  same. 
Homo-. 

^6yjia%,  to  the  same  place,  to  close 
quarters. 

4«|iO-Tpdirctos,  ov  (r/wTTcCrt),  sitting 
at  the  same  table;  masc.  as  noun, 
tabU'Wmpanion. 


4>o|io-Tp<Mro«,  oi>,  of  the  same  Jiabits 
or  disposition. 

4.o|M»«»  at  the  same  time,  neverthe- 
less. 

Svtihoi,  t6,  reproach,  blame. 
tovno-is,  f<Jf,  V,  benefit. 

6vivr\^  (ova-),  ov^ou,  LvTjoa,  Lv^- 
fhfv,  2  a.  mid.  uvdnriv  or  liVTjurjv  (rare), 
1,  to  benefit,  do  one  a  service. 

JvofiA,  arog,  t6,  a  NAME.  34.  An- 
onymous. 

4.dvo|ia(tt    [bvofiad-),    bvofi&au,    etc., 
IV.,  to  name,  call. 

dvos,  6,  1),  an  ass.    9. 

ovw^i  ^X^Kt  i,  a  talon,  claw,  nail. 

«»{vs,  eia,  i,  sharp.    Oxy-gen. 

^wt|  or  tf»n,  rel.  adv.,  §  87,  2, 
wfiere. 

6irur9Wf  behind;  rd  binadev,  the 
rear. 

^oirur0o-4^vXaK/«)i    oniaBofpv'kaKTfau, 
to  guard  the  rear. 

4.oirv<r6o-^vXa^  n/cof,  6,  one  of  the 

rear-guard;  pi.  the  rear-guard.    25. 

fdirX^M  ((SttA/J-),  ItnTuaa,  unTnanat, 

ijTzTdaBjjv,  IV.,  to  arm;  mid.  to  arm 

one's  self.     23. 

tovXtnit,  ov,  a  heavy -armed  foot- 
soldier,  hoplite.     5. 

^irXoVy  TO,  an  implement ;  pi.  arms, 
armor.     13.    Pan-oply. 

dirdOfv,  rel.  adv.,  §  87,  2,  whence, 
(a  source) /rom  which. 

&m^  rel.  adv.,  ^  87,  2,  ie;AiiA«r, 
tz;Ai<Acrsoei;er. 

otroCot,  a,  ov,  rel.  pron.,  g  87, 1,  0/ 
whatever  kind,  whatever^  what,  (such) 
as. 

dirdtrot,  ^,  ov,  rel.  pron.,  |  87,  1, 
how  much,  (as  much)  as;  pi.  Aoot? 
many,  (as  many)  cw. 

dWrc,  rel.  adv.,  {  87,  2,  when, 
whenever,  since. 

dirdrcpot,  «,  ov,  rel.  pron.,  |  87, 1, 
whichever,  of  two  persons  or  things. 


Swov 


253 


OVK^Ti 


aWov,  rel.  adv.,  I  87,  2,  where, 
wherever. 

dirrds,  ^,  6v,'baked,  burnt,  as  brick. 
dira>Si  conj.,  in  order  that,  that. 
tdpdfcris,  eug,  V,  ^9^^- 
dpOM  (oTT-,  16-),  b}pofMi,  iupaKa  or 
iopuKa,  iupauai  or  ufifxai,  ixpO^v,  2  a. 
f£«fov,VIII.,to8C€.  49.  Pan-orama, 
optics. 

dpYHi  vc,  anjrer. 

dpcYM,  6/>f^6),  itpe^a,  upixfhpf,  to 
BEACH  oui;  mid.  to  cwpirc  or  strive 
after,  G. 
'Op€OTt|«,  ov,  Orestes. 
fop6u>s,  «,  ov,  straight  up,  steep. 
dp6dsf  ^,  <5v,  straight,  upright,  right. 
Ortiio-dox. 
.^dpe«5si  ri^r/ifZy,  justly. 
jpiov,  r<i  (opof,  a  bound),  a  boun- 
dary. 

SpKOit  6  {elpyo),  to  restrain),  an 
oath.     7.    Ex-orcism. 

tdpfMbB»»  6f)fif/ao),  etc.,  to  start  quick- 
ly, intrans.  to  rush,  rush  at;  mid.  to 
«et  ou^    44. 

dpfitj,  'yc,  movement. 
tdpvtOu>V|  r(i,  a  little  bird. 
«pvt8,    /^'>f,    ^.   ^,  a  Wr<f,  /om;Z. 
Ornithology. 

'OpdrrdSt  «,  §  39,  3,  Orontas,  I.  a 
Persian  nobleman  condemned  to 
death  by  Cyrus  the  Younger ;  II.  a 
satrap  of  Armenia. 

opoty  TO,  a  mountain,  chain  of 
hills,  height.     1 9. 

dfyrvl,  vyog,  6,  a  quail. 
dfyx^of^o^    o^';r^«^«^    ^px^odfiTfv 
{opx^K,  a  row),  to  dance.  Orchestra. 
I^PX^«^'»  °^'  ^  dancer. 

ly^ie^,  what,  that;  y  (sc.  0J9),  in 
what  way,  as;  koI  6f,  §  151,  N.  3, 
and  he;    c^*  9,  on  condition   that, 

I  267. 
^0^, »/,  ov,  rel.  pron.,  {  87, 1,  how 


much  or  ^rreat,  or  simply  who,  who- 
ever, which,  what,  whatever,  that; 
TooovTog . . .  baog,  so  much  ...as,  pi.  so 
many  ...as;  bau . . .  roooi^rw,  g  188,  2, 
by  how  much. ..by  so  much,  the. ..the; 
oaov,  as  adv.  w.  numerals,  about. 

Sv-vtpi  '7-7rep,  b-Tzep,  strengthened 
form  of  bg,  who  or  which  indeed,  just 
who  or  which. 

S<nrfnoy,  t6,  comm.  pi.  legumes, 
pidse. 
otrriov,  or  contr.  ootovVi  to,  a  bone. 
^-Tts,  V-TiQ,  b  Ti,  rel.  pron.,  §  86, 
whoever,  whichever,  whatever,  or  sim- 
ply who,  which,  what,  that ;  oa-rig- 
ovv,  without  relative  force,  any  one, 
one. 

6a-^pr\<ris,  f^C,  ^  {ba<j>paivofiai,  to 

smell,  scent,  cf.  b(,cd,  to  smell,  have  a 

smell),  smelling,  the  sense  of  smelling. 

t^rav  (oTf,  av),  rel.  adv.  w.  subj., 

whenever,  when. 

Srt,  rel.  adv.,  §  87,  2,  when. 
oTi,    conj.,    that,   because;    often 
strengthening  the  sup.,  as  bn  rdxi- 
ara,  as  quickly  as  possible. 

S  Ti,  Srovf  oT<p,  oT«v,  see  bang. 
ov,  ovK,  ovx,  I  13,  2,  not;  ov  firj, 
in  strong  denial,  §  257 ;  ov  or  d//  ov 
in  a  question,  §  282,  2 ;  ov  <l>7}fji,  to 
deny,  refuse,  say  not  or  no. 

ov»  ol,  l|  third  pers.  pron.  (see 
I  144,  2,  and  §  79,  1),  of  him,  her, 
it,  of  himself,  herself,  itself. 
tovScLfids,  ^,  ov,  not  even  one,  none. 
Jov8a(M)'9«v,/rowi  no  quarter. 
Xov^cu^t  in  no  way. 
ov-8c|  conj.,  and  not,  but  not,  nor, 
nor  yet;  as  adv.,  not  even,  certainly 
not;  ov<J^ . . .  ov6e,  not  even . . . nor  yet. 
^ovS-tCs,  fwde-fiia,  ovS-ev,   §   77,   1, 
N.  2,  not  even  one,  no  one,  no ;  ovfUv 
as  adv.,  not  at  all. 
4ov8c-iroTC,  not  even  ever,  n-ever. 
ovK-<Ti,  no  longer,  not  now. 


Vll 


I 

'pi 

■  ■  ■ 


i  * 


r..» 


U 


»  v 


OVKOW 


II 


254 


oiTK-ow,  not  therefore. 

ovK-ovV|  interrog.  not  therefore? 
not  thenf  Hence  in  assertion  w. 
no  neg.  force,  therefore,  then. 

o^v,  an  infer,  post-posit,  conj., 
stronger  than  &pa,  therefore,  conse- 
quently. 

ov-iroT€,  n-ever. 

ov-ira>,  not  yet. 

ov-irta-mrt,  never  yet  or  before. 

ovpa,  nc,  the  tail. 
fovpoviosy  a  or  Of,  ov,  heavenly. 

ovpavoSi  0,  heaven,  the  heavens. 

OVS}  Wl'Of,  1"<J,  EAR.      43. 

o^-T«,  conj.,  anc?  not,  nor;  aire... 
ttvre,  neither . . .  nor. 

ovToSi  avrjj,  rovro,  dem.  pron., 
I  83,  and  ^  148,  n.  1,  this,  pi.  these, 
but  from  a  difference  in  the  point 
of  view  the  neut.  pi.  rairra  often 
to  be  rendered  into  English  by 
this. 

jovTMSt  thus,  in  this  way,  so,  in  that 
case. 

ovxC*  a  more  emphatic  form  of  ov, 
q.  V. 

J^<Xo«,  t6  (IxpiTiTuj,  to  further),  ad- 
vantage. 

j^6aX|U)t,  6  (oTT-  in  irpo/Mi,  see 
opdu),  the  eye.     Ophthalmy. 

6^9t  (<^,  o,  a  snake. 

ixi»t  oxvocj,  SLOT.  mid.  ux^^f^vv 
and  pass,  (^x^fivv  (o^of ,  a  chariot),  to 
carry,  hear.     Wat. 
^ox^H-ch  <*^of,  t6,  a  conveyance. 

6y}iio^t  0,  a  crowd,  multitude. 

<Sxvpo»i  bxvp6a(j  {bxvpd^,  firm,  for 
tified,  cf  i;rw),  to  fortify. 


wttifd,  *^of ,  ^  {TT^yvUfii)^  a  snare. 
iroOctVi  see  irAaxt^. 
va0os,  TO  {irdcxu),  feeling, passion, 
ill-treatment.     Pathos. 


fvtuScCdy  flf,   education,   training, 
discipline.     Cjclo-paediA. 
t<raiS<v«,  iraideiau,  etc.,  to  educate. 
18. 

ftraiSlov,  t6,  a  little  child,  child. 
8. 

t1rcuSo-Tp(^T)«,  or  (rpifiu),  a  train- 
ing-master, teacfier. 

tvcU|;«>  {Kaid;  Traty-),  nai^ovfuu, 
iizaiaa,  iriirauca,  niTrata/uu,  IV.,  to 
s^ort,  play.  ' 

va£l,  naiddc,  i,  V.  a  child,  boy,  girl, 
son,  daughter.    42.     Ped-agogue. 

vtUnf  TTaiao,  etc.,  to  strike,  smite, 
beat.     5. 
iroXai,  long  ago,  formerly. 
jiroXoAos,  A,  6v,  old,  ancient.     P»- 
lae-onto-logy. 
iraXiv,  again,  back.   Palim-psest. 
voXtovi  r6  (ird'A>.u,  to  brandish), 
a  javelin.     42. 
tira|ji-irav  {Trd^),  altogether,  entirely. 
finifi-iroXvt,  nafi-ndXXjj,  ndfi-iroXv^ 
very  large,  pi.  very  many. 
WW,  neut.  of  ffdf.     Pan-ace*. 
^.iraiMMrX^  «f  (oTT^ov),  a  full  suit 
of  armor,  panoply. 
twav-cvfnfidf  af,  knavery,  villany. 
|irov-ovpYO«,  ov  {ipyov),  ready  for 
every   act,  unprincipled,  perfidious. 
30. 
jiravraxovf  everywhere. 
jvav-TcXtSt     {rrav-rekr/^,      all-cam* 
plete,  riXo^),  completely. 
^irayn)  or  irovrgi  everywhere. 
jiravToSatrot,  r),  6v,  of  every  kind. 
4.irorro6«v,  on  all  sides. 
^.vavToCos,  a,  ov,  of  all  kinds. 
Imurv,  wholly,  altogether,  very. 
voofuu  (pres.  not  in  use),  ndaoftat, 
nim'ifiai,  inaadfirfv,  to  acquire ;  pf  to 
have  acquired,  to  possess. 
•vopo,  prep.,  by,  near,  alongside  of. 

(1)  With    G.,  from    beside,  from. 

(2)  With    D.,   alongside    qf,    near 


vapaPcUvM 


255 


vcCOopxos 


(3)  With  A.,  to  (a  place)  near,  to; 
by  the  side  of,  by,  beyond,  contrary 
to,  beside,  except,  along  with,  because 
of  throughout,  of  place,  time,  cause, 
etc.  In  comp.,  beside,  along  by,  hiih- 
erward,  wrongly,  over.     Para-. 

irapa-Pa(v(i>»  to  transgress. 

irap-aYY«'XXA»,  to  send  word  along, 
command,  bid,  to  give  out  a  pass- 
word, give  orders,  D. 

iroporSciYiiA,  aro^,  t6  {jrapa-dei- 
Kvvfxi,  to  show  by  the  side  of),  an  ex- 
ample.    Paradigrm. 

vopciScurosi  0,  a  park.  1 1 .  Para- 
dise. 

irapa-Si8«i>|u,  to  pass  along,  give  or 
deliver  up  or  over,  surrender,  A.  D. 

iropa-Octvoi,  see  irapa-riBrint. 

irapflL-KoXf  Wi  to  call  along  or  for- 
ward, summon,  invite,  exhort. 

irapa-KcXcvottcu,  to  exhort,  D. 

irc4>a-X((irw,  to  leave  on  one  side, 
omit. 

vap-a|uXcw,  to  pass  by  in  neglect, 
violate,  o. 

irap<t-irc)iLirw,  to  despatch. 

iropo-irXifcrtos,  a  or  of ,  ov,  similar, 
like.     22. 

frapaara'YY*!*!  ^^>  ^  parasang,  a 
measure  of  distance  equal  to  30 
stadia  or  about  a  league.     12. 

irapa-4rKcva(«>,  to  put  things  side 
by  side.,  make  ready,  prepare.     47. 

«apa-<ncT)v«w,  to  encamp  near,  d. 

irofMMrC^lu,  to  set  near  or  before, 
A.  D. 

mf>-ci|u  (elfii),  to  be  by,  near,  at 
hand,  or  present,  to  arrive,  D. ;  rd 
vapdvra,  present  circumstances.    32. 

irap-<i|u  i^tfii),  to  go  or  pass  along 
or  by. 

irap-«Xavv»)  to  ride  or  inarch  along 
or  by. 

irap-^pXO|iaU|  to  come  or  ride  along, 
to  pass  along  or  by. 


irap-^X*'>  ^^  cfford,  offer,  give,  pro- 
vide, to  cause  for  a  person. 

iropOcvos,  r],  a  virgin,  maiden. 
Parthenon. 

irap-C<rTT))u,  to  station  near ;  mid. 
w.  p.  and  2  a.  act.,  to  stand  near  or 
by. 

xc&p-oSos,  V,  a  way  by,  passage^ 
pass. 

irei|M>i|i(d,  «f  {ndp-oi/jLog,  by  the 
wayside,  olfiog,  a  way),  a  by-word, 
proverb. 

Ilappounos,  6,  a  ParrJiasian. 

IlapvoraTis,  "^of,  V,  Parys&tis^ 
mother  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

irds,  TTdaa,  ndv,  g  67,  2,  and  §  25, 
3,  N.  1,  all,  every,  the  whole,  every 
kind  of,  all  kinds  of;  in  the  sing, 
comm.  without  the  art. ;  see  also 
g  142,  4,  N.  5.    Pan-theiam. 

Ha/rUaVf  wvof,  6,  Pasion,  a  gen- 
eral of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

ircurxw  (Traf^-,  TzevO),  Treiaoficu,  2  p. 
iTETTovda,  2  a.  inoBov,  VIII.,  to  be 
affected  by  something,  to  suffer;  ev 
or  kokCj^  7rdax<^,  ^  receive  good  or 
suffer  harm,  to  be  well  or  ill-treated, 
I  165,  N.  1.     45. 

irarripi  rpdq,  6,  I  57,  and  1,  a  fa- 
ther. 
lirarpCs,  Mof,  //,  one's  fatherland. 
lYrarpf^os,  a,  ov,  one's  father's,  he- 
reditary, ancestral. 

Ilaviravias,  ov,  Pausanias. 

irav«0|  navao,  etc.,  to  stop,  end; 
mid.  to  stop  one's  self,  cease,  desist, 
pause,  G.     15.    Few. 

iraxvs,  f^a,  ^,  thick.  Pachy- 
derm. 

ircSCov,  t6  {TriSov,  ground),  a  plain. 
6. 

irctoSf  ^,  dv  (TTovg),  on  foot;  TreCof, 
6,  a  foot-soldier,  ol  ire^oi,  the  infan- 
try;  Tre^j),  on  foot. 
tvf^-apxoSf  f*v  {dpxcj),  obedient. 


VI 


'I 


p 


{t 


irf(0«* 


256 


iri«-«tv 


m^  (^^^-)«  're/ffw,  etc.,  w.  2  p. 
irinuiOa,  2  a.  intBov,  II.,  to  persuade, 
in  pres.  and  imperf.  to  try  to  j3«r- 
suade^  urge;  mid.  to  persuade  ones 
self,  obey,  give  way  to,  listen  to,  d.  ; 
2  p.  as  pres.,  to  trust,  d.  15. 
tniva,  w,  hunger. 
^TrfivdLwf  7rezi^^<Tw,  kireivrfoa,  ireirei- 
wjKa^  \  98,  N.  2,  to  hunger,  he  hun- 

Ilfipcucvs,  ^wc,  ^,  §  53,  3,  N.  3,  the 
harbor  of  Peiraeu^. 

trfipoMi  TreipAaUj  ivelpQaa^  irtrrei- 
p(ifi(iij  eTretpddijv  {Trelpa^  a  trial), 
comra.  as  dep.  pass.,  to  try,  endeavor, 
undertake,  attempt,  Q.    15.    Pirate. 

mUro^jiUt  see  7rd<7;fw  or  ireiOu. 

vfurrcos,  <2,  ov  {neiOu)^  to  be  per- 
suaded or  obeyed. 

inXa'yosi  to,  the  sea. 
flliXoirov-VTJa'iof,  a,   ov,   Pelopon- 
nesian. 

ncXo«t>v-vt)<roS|  J?  (n^Aoy*,  rr;<TOf, 
Felopss  Island),  the  Peloponnesus. 

vfXrao^nlst  '^i*  (Tt'^r??,  a  shield),  a 
targeteer,  peltast.    5. 

v«|iirw,  Trf/z^xj,  inefiy\>ay  7r^7ro/i0a, 
niirefifiai,     eirifupd^j     to    send.     2. 
Pomp. 
tirfinf|9»  »7T0f,  6,  j30or,  a  poor  man. 
twivtd,  «f ,  poverty. 

v«vo|ieU|  to  loiZ,  Zive  in  poverty. 

irfVTc,  FIVE.     Penta-gon. 
|ircvTc-Kai-S€Ka,  fifteen. 
lirivnJKovTa,  ^/i^y.     Pentecoat. 
^ircvrqKovTopot,  j^,  a  galley  with  50 
oars. 

irtirdfiaii  see  Trdofiai. 

ir«iroi6(i,  see  neifkj. 

irtirrcaKO,  vSee  Triirru. 

irt iTMVt  <«»,  ^  66,  ripe. 

m'pt  &n  enclit.  particle  emphasiz- 
ing the  word  to  which  it  is  attached, 
very,  altogether,  just. 

Wpd,  across,  beyond. 


^•npaCvw  (nepav-),  irepavtj,  eiripQ' 
va,  irempaafiai,  knepdvBrjv,  IV.  {irepa^, 
an  end),  to  accomplish,  execute. 
iWpdv,  across,  on  the  other  side. 

ircpSi^  //coc,  6,  7,  a  partridge. 

ircpC,  prep.,  around  (on  all  sides). 
(1)  With  o.,  about,  concerning,  for, 
and  to  denote  vatuc  (where  the  word 
«;ortA  will  translate  it  literally),  aa 
in  the  phrases,  -nefu.  izavrdq,  of  the 
utmost  moment ;  irepl  Tr/eiarov,  0/ the 
greatest  importance.  (2)  With  d., 
about,  around,  concerning  (rare  in 
Att.  prose).  (3)  With  A.,  around, 
about,  in  the  case  of,  in,  of  place, 
time,  etc.  In  comp.,  around^  about, 
exceedingly.     Peri-. 

ircpt-fiiYW)  to  take  about. 

inp^-^iyvoy-oXf  to  over-come,  o. 

ircp(-«i|u  {fif^i),  to  go  about. 

ircpc-cxo),  to  surround.     5. 

mpt-Co^lUi  to  set  round;  mid.  w. 
[)f  and  2  a.  act.,  to  stand  round. 

n«pi-KXtj«|  iovc,  6,  §  52,  2,  N.  3, 
Pericles,  I.  the  celebrated  statesman ; 
II.  his  son. 

vcpi-XafLpdvWf  to  embrace. 

ir«pi-|uvtt,  to  stay  around,  toaii: 
to  wait  for,  await. 

v«p«{  (^cpt),  round  about. 

iript-opcLwi  to  over-look,  allow. 

ircpv-ir(irTWy  to  fall  on  and  evi- 
brace,  d. 

iTfpi-crrcXXM,  to  wrap  up,  cloak. 

vcpwrM(tt>i  to  save  so  that  one  is 
about,  save  alive. 

trf pi-Tt9i|)u,  to  jiut  around. 
firtpiTTtvw,  rrepiTTei'au,  to  outflank, 
O. 

VfptTTot  and  ir«punrot|  ^,  ^*' 
(n-f/)/),  above  viea^ure,  superfluous^ 
spare. 

n<p<n|f ,  ov,  a  Persian. 
^HtpaxKOif  V,  ^i',  Persian. 

murtiVf  xf«ni¥,  see  'Jrinrm. 


Wtoiuu 


257 


irXovTOt 


ircTOiiOi.  (rrcr-,  7rr-),  Trrt^o/iai,  2  a. 
iirronTjv,  to  fly. 

irirpd,  «?,  a  rock,  mass  of  rock, 
large  stone,  pi.  crags.  4.  Petr- 
oleum. 

»TJ  or  «xi,  indef.  enclit.  adv.,  ^  87, 
2,  in  any  way. 

in|Yn«  '/f,  a  spring,  source.     II. 

irT{-yvv)u  (Tray-),  ffiy^w,  i7rJ7^a,  f;r^- 
jT^^j'  (rare),  2  p.  ntTrrjya,  2  a.  p.  tTd- 
77V,  2,  II.,  to  fix,  freeze,  build;  2  p. 
as  pres.,  to  be  fixed.     52. 

milx^vt,  ewf ,  6,  a  cubit.     Bough. 

nCyPHSf  JTTof,  6,  Pigres,  an  inter- 
preter to  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

«W(c*  (TT^cd-),  iniaci,  knieaa,  irerrie- 
Ofiai,  emiaOr^,  and  (jriey'),  kirU^a, 
nemeyfiai,  eTziixBrjv,  IV.,  to  press 
hard. 

irtKpos»  /i,  ov,  fitter. 

v^irXT)|U  (ttA^-),  Tzlijaci,  InT^Tjca, 
•nkn^jrjKa,  irinXifafiac,  eTT?J/a(hfv,  1,  to 

FILL,  A.  a.     49. 

irfvw  {tti-,  no-),  fut.  iriofiai,  irkiraKa, 
•nirrofjuii,  inodrjv,  2  a.  eniov,  VIIL,  to 
drink. 

•ntrporKM  {irpa-),  irkirpam,  Triirpa- 
ftai,  f7rpfi(9//v,VI.,  to  sell.     51. 

trl'VTM  {T^eT;  nTo-),  neaovfiai,  ni- 
iTTuKa,  2  a.  ineaov,  VIII.,  to  fall.   45. 

nurt&i)S|  ov,  a  Pisidian. 
\1n4mwt  T^iareiaa,  to  trust,  believe, 
D. 

irtoTiSy  «'<'f ,  ^  (jr-eiBu),  trust,  confi- 
dence. 

WMTTos,  V,  6v  (rr€'.d<J),  trusty,  trust- 
worthy, faithful;    niard,   as   noun, 
pledges.     25. 
4.irio-roTns,  vroq,  t],  fidelity. 
4wurT«5s,  faithfully. 

irXa(oriov,  ro,  a  square. 

vXdroti  r6  (TrAarif ,  broad),  breadth. 
tvX<6pca£o«,  «,  ov,  0/  the  size  of  a 
TcXiOpov. 

vXi^tov,  t6,  apUthrum,  100  feet. 


irXcCttV   or   irXc'ciiv,    irXctflrros,   see 

TTO^Vg. 

irX^Ku,  TT^ffw,  etc.,>»-J^  "  pass., 
-cTTAaKv^t',  to  PLAIT,  braid.     32. 

irXcov,  neut.  of  irTuuv,  see  7roAi;f . 

irXcov-c^Cd,  ug  (TrAtuv,  e;tw),  greedi- 
ness, covetousness. 

irXcvp^  df,  a  rib  of  the  body,  flank 
of  an  army.    36.    Pleurisy. 

irX^«  (ttXv-),  n^vaofiai  or  TrAev- 
aovfiaif  in?i£vaaf  ninXevKu,  iriirXev- 
afiai,  II.,  to  sail.    50.    Flow. 

irX^wv,  see  n?i£iuv  and  TroAi'f. 

irXcb>s»  «,  tJi',  Att.  for  irXcoSf  a,  ov, 

FULL. 

irXnyrji  W  (TrAvrrw),  a  6Zoit;.  39. 
Plague. 

tirXTjOoSi  TO,  fulness,  a  great  num- 
ber, an  amount,  le'ngth,  people.    21. 

irXijOv  (TT/iuf),  to  be  full.  See 
ayopd.     Plethoric. 

•irXT]V|  improp.  prep.  w.  a.  and 
conj.,  except. 

irXiipt|s,  f?  (TrXiwf),  FULL.     24. 
lirXiipoW)  7T?jjf)oxju,  etc.,  to  fill,  wan, 

as  a  ship. 
tirXTj<ruit»(7r?.^<Tm(J-),7rX^(Tm(T«,  IV., 

to  approach,  d. 

irXT)(rCoS|  a,  ov,  c.  and  s.  n'XTjaiai- 
repog,  TrTiTiaiaiTaTog,  §  71,  N.  2  (rrfAof, 
near),  near;  nXriaiov,  as  adv.,  7imr; 
6  irXrjaiov,  one's  neighbor. 

irXtirrw    (TrAay-,    Trlrjy-),    nltj^u, 
enhj^a,    irinXT^yfiai,   in'kijx^rjv,  2   j*. 
niirXTjya,  2  a.  p.  kTrlvyJiv  or  -e;r>.d- 
yjTv,  II.  IV.,  to  stride. 
tirX(v6ivos,  V,  ov,  0/  6nc*. 

irX(veos,v,  a  tricA;.  Flint,  plinth. 

irXotoVi  ^d  (TrXiw),  a  boat,  trans- 
port, vessel.     II. 

irXoos,  contr.   nTiovg,  6  {irUu),   a 
voyage,  weather  for  sailing.     9. 
tirXownos,  «,  ov,  ricA,  wealthy. 
tirXovTcw,  trTuovrfjaci,  to  be  rich. 

irXovTOt,  d,  wealth. 


I 


]  ?' 


irW« 


258 


wpoLyxfl 


: 


wvim  {"inw-),  irveijaofiai  and  nvtv- 
aovfiai,  eirvevoa,  -TzkirvtvKa^  II.,  to 
blow.    52.    Pnen-matics. 

irvtYM  (ttw/-),  -TTvf^w,  eirvl^a,  iri- 
irviyficu,    2    a.    p.    iirviyriv^    II.,    to 

iroOiV,  inter,  adv.,  §  87,  2,  -whence  f 

iroC,  inter,  adv.,  ^  87,  2,  whither  f 

irouwi  iroiT/au^  etc.,   to  maA:«,  efo, 

accomplish,   bring  about,  inflict ;  ev 

or  icaxuf  ttoz^w,  to  ireai  w;c^  or  iW, 

I  165.  N.  1. 

4<voCi)|M,  aro^,  to,  a  poem. 
^voitfrris,  ov,  a  poet. 
iroiK^Xos,  V,  ov,  many-colored. 
iroi|iT|v,  fvof,  6  (TTom  and  ttoo,  grass), 
a  shepherd. 

irotot,  ",  ov,  inter,  pron.,  |  87,  1, 
of  what  kind,  what  f 

t«oX<|Uc*,  TToXefirjau,  etc.,   to  war, 
make  or  iwa^^c  loar,  d.     38. 

firoXcpxKos,  ii,  6v,  warlikcj  fitted  for 
war.    Polemics. 

tiroX«|uos,  ft,   ov,    hostile,  at  war 
with,  the  enemy's;   i^oUfuo^,   6,  an 
enemy  in  war,  ol  no?i^fiioi,  the  en- 
emy; 4  iroXefila  (sc.  X^P^)t  ^^  *^*" 
my's  country.     1 1 . 
iroXifios,  6,  lyar.     11. 
firoXb-opKCMi  ■Kokiopidiau,  etc.  («/> 
yu),  to  besiege,  blockade.     10. 
^iroXb-opKCd,  ac,  a  nc^e. 
«dXis»  f<^,  j),  §  53,  1,  a  ciiy,  «toto. 
^iroXkT«(d,  fif,  a  rgntiiic,  govern- 
ment. 

^troXtrcvM,  iro'XlTehau,  etc.,  to  6«  or 
/ive  as  a  citizen. 
4.iroXtTi)Si  ov,  a  citizen.  4.  Politics. 
firoXXoKis,  often,  frequently. 
firoXv-irovoSi  ov,  full  of  toil. 
iroXvSi  ttoaXtj,  TTo'kv,  \  70,  c.  TrAf/ov 
or  TrAewv,  s.  TrX^Zorof,  \  73,  1,  much, 
many,    large,   vast,  long,  great,  in 
great  numbers.     Poly-. 
|«oXv-T(XTJt,  ff  (^f^),  costly. 


fvoWMy  Trovfjao,  etc.,  to  tot/,  &«  &tMy. 

36. 
tirovT)p(alf  (i^,  baseness. 
{irovTipotf  i,  ^,  bad,  evil,  viciotu, 
dangerous,  bctse,  unpri)icipled. 
irovosy  ^  {Trivofxai),  toil,  hardship, 
fvoptidf  of,  a  journey,  march. 
firopcvTiOtf  &,  ov,  to  be  gone,  to  be 
travelled. 

vopcvMi  rroptvau,  etc.  (irdpoc),  to 
make  go,  convey;  comm.  as  dep. 
pass.,  to  go,  proceed,  journey,  ad- 
vance^ march.     13.     Fare. 

irop6cW|  nopBrfou  (nefjftuj  to  rav- 
age), to  ravage,  lay  wa^te,  plunder. 

tirop(lw  {iropiS-),  nopiu,  etc.,  IV., 
to  provide,  bestow  upon,  procure, 
find,  A.  D.     29. 

vopost  6  {i^kpa),  a  way  across,  pat- 
sage  ;  hence,  a  resource,  means. 
Toppw,  adv.  (cf.  np6au),  far  from^ 

O. 

irop<^vp«>S|  a,  ov,  contr.  ovc,  a,  ovv 
{rropf^pa,  the  purple-fish),  purple. 
Porphyry. 

iro<ros,  7,  ov,  inter,  pron.,  \  87,  1, 
how  much  f 

.jroTOiiot,  i  (»ro-,  stem  of  »rfvw),  a 
river.     9. 

iroTf,  end.  indef.  adv.,  $  87,  2,  ot 
any  time,  ever,  once;  w.  an  inter., 
in  the  world,  pray  f 

iroT€pos,  ",  ov,  inter,  pron.,  2  87, 
1,  wAtcio/ftyo;  7r(ircpov...^,  WHETHER 
...or,  i  282,  4. 

vov,  inter,  adv.,  {  87,  2,  where? 

irov,  end.  indef.  adv.,  §  87,  2, 
somewhere,  anywhere,  perhaps. 

vovt,  7ro(J6f,  6,  o  FOOT.  17.  Tri- 
pod. 

frpdyyjn,  orof ,  to  (fl-p/irrw),  a  thing 
done,  deed,  affair,  undertaking,  mat- 
ter, thing;  pi.  affairs,  trouble.  Prag- 
matical. 

irpdyri*,  f f ,  prone,  sUep.     24. 


rpo^if 


259 


irpo<r€vxotuu 


vpd|it»  c<«>f,  7  (TTprfrrw),  CLction,  trans- 
action, undertaking.     22.     Praxis. 

irpdos,  c'rt,  ov,  ^  70,  N.  2,  tome. 

irpdrr«  (Trpriy-),  TzpA^u,  etc.,  w.  2  p. 
ncnpaya,  have  fared  {well  or  iZ^.  ^V., 
to  rfo,  «a:ccwto,  practise ;  sometimes  to 
fare,  I  165,  n.  2.     20.     Practical. 

irpdc0$  (Trpaof),  lightly. 

irpctrwi  TTpeipcj,  enperlHi,  to  be  con- 
spicuous, becoming,  to  befit,  n. ;  often 
impers.,  it  is  fitting,  proper. 

irptV^vs,  f(^,  o  (sing,  not  used  in 
prose),  oW;  as  noun,  an  ambassador. 
Presbyter. 

irpCacrOoki  see  cwiofiai. 
firpCv,  adv.  or  conj.,  before,  sooner, 
than,  until. 

irpo»  prep.  w.  o.,  for,  before,  of 
place,  time,  preference,  and  protec- 
tion. In  comp.,  before,  forward, 
forth.     For,  fore,  pro-. 

irpo-a-yopcvwy  to  fore-tell. 

irpo-OYW)  to  lead  forward. 

irpo-oa(r6avo|MU|  to  perceive  before- 
hand. 

irpo-parov,  r6  {npo-Paivo,  to  go 
forth),  usu.  pi.,  cattle,  ch.  sm^ll  cat- 
tle, sheep. 

irpo-Yivv<i<rK«*»  ^  ^noiy  beforehand. 

irpo-8iaPalvMy  to  cross  beforehand. 

irpo-SCSttiii,  to  jrivc  up,  fcctray,  de- 
sert, A.  D. 
4.irpo-8o<r(d,  ac,  treason. 
4,irpo-8oTT)S»  ov,  a  traitor. 

irpo-8pc4UdV|  see  irpo-rplx^^- 

irpo-<i|u  (£i/^0»  ^^  go  forward. 

irpo-<x<*t  to  surpass,  q. 

irpo-OcM|  to  run  forward  or  itp. 
firpo-Ovfi^otuui    TTpoOvfi^aofiai    and 
irpotfvfiTjdT/aofiai,    irpoiAtv/x^^,    to    be 
eager,  anxious. 
tirpo-9v|Ud,  ag,  zeal. 

irpo-6v|M>t,  ov,  earnest,  zeatous, 
ready.     26. 

|trpo-^)M»s,  readily,  zealously. 


irpo-fT))ii,  to  scnc?  /ori^ ;    mid.  to 
surrender,  desert,  abandon. 

irpo-umf)|Li|  to  set  before ;  pf.  to  be 
at  the  head  of,  a. 

irpo-KaTa-Xa|i.pdvci»,  to  seize  before- 
hand, pre-occvpy. 

irpo-Xi'y«>i  to  to^^  beforehand.  Pro- 
logue. 

irpo-vokOi  "C  {voo^),  forethought. 

IIpo-^vos,  ov,  Proxenus,  a  general 
in  the  army  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

xpo-oi8<i|  to  know  beforehand. 

irpo-opoiWt  to  see  in  front,  perceive 
beforehand. 

xpo-ircViTft),  to  nend  forward. 

irpo-iruv6avo)jLaV|  to  learn  before- 
hand. 

irpos,  prep.,  at  or  by  the  front  of 
(akin  to  7rp<5).  (1)  With  g.,  in  front 
of,  looking  towards,  by  (in  swearing), 
pertaining  to,  in  accordance  with, 
worthy  of  (of  character) ;  from,  by 
(of  the  agent).  (2)  With  d.,  at,  in 
addition  to.  (3)  With  a.,  to,  to- 
wards, against,  with  a  view  to,  in 
reference  to,  according  to,  to  the  ex- 
tent of.  In  comp.,  to,  towards^ 
against,  besides.     Pros-ody. 

irpo<r-a'ya>i  to  advance. 

irpo<r-avopcvo>y  to  address,  name^ 
call. 

irpo<r-poXi]i  r/f  {^alhS),  an  attack. 

irpoa-Stxoiiai,  to  receive. 

irpo<r-SoKaw,  npoaSoK^au  (dexo/iai), 
to  expect. 

irpo<r-€OC(M)  to  accustom. 

<irpo<r-«i|u  (c^^/^0>  ^^  ^^  attendant 
on,  D. 

irpo<r-<k|it  (f 'A^O'  ^^  come  to,  against 
or  on,  approach,  advance,  d. 

irpo<r-«Xavv«»t  to  march  forward  or 
a^ains^. 

frpo<r-«pXOH^i'»  ^  ^^^^  ^'^j  ^i*" 
proach,  d.     Pros-elyte. 


W 


\,M 


ih: 


irpo<riXw 


260 


^mrm 


irpo<r-€X«i,  to  hold  to,  apply;  rbv 
vovv  TTpoaEx^tv,  to  direct  attention  to, 
give  heed. 

irpo<r-i|K<0|  to  be  related  to ;  irpoa- 
^K£i^  impers.,  it  becomes,  d. 

irpocr6<v  (t/)<5),  be/ore,  previously, 
sooner ;  6  irpdadev,  the  previous. 

irpo<r-fT)|U|  to  let  go  to,  ad-mit. 

irpo<r-KaXc(a|  to  summon. 

irpo<r-KWCtt)  npoGKvvijau,  etc.  [kv- 
viu,  to  kiss),  to  do  obeisance  to,  salute. 

irpo<r-iriirT«,  to  fall  to,  befall. 

irpo<r-TdTTtt|  to  appoint  to,  enjoin 
upon,  D. 

wpoc-TOriiu,  to  add  to;  mid.  to 
accede  to,  j>. 

irpo<r-Tp<xtt,  to  run  up  to,  d. 

irpo<r-<^'pw,  to  bring  to  or  in. 

irpo<r-<)>tXws  (7r/3oa-^fAr/f ,  kindly  af- 
fectioned,  ^t'Aof),  kindly,  with  affec- 
tion. 

irpocr-xoipcMy  to  go  to,  surrender. 

irpoVw  {^p6),  forth,  far  from. 

irpoTCpos,  «,  ov  (irpo),  ^  73,  2,  be- 
fore, previous;  Trporepov,  before, 
soonei',  formerly,  previously. 

irpo-T(0T||ii,  to  put  before,  offer,  a.  d. 

irpo-Ti|Miiw,  to  honor  before  or  above. 

irpo-Tp(irU|  to  tumforward,  exhort. 

irpo-Tp€x«,  to  run  forward  or  be- 
fore. 

irpo-^(v«»)  to  show  forth;  mid.  to 
appear  in  front. 
firpo-^ocriS}  f««>f,  ^,  a  pretext. 

irpo-<^|U|  to  fore-teU. 
4.irpo-^i|Tcv«,  TTpo<i>ijT€vau,  to  proph- 
esy. 

irpo-^vXa|,  (iKOC,  6,  an  &utguard, 
picket. 

irpo-x**P***t  ^^  go  forward,  prober, 
be  favorable. 

irpMTOSi  '/,  ov  (irpo),  {  73,  2,  first. 
Prot-. 

irp«rro<^KOs,  ov  (rwcro),  bearing 
her  first-born. 


trTo(pw)uu  (TTTap-),  nrapi),  2  a.  ^Trro:' 
pov,  2,  to  sneeze. 

TTTipov,  r6  {nkrofmi),  a  wing. 
Feather. 

Iirrcpv^,  17 Of ,  7,  a  wing,  flap. 

irrwxo's,  7,  6v  {nrtjaau,  to  crouch), 
beggarly,  mean ;  as  noun,  apoor  man. 

irvKVoSy  7,  6v  (:rj'f ,  urith  clinched 
fist),  close  together. 

irwXi|,  r/f ,  a  fold  of  a  double  gate ; 
pi.  gate  or  gates,  pass.     25. 

irw6ayo|UU  (ttiV/-),  irevoofxai,  nknv- 
o/mt,  2  a.  €7ri^)6firiv,  V.,  <o  icam  6y 
hearsay,  ascertain,  inquire.  45.  Bid. 

irvp,  7ri'/)0f,  r(5,  pi.  nvpn,  uv,  ^  60, 
1,  FIRE.     Em-pyrean. 

irvpofiCs,  ff^of,  7,  a  pyramid. 

irvp^os,  6,  a  tower. 

irvpo's,  o,  comm.  pi.,  wheat. 

tr«i,  end.  indef.  adv.,  yet,  up  to 
this  or  that  time,  before. 

vvXitif  TTiJkrjcu),  inuikrfirjv,  to  seU. 
Mono-poly. 

ir«i-iroT«,  ever  yet  or  before,  ever. 

««s,  interrog.  adv.,  §  87,  2,  how? 

iTiif,  end.  indef.  adv.,  |  87,  2,  in 
any  way. 


P. 


^  easily. 

|^<^8w)s,  a,  ov,  §  73, 1,  «cMy. 
4^S£<i>s,  with  ease,  easily. 
4P^-0w|jk'c»,  pifdvfiTjau  {p^-ffvfioc,  easy- 
tempered),  to  lead  a  life  of  ease. 
^^v,  ^^trrcsi  see  p^ioq. 
^m  {pv-),  pevaofiat,  ippevca,  ippv^. 
Ka,  2  a.  p.  eppvffv,  II.,  to  flow. 

^'t(i»p,  opo^,  6  (stem  pe-,  speak,  see 
etTrov),  an  orator.     Rhetoric. 

^Iy6»,  l)iyuou,  epiyuaa,  §  98,  V.  3 
(pi^of,  cold),  to  be  cold. 

^tirrw   (/>'^-)   and     ^i«W«,  piV**, 
ipplixi,    ippl<pa,    kppifjifxai,    ippi^O^^ 


m 


*Po8bos 


261 


<ro^Ui 


2  a.  pass,  ippi^rjv,  III,,  to  throw, 
hurl,  cast,  cast  aside.     20. 

*Po8ios,  6,  a  Rhodian. 

/^'8ov,  TO,  a  rose. 

^0S|  rontr.  ^VS|  o  {'pku),  a  stream, 
current. 

/^wwv|iv  (/wj-),  Ippoaa,  eppofiat, 
epp6<0riv,  2,  to  strengthen. 


t<raXtnYKTTJs,  oi',  a  trumpeter. 

oxiXiri-yl,  f)7of,  7,  a  trumpet. 
t2c4iu>s,  6,  a  Samian. 

2c4U>$i  7,  Samos,  an  island. 

2ap8€i,s,  c«y,  at,  Sardis,  a  city  of 
Lydia. 

<rafi||  aapKoq,  ij^  fUsh. 
fo'aTpairfvM,  aaTpanetjau,  to  rule  as 
satrap,  G.  or  a. 

<raTpdinf|S|  ov,  a  satrap.     4. 

Sdrvpos,  6,  a  Satyr,  half  man  and 
half  goat,  companion  of  Bacchus. 

o-o^Tis,  f f ,  clear,  plain. 
^irw^mt  clearly. 

<r^'wvfu  (o^e-),  a^kao,  la^eaa, 
-iafi^Ka,  ea^eafiai,  ia^eadrjv,  2  a. 
laptjv,  2,  to  extinguish. 

crt-avToVf  vf,   contr.  <ravTovy   7f, 
§  80,  of  thyself  or  yourself. 
t<rfur)Mftt  o,  a  shaking,  earth-quake. 

orcUtfy  crf<(T6>,  etc.,  to  shake. 

o-cXtJvii,  7f  (<T^Aaf,  brightness),  the 
moon. 

(rc|&voS|  7,  oi'  (oi^o/iac,  to  worship), 
holy,  pious. 

SivOiiSi  ov,  Seuthes,  a  Thracian 
prince. 

97|)iaCv«*  {(njfMv-),  arjftavCi,  ka^fiffva, 
trro^fiaofiai,  earjfidvdijv,  IV.  {p^fM,  a 
sign),  to  give  a  signal,  give  notice,  d. 

41. 

OT||fcfCoV|  t6  (aijfia,  a  sign),  a  sign, 
standard.     14. 
to-lyoM,  olyjicofMi,  etc.,  to  be  silent. 


^^T^t  ^5".  silence.     7. 

DiKcXCdf  «f,  Sicily. 

<riTos,  6,  pi.  ffZra,  rd,  §  60,  2,  com, 
^min,  /oo(/.     1 1 .     Para-site. 

a-KOJ^f  TO  (oKaTTTu,  to  dig),  a  hol- 
low vessel,  ship,  boat. 

(TKcSdwvf^i  (aneSa-),  OKeSaffu  or 
ffAcerJw,  eoKidaaa,  eoKidaajuai,  koKeda- 
aOrfif,  2,  to  scatter. 

o-KcXos,  t6,  a  leg.    43. 

o-KCiroo-iMi,  arof,  rd  (a/cfTrdCw,  to 
cover,  from  OKenaq,  a  covering),  a 
tent-cover. 

(rKcirro)MU  {oKefr-),  HI.,  a  late 
pres.,  furnishing  the  rest  of  its 
tenses  to  OKu-rrio),  q.  v.  29,  Espt, 
sceptic. 

t<rKcva{«»  (oKevaA-),  aKevdau,  ioKEv- 
aaa,    eoKevnafiai,    IV.,  prop,   to   use 
utensils,  dress  food;  hence,  to  prepare. 
t<rK€tnf,  7f,  equipment,  dress. 

o-KcvoSy  ^o,  a  vessel  or  implement  of 
any  kind;  pi.  baggage,  things. 

4.<rKcvo-4>opos»  ov  (<l>epcj),  carrying 
baggage;  masc.  as  noun,  a  baggage- 
carrier;  neut.  as  noun,  a  beast  of 
burden;  ra  aicevtmfHi,  the  baggage- 
train,  baggage. 
t<ricnvc«,  aK7fVT/ffu,  to  quarter. 

o-KT|vtf,  7f,  a  tent.     3.     Scene. 

o-KijiTTos,  6  {okt/ttto),  to  fall,  dart), 
a  thunderbolt. 

to-Kijirrovxos,   o  (excS),    a   sceptre- 
bearer. 

o-KTJirTpov,  TO  {aKtjTTTu,  to  prop),  a 
staff,  sceptre. 
o-KiOf  «f,  shadow,  shade.    Sky. 
o-KoWwt  aKEil)ofiat,  ecKS/i/nai,  eoKe- 
fdfjijjv,  to  look  intently,  ascertain,  to 
see  to,  consider.     29.     Scope. 
|<rKOiroS|  o,  a  scout. 
<rKvXov,T<}  {aKvXlu,  to  flay),  comm. 
pi.,  spoils. 

<ros,  (JV,  <Jov,  §  82,  thy,  your,  yours. 
foro^Cd,  af,  wisdom.  Philo-sophy. 


I 

I. 
*'■ 

m 


V\'\ 


m 


II 


(TO^UI  T  l|9 


262 


tTTptXTXtn  l|f 


un««),   a  master  of  his  craft,    wise 
man.    Sophist. 
tZo<|K)-KXTis,   tovc,   I   52,   2,  N.  3, 

Sophocles^  the  poet. 

o^irav({w   (oKavi^-),    oiraviau,    IV. 
(arrnv/f,  van^),  to  lack,  Q. 
SiropTTj,  vf,  i^>arta. 
4.2ir(ipTi^TT|Sy  "i",  a  Spartan. 
rtrdprov,  to,  a  cord. 
oiroiwi  a^rdao),   etc.,  w.   perf.   and 
aor.  pass,  ianaafiai,  lairaaihjv,  §.113, 
N.  1,  to  draw.     Spasm. 

<nn(pw  {aiTcp-),  a-rcepi),  ianeifta, 
eanap/jLai,  2  a.  p.  eoTrapTiv,  IV.,  to 
sow. 

trWvSttf  orreiau,  laireiaa,  laireiafiai , 
to  offer  a  libation,  pour  out  as  an 
offering;  mid.  to  make  a  treaty. 

<nnv8»|  OTTEvau,  eonrevaa,  to  hasten, 
press  on.     36. 

o-itovStj,  i7f  (airivdu),  a  libation; 
pi.  a  treaty,  truce.     28. 

f<nrov8aio-Xo'y««,     aKovdaio^oyfjau 
(A<Jyof),    to    engage   in   conversation 
earnestly. 
t<nrov8aio$,  fi,  ov,  earnest,  virtuous. 
(TitovStj,  vf  ((TTTci/Jw),  Aaste. 
o-ra-,  stem  of  lar^fii,  q.  v. 
4.<rTCLSu>v,  T(J,  pi.  also  oi  ardiUoi,  a 
stadium,  as  a  measure  of  distance 
nearly  a  furlong. 
4.(rTa6|M>S|   6,    a   station,   stopping- 
place;  hence,  a  day's  journey,  stage. 
12. 

^(TTCuruC^M      (ffraatad-),     araaiaau, 
cmaaiaaa,  iaraaiaKa,  IV.,  to  revolt, 
quarrel,  be  at  odds. 
4.<rnuris,  fwf,  V,  dissension. 
4.flrTavpw)ia,  aro^,  t6  (orav/xJw,  to  pal- 
isade, fr.  aravpog,  a  stake),  a  stockade. 
rr*i^  {(JTt^-),  IffTctipa,  iari^pai, 
II.,  to  tread,  beat  down. 

ottcXXm    (oreA-),    <rrfAu,    h(nEi7xi^ 


lerraXKa,  lara^pai,  2  a.  p.  eard^^^ 
IV.,  to  accoutre,  send. 

trrcvosi  V,  ^v,  narrow.  Steno- 
graphy. 

vripnfv,  ar^p^Q,  larep^a,  2  p. 
laropya,  to  love,  of  the  natural  love 
of  parents  an<l  children. 

(TTCpCMt  and  o-TtpUriM*  (are^),  VI., 
arepljau,  etc.,  w.  2  a.  pass,  iareprjv, 
to  rob,  deprive;  pass.  o-rcpo|Mu, 
arefn^aopat,  eartpTipai,  karepfjO^,  to 
be  deprived  of,  be  without,  want,  o. 
51.    Steal. 

cTTcpvov,  t6,  the  breast,  chest. 

<rT«pp«Ss  (arepp6g,firm),  resolutely. 

OT^^avosi  o  {aTe(^,  to  encircle),  a 
crown. 
IvTc^vow,     artipaviMSu,     etc.,     to 
crown. 

o-rXcyyt*,  ''^^f ,  »J,  a  tiara,  an  oma- 
mcntfor  the  head. 

o-ToXous,  ddo^,  1)  {artTikiS),  a  leath- 
ern jerkin. 

(ttoXt),  vf  {are'k'Xju),  a  dress,  gar- 
ment.   Stole. 

(TToXosi  o  {or  fXTiu),  preparation,  an 
ex2>edition.     39, 

(rTO)M^  «Tof,  t6,  the  mouthy  van. 
to-TpaTc(d»  «C,  aw  ejpedition. 
firrpaTcvifca,  a^of,  r(i,  prop,  troops 
in  the  field,  an  army,  host.     17. 

t<rTpaT€vci»,  arpaTtvau,  etc.,  to  ma^e 
an  expedition,  ch.  of  the  comman- 
der ;  mid.  to  maifeg  ti;ar,  ma^e  or  take 
part  in  an  expedition,  of  both  com- 
mander and  soldiers.     31. 

t<rrpaT-T|'Y^«,  (TTfKLTrjyijau,  to  lead, 
command,  G.     Stratagem. 

toTpaT-tfyos,  o  {fjykopai),  a  leader 
of  an  army,  general.     6. 

tirrparuii  flf,  an  army  in  the  field 
or  on  the  march.     13. 
^<rTparv«Ti)f  I  ov,  a  soldier.     4. 


o-rpaToirt8<iM» 


263 


o'«vca^t 


tcrrparo-iriSc  v«»|  ffrparo7rcrff{»<T«,etc. , 
to  encamp,  but  comm.  as  dep.  mid., 
to  encamp,  bivouac.     15. 

to^rparo-rrfSov,  r<J  (Tr^dov,  ground), 
a  camp,  encampment.     28. 

(rrparoty  6,  an  army  encamped  or 
on  <Ac  march. 
torTp«rT©t»  o,  a  necit^c. 

o^pc^)  arpirlKj,  larpappai,  karpk- 
ipfhjv,  2  p.  larpwjHi  (rare),  2  a.  p. 
earpdiprfv,  to  turn,  twist,  pervert; 
mid.  to  /ace  about.    47. 

4.o-rpci|/i'-SiKOtt  ov  (dual),  perverting 
justice. 

crrpovdos,  6,  ^,  prop,  any  bird,  as 
a  sparrow,  eagle ;  also  an  ostrich, 
when  sometimes  //^yaf  is  added. 

ervYVOf,  7,  ov  {arvyku,  to  hate), 
stem. 

cry,  aoii,  second  pers.  pron.,  §  79, 
1,  THOU,  you. 

cnryyCYvoiMu,  to  meet,  D. 

«rvY-Ypei4>«»  to  compile,  draw  up. 

<rv-'Y«»  i.  e.  of;  yc,  you  /or  your 
part. 

onry-KoXiM,  to  ca??  together. 

(nry-KaTOHrrp^^y  comm.  mid.,  to 
ctssist  in  subduing. 

<rvY-KCifuU|  to  be  agreed  upon ;  el^ 
TO  cvyKEipevov,  sc.  Af"P'ov,  to  the  place 
agreed  upon ;  rd  avyKeipeva,  the 
things  agreed  upon,  agreement. 

arv)i-x»p{t»t  to  go  with,  yield. 

SWwfoot,  to^,  6,  Syennesis,  a  king 
of  Cilicia. 

<rvX-Xa^PavM,  to  arrest.  Syllable. 

<rvX-Xf  Ytt»  to  gather  together,  col- 
lect. 
4>(rvX-X<ryTf,  ^f,  a  levy. 

o-vffc-PaXXw,  to  cast  together;  mid. 
to  contribute.     Symbol. 
t<rvfi-PovXcv»i  to  plan  with,  counsel, 
advise;  mid.  to  consult  with,  d.    28. 

(rv}fc.^ovXt{,  ^f ,  advice. 
tirvfi-fiax^  «f,  on  alliance.     53. 


o-vfi-iidx^^F^****  '0  /S'^^  aton^  with. 
|<rv|i-)iaxos,  6,  an  aWy,  auxiliary . 
32. 

orv|ii-)i^Y^H*»  to  mingle  with,  join, 
join  battle,  d.     52. 

orv|ii-W|;iirw,  to  ««nrf  m^A,  a.  d. 

<rvji-ir(irT«,  to  grapple  with. 
Symptom. 

(rvfi-irXca»s,  wv,  very  full. 

(rv|&-iropcvoiicuf  to  proceed  v/ith, 
join  in  proceeding. 

ov^rirpdma,  to  assist  in  affecting, 

D. 

a-v^-^ptaf  to  collect,  be  useful,  to 
happen. 

<rv)i-^|u,  to  acknowledge. 

o-v|ii-4>op^  df  {avp-<l>ipu),  an  event, 
mishap,  misfortune. 

<rvv  or  {vv,  prep.  w.  D.,  wUh,  in 
company  with,  by  aid  of.  In  comp., 
with,  together.     Syn-. 

(rw-d'y»,  to  bring  together,  collect. 

(rw-a6po((w,  to  collect  together. 

o-vv-axoXov6ctt|  to  follow  closely, 
accompany,  d. 

(rw-avTOiUi  awrprrrjca  {avrdo,  to 
meet,  dvri),  to  meet. 

<rvv-dir-€i|u  {elpi),  to  depart  with. 

cvv-Sciirvos,  6  (deZTrvov),  a  table- 
companion. 

<rvv-ci|u  (f  i/^,  to  be  with,  d.  ;  oi 
awovreq,  one's  associates. 

<rw-<K-piPa(<i>,  to  join  or  auf  in 
getting  out.     35. 

<rw-^XaPoVy  see  avX-Xap^vo. 

trw-tk^a,  see  ffyA-Afycj. 

(ruv-€VTJvcY|UUy  see  avp-<ltipu. 

(TW-cirt-Tpt^,  to  critsA  together, 
destroy  utterly,  ruin. 

(rw-«iropaif  to  accompany,  d. 

<rw-€p7o$,  (5  (epyov),  a  co-worker. 

o"vv-«'pxo|iai,  to  come  together,  con- 
vene, go  in  a  body. 
.  flrvv-«<ni,  eug,  ^  (aw-i^/u),  under- 
standing. 


I 


\U 


H 


(TWfxns 


264 


ToXavTov 


t<rw-€XT*»  ^f.  holding  together,  con- 
tinuous; neut.  as  adv.,  unceasingly. 

<niv-€x«»  to  constrain. 

<rw-TJX6ov,  see  ow'kpxofiai. 

<rw-6hiKTj,  w  {ow'Tidijixi),  coram, 
pi.,  a  treaty,  compact. 

(rvv-0ii)ia»  nroq,  t6  (ffw-rifhjfii),  an 
agreeme nt, password,  watchword.  5 1 . 

(rw-tT|)u,  to  understand. 

«rvy-Ccm))u,  to  set  together;  mid. 
w.  p.  and  2  a.  act,  to  assemble. 
System. 

<rvv-oiSfik,  to  be  conscious  vnth  or 
to,  D. 

<rw-ovTwv,  see  avv-etfit. 

(TW-ovo-Cd,  «f  {avv-eifii),  a  being 
together,  intercourse. 

<rw-TdTT»,  to  draw  up.    Syntax. 

<rw-T(6t)|U|  to  put  together;  mid. 
to  make  an  agreement,  to  compact. 
Synthetic. 

o-uv-TO|»os,ov(rc/ii'o),concM€,  short. 

(rw-Tptp<0,  to  crush  together. 

(rw-«>^4X«»,  to  join  in  benefiting; 
(Twu^eXfw  ovdiv^  to  contribute  no 
benefit. 

2vpdKO<riot|  &,  a  Syracusan. 
f SvpCdi  «f,  Syria. 
fSvpioti  a,  ov,  Syrian. 

SvpoSf  0,  a  Syrian. 

<nMriccv(&(tt,  comm.  mid.,  to  collect 
one's  baggage,  pack  up,  make  ready 
to  start. 

o^Cpo,  (2c,  o.  ball.     Sphere. 

c^Kvytov,  TO  (atpdrTu),  victim ;  pi. 
OTneiu. 

la^akfiat,  2  a.  p.  kat^'kfjv,  IV.,  to  frip 
ttp,  deceive;  mid.  and  pass.,  to  6e 
thrown  down,  stumble,  meet  with  a 
reverse.     Fall. 

o^TTw  and  <r^c^«  (at^y-),  <t^^w, 
ia<f>a^a,  iatpayfiai,  ia^pdxihjv  (rare), 
comm.  2  a.  p.  iai^yTjv^  IV.,  to  slay, 
slaughter.     40. 


(T^ts,  <r^{a\,  see  ov. 
fo-^cvSovoM,  <T^fv»JovJ7<Tw,  to  usc  thc 
sling,  throw  with  a  sling,  sling. 

o-^v8ovT|,  7f ,  a  sling ;  by  meton- 
ymy, the  missile.     32. 

(T^Vcpos,  fi,  ov,  poss.  pron.,  \  82, 
Meir,  i/teir  oi(>/i. 

(T^oSpoti  <i,  <^,  vehement,  severe; 
a<i>6<^f)a,  neut.  pi.  w.  changed  accent, 
extremely,  greatly,  very  much.     46. 
4.<r<^oSp«»Sy  severely,  savagely. 

orxtt*  i^Xt'^-),  ox'^o^,  etc.,  IV.,  to 
split.     35. 

t<rxoXc(lft>  ((T;foXa<J^),  (T;t^o^d<Tu,  eax^- 
}iaaa,  kaxoXaKa^  IV.,  to  be  at  leisure. 
Scholastic. 

irxoXtf,  m,  leisure;  ox^^V,  <*^  ^*w- 
ure,  slowly.    School. 

or«fi(«  (fffcxJ-,  ao>-),  fftxTQ,  etc.,  w.  a.  p. 
eaufhjv  (atjof),  to  «av«,  preserve,  keep 
safe,  rescue,  bring  in  safety,  conduct 
safely ;  mid.  to  escape.     22. 

2a»-Kpanis»  fof,  ^,  /Sbcrato«. 

<rM|Ui|  nrof,  t6,  the  body.    51. 

(TMOs,  ii,  ov,  contr.  <r«t»  crwy,  safe 
and  SOUND,  safe. 

4-(r«»TTfp,  vp<K,  voc,  (Twre/),  6  (trwCw)) 
a  savior. 

|<rwn)p(d,  Ac,  f<jf^ly,  deliverance, 
preservation. 

.j.(r«m(piot,  ov,  promising  safety ; 
aurrijpia,  sc.  if/xi,  thank-offerings  for 
safety. 

<r<»-<^poW«»i  aux^poviiau,  to  be  wise. 

55- 

t<rM-<^po<rvin|y  r/f,  t<;w<tom,  discreet- 
ness, self-control. 

vm-^^v^  ov  ((Twof,  ^pTv),  aoixnef- 
minded,  vnse^  prudent,  discreet. 

T. 

Tft,  To-Scf  see  Me. 

TciXavTov,  rd,  a  talent,  worth  60 
minae,  or  6000  drachmae,  or  about 
11080.00. 


if 


itiKai 


265 


rl0f||u 


ToXds,  ToTiniva,  toTmv,  \  67, 
wretched. 

TdvavrCa,  by  crasis  for  to.  ivavria. 

TO^it,  e<jiq,  i]  {jaTTu),  arrangement, 
good  order,  discipline,  rank,  ranks, 
line,  battle-array,  divisio7i,  band.  21. 

Taircivoo»|  Taneipuau  (ranecvo^, 
humble),  to  humble. 

TSfaTTw   {rapax-),    rapd^o,    etc., 
IV.,    to   disturb,    disorder,    stir  up, 
throw  into  confusion,  trouble.    20. 
^rdpaxosi  o,  disturbance. 

ToptroCi  ol,  Tarsus,  a  city  in  Cilicia. 

Tdrrw  (ray-),  rd^u,  etc.,  w.  2  a. 
pass.  eTdyrjv,  IV.,  to  arrange,  post, 
ttation,  marshal,  order,  assign.     28. 

ravpos,  6,  a  bull.     Steer. 

ravTO,  see  ot-rof . 

ravTciy  ravrov,  by  crasis  for  rd 
avrd,  TO  avrov.     Tauto-logy. 

Toi^i  6  {ddnru),  a  tomb.  Epi- 
taph. 

TOb^pot,  ^  {Bdnru),  a  ditch,  trench. 
trax«(i»Sf  c.  (fdrrov,  s.  rdxioTa,  quick- 
ly, rapidly,  suddenly ;  ug  rdxiara,  as 
quickly  as  possible. 

i^X^t  f^fli  ^,  §  73,  1,  svnft,  quick; 
raxv,  as  adv.,  =  rax^io^',  rrp;  raxi- 
orrfv,  8C.  666v,  the  quickest  way,  used 
adv.    35. 

TOMS,  6,  a  pea-cock. 

ri,  post-posit,  end.  conj.,  and;  re 
...ri  OT  T€...Kai,  both... and. 

Tryco,  «c,  Tegea,  a  city  in  Arcadia. 
^-TrycdniSy  ^',  a  man  of  Tegea. 

Ti9vT)Ka,    Tc6vcMs>    TcOvavot,    see 

ffv^OKU. 

T/6paf4MU,  see  rpi^. 

W6p-iinrov,  t6  {rkTrapeg,  tTTTrof),  a 
four-horse  chariot.     26. 

TiCvw  (rev-),  revw,  ireiva,  riraKa, 
Thofiai,  hddrfv,  IV.,  to  stretch.  41. 
Tone,  tonic. 

Tflxot,  rd,  tt  wall  for  defence,  fort- 
ress/fort.    19.    Dike. 


f  rcK)ia(po|Mu  (reK//ap-),  reKfiapovfiai, 
eTEKfiJfpdfiTfv,  IV.,  to  judge,  conclude. 
r{K\uipt  indecl.,  t6,  a  sure  sign. 
|TCK)iiT]pu>Vy  TO,  a  sure  sign,  positive 
proof     42. 
TCKVov,  TO  (tiktu),  a  child. 
TcX(6a>|  to  arise,  come  forth. 
trcXcvratos,  a,  ov,  final,  rearmost ; 
oi  Ti}.evrahH,  the  rear. 

trcXcvToui  TeTiEvrijau,  etc.,  to  end, 

finish  life,  die.     10. 

f TcXexmf,  ^f,  the  end. 

frcXcMy   reXico    or    teTlu,   he?Leaa, 

Tert/.tKa,    TErtltafmi,    eTe?.ia0rfv,    to 

finish,  fulfil  an  obligation,  pay.    32. 

TcXoSi  t6  (r^/iAiy,   to  accomplish), 

end,   accomplishment,  tcLx,   burden; 

pi.  by  metonymy,  magistrates.     19. 

TCffcVM    {TEfi-,    Tfie-),    TEfia,    TkTfllJKa, 

TETfiijfjuiL,  hfiTjHijv,  2  a.  ETefiov  or  ira- 
fiov,  v.,  to  cut.    48.    A- torn. 

TipiTM,  T^prlfu,  ETEp%l>a,  ETEp<pOrrv,  to 
delight.     Trust. 

JTcp^C-vooSi    ov,    gladdening    the 
heart. 
trcTopTos,  7,  ov,  fourth. 
fTrrpa-KoVioi,  ai,  a  (harSv),  four 
hundred. 
frfTTopoKovTa,  forty. 

Tf  TTopcs,  apa,  g  77, 1 ,  FOUR.  Tetr- 
arch. 

Tcv|o)UU|  see  rvyxdva. 

"^^X^t  ^/^  (rt'/crw),  art,  skill,  trade. 
Technical. 

4.TcxvtTT|s,  ov,   an  artificer,  work- 
man. 

TTiKw  (rcK-),  rii^ci,  Irrj^a,  kTi;x&fn> 
(rare),  2  p.  TETTfm,  2  a.  p.  etoktiv,  II., 
to  m€?<;  2  p.  to  66  melted.  47.  Thaw. 

TTJiupov  (r-,  a  demon,  pron.  prefix, 
and  ^fi^pa),  to-day.     22. 

T^Ypus,  JTTOf ,  d,  <Ae  Tl^rm. 

T^|U  (^f-),  ^ffw,  e^/fa,  rkdeiKa, 
TEdeifiai,  hedrfv,  1,  to  ;m<,  place,  en- 
act; Tide/ioi  rd  wrXa,  lit.,  to  ground 


J I 


U' 


i 


f^ 


tCrtw 


266 


Tp(^«• 


arms^  i.  e.  to  stand  with  spear  and 
shield  resting  on  the  ground  ;  then, 
to  take  up  a  military  position,  to  ap- 
pear under  arms.     Do,  theslB. 

TdcTW  (rcK-),  re^o/Mi,  ire^a  (rare), 
hixffm'  (rare),  2  p.  riroKa,  2  a.  irenov, 
III.,  to  beget,  bring  forth,  produce. 

rQsX»  (Ti^-),  Ti?M,  irlXa,  reuXficu, 
yiWnv,  IV.,  to  pluck,  torment. 
frlftoM,  Ti/n^ao),  etc.,  to  honor.     lo. 
TifMJ,  7f  {riu,  to  pay  honor),  honor. 
\ii^AO%t  a,  ov,in  honor. 
^Ti}i-a»pcM|  Tl/iup^ot,  etc.,  to  help, 
avenge;    mid.  take  vengeance,  take 
vengeance  on,  punish;    pass,   to  be 
punisfied. 

^ri(i-«pCdf  <!Ci  punishm,ent. 
|ri|ii-MpoSf    ^    (o^P*^),    upholding 
honor,  helping. 

T(i,  tC,  inter,  pron.,  §  84,  who? 
which*  what?  ri,  as  adv.,  why? 

tVi»  ^*,  indef.  pron.,  ^  84,  aomc, 
any,  a  certain ;  rig,  as  noun,  some  or 
any  one;  ri,  as  noan,  something, 
anything,  as  adv.,  a<  a^^ 

Tiova^'pvi|«t  fof .  ace.  vv  and  7,  <^, 
Tissaphernes,  a  Persian  satrap. 

TiTpwncc*  (7'po-),  Tpoxju,  irpuaa, 
rhpofMi,  hpcjd^,  VI.,  to  wound. 
48. 

To(,  post-posit,  end.  particle,  in 
truth,  indeed,  surely. 
\rol'VV¥,  post- posit,  conj.,  therefore. 
T0ioo-8<|    roidde,    roi&vde,   demon, 
pron.,  I  87,  1,  su^h,  as  follows. 

TOiOVTOSt  Toiaimj,  roiovrov  or  roi- 
wro,  demon,  pron.,  §  87,  1,  such,  as 
precedes. 

ToXfuu*!  To'kfAfyjo  {rSXfia,  boldness), 
to  venture,  dare.     yj. 
ToXfiCSris,  <n>,  Tolmides. 
fTo(cv)ia,  arog,  r6,  an  arrow. 
fro^vw,  To^evau,  krd^evaa,  rerd^ev- 
ficu,  to  shoot  vnth  a  bow,  shoot.     7. 
tro^ucij,  fK,  sc.  ri^vif,  bowmanship. 


ro|oV|  t6,  a  bow.     13. 
4.To|oTqs,  ov,  a  bowman,  archer.   7. 

Toirosi  o,  a  place,  region,  district. 
Topic. 

TOtrovTOff  roffavrti,  roeovrov  or  ro- 
aovTo,  demon,  pron.,  §  87,  1,  so 
much,  great,  or  large,  pi.  so  many ; 
ToaovTov,  so  much  space;  roffovrtf), 
I  188,  2,  by  so  much,  the. 

TOTf,  at  that  time,  then;  rori  fiiv... 
Tore  Ae,  at  one  time... at  another. 

TOV-,  by  crasis  for  to  c-  or  to  b-. 

Tpayriita,  oTog^  t6  {Tf>6yo,  2  a. 
krpayov,  to  gnaw),  comm.  pi.,  dried 
fruits,  sweet-meats. 

Tpdmla,  TK  {rirrapeg  and  7r^C«, 
foot),  a  table. 

Tpav|U^  arof,  t6  {rirpiiOiuS),  a 
wound.     54. 

rpeu^vcu,  see  rpiifuj. 

rpox^l^oSt  o,  the  neck,  throat. 

TfKlS,  Tpia,  I  77,  1,  THREE. 

Tpfvw,  rpe^,  erpe^,  rirpwpa  or 
TtTpaipa,  rkrpanfjuu,  irpe^riv,  2  a. 
mid.  hpandpriv,  2  a.  pass.  iTpdirrpf, 
to  turn ;  mid.  betake  one's  self,  some- 
times put  to  flight;  fif  ^ivyrpf  rpinu, 
to  put  to  flight.     46. 

Tpi^  {Tp€<l>-  for  Bpei^-),  0pi^, 
Wpei\Hi,  T€Tpo<^,  reHpappat,  Wpiipfhiv 
(rare),  2  a.  p.  erpatpfrv,  to  bring  up, 
support,  keep;  mid.  to  subsist. 

Tpt'xw  i'^P^X-  for  f^P^X;  ^f^M-\ 
dpapovpai,  eOpe^a  (rare),  -det^pdptfKa, 

-dedpdprjpat,  2  a.  idpapov,  VIII.,  to 

run.     2. 

rpt^ovra  {rpetg),  thirty. 

TpidrKooooi,   ai,  a  (rpeig,  eKurAv), 
three  hundred. 
frpipT),    jyf,    a    rubbing,    constant 
practice. 

rpt^M  (rpi^),  rpirlHJ,  Irpl^,  ri- 
rpupa,  Ttrpippat,  erpitptfr/v,  w.  2  a. p. 
hpilitfv,  II.,  to  rub^  thrash,  as 
corn. 


rpii)fnit 


267 


vvoXcCvM 


frpi-ijpiit,  eof,  jj,  I  52,  2  (op-  in 
apapioKu,  to  join),  a  trireme,  a  ship. 

f  Tpiv-OKpld,  «c,  Trinacria,  another 
name  for  the  island  of  Sicily. 
Tp(«,  three  times,  thrice. 

4>rpur-cur|uvot,  7,  ov,  tAree  fimcs  as 

4.Tpur-xtXMH«  at,  a,  three  thousand. 

Tp(Tos,  T),  ov  {rpeig),  third. 

Tpotd,  «f,  JVoy. 
frpoiraiovy  r(i,  a  trophy. 

rpoini,  )7f  {Tpeiru),  defeat,  rout. 

Tpo-vosi  6  (jpiKu),  a  turn,  man- 
ner; disposition,  character,  habit. 
42.    Trope. 

rpo^,  Vf  (rpiipu),  food,  support. 

rpoxoti  o  (rp£,Y"),  «  ti;Ae6^ 

rpviroMi  TpvKijau  {rpirrra,  a  hole, 
rptu,  to  wear  out),  to  bore. 

Tpw^t  VC  {OpviTTu,  to  break  in 
pieces),  luxury. 

TpcMKot,  tf,  6v  (Tp(jc,  Tros,  the 
founder  of  Troy),  TVojan. 

TVYxw^  {''"*^X-),  rev^opai,  rerv- 
XVKO.  or  rhevxa,,  2  a.  krvxov,  V.  II., 
to  hit,  obtain,  receive,  happen, 
chance,  o.     45. 

Tvpawoti  i>,  a  tyrant. 

rvpoti  6,  a  cheese. 

rvpoos,  loq,  ^,  a  tower. 

rv<)»Xo«i>,  Twplioau  (rv^Aof,  blind), 
to  make  blind,  blind. 

r«x^i  W  {p'7X^'^'^\  fortune,  luck, 
lot. 


Y. 


tvppil*  {vfipiH  ^(^P^>  etc-.  IV.,  to 
insult.     35. 

v^pi«»  ewf,  17,  insolence. 
Iiippurroraros,  7,  w,  s.   as  if  fr. 
if^piOTog,  most  insolent. 
ti$8po-^opcM,  v6po<ifopr/ou  {<lfipu),  to 
fetch  water. 
v6i*pi  vc'arof,  t6,  water. 


vios,  6,  reg.,  but  also  w.  forms  as 
if  fr.  v'levg,  viiog,  a  SON.     8. 

vXtj,  ryf,  a  wood. 
I^XtJcis,  effffa  or  eff,  ev,  woody. 

v)uts,  v)idS|  see  ob. 
|v|iCTcpos,  «,  ov,  poss.  pron.,  ^  82, 
your,  yours. 

vfutfv,  vfitVi  see  (rf . 

vir-oytt,  to  lead  on  slowly;  mid. 
to  draw  on. 

vir-opxtt»  to  be  a  foundation  or  6e« 
ginning,  commence,  support,  favor, 
belong,  be,  D. 

vir-(i)ii  (fi/^O.  ^^^  ^^  underneath. 

vir-cXavv«»i  to  rirfe  ttp. 

vircp»  prep.,  over,  o6ove.  (1)  "With 
o.,  above,  for,  in  behalf  of,  concem- 
iyig.  (2)  With  a.,  over,  beyond,  of 
place  and  measure.  In  comp.,  over, 
beyond,  exceedingly,  in  behalf  of 

vircp-PciXXtty  to  throw  over;  mid. 
to  exceed. 

vircp-<x»)  to  6«  above,  surpass,  D. 

vx€p-<j>pa>v»  ov  {'^ptp'),  high-minded. 
ti^irrjpcTCMf  vnijpETrjau,  to  be  a  ser- 
vant, serve,  furnish,  D. 

vir-T^pcTtiSi  0  {kpirTjc,  rower),  an 
underling,  assistant,  helper.     46. 

virurxv€0|UU)  vnoax^oopat,  imeaxv- 
pai,  2  a.  m.  imeax^pip,  V.  (strength- 
ened from  vn-exopai),  to  hold  one's 
self  under,  to  promise,  d.  a.     53. 

virvofy  6,  sleep. 

viro,  prep,  under,  by.  (1)  With 
G.,  under,  from  under,  by  {pi  the 
agent),  through,  of  place,  cause,  etc. 
(2)  With  D.,  under.  (3)  With  a., 
to  (a  place)  under,  towards,  during. 
In  comp.,  under,  secretly,  slightly, 
gradually.     Hypo-. 

viro-tvY^y»  '■^  (Cv>'<^>',  a  yoke),  a 
6cas<  of  burden. 

vtro-XafiPavMi  to  to^e  under  one's 
protection  ;  to  assume,  suppose. 

viro-XcCvwi  to  leave  behind. 


4woX^ 


268 


^'CXivvot 


ihro-XliMy  to  looien  below ;  mid.  to 
untie  one's  shoes. 

viro-|jivtt,  to  be  patient  under,  en- 
dure. 

tnr-oirrcvtt,  vnoTrrevau,  |  105,  1, 
N.  2  ({/TT-oTTTOf,  ru«piczot«,  v<lhopau, 
to  suspect),  to  suspect,  apprehend,  be 
apprehensive. 

viroHTirovSof,  ov  (oTcovdTf),  under  a 
truce. 

vvO'XtlpiOi,  ov  {x^ip),  subject  to. 

fir-oxos»  ov  {ix<^),  subject  to. 

vir-oi|r(df  <iC  {ix^pau,  to  suspect), 
suspicion,  apprehension.     15. 
fvo^ffxiios,  a,  ov,  following,  next, 
ueond;  rlj  vcrepaig^  on  the  7i?Sct  day. 

vorrcposi  «,  ov  (vno,  §  73,  2),  later; 
vcTtfHiv,  subsequently. 

v^tt||u,  to  send  under ;  mid.  yield, 

D. 

v^im\^j  to  put  under;  mid.  w. 
p.  and  2  a.  act.,  to  undertake. 

v^o«»  t6  (akin  to  ir^i,  on  high), 
height.     19. 


^i|v,  see  (ff^^i 

^(v«»  (^1^-),  ^pavu,  Itpvva,  iritpayKa, 
tri0a<T/ia/,  e<^vihrv,  2  p.  nk<^rjva  intr., 
2  a.  p.  ki^vrfv,  IV.,  to  show;  mid.  to 
show  one  6  self,  appear,  be  seen.  47, 
Phenomenon. 

^flkXa'Y^  ayyoc,  ^,  a  line  of  battle, 
phalanx;  Kara  ipdXayya,  in  line  of 
battle.     16. 

^vcpos,  /i,  6v  {(paivu),  apparent, 
in  sight,  visible,  manifest,  plain,  con- 
spicuous.    25. 

<^ap^K0V|  TO,  a  medicine.  Phar- 
macy. 

^af»vc[pa(oty  6,  Phamabdzus,  a 
satrap  of  north-western  Asia  Minor. 

^oflncM  (^-),  VI.  (^J7/*0.  ^0  ««y> 
«tote,  allege.    44. 


$curit»  <<^o(  or  10c,  6,  the  Fhasis,  a 
river  in  Armenia. 

<^avXos»  f,  ov,  trifling,  bad. 

^(xa  {01-,  evcK-,  heyjt-  for  ev-eveK-), 
oiau,  i/veyKa,  iv^jvoxa,  ev^ey/uu,  ifve- 
;t^,  2  a.  ifveyKov,  VIII.,  to  bear, 
carry,  endure,  produce,  bring.  4. 
Peri-phery. 

^v,  interj.,  alas/ 

^iryM  {9vy-),  <^^ofMi  or  ^^ovftcu, 
2  p.  neifievya,  2  a.  e<^vyov,  II.,  to  flee, 
retreat,  flee  from,  fly,  shun,  avoid,  be 
banished.     45. 

^^vytav,  ovTo^,  6,  a  fugitive,  exile, 
pt  of  foregoing ;  for  the  voc.  sing., 
see  I  48,  2  b,  second  paragraph. 
16.     Bow. 

^|i(  (0a-),  ^o,  li^a,  \  127, 
IV.,  to  say,  affirm,  say  yes;  ov  <pfjfu^ 
to  decline,  refuse,  deny. 

^^ovM  (0^^-),  (p^Qou  and  iptHjaofuu, 
eipdaaa,  2  a.  act.  l(pBrrv,  V.,  to  antici- 
pate; often  to  he  translated  by  an 
adv.,  before,  sooner,  previmuly,  1 279, 

4.    49 

^opros,  ^f,  6v  {ipdeipu,  to  destroy), 
destructible. 

^yyo)iM.t<t>^iy^opat,  etc.,  to  sound, 
raise  a  cry,  shout.     Di-phthong. 

t^OovcM,  tpdovrfau,  k^ovrjaa,  'n^thv^- 
fhjv,  to  envy. 

^'vot,  6,  envy. 

^laXtf,  w.  <i  broad,  shallow  bowl. 

^iXa(T«post  a  comparative  of  0iAo(, 
I  71.  N.  2. 

^iX-op^vpos,  "V  (0<Aof,  apyvpog), 
fond  of  money. 

^iXioi,  ^O^iau,  etc.  (0*^),  to  love, 
prop,  of  the  love  of  friends.     18. 

^kXCo,  'If  (0'^of),  friendship. 

^(Xtos,  rt,  ov  {<l>i?j}^),  friendly. 

^(X-iinrot,  ov  (0iAof,  Itttoc),  /ond 
0/  hurses. 

4^CX-iinrot,  «i,  PAi^ip.  Philip- 
pic. 


<h^o^pof 


269 


XoXciraCvM 


^iXo'-^pos,  ov  (0iAof,  O^p^,  hunt- 
ing, fr.  Or]p),fond  of  hunting. 

^iXo-K«p8Tis»  ^C  (0^^,  «^P<Jof), 
greedy  of  gain. 

^iXo-KivSvvoS|  ov  (0/Aof,  Kivrfvvof), 
/onrf  0/  danger. 

^iXo-|ia6T|s,  kq  (0/Aoc,  /iovOdvu), 
fond  of  learning. 

^iXo|iT(Xd»  fif,  the  nightingale. 

^Ckoi,  ;/,  ov,  I  73,  1,  loved,  beloved, 
dear,  actively  well-disposed;  0/Xoc, 
6,  a  friend.     1 1 .     Phil-,  philo-. 

^^iXoHTO^Cdf  wf ,  the  love  of  wisdom, 
philosophy. 

4>^iXo-<ro^os,  ov,  fond  of  wisdom ; 
masc.  as  noun,  a  philosopher., 
|^iXo-Ti|u»ft  av{Tifirj),  honor -loving. 

^X«^,  ^'^f/^oc,  v,  a  vein. 
t^Xvdp^M,  <j>Xvap^a<j,   to  talk  noji- 
sense. 

t^v£p(d,  «f ,  silly  talk,  pi.  fooleries, 
nonnense.     54. 

^vapot,  6  {<^Xi)u>,  to  bubble),  bab- 
bling. 

t^^cpot,  <i,  6v,  fearful,  terrible, 
alarming.     30,  \ 

t^P<cD,  0o/?^(Tw,  k(p6(iriaa,  nei^jii]- 
fiai,  k^^fjOrjv,  to  frighten;  mid.  as 
dep.,  w.  a.  p.,  to  fear,  dread.     26. 

^fk»%t6{(pi^ofiai,  to  flee  affrighted), 
fear,  fright.     50. 

^i^Kcot,  2,  ov,  contr.  ^ivIkov^^ 
rj,  ovv,  purple. 

^Cvt^  iKo^,  6,  a  Phoenician;  as 
common  noun,  ^Cvi{y  ihe  palm- 
tree. 

^vcvM,  ^evau,  etc.  (0<Jvof,  mur- 
der, cf.  0rvw,  obs.,  to  slay),  to  kill. 
Bane. 

^palt  {<^pa6-),  ^paau,  etc.,  IV.,  to 
tell,  D.    40.    Phrase. 

^ptjv,  (ppevo^,  1],  prop.  <^  dia- 
phragm; also,  comm.  pi.,  the  mind, 
heart. 

4^poW«»,  ^pavijau,  k<^p6vrfaa,  'irei^p6- 


vTjKa,  to  think;  fiiya  <^povku,  to  be 
haughty -minded ;  KaKutq  (ppoviu,  to  be 
evil-minded. 

4><^po'vT)ots,  f  wf ,  //,  wisdom,  prudence. 

X^povrC^a  {(ppovriA-),  ^povrid,  itppdv- 
Ttaa,  netppdvTiKa,  IV.,  to  take  thought 
for,  be  anxious,  Q. 

4.<^povTis,  idog,  7,  thought. 

t^povp-apxoti  6  (apxtj),   the  com- 
mander of  a  garrison.     27. 

<^povpoSf  0  inpo-opdiS),  a  garrison- 
soldier. 

t^pvyfd,  rtf ,  Phrygia. 

t^pvyios,  «,  ov,  Phrygian. 
^pv{,  v>'<k,  o,  a  Phrygian. 
t^vyaSt  «^ofi   0  {<f>eijyu),  an  exile, 
fugitive.     1 7. 

^vXoKij,  ^c,  prop,  a  guarding; 
hence  a  guard,  garrison,  in  the  col- 
lective sense. 

t^vXa|»  axof ,  6,  ^,  a  guard,  vmtcher, 
used  of  the  individual.     16. 

^'Kdma{<f>v7iaK-),^?id^u,  etc.,  IV., 
to  guard,  keep  guard;  mid.  to  guxird 
one's  self  against.     34. 

t<^v(rio-XoYOS,    ov,   inquiring    into 
nature.    Physiology, 
t^viris,  fwT,  7,  nature. 
t^vrov,  t6,  a  plant. 

^v«»t  ^tati,  E<lnj>aa,  iriifnJKa,  2  a. 
€<pvv,  2  a.  p.  k<ltv7fv,  to  produce ;  perf. 
and  2  a.  intrans.,  to  be. 

^Vfj,  r/c,  a  sound,  the  voice,  speech, 
lang^iage.     10.     Phonetic. 

<{n«Pi  <P<'>p^,  ^,  a  ^^16/1 

^M$,  0wr<if,  r<5,  light.  Photo- 
graph. 


Xa(p«»  (;t«P-),  Xatp^f^,  i^X^^PV^a, 
Kexdptffiai  and  KkxapfMi,  2  a.  p.  i;t<i- 
p^Tv,  IV.,  to  rejoice.     Yeaek. 

XaX8(uoi|  oi,  the  Chaldaeans. 
.  txoXciraCvw  {^aAeirav-),  xa^^avu, 


m 


i 

ii 


XoXiirot 


270 


x«p^« 


fjfoA^TTJTva,  exa^enavdjjv,  IV.,  to  he 
angry,  d. 

XaXcirott  v,  ^i  hard,  difficult, 
grievous,  severe,  harsh,  bitter,  angry, 
cross,  cruel.     32. 

IXoXfirttfS,  grievously,  severely,   ex- 
ceedingly,  ;i;a/lf7rwc  (pepo,  to  be  dis- 
tressed. 
XaXivoSi  o,  a  bridle. 
tXoXKCos,  a,  ov,  contr.   xf^^f^*   V, 
ovv,  of  bronze,  bronze. 
XoXkos,  o,  bronze. 
^\(aXKta^A,  aro^,  t6,  a  bronze  uten- 
sil.    43. 

XaXoSf  0,  the  river  Chalus. 
XdXv^,    v^og,    6,    a    Chalybian. 
Chalybeate. 

X<ipaSpd,  af  {x<^paTTu,  to  cut),   a 
ravine. 
txapUis,  eaaa,  ev,  f  67,  2,  graceful, 
pleasing,  clever. 
XxapiivTiOi,  pleasingly. 
txaptSofteu  {xapi'H  xapiovfiai,  IV., 
to  gratify,  oblige,  indulge. 

Xapit,  iTog,  V  (;r«''p<^),  gracf,  favor, 
gratitude;  x^P^^  ®*<^"i  '^  ^^  grateful; 
Xapiv  ixt^,  to  feel  gratitude.  17.  Eu- 
charist. 

Xct|i«»v,  ovog,  6,  vrinter,  storm. 

X€(pi  X^^P^y  ?fi^-  *^^  ^^^-  ^^^^ 

X^poiv,  dat.  pi.  a:^P<t*,  ij,  the  hand.  39. 

j.X(ip(-<ro<^»    0,    Chirisophus,    a 

Spartan  general  in  the  army  of  Cyrus 

the  Younger. 

4X(ipo-vXT|0TJS|   ff  (7rA^(j),   yiWm<7 
<Ae  hand. 

4X<^po-TOV€M,    ;^fe/poror^<Tw    (rf/vw), 
<o  ^oZ<i  wp  </ie  hand,  elect. 

Ix^^po^i  ^E^pwffw,  but  comm.  mid. 
as  dep.  x<tpoo|uu,  x^^P^^fiat,  etc.,  <o 
(7«i  in  Aan<i,  subdue. 
XctpwVf  ov,  inferior,  c.  of  icaic^f . 
Xcppo-viiot>C|^,  <Ae  Thracian  Cher- 
sonesus. 

xMt>  yesterday. 


X0««v»  ;t^v<if ,  jj,  /anrf,  country. 

XtXioii  a/,  a,  a  thousand. 

Xtkos,  6,  fodder ;  ^fjpbg  a:*^.  <^^^ 
grasa,  hay. 

X^iatpc^  <^C>  <>  she-goat  .  tA« 
chimera. 

XtTcivy  ijvog,  6,  a  tunic. 

XirtV,  6vog,  ij,  snow.     55. 
txop«vTr|si  ov,  a  choral  dancer. 
txop*v«i  jopcvtTu,  etc.,  io  dance. 
txopo-&*^<^KaXo«y  o,  a  chorus-mas 
ter. 

XopoSt  ^,  either  a  circular  dance 
or  a  6anrf  q/"  dancers,  chorus. 

Xopros,  0,  fodder,  grass. 

Xpoofuu.,  ;tW<To/irt/,  etc.,  §  98,  N.  2, 
to  use,  <rca<,  employ,  make  tise  of, 
have  the  service  of,  D.     26. 

Xpij,  impers.,  ;rw<^«,  imperf.  f  JTPV*' 
or  jtP'/^.  *'  ^^  necessary,  one  mu^t, 
should,  ought. 

XPtil**  iXPV'H  XP^J<J'^,  iA'PV<^«,  IV., 
io  want,  urish,  desire.     29. 

used,  comm.  pi.,  ^/tin^r*,  ^oo(/«,  pos- 
sessions, means,  property,  wealth, 
money.     27. 

Xptivai,  see  XPV- 

XpTi<rt|M)«,  ri,  ov  {xpdofiat),  useful. 

Xfn)<mripiov,  t6  {xP^*^,  ^o  5^"«  ^^ 
oracle),  the  scat  of  an  oracle,  an  oracle. 

Xpiforrot,  ^/,  ov  {xpaofiai),  useful, 
worthy,  good. 

Xpovot,  o,  time.     31.     Chronic. 

txpv*''*®'*  "»  ^^j  contr.  xP^ovg,  V, 
ovv,  of  gold,  gold. 

txpvo'^v,  TO,  a  piece  of  gold,  gold, 
golden.     6. 
XpiKTost  0,  GOLD.    Chryso-lite. 
4Xpv<ro-X«^^»'®«»  *^'  ^'^  gold-stud- 
ded bridle. 
X«>Xott  ^,  6v,  lame. 
X«pd,  «f  (cf.  ;r"P«f).  o  country.   3. 

fuu,  etc.,  to  9riv«  p/ac«,  move  on,  jro. 


X»ptov 


271 


wt^'XifiOf 


X«»ptov  (;i''''Poc),  T<J,  <i  confined  place, 
stronghold,  spot. 

XMpC«»  ajmrt,  apart  from. 
X<SpoSi  0,  room,  space,  place. 

N^apos,  6,  <^c  river  Psarus. 

^i^ia,    V^^w,    erlte^a,    t\}jey/juu,    to 
blame. 

r^ikioVf  t6,  a  bracelet.     9. 
tt|r€v8T]s,  f f,  false.     24. 

t^cvSo),    ^evacj,    irffevaa,    l-^evafiai, 
kflrevafh/v,  to  deceive;  mid.  to  deceive, 
lie.    31.    Pseud-onyme. 
4-«|fcv(rTt)S,  Of,  a  /tar. 

^^(|;o>  {-tl'TfijuA-),  Vt^/w,  etc.,  IV. 
(V'7^,  a  pebble,  from  V^u,  to  ru6), 
comm.  mid.  as  dep.,  to  voto,  decree, 
resolve,  decide. 
^^(^\jir\kjaii  arof ,  to,  a  decree. 

i)riXof,  r/,  ov,  &are.     £-psilon. 

i|rd<|>os,  o,  a  notse. 

^'''X'ni  Vf  {H'^X^>  to  breathe),  soul, 
life.    Psycho-logy. 

ipvxoSt  'o  {i>t>x<^,  to  blow),  cold. 
jijrvxposi  o,  <Jv,  coW. 

a 

<S)  interjection,  0. 
«S8c  (o<^«),  <Au8,  as  follows. 
(pSrf,  //f  ((mJu),  a  «on^.     Ode. 
^To,  <^Oi)V,  see  oiofiai. 
«8cw  (<^')>  <^^i  £<<x7a,  luofiai,  iu- 
aHrjv,  VII.,  to  push.     48. 
Mv,  part,  of  f ////. 
«iMO|iicu,  uvTjaojxai,    kuvTjfiat,   kuvi/- 


fhfv,  w.  2  a.  mid.  enpidfiriv  from  a 
stem  Trpm-  which  has  no  present 
(ovof ,  price),  to  buy,  purchase.     49. 

wvu>s»  «,  ov  (wvof,  pncc),  to  6e 
bought ;  TO.  uvia,  wares. 

«l^>d»  "C,  a  proper  time,  time,  hour, 
w.  eari  often  omitted.  Horo- 
scope. 

ws»  proclitic,  I.  as  a  rel.  adv.,  as, 
used  (1)  in  elliptical  expressions,  as 
wf  fTTOf  eiTTf/y,  80  to  speak,  §  268  ; 

(2)  with  participles,  §   277,  n.  2  ; 

(3)  as  a  preposition,  to,  §  191,  III.  2; 

(4)  to  strengthen  a  superlative,  as 
wf  rdxiora,  as  quickly  as  possible. 
II.  CJC  is  used  as  a  conj.  (l)to  express 
a  fact  like  oti,  that;  (2)  in  a  final 
clause  like  iva,  in  order  that;  (3)  w. 
the  inf.  generally  to  express  result 
like  uare,  so  that,  but  sometimes 
purpose,  so  as,  §  266,  n.  1 ;  in  a 
causal  clause,  since,  or  a  temporal 
clause,  when,  or  in  the  sense  of 
bTro)^,  how.  III.  w?  w.  numerals  has 
the  meaning  of  about. 

\.&r-mpt  rel.  Adv.,  just  as. 
|tMr-Tc,  conj.  expressing  result,  (1) 
w.  tlie  inf.,  so  as,  §  266, 1 ;  (2)  w.  the 
indie,  so  that,  consequently,  where- 
fore, ^  237. 

<Jt€,  in  the  phrase  if  ^e,  on  con- 
dition that,  for  the  purpose  of,  ^  267. 
cirCst  "^*^'  'A  «  bustard. 
i^tkiUf  ixtfe'^Tjou,  etc.  (o^eAof),  to 
benefit,  aid,  help.     38. 

|ca<^'XT|fUi,  uT(K,  t6,  an  advantage, 
good. 
|(tf<^Xi)ioS|  V  or  Of,  ov,  serviceable. 


\ 


\% 


n.  ENGLISH- GREEK  VOCABULARY. 

For  fuller  Information  In  regard  to  the  Greek  words  here  plven,  consult  the  foregoing 
Vocabulary.  In  case  of  synoui/mes,  when  the  difference  of  uw  is  not  here  iwinted  out,  the 
Artt  or  etymological  meaning  of  the  Oreelt  words  should  be  (h'tennine.1  from  the  preceding 
Vocabulary  and  so  the  proper  word  selected.   OccasionaUy  the  words  are  Intercbangenble. 


Abandon 

Ab&ndon,  XetVw. 
Ablo,  be  — ,  dvvafiai. 
Abolish,  Awj. 
About,   a^^i   or   irepi; 

be  — ,  fti/Au. 
Above,  viTfp. 
Abundance,  a<f)dovia. 
Abuse,  Aoi6opiu. 
Accomplish,  kmreliu, 

irepaivu,  or  rroieu,  the 

last  in  the  sense  of 

simply  to  do. 
Accord,  of  ones  own 

— ,  Ikuv. 
According,  —  to,  Kara. 
Accordingly,  6^  or  oirv. 
Account,  —  happy,  fia- 

(capiCw;  on  —  of,  did. 
Accuser,  Karfiyopoq. 
Acknowledge,    6fioAo- 

yiu. 
Action,  epyov. 
Admiration,  worthy  of 

— ,  a^iodavfioaroq. 
Admire,  tkiv/xdl^cj. 
Adorn,  Koofiiu. 
Advantage,  aya06v. 
AJSEkir,  npdyfia. 
Affection,     toith     — , 

Aifirm,  (pnfjii. 
Afford,  T^apkx^' 
After,  uerd. 
Again,  Ka>uv. 


A. 

Against,  im  or  Trpdq. 
Age,  old—,  yrjpaq ;  free 

from  old  — ,  dyijpu^. 
Agree,    ofwkoyku ;    be 

agreed  upon,  avyKci- 

fiOl. 

Aid,  Pot/(kia  ;  ixIfeXeu  ; 
—  in  getting  out, 
<Twe«/3i/3dCw ;  unth  the 
or  by  —  of,  ahv. 

Aim,  —  at,  etf^ie/iat. 

All,  Trdf ;  on  —  sides, 
irdvTotiev. 

Allege,  <pdaKu. 

Allow,  Treptopdu. 

Ally,  aifipaxog. 

Alone,  fidvog. 

Along,  rropd ;  up  — ,  dvd. 

Already,  ^7. 

Also,  Kai 

Always,  dei. 

Among,  h,  irapd,  or  eig. 

Ancestral,  iraTp<f)og. 

And,  aai,  the  reg.  and 
stronger  word,  but 
sometimes  tJi;  —  then, 
elra  di  ;  — yet,  fdvroi. 

Anger,  bpy^. 

Angry,  fe« —,;ra^7ratv€j. 

Animal,  Orfpiov,  a  wild 
animal;  C^v,  a  liv- 
ing being. 

Announce,  dyyiAAu  or 
dimyyi/Ouj. 


Artaxerxea 

Another,  oAXof ;  oiu  — , 

d'A^^hjv. 
Answer,  —  or  give  — , 

dnoKpivofiai. 
Ant,  fivpfiTi^. 
Anxious,  be  — ,  ^povri- 

Any,  r/f ;  —  one  or  body 

or  thing,  rlc,  rl. 
Apparent,  <pavep6i. 
Appear,     t^ivo/Mi    or 

enuftaivofiat. 
Appoint,  KaOiarrffu. 
Apprehension,  viro^m. 
Apprehensive,  be  — , 

kwokoftai. 
Approach,  irXtfotdl^u  or 

npoaeipt. 
Approve,  knatvku. 
Archer,  ro^drriq. 
Arise,  dviarafuii. 
Arm,  (irrXiCw ;  fully  — , 

mOoTzXil^u]  arms,  ar- 
mor, bTrXa. 
Army,  aTpardc,  arpand, 

or  arpdrrvfia. 
Arouse,  dviorri/it. 
Arrange,  rdrru. 
Arrangement,  rd^tg, 
Ajrrest,  avX/.afi^vu. 
Arrive,  atlnKvio/Mi. 
Arrow,  rd^evpa. 
Artaxerxes,  'ApTo^if*' 


273 


Bom 


II 


As,  «JC ;  (««  much\  — , 
ondaoc;  —  ...  — pos- 
sible, cjg  or  brt  with 
superlative. 

Ascertain,  nwOdvopat. 

Ask,  iporrdu,  to  inquire 
or  question  ;  Cv^^<^,  to 
ask  for,  ask  to  see, 
seek  ;  airiu,  to  ask 
some  one  for  some- 
thing. 

Ass,  dfoc. 

Assemble,  dBpoil^o. 

Assembly,  enKX^ia. 

At,  iv,  eic,  fir/,  or  npdg. 

Athenian,  'AH^vaiog. 

Athens,  'Ad^vai ;  to  — , 
'AftyvoCe;  at—,'AfHj- 

VTfOl. 

Athlete,  ddlfiriiq. 

Attack,  kTciridefML ;  — 
or  make  the  — ,  ineipt. 

Attempt,  imxeipeu  or 
Tveipdopai. 

Attention,  give  —  to, 
iiripeAkopai, 

Authority,  royal  — , 
^OLkeia. 

Await,  idvu,  in  the  gen- 
eral sense;  6exopai.,x\i^ 
attack  of  an  enemy. 

Axe,  d^ivri. 


B. 

Bad,  ica/fdc,  in  the  gen- 
eral sense ;  novripdq,  in 
the  sense  of  hurtful, 
dangerous,  innately 
bad. 

Baggage,  collect  one^s 
— ^  avat(£vd(,oftat. 

Banish,  kK^dXku. 

Barbarian,  fidp^pog  or 
^p^apui6c. 


Basket,  Kavtov. 

Bathe,  '/ovopai. 

Battle,  pdxv- 

Be,  e'lpi ;  —  at  hand, 
napeifu. 

Bear,  6^pu. 

Beast,  wild  — ,  dijpiov ; 
—  of  burden,  viroi^v- 
yiov. 

Beat,  rraiu. 

Beautiful,  Ka?i.dg. 

Because,  brt. 

Become,  yiyvopai. 

Befit,  Trpenu ;  it  is  befit- 
ting, TTpk-KEl. 

Before,  npd ;  TrpdaOev  or 

nporepov ;  irpiv. 
Beg,  —  off,  k^curiopai. 
Beget,  riKTu. 
Begin,  dpxopai. 
Beginning,  dpxv- 
Behalf,  in  —  of,  inrep. 
Behavior,  good  — ,  ev- 

Koofiia. 
Behind,  leave  — ,  Kara- 

Believe,  vofxi^a. 
Benefactor,  evepyert/g. 
Benefit,  u<f>e?i^o). 
Beseech,  iKCTeiju. 
Beside,  rrapd. 
Besides,  rrpdg. 
Besiege,  Tro^^opniu. 
Bestow,   —  upon,   rro- 

plCu. 
Betake,  —  one's  self, 

Tpiirofiai. 
Betray,  npo6i6upi. 
Better,  see  Gk>od. 
Between,  fiera^v. 
Beware,  evTia^iofiai. 
Bid,  Kt/i£vc). 
Bind,  Aeu. 
Bird,  dpvig. 
Black,  fu?Mi. 


Blame,  fxipipofiat. 
Blessed,  pdnap. 
Blind,  —  or  make  — ^ 

Blow,  Trlrjy^. 

Boat,  7r Aoiov. 

Body,  aofia. 

Bone,  bariov. 

Book,  /3//3A/OV. 

Bore,  TpvTTou. 

Both,  dfi<^  or  du<f>6Tepog; 
on  —  sides,  dfuporepu- 
dev ;  —  ...  and,  Kal 
...  Kal,  or  T£  ...  Kai. 

Bow,  rd^ov. 

Bowl,  Kpar^p. 

Bowman,  ro^drrfg. 

Boy,  -rraig. 

Brave,  dyatidq. 

Bravely,  dvdpeujq. 

Brazen,  ;i;dA/£eof . 

Breadth,  evpoq. 

Break,  Ivu. 

Breakfast,  without  — , 
dvapiaroq. 

Breast,  uaardq. 

Breastplate,  ddpa^;  put 
on  one's  — ,  dopuKi- 
(,opai. 

Brick,  -KXivdivoq,  adjec. 

Bridge,  yi<pvpa. 

Bring,  dyu,  prop,  to 
lead,  conduct,  while 
<}>£pcj  signifies  to  bear, 
carry; — about  ^  iroiio; 
—  back  word,  diray- 
yeXku',  —  in  safety, 
atil^u ;  —  together,  aw- 
dyu. 

Broad,  evpvq. 

Brother,  d6E'k<f>dq. 

Build,  ETroiKoSofiiu, 

Bull,  ravpoq. 

Bum,  Kaici ;  —  up,  ku- 
TOKoiu, 


( ( 


t    i 

J" 
I 


■  n 

m 
(■■» 

''I 
■  t 


i 


Burst 

Burst,  —  through  or 
open,  KaTaaxi^t^- 

Bury,  OdsTTu. 

Bastard,  uri^. 

But,  6k  or  alXd,  the  lat- 
ter being  the  stronger 
word ;  —  aUo,  oAAa 
Kai. 

Buy,  iwh/Mi. 

By,  vnd,  with  o.  of  the 
agent,  or  irapd;  — 
land  and  sea,  Kara  y^v 
Ka\  Kara  ddXarTav. 


0. 

Call,  comm.  kg^u,  in 
the  sense  both  of  sum- 
moning and  naming; 
sometimes  ?Jyu,  but 
in  the  sense  only  of 
naming;  — aut,j3()au\ 
—  together,  avyKalku ; 
— an  assembly,  ex/cA^- 
aiav  TToiiu. 

Camp,  aTpardTredov. 

Captain,  ^.oxayoc. 

Captive,  alxftdXuTog. 

Capture,  >la///3dvu;  be 
captured,  dXioKOfuu. 

Care,  —  for,  kirifuXio- 
fiai. 

Carry,  ^pw,  in  the  gen- 
eral sense,  while  dyu 
signifies  to  convey 
by  carriage  ;  —  back 
word,  d'rrayyk'k'Xu\  — 
omer,  dia^i^dl^u. 

Case,  in  that  — ,  ovrug. 

Cast,  —  or  —  aside, 
^iiTTu  or  /)inTiu. 

Catch,  dijpdcj. 

Cattle,  /3«vc  or  Kr^vof, 
both  in  plur.,  the 
former   the    general 


274 

word,  the  latter  prop- 
erty in  cattle. 

Cause,  airia. 

Cavalry,  'nriru(6g,  ad- 
jee. ;  tTTTtif  (lit.  horse- 
men). 

Cease,  irai'Ofiat. 

Celaenae,  Ke?Mivat, 

Certain,  a  — ,  tic. 

Chalus,  Xd?joc. 

Chance,  Tvyx^vo- 

Change,  ^eraTiO^fit. 

Charge,  le/xai. 

Chariot,  dpfia ;  four- 
horse  — ,  TiOpiiriTov. 

Chase,  6t6Ku. 

Chastise,  koM^u. 

Child,  commonly  iraic, 
but  sometimes  riicvov 
(prop,  that  which  is 
born,  a  bairn),  or  nat- 
6iov  (profi.  the  dim.) ; 
little  — ,  TraiSiov. 

Choose,  alpiofiai. 

Choral,  —  dancer ^  x^ 
ptvri/q. 

Cilicia,  KikiKia. 

Cilician,  —  woman  or 
queen,  KiXiaoa. 

Citizen,  TroXirtK. 

City,  7r<5X/f ,  used  either 
of  the  place  or  the 
inhabitants,  or  of  the 
two  together,  a  town, 
city,  state ;  darv,  of 
the  place  only. 

Clear,  aa<^/c ;  make  — , 

Clearchus,  Kkeapxo^. 

Close,  lOieiu. 

Close,      —      together, 

dtipdo^. 
Cloud,   veipk'kTi ;    —  of 

dust,  KUVlOpTOf. 

Cock,  d'keKTpvuv. 


Converse 

Collect,  (TvXAiyw  or 
dSpoil^u;  —  together, 
awaftpoil^u. 

Come,  epxopai,  elpi,  rJKw, 
be  or  have  — ,  ^mj ;  — 
together,  awepxopat ; 

—  along,  napipxofiat ; 

—  on,  npooipxofiai, 
iiretfit^  or  rrpdaeipt ;  — 
to  an  end,  TJjyu. 

Command,    Ke'kevu,   to 

bid,  order,  but  dpxo, 

to  rule. 
Commander,  apxuv. 
Commend,  tiraiviu. 
Commit,  —  error,  dpap- 

rdvu. 
Common,  Koivdq. 
Companion,  halpo^. 
Company,  /<i^of ;  in  — 

with,  a'vv. 
Compel,  dvayml^u. 
Compose,  y()d<(tu. 
Comrade,  halpo^. 
Conceal,  Kpimru. 
Condemn,  —  to  deaths 

Oavardu. 
Condition,  on  —  that, 

Conquer,  viKau. 
Conscious,  be  —  to,  avv- 

<n6(l. 

Consider,  oKoniu,  to 
look  intently,  ob- 
serve, but  vofii^u,  to 
regard. 

Constant,  fiijiato^. 

Consult,  —  with,  avfi- 
lhv?.ei>ofiat. 

Contain,  Ix"- 
Contend,  dyuvi^ofuu. 
Contest,  dy6v ;  judge  of 

a  — ,  dyuvodkTTK. 
Continue,  Aiare'kiu. 
Converse,  6uiXiy<^uu. 


Convict 


275 


Ease 


Convict,  eXiyxcj;  be  con- 
victed, dXioKOfiai. 

Com,  airof , 

Corrupt,  KaKdg. 

Costly,  TToXvreX^. 

Country,  x^P^i  lands, 
territory,  but  narpig, 
one's  fatherland. 

Courage,  dperij. 

Courageous,  OappaMog. 

Courageously,  dappa- 
Aeu^. 

Covetousness,  n^eove- 
^ia. 

Cowardly,  kokoc. 

Co-worker,  avvepydq. 

Crag,  Tchpa. 

Criminal,  KOKovpyoc. 

Cross,  ^lafiaivu. 

Cultivate,  datdu. 

Current,  p6og. 

Cut, —  to  pieces  or  down, 
KaraKdrrru ; — of,  dno- 

K&KTU. 

Cydnus,  Khdwt^. 
Cyrus,  Kvpoq. 

D. 

Dagger,  pdxaipa. 
Dancer,  choral  — ,  x^- 

pevrij^. 
Danger,  kivSwo^  ;  fond 

of  — ,  ^lAuKivdwog. 
Daric,  dapeiKdq. 
Darius,  ^apeiog. 
Dark,  Kvkipaq. 
Daughter,  Ovydrrfp. 
Day,  T/fiipa. 
Daybreak,  at  — ,  d/na 

TTf  Tifikpa. 
Dead,  vtKpdq;   the  — , 

ol  re&vffKdreg;   be  — , 

TefhrfKivai  or  rethdvat. 
Deal,  —  out,  vifiu. 


Death,  Odvaroc ;  con- 
demn to  — ,  OavaTdu  ; 

put  to  — ,  drrOKTElVO)  ; 

suffer  — ,  dnoOvrfOKO). 

Deceive,  t^aTrardu,  or 
^eijdo),  to  deceive  by 
lying ;  --  grossly,  or 
completely,  k^anardu. 

Declare,  dnodeiKWfu  or 
dTrnijHiivofiai. 

Decree,  rj/^iofia. 

Deed,  epyov. 

Deep,  liaOv^. 

Defeat,  viKdu;  be  de- 
feated, ^TTdofUU. 

Defend,  dfivvu. 

Delay,  ptXKu,  to  be  on 
the  point  of  doing  a 
thing,  without  actual- 
ly doing  it ;  diarpi^u, 
to  spend  one's  time, 
tarry ;  —  one's  march, 
Enex<^  f^  TTopeiaq. 

Deliberate,  fiov?ievo/iaL 

Delight,  ripnu. 

Deliver,  —  over,  napa- 
dlikifii. 

Deliverance,  aoTr/pia. 

Delphi,  Ae^i. 

Democracy,  d^/joKparia. 

Deny,  oh  <l>rjpi. 

Descend,  Karafiaivo). 

Desert,  KaraXeiTro). 

Deserted,  eptjfioq. 

Designate,  dwo6uKvvfu. 

Desire,  idkT^ju  or  kni&v- 
fiio);  ETTiOvfiia,  ore  pug, 
the  latter  physical 
desire. 

Desist,  TTai}Ofjuu. 

Despise,  KaTa<ppovto. 

Destroy,  avu;  —  utter- 
ly, aTzoXkvju,  or  Kara- 
OKdiTTu  in  the  sense 
of  to  raze,  demolish. 


Die,  rcXcvrdw  or  djro- 
Ov^aKu. 

Differ,  6ia<pkpci. 

Difficult,  x^^''^^- 

Discipline,  rd^iq. 

Discussion,  Myoq. 

Disgraceful,  alaxpdq. 

Dishonor,  drifid^u. 

Disinherit,  diroKijpvTTu. 

Dispirited,  dOv/wg;  be 
— ,  ddvptu. 

Disposition,  rpoTrog. 

Distance,  at  a  — from^ 
irpoao). 

Distant,  be  — ,  aTrexu. 

Ditch,  Td<(>pog. 

Do,  TTouu  or  Trpdrro,  in 
this  sense  used  inter- 
changeably; —  harm, 
KUKug  iroiiu; — vrrong, 
dSiKeo). 

Dog,  KV(JV. 

Door,  Ovpa. 

Down,  Kara;  — from^ 

Hard  with  G. 
Drag,  —  down,  nara- 

andct. 
Drama,  Spapa. 
Draw,  dyu;  —  up,rdTTit. 
Dread,  oKviu. 
Drive,  k^avvu ; — away, 

dneTuavvu. 
Dust,  cloud  of  — ,  Ko- 

vioproq. 
Dwell,  or  —  in,  oixku. 


Each,  eKOffTog ;  —  tim^, 

EKdaTore. 
Eagle,  deTdg. 
Ear,  (Wf. 

Earnest,  airovdaioc. 
Earth,  yv. 
Ease,  with  —  or  easily, 

p^iui. 


V 


fij 


!; 


Easy 

Easy,  pd(^toq. 
Educate,  Traifitbo. 
Egypt,  AI^vTrrof. 
Egyptian,  AiyvTrrto^. 
Eight,  oKTu. 
Either,  —  ...  or,  ^...^. 
Elect,  aipkofiai. 
Embark,  efifiaivu. 
Embrace,  KeptXafifidva. 
Emporium,  efxirdptov. 
Empty,f  ^f  i/^/,  as  a  river. 
Enact,  TiSt/fii. 
Encamp,  oTpaTOTreAevD ; 
—  near,  napaaKT/veo. 
Encampment,   arpard' 

ireAov. 
Encircle,  kvkTlSu. 
End,  Kai'io;  reXof ;  come 

to  an  — ,  ^r/yu. 
Enemy,  Tro^i^io^,  an  en- 
emy in  war  ;  f^'^/)Of, 
a  personal  enemy ;  the 
— ,  01  nakifJLioi. 
Enroll,  tvT&TTu. 
Enslave,  t^ovkdij. 
Entrust,  tTriTpk-Ku. 
Envy,^vf  w,  involving 
the  idea  of  ill-will, 
malice;   C7^<5w,  witli 
the  idea  of  emulation . 
Equipment,  Kdofio^. 
Escape,  aTro^H-yw;  — 
notice  or  —  the  notice 
of,  }.av6dvu. 
Establish,  KaOiarrifn. 
Even,  Kai ;  not  — ,  ovdi 

or  fiT/(U. 
Evening,  l<nripa. 
Ever,  1/  ...  — ,  elirore. 
Every,  Trdf ;  everything, 

Trdv. 
Evident,  ^Aof . 
Evil,  Kn<c<Jf ,  irovrjp6^,  see 
Bad  ;  an  — ,  KaK^v  ; 
tvU-doeTj  KoKovpyo^. 


276 

Exceedingly,  \oxvpi^^, 
strongly,  forcibly  ; 
XakeTzCtq,  severely, 
grievously. 

Execute,  ■Kparm. 

Exercise,  yy/ifdCw. 

Exhibit,  (hiKWfit. 

Exhort,  TTporpenofiat. 

Exile,  ibvyd^  or  if>tvyuv  ; 
he  exiled,  eKiriKTu. 

Expect,  oiofini. 

Expedition,  ard'Xo^, 
066^  or  orpaTtia  ;  take 
part  in  an  — ,  arpa- 
TEi-ofiat ;  make  an  — 
against,  eTziaTpaTevu. 

Expose,  sKiftaivu. 

Express,  diroAeiicvvfit. 

Extent,  to  the  —  0/, 
TTpdg. 

Eye,  (HpOaX/idi. 

W. 

Fail,  Eiri^^iTru. 
Fair,  KaXd^. 
Faithful,  TT/ffrof. 

Fall,   TTITTTU). 

False,  f}>£vA^. 
Famous,  cvkM/^. 
Far,  — from,  nf}6au. 
Fare,  TrpdrTu. 
Fated,  it  is  — ,  dvayx^ 

eariv. 
Father,  narqp. 
Fatigue,    he  fatigued, 

KdflVU. 

Favor,  x^P^^- 

Fear,  <;>6po^ ;  ^^eofjiai, 
diihuca,  or  diiha,  tho 
first  of  instantaneous 
and  inconsiderate 
fear,  the  last  two  of 
deliberate  and  rea- 
sonable fear. 

Fearful,  <^^tp6q. 


Food 

Fellow  -  citiaen,   vroVi- 

TT/g. 
Fellow-Ghreeks,  w  nv- 

Fellow-soldiers,  dvApec 

OTpariuTai,    with    or 

without  w. 
Fertile,  evyeug. 
Fetch,  —  water,  v6po- 

(ftopiu. 
Few,  uXiyog. 
Fidelity,  evvota. 
Fifteen,  nevTCKai^eKa. 
Fifty,  irevT^Kovra. 
Fight,  fidxv\  f^axofiai; 

—  it  out,  SiaTTo^efxlu. 
Fill,  nifinlrifii. 
Find,  evpioKu  or  Kara- 

"Kap^dvii. 
Fine,  fine-looking,  evei- 

%. 

Fire,  irvp;  $et  on  — , 
Kaiu  or  evdiTTo. 

First,  irpuTog ;  npuTov. 

Fish,  Ix^' 

Five,  nivre. 

Flatter,  ko^mkcvu. 

Flatterer,  K6/ia^. 

Flee,  <^vy(j  or  arroi^b- 
yo. 

Fleet,  raxi^' 

Flesh,  Kpiag. 

Flight,  <l>vyfr,  put  to 
— ,  rperro. 

Flow,  piu. 

Fly,  ^vyw. 

Fodder,  x^^- 

Follow,  inofiai ;  at  fol- 
lows, or  tli>e  follow- 
ing, some  case  of  Wi. 

Folly,  evT/Oua. 

Fond,  —  of  danger, 
^^AoKtvtJwof  ;  —  of 
money,  (^tTidpyvftog. 

Food,  a'lToq. 


Foolish 


277 


Have 


Foolish,  fj'kidiog. 
Foot,  TTo^f ;  on — ,  nt^if. 
Foot-soldier,      irel^dq  ; 
heavy -armed  — ,  b-KXi- 

TTK. 

For,  yap  ;  elf  or  irepi. 
Force,  dvvafug ;  (iidi^o- 

fiat  ;  be  in  — ,  fiivu. 
Forget,  iirikavUdvo^ai. 
Fort  or  fortress,  reixor. 
Fortunate,  be  — ,  evrv- 

Xiu. 
Found,  ktH^u. 
Foundation,  Kp^rrtg. 
Four,  Tirrapeg. 
Fourth,  Ttraproq. 
Free,  tXevOepou  or  dira?.- 

Mttu  ;   —  from  old 

age,  ayfjpug. 
Freedom,  kT^tvOepia. 
Freeze,  ir^ywfu. 
Friend,  ^tAof. 
Friendly,  <^i^  or  ^Z- 

Friendship,  <fn?ua. 
From,  ef  or  and  ;  —  the 

side  of,  trapd  with  Q. 
Front,  in  — ,  IfinpoaOev. 
Fruit,  Kapndg. 
Fugitive,  <^tvytjv. 
Full,  ir'kijprK;  very — , 

avfnrXiijg  ;  —  of  toil, 

iroXvnovog;  at — speed, 

dvd  Kpdrog. 
Fully,  —  arm,  KaOoir?u- 

o. 

Ghdn,  Krdoftai  or  xepdai- 

Gtalley,  ntvnjKdvropog. 
Garrison,  f^vhucfj. 
Qate,  irvh^. 
(Gazelle,  rJo/>«df. 
General,  arpaTrrydq. 


Gtet,  yiyvofiai ;  —  togeth- 
er, KTdofiai  ;  —  up, 
dviarrffii ;  aid  in  get- 
ting out,  avx'eKfiiftd(,(jj. 

Giant,  yiyag. 

Gift,  dcipov. 

Girl,  Kdpff. 

Give,  didcjfit ;  —  over, 
Tcapadidufii  ;  —  up, 
napadidufii  or  dnodi- 
dufic ;  —  answer,  dno- 
KpivofMi ;  —  way,  f «- 
K^ivcj  ;  —  way  to, 
neidofiai. 

Gladden,  ev<^paivu>. 

Gladly,  rjdeuq. 

Glory,  K^iof . 

Go,  tlfu  or  ipxofiai ;  be 
gone,  olxofiai ;  —  up, 
dvapaivu]  —  off  or 
away,  iirei/u  or  dirkp- 
XOfiat  ;  —  forward, 
TTpdetfii ;  —  through, 
6ia(iaivo). 

Goat,  aZf . 

Goblet,  KVTre?LXov. 

God,  dedg. 

Gk>ddess,  Oed. 

Gold,  xP'^'-^  i  of  — , 
xpvotog. 

Gk>lden,  xp^^^<K- 

Good,  dyafidg,  in  the 
widest  sense;  xpw^^, 
in  the  sense  of  use- 
ful, profitable. 

Govem,/<  to  — ,  dpxiKdg. 

Grain,  alrog. 

Grant,  didtjfii. 

Grapple,  —  with,  nvfi- 
tt/tttw. 

Grass,  x^P^^- 
Gratify,  x<^P^^ofiai. 
Grreat,  fiiyag,  prop,  of 

size ;  iro?i{jg,  prop,  of 

number. 


Greatly,  fieydXog,  o<^- 

dpa,  or  laxvpijg. 
Grecian,  'E^A^vmuJc. 
Greece,  'EyUdf. 
Greek,  '^l^'Xhrv  or'EXX^- 

viKdq. 
Ground,  —  arms,  riOe- 

fiai  rd  OTzXa. 
Groundless,  Kevdg. 
Guard,  <i>v?m^  ;    <}>vXdr- 

Tcj ;  —  against,  ^TJur- 

TOfiai. 
Guest,  ^evog. 
Guide,  Tfyefi6v. 


^a.\f-daxic,^fiidapeiK6v. 

Hall,  dvL)yeui>. 

Halt,  KaraXvu),  to  un- 
yoke the  baggage- 
cattle  ;  loTijui,  to  cause 
to  stand,  as  soldiers ; 
—  under  arms,  rUfe- 
fiai  rd  OTrXa. 

Hand,  x^'P  5  on  the  other 
— ,  av ;  be  at  — ,  ird- 
peifu]  get  in  — ,  x^*-- 
pdofiai. 

Happen,  rvy;tdvo». 

Happiness,  bTi^og. 

Happy,  evdaifiuv ;  re- 
gard — ,  evdat/iovil^u ; 
account  — ,  fMKapi^u. 

Harbor,  A«//^. 

Hard,  x^^^^- 

Hare,  /laywf . 

Harm,  (iT^irru  ;  do  — , 
/ca/c6)f  noiiu ;  suffer  — , 
Kcuciog  irdaxt>>. 

Haste,  anovdii. 

Hasten,  anevdu. 

Hate,  exffaipo  or  fxtaiu. 

Hateful,  kx^pdg. 

Have,  ex^  \  often  by  the 


■f 


v\ 
I'l 


\4\ 


Hay 

verb  to  he  and  dat., 
^  184,  4. 
Hay,  Kdfxjtr}. 
Hazard,  <o  beput  to  great 

— ,  aTTOKivdweiofiai. 
He,  1 144, 1 ;  and — ,  or 
but — ,  ode.  See  Him. 
Head,  to  be  at  the  —  o/, 

irpoeaTTjKa. 
Hear,  clkovu. 
Hearing,  clkotj. 
Heart,  coram.  V^;t7,  but 
sometimes  ^p^v  in  the 
plur. 
Heat,  Kttvfia. 
Heavy-armed,  — foot- 
soldier,  6n)iiTijg. 
Height,  vrJH)g,  anpov,  or 

bf)o^. 
Helmet,  Kpdvo^. 
Hem,  —  in,  eioyu. 
Hera,  'llpa. 
Herald,  K^pv^, 
Here,  evravOa  or  avrov. 
Hereupon,  ivravOa. 
Hermes,  'Ep//^?. 
Hide,  iipfia ;  Kpvnru. 
High,  avw ;  high-mind- 
ed, vtrkp^puv. 
Hill,  X(5^  or  T^Xo^. 
Him,  oblique  cases  of 

airdc  in  the  masc. 
Himself,  kavrov,  reflex.; 
avToq,  intens.like  ipse. 
Hinder,  kua^u  ;  — from, 

aTTOKuikviii. 

Hire,  fitoOoofiat. 

His,  often  by  the  arti- 
cle ;  sometimes  by  av- 
rov, gen.  sing.  masc.  of 
avrd^ ;  —  own,  iatrrov. 

Hit,  aKovriCu. 

Hither,  devpo. 

Hold,  ^;t<^;  — fast,  Ka- 
rix"^  i  —  **Pi  o-vaTtitfu. 


278 

Home,  at  — ,  oIkoi  ;  for 
—  or  homeward,  oi- 
Knde. 

Homer,  "0/i//pof. 

Honor,  rifit/ ;  rifidu ;  in 
— ,  rifiio^',  without — , 
arifio^. 

Hope,  eXTr/f ;  of  good — , 
eieATT/f. 

Hopeftil,  eveXirig. 

Hoplite,  dirXiTTj^. 

Horn,  Kepag. 

Horse,  nnro^  ;  on  horse- 
back, a<j>'  Ittkov. 

Horseman,  iTnrev^. 

Hostile,  no'kkp.toq. 

House,  oiKo^,  home,  or 
otKia,  dwelling. 

How,  TTof  or  Sttwj . 

However,  fiivroi. 

Hundred,  tKarov. 

Hunger,  hfid^. 

Hunt,  drfpevu  or  dijpdu. 

Husband,  aviip. 

I. 

I,t7(:.,|7y,l.and|144, 

1,  W.  N. 

Idle,  apydq. 
If,  ft  or  Mv. 
Ill,  KaKov  ;   KOKOf . 
Ill-treatment,  Trd^of. 
Imitate,  pi^tofxai. 
Immediately,  ci^?. 
Immortal,  atidvaroq. 
Impassable,  d-rcopo^. 
Impious,  ddtoq. 
Impose,  eiririth/fju. 
Imposition,  e^aTra-r/. 
Impost,  daofidq. 
In,  tv\  —  order  that, 

iva,  t>f ,  or  oTrwf . 
Inactive,  lie  — ,  Kard- 

Ktipai. 


Kindly 

Indicate,  StaoTjpaivu. 
Induce,  —  to  return, 

aTToarpeipcj. 
Inferior,  ;fc/pcw. 
Inflict,  kplidlTiU  or  iiri- 

Tilh/pi. 
Injure,  P^aTrru, 
Injustice,  ddiKia. 
Inspire,  hriOripL. 
Instead,  —  of,  dvri. 
Insult,  v/ipi^u. 
Intend,  fiiX?iXj. 
Into,  etg. 

Intrust,  hniTpiiru. 
Ionia,  'luvia. 
Island,  v^aoq, 

J. 

Jackal,  d(jq. 

Jar,  ;iiiioq. 

Javelin,  naTirdv. 

Join,  (Tvfipiywpi. 

Journey,  nopeia  or  666^ ; 
TTopeio/jiai. 

Judge,  KpiTTig,  in  gen- 
eral; diKaoT^g,  of  a 
court  of  justice ;  — 
of  a  contest,  dyuvntih 

Just,  dlKOlOq. 

Justice,  6iKatoavvri. 
Justly,  diKaiuq. 


Keep,  Tpii^u ;  kept,  some- 
times the  sign  of  the 
imperfect. 

Kill,  KTEivu ;  be  killed, 
diroth^Ku. 

Kind,  yivog;  of  all 
kinds,  TravroZof. 

Kindle,  Kaiu. 

Kindly,  tvvoo^. 


U, 


Kindness 

Elindness,  svepyeaia. 
Eling,  ^ikehg;  be  — , 
ftaatXeicj. 

ElnOCk,  KdTTTO). 

Know,  yiyvcjOKCj  or  olda. 


Lacedaemonian,  Aokc- 
(]aifi6vLoq. 

Ladder,  KTufia^. 

Lament,  b6vpofiat. 

Land,  yn. 

Language,  (pcjv^. 

Large,  piyag. 

Law,  vopog. 

Lead,  dyu,  in  general ; 
tjyiofiac,  to  go  before 
in  order  to  conduct ; 

—  forward,  irpodyu ; 

—  away,  aTrdyu. 
Leap,  d/Js-opai ;  —  down, 

KaTaTTTjddu. 

Learn,  pavOdvu  or  inxv- 
tidvouai. 

Leathern -bag,  doKdg. 

Leave,  au-tzu,  £k?£It(j, 
or  KaTa?.d7r<j ;  —  be- 
hind, KaraXeiTvu. 

Left,  tvuvvfiog. 

Leisure,  be  at  — ,  axo- 
Aa>,u. 

Less,  see  Small. 

Lest,  fijj. 

Let,  —  loose,  d<l>iTj/xi. 

Letter,  eTrioTo^. 

Levy,  av?J?u)yTJ. 

Liberality,  with  great 
— ,  peya/joTTpenuQ. 

Libyan,  Al^vg. 

Lie,  KEipai,  of  position  ; 
fei6u,  to  falsify ;  — 
outstretched  or  inac- 
tive,  KaraKeifiai. 
^  Life,  )3tof. 


279 

Lift,  cupo). 

Light-armed,  —  sol- 
dier, yvpvTjg. 

Lighten,  ETriKow^H^a. 

Lightly,  -rrpaug. 

Line,  rd^ig]  in  — ,  or 
in  —  of  battle,  Kara 
(jtdTuiyya. 

Lion,  y\t(jv. 

Live,  o'lKicj. 

Living,  piog. 

Long,  fioKpdg ;  —  after, 
iipiepai. 

Look,  —  out  for,  eiri- 
peMopai. 

Loose,  Tivo. 

Loquacious,  KcrriXoc. 

Loss,  be  at  a  — ,  diropiu. 

Lot,  Txjxv- 

Love,  0<X^cj,  dyairdcj,  or 
a-ipy(j>. 

Luck,  Tvxv- 

Luxury,  rpnxpfj. 

Lycius,  \vKLoq. 

Lydia,  \v6ia. 

M. 

Maeander,  'Siaiav6pog. 
Magistrates,  rf^v,  from 

Majority,  the — ,  oi  irol- 
Tuoi. 

Make,  ttoUu  ;  TiOrjpi,  as 
laws ;  —  reply,  diro- 
Kpivopcu ;  —  war,  no- 
Xepiu  or  arparevofiai ; 
—  known,  pipwu ;  — 
the  attack,  kneipi ;  — 
clear,  drjldu ;  —  every 
effort,  irdvra  noiiu. 

Man,  dvijp  or  dvOpunoq ; 
old — ,y^po)v;  young  — , 
veaviag;  sometimes  in 
•pl.^arpaTiuToi  or  Ttfig. 


Mount 

Manifest,  (pavtpdg  or  S^* 

Aog. 
Manner,  rpdnog. 
Many,  see  Much. 
March,  Tzopeia  ;  eTmvvo 

or  E^E^aivo) ;  — forth, 

away,  or  on,  e^eTluv- 

vo;  —  against,  npoa- 

EXavvo). 
Market-place,  dyopd. 
Marsyas,  Mapcvag. 
Matter,  irpdypa. 
Means,  xPVf-f^Ta, 
Meat,  Kpinq. 
Mede,  mj^oq. 
Melody,  //fAof. 
Menon,  Mtvcw. 
Mention,  Myu. 
Mercenary,  ^EviKog  or 

luaBo<l>6poq, 
Messenger,  dyyElog. 
Middle,  ptaog ;   piosv^ 

as  noun. 
Milesian,  yi.il'^aiog. 
Miletus,  WikTiToq. 
Milk,  ydla. 
Milo,  Mt^cjv. 
Miltiades,  'iJi.LXTLdSrjq. 
Mina,  pvd. 
Mind,  vovq ;    be  high' 

minded,  pkya  ((tpuvicj. 
Misfortune,  dinrrvxia. 
Miss,  duaprdvu. 
Mithridates,   MiOpidd- 

Money,  dpyi'piov  or  XPV- 
para  ;  fond  of  — ,  <l>t- 
^.dpyvpog. 

Month,  pm'- 

Moon,  aElipnj, 

Mortal,  Oi'Tirdg. 

Most,  s.  of  7roA6f ;  fid- 
ham,  adv. 

Mother,  prjTtjp. 

Mount,  dvajiaiixj. 


i 


Mountain 

Mountain,  6/x>c. 

Mouth,  (JTdfia. 

Move,  KivLu. 

Movement,  <^p/<'/. 

Much,  irokvq]  iroT^v^  as 
adv. 

Muse,  Moi'ffa. 

Must,  Atl ;  often  the 
sign  of  the  verbal  in 
-Ttoq. 

Muster,  aOfwi^u. 

My,  t/itif ;  often  by  the 
gen.  sing,  of  ey^. 

Myself,  'tfiavTov,  re- 
flex. ;  avrd^^  intens. 
like  ip%e. 

Name,  bvofia. 

Nature,  i^vaiq. 

Near,    T^po^   or   trapa; 

nXifaiov  or  eyyvg. 
Necessary,  it  is  — ,  <iei, 

or  avayKTf  iariv. 
Necklace,  (Tr/)e7rr<)c. 
Need,  6kofiai ;   there  is 

Neglect,  a/Jt}.iij. 
Neighboring,  nXrfoiov. 
Neither,  — ...  nor,  wre 
...ovre,  or  fi7jTE...(t7jTe. 
Never,  omoTt   or  fxfi- 

■KOTt. 

Nevertheless,  6/iwf. 
Next,  on  the  —  day, 

Ti)  varepai^. 
Night,  vv^ ;  bi/  — ,  vif- 

KTUp. 

Nightingale,  ^Ao^^Aa. 
Nile,  Hei^. 
No,  oi/deic  or  (iri^eiq ;  — 
one  or  hody^  ovdei^  or 

Noble,  ycvvaloq. 


280 

Nobly,  yFwaioq. 

Noise,  xpavyi],  a  cry, 
shout;  0<5/»v/iof,  a  con- 
fused noise,  uproar. 

Nor,  cwAk  or  nrjdL 

Not,  ov  or  fill)  —  y^t, 
ovTTuox  lii/TTW,  — even, 
oviU  or  fitfii. 

Notice,  escape  —  or  es- 
cape  the  —  of,  Aav- 
Odvu. 

Now,  vw,  of  time ;  ^, 
inferential ;  ij^v,  al- 
ready. 

Number,  apidtxiu  ;  in 
great  numbers,  iroXv^. 

o. 

O,  w;  —thatf  eWe. 
Oath,  opKf^. 
Obey,  TTeidofiat. 
Observe,  votu  or  Otao- 

fiai. 
Obtain,  rvyx^va. 
Occupy,  ohciu  or  Kari- 

Offering,  pour  out  as 
an  — ,  anfv^u. 

Often,  TToAAaK/f. 

Old,  —  man,  ykpuv ;  — 
age,  yfjpaq. 

Oligarchy,  bhyapxia. 

On,  £7rt'  or  £»*;  —  ac- 
count of,  cJm ;  — 
horseback,  caf  Imrov, 

Once,  t^ork  ;  at  — ,  av- 
TiMi,  €vOvc,  or  ffdij. 

One,   eic;  —  another. 

Only,  jiovov. 
Open,  avoiyo. 
Opinion,  yvufirj. 
Opponent,  avTurraatu- 

T1K. 


PauM 

Oppose,  KuXi'u,  in  the 
sense  of  hindering; 
evavTtdofiai,  in  the 
sense  of  sotting  one's 
self  against. 

Or,  V. 

Oracle,  finvreia,  the  re- 
sponse ;  ;f/>r/(7rr//Mov, 
the  seat  of  the  oracle. 

Orator,  pt/rup. 

Order,  KtAerw  or  TaTTu; 
in  good  — ,  ihraKTuc ', 
in  —  or  in  —  that^ 
Iva,  wc,  or  biTiM;. 

Orestes,  'Optarij^. 

Orontas,  'O^wivraf. 

Ostrich,  aTf)ovh6c. 

Other,  a?.?j)<; ;  others,  ol 
M,  §  143.  1. 

Ought,  xi>^- 

Our,  r/uerrpof ;  often  the 
gen.  plur.  of  eyu. 

Out,  —  of  sight,  a<l>av^. 

Outrage,  niKiCi->. 

Outstretched,  lie  — , 
KaTaKeifiOi. 

Overcome,  Kpario. 

Overthrow,  Karo?.wj. 

Own,  by  the  gen.  of  the 
proper  reflex,  pron. 


P. 

Pain,  AiOn-//. 

Palace,  ftaal}£ia. 

Palisade,  aravpofta. 

Parasang,  rrapaadyy^. 

Parent,  yovei^. 

Park,  irapdieiaoc. 

Part,  fiipoc. 

Pass,  ndpoi^oc ;  —  along, 
napadiAofii,  trans.,  or 
irapepxofiai,  in  trans. ; 
—  by,napipxofMii^ 


Passable 

tlic  word  to  one  anoth- 
er, Aiayye?J.opai. 

Passable,  —  by  wagons, 
dfia^iToq. 

Pausanias,  Tiamnvia^. 

Pay,  fiiado^ ;  riHu  or 
dnodidufii. 

Peace,  nptivij. 

Peacock,  rauQ. 

Peltast,  TreXraar^f. 

Penalty,  C'7A"'a. 

People,  diipor^. 

Perceive,  maddvopai. 

Perfidious,  iravovpyoq. 

Perhaps,  tawf. 

Perish  or  —  utterly, 
dTTdXkvfiai. 

Perjure,  —  one's  self, 
tniopKeu. 

Permit,  idu. 

Persian,    HepaiKdi    or 

rit/KTZ/f. 

Person,  dvOpurrog. 

Persuade,  neiOu. 

Pharnabazus,  ^apvd- 
ftaCog. 

Philosopher,  <p^?.6ao- 
^. 

Phrygia,  ^pvyia ;  Phry- 
gian, ^pvym. 

Picket-guard,    npo<i>{>- 

>(!  =  . 

Piece,  cut  to  pieces,  ko- 
Pigres,  n/yp^f. 

Pilot,  KVfiepVT/TTt^. 

Pisidian,  Uiaidrfg. 

Pity,  OlKTEipU. 

Place,  x^P^^  or  ''<J^o? ; 

stopping  — ,  araOfio^ ; 

take  — ,  yiyvofxat ;  in 

this   — ,   IvraiOa ;    t/i 

—  of  dvrl. 
Plain,  nediov. 
Plait,  nXkiiJU). 


281 

Plan,  ftovXi] ;  ^ovkevu. 
Play,  TraiCw. 
Pleased,  be  — ,  tjdofiai. 
Pleasing,  x^P^^^^- 
Pleasure,  yAovri. 
Pledges,  TTiard. 
Plethmm,  Tzlidpov. 
Plot,      £iriPov?vy  ;      — 

against,  tiri(iovXevu. 
Plough,  dpoTpov. 
Plunder,  nopOtu,  dpnd 

Cw,  or  diapnd^o). 

Poet,   TTOl^T/g. 

Point,    —    out,    emdei- 

KWfil. 

Polished,  ^eardg. 
Poor,  nTuxdq ;  —  man, 

Possess,  KEKTTlfiai. 

Possession,  Krijfia ;  pos- 
sessions, sometimes 
dyadd. 

Possible,  is  — ,  eariv  or 
i^eanv  ;  as... as  — , 
ug  or  on  with  super- 
lative. 

Post,  Kadlanjfit. 

Pour,  —  out  as  an  of- 
fering, OTzevdu. 

Poverty,  rrevia. 

Power,  Kpdrog  or  Mjva- 
pii ;  in  the  —  of,  km 
with  D. 

Practicable,  evTzpoKTog. 

Praise,  inaivku. 

Praiseworthy,  kncuve- 
rdg. 

Pray,  ehxofxat. 

Pre-eminently,  dm^c- 
pdvTug. 

Prefer,  alpkopai. 

Present,  nap^v,  part,  of 
Tcdpeifxi  used  as  adj.  ; 
be  — ,  ndpei/u. 

Press,  irU^u. 


Pyramid 

Pretext,  -rrpdipaaiq. 
Prize,  a07,ov. 
Proceed,  Tzopevofiai. 
Proclaim,  KaTaKijpvtTu. 
Proclamation,      make 

Procure,  TTopil^u. 
Promise,  vTriaxvkofiai. 
Proof,  TEKprjpiOV. 

Proper,  —  time^   kui- 

pog. 
Property,  ;tP7/^^«. 
Propitious,  l^Eug. 
Prosperous,  evdaijiuv. 
Protection,  ETTLKovprjua. 
Provide,  Ttopi^u. 
Province,  dpxf]. 
Provisions,    kniTijAEta, 

with  or  without  tho 

article. 
Proxenus,  Upd^Evog. 
Prudent,  au^fKJv. 
Publish,  dTTodEiKWfii. 
Punish,  ko7m^u  or  C7- 

fu6u. 
Punisher,  KoTiaar^g. 
Punishment,  inflict  — , 

(^IK7/V  ETTlTldrf/U. 

Purchase,  uviopai. 
Purify,  KaOaipu, 
Purple ,  (jfoiviKEog  or  nop- 

(pvpEog. 
Purpose,  for  the  —  of, 

Ef   tfJTE. 

Pursue,  (UcjKu. 

Pursuit,  6iu^ig. 

Put,  TiOrffu ;  —  to  flight, 
TpETTOfiat ;  —  to  death, 
diroKTEivG) ',  —  to  vote, 
kmrpf/ipi^u ;  —  to  sea, 
dvdyo/Mi ;  —  on,  kv- 
6vvo)  ;  —  on  one's 
breast-plate,  Oupoju- 
Cofiai. 

Pyramid,  rrvpaiiiq. 


i 


m 


Quail 

Quail,  dpTv^. 
Question,  epurdu. 
Quick,  Tax'vg. 
Quickly,  Ta^v. 


Raise,  —  up,  aviarijfii. 
Rank,  rd^/f. 
Ransom,  Tivofuu. 
Rapidly,  Taxi<-K- 
Rather,  ^uaAAov. 
Ratify,  krriKvpdo. 

Ravine,  x^P^^P<^' 

Reach,  —  down,  Ka&^KCj. 

Read,  dvayiyvucKu. 

Ready,  make  — ,  napa- 
OKevd^ofcat. 

Receive,  "kafi^&vw,  in 
the  sense  of  taking 
in  one's  hand,  laying 
hold  of;  6ix^f^^>  ^^ 
the  sense  of  holding 
out  one's  hand  to 
receive  what  is  of- 
fered, accepting. 

Reconcile,  dia?.AjdTTuoT 
/wraAAdTTu. 

Refrain,  ankxf^l^t. 

Refuge,  take  — ,  nara- 
(pevyu. 

Refuse,  ol  <}>rjfii. 

Regard,  —  happy,  ev- 
datfiovilliu ;  in  —  to, 
irpdf  w.  A. 

Remain,  fiivu. 

Remember,  fte/^vrfnai. 

Remit,  drrorrf/zTrw. 

Reply,  make  — ,  ano- 
Kpivofxai. 

Reputation,  66^a. 

Repute,  in  — ,  ivdo^u^. 

Rescue,  au^u>. 


282 

Resolutely,  areppuc. 
Respect,   alScj^ ;    with 

to,  TT/xJf  w.  A. 

Rest,   dvarravofmi ;    the 

—  of,o  dAAof ;  the  — , 
oi  d?Ju)i  or  oi  ^aiToi. 

Restore,  Kardyu. 
Restrain,  Kartx*^- 
Retaliate,  dvrnzociu. 
Retreat,  <pevyo. 
Return,  induce  to  — , 

aTTOCTpiiJHJ. 

Revile,  Xotdopiu. 

Revolt,  d<piffTafUH. 

Reward,  fiiaOog. 

Rich,  irXovaiog ;  he  — , 
trXovTEu. 

Ride,  f  Aat'vu ;  —  hi/, 
Trape/iavvo) ;  —  away, 
aKE^vvu. 

Right,  /^/*caf Of,  morally; 
6e^i6^,  direction. 

River,  Trora/idf. 

Road,  666^. 

Rob,  OTcpiu,  dnoaTepiu, 
or  d<paipiofiai. 

Robber,  Tiifor^c ;  —  of 
temples,  iepdavXo^. 

Robbery,  ^.j^areia. 

Robe,  Kdvdvg. 

Rock,  TTtrpa. 

Royal,  ftaaiT^Kt^  or  /3a- 
aiXiKog ;  —  authority, 
PaaiTida. 

Rule,  dpx(^. 

Run,  Tpex^,  in  the  gen- 
eral sense ;  Wtw,  dc- 
noteshaste  and  quick- 
ness, and  is  comm. 
used  of  bodies  of  men, 
a  military  term ;  — 
forward,    npoTpixt'f  ; 

—  up,  TrpoaHeu). 
Rush,  ufiat  or  dpfidu ; 

—  on,  upfiau. 


Send 


Sacred,  irp6c. 

Sacrifice,  Ovaia ;  Oiu. 

Safe,  dcipaATjg  or  a€x>^. 

Safely,  da0a?.oc. 

Safety,  auTrjpla  or 
da<^Xeia  ;  with  — , 
da<^'A(j^  ;  in  great- 
est — ,  da<pa7J:aTaTa ; 
hring  in  — ,  atj^u. 

Sail,  —  away,  aTzo-nAtu 
or  eKTT/iu. 

Sailor,  vavrij^. 

Same,  avrdg  with  th» 
art.,  §  79.  2. 

Samian,  'Ldfitoq. 

Sardis,  "Ldp^eic. 

Satrap,  aarpaTZTj^. 

Save,  (7t[>Cw. 

Savior,  aurrjp. 

Say,  /iyw  or  ^7//t ;  d- 
TTov,  said. 

Scout,   OKDTTO^. 

Scrutinize,  tferdCu. 
Sea,  Od7MTTa ;  put  to  — » 

dvdyofiai. 
Seat,  he  seated,  KaO^ftai. 
Second,  voTtpcuoq. 
Secret,  Kpviz-dq. 
See,   bpdu ;  —  to,  cko- 

TTfU. 

Seek,  Cv^fw. 

Seem,  —  hest,  doKiu. 

Seer,  ndvriq. 

Self,  nirdc,  §  145,  1. 

Self-control,  h/Kpdreia. 

Sell,  aKodUhfiai. 

Send,  TT^/zTTCj,  ariX^u  (p. 
89),  or  iTf^i ;  —  for, 
fieTarre/iiTrofiar,  —  ba^k 
or  home,  dizonifn:u ; 
— forwa  rd,  Trponifnro); 
—  down,  KarairifiTTu  ; 

I     —  word,  TrapayyLXku. 


Sense 

Sense,  aXadrjauQ. 
Senseless,  avooq. 
Separate,   dTrcxTTrdw   or 

dliOTTipi. 

Servant,  Oepdnuv. 
Serve,  —  for  hire,  Orj- 

Set,  laTTffii ;  Svvu,  of  the 
sun  ;  —  before,  rrapa- 
r'Stjfii ;  —  on  fire,  aaiu 
or  evdnru  ;  —  out, 
opudofiai. 

Seven,  sTrrd. 

Severe,  ;faAf7rdf. 

Shame,  aiax^'VTf. 

Sharp,  b^bg. 

Shepherd,  Troifi^. 

Shield,  dtTTrif. 

Ship,  vavq. 

Shoot,  To^evu. 

Shout,  Kpavy^;  (3odu. 

Show,  (jMivu,  to  make  to 
appear,  to  cause  to  be 
seen ;  6eiKvv/ii  or  etti- 
deiKvvfii,  prop,  to  show 
with  the  finger,  hence 
to  show  in  general. 

Shun,  <}>evyu. 

Sick,  be  — ,  dadEviu. 

Side,  from  the  —  of, 
Tzapd  with  G. ;  on  all 
sides,  ndwodev ;  on 
both  sides,  dfupoTEpo- 
«ev. 

Sight,  bpaaiq ;  out  of — , 
d^av^f;  in  — ,  Kara- 
<ltavTfq. 

Silence,  aty^. 

Silent,  be  — ,  aiydu. 

Silver,  dpyvptov  ;  —  or 
of — ,  dpyvpEoq. 

Simple,  oTrAdof. 

Since,  ETrti  or  dn&re. 

Sing,  gidij. 

Singer,  dotidq. 


283 

Sink  or  —  down,  icara- 

6vo^  trans. 
Six,  e^. 
Skill,  TExyrj. 
Skin,  diipdkpa. 
Slander,  diaftoX^. 
Slaughter,     kSttto    or 

Slave,  dovhyq ;  be  a  — , 

6oV?;tV0). 
Slay,     dTTOKTElVUj    OTrdX- 

Tivfj-i ;    be  slain,   dno- 

dviJOKO). 

Sleep,  vKvog ;  KaOevdcj. 

Sling,  a(^Ev66vr] ;  a<^v- 
dovdci. 

Slinger,  G(^6ovf]Tr]q. 

Slowly,  axolff. 

Small,  fiiKpog. 

Smelling,  ba<ppr](jiq. 

Snare,  Trayig. 

Sneeze,  Trrdpwfiai. 

So,  ovTuq,  adv.  of  man- 
ner ;  6^,  logical  par- 
ticle of  inference  ;  be 
— ,  ot>7<jf  ix*^- 

Socrates,  ^.uKpdrT/q. 

Soldier,  aTpanur^g ; 
light-armed  — ,  yv- 
pvijq. 

Some,  r\q ;  ol  fiev,  §  143, 
1 ;  —  one  or  body  or 
thing,  T\q,  rl. 

Sometimes,  ev'iote. 

Son,  vi6q,  in  general ; 
T^alq,  child,  of  either 
sex. 

Song,  ^. 

Sooner,  Trf)6a0ev. 

Soothsayer,  fidvriq. 

Sophist,  aofpiaryq. 

Sophocles,  ILot^Kk^q. 

Sorrow,  T^iirr]. 

Sort,  of  every  — ,  navro- 
dairdf. 


Stream 

Soul,  Ovfidq. 

Sound,  cTifiaivDj  to  give 
a  signal,  with  a  per- 
sonal subject ;  <j)Oiy- 
yofiai,  of  any  loud, 
clear  sound. 

Source,  '^nyv- 

Sparta,  'Lirdprrj. 

Spartan,  'LizapTidrrjq. 

Speak  or  —  of,  T^yu  ; 
ftTTov,  spoke;  —  the 
truth,  dhjOevu. 

Spear,  Xoyxv- 

Speech,  T^yoq. 

Speed,  at  full  — ,  avd. 
Kpdroq. 

Spoils,  oKvTia. 

Sportsman,  dTjpEvrfjq. 

Spot,  x^pi-ov. 

Spring,  KpTjvT]. 

Square,  nAaiaiov. 

Stadium,  arddiov. 

Stag,  Dia<poq. 

Stage,  aradfioq. 

Stand,  larafiai  or  eott)' 
Ka ;  —  by,  napiara- 
fiai ;  —  around,  ne- 
puarapai ;  —  under 
arms,  ridEiiai  rd  ottTm,. 

Standard,  arjuelov. 

State,  ^^yw ;  noliq. 

Station,  araO/xoq. 

Steal,  /cAiTrrw. 

Steep,  npavrjq. 

Stern,  arvyvoq. 

Still,  STl. 

Stir,  —  up,  rapdrro. 
Stone,  7idoq\  /5dAAo. 
Stop,  TTow;  — fighting, 

KaraXvu. 
Stopping-place,     (rra* 

dfioq. 
Straightway,  eiMq. 
Stranger,  ^ivoq. 
Stream,  pdoi. 


strengthen 

Strengthen,  puvw/it. 

Strife,  epig. 

Strike, 7ra/w,8trike  with 
the  hand  or  some- 
thing in  it ;  ttAjtttw, 
a  stronger  word. 

Strive,  neipdofiat ;  — 
after,  bpiyofiai. 

Strong,  laxvpo^. 

Stronghold,  ;fupt'ov  or 
X<^piov  \axvpov. 

Straggle,  ayuv. 

Successfully,  Kaluq. 

Suffer, ^tia^w ;  — death, 
aKufh^Ku. 

Summit,  anpov. 

Summon,  kumu. 

Sun,  f/?uo^. 

Supperless,  afietirvo^. 

Support,  Tpi<j>o). 

Surmount,  vKEp^aXhi. 

Surpass,  vTzeptx*^. 

Surprise,  he  surprised, 
6avfid(,u. 

Surrender,  napadiSufu. 

Surround,  Trepiexi^. 

Suspect,  vTroTTTeio, 

Suspicion,  xyno-^ia. 

Swear, — falsely,  hmop- 
Keu. 

Sweat,  IJpcjf . 

Sweet,  n^v^,  agreeahle 

in  a  very  wide  sense  ; 

yAwct'f ,  prop,  sweet  to 

the  taste. 

Sword,  short  — ,  oKivd- 

Syracuaan,  ^vpaK6aioq. 
Syrian,  Zipio^\  Ibpoi. 

T. 

Tahle,  rpdKcl^a. 
Take,  "kafi^dvu ;  — place, 
yiyvofiai ;     —   away. 


284 

h^ipiu ;  —  pari  in 
an  expedition,  arpa- 
Ttvofiai. 
Talent,  TahivTov. 
Targeteer,  7reAraffrr/f. 
Taste,  yeiaig;  ytvojiai. 
Teacher,  ^iddoKaTuoq. 
Tegea,  Ityta. 
Team,  C,tvyoq. 
Tell,  Atyw;  elizov,  told. 
Temple,  vEuq ;  robber  of 

temples,  iep6av?.og. 
Ten,  StKo ;  —  thousand, 

fiiptoi. 
Tent,  oKijv^. 
Terrify,  CKTrXjyrr* 
Test,  pdaavoq. 
Than,  rj. 

That,    hKelvoq,    demon, 
pron. ;  hri,  in  indir. 
disc;  'iva,  <jf,  oTrof,  in 
the  sense  of  in  order 
that;  fiJi,  after  verbs 
of  fearing ;  so  — ,  axrre ; 
0  or  would  — ,  eWe. 
The,  0,  i),  t6. 
Theatre,  Oearpov. 
Theft,  xAoTT^. 
Their,    often    by    the 
article  ;      sometimes 
by  airruv,  gen.  plur. 
of  avTd^. 
Them,  oblique  cases  of 

avTog  in  the  plur. 
Themistocles,  Qefuaro- 

KAT'iq. 
Themselves,      iavruv, 
reflex. ;  avroi,  intens. 
like  ipse. 
Then,   rdre,    of   time; 
S^,  inferential ;  tvOa, 
thereupon ;   and  — , 
elra  6i. 
Thence,  kvrevOev. 
There,      hraWa,     of 


Tunaphemes 

place ;  when  merely 
expletive  not  to  he 
translated  ;  from  — . 
kvrevOev ;  be  — ,  itq- 
ptifii. 
Therefore,  ovv,  apa,  or 

TOiVW. 

Thereupon,  evravda  or 

ivOa. 
Thermopylae,    Oepfio- 

These,  see  This. 

Thief,  <l>o)p. 

Think,  vofiiCcj  or  olfiot. 

Third,  rptrog. 

Thirty,  rpidnovra. 

This,  ovTo^  or  ode,  §  148, 
N.  1. 

Those,  see  That. 

Thought,  take  —  in  re- 
turn, avremfie^Jofiai. 

Thousand,  ;ttA/o/;  two 
— ,  diaxi^^i  ten  — , 
pi'pioi. 

Thrace,  QpoKti. 

Thracian,  Opa^. 

Three,  rpeig;  —  hun- 
dred, rpiaKdaioi. 

Through,  did. 

Throw,  piTTTu;  —  in, 
tfi(id7^?uj. 

Thus,  w(5e,  in  the  sense 
of  a^ follows. 

Tiara,  oTh:yyic. 

Tigris,  Tiypr/g. 

Time,  jt^owf,  in  gen- 
eral ;  upa,  season, 
hour ;  proper  — ,  Kai- 
p6c ;  at  that  — ,  rdre ; 
each  — ,  iKdarore  ;  in 
— ,  EVKaipoq  ;  at  the 
same  —  with,  d^a 
with  D. 

Tissaphemes,     Tiara - 


To 

To,   flf,   tTTi,   napd,   (jf, 

or  TTpdc. 
Toil,  irdvog  ;  full  of  — , 

TroAvTTOVOf. 

Tongue,  y7.il>naa. 
Too,  dyav. 
Torch,  Txipndq. 
Touch,  d(^{] ;  dnropai. 
Towards,  eni  w.  G. 
Tower,  rvpcrig. 
Track,  ixviov. 
Traitor,  irpoddrrfg. 
Transgress,  napapalvo) 

or  dtxapTdvu. 
Transport,  dtapifidCcj. 
Treason,  Tzpothala. 
Treasure,  driaavpd^. 
Treat,  ;tP«o/^«'- 
Treaty,  cnovAai  or  avv- 

Tree,  Stvdpov. 
Trench,  rdtppo^. 
Tribute,  6aafi6q. 
Trireme,  rpiiipriq. 
Trojan,  Tp<jf/c<Jf. 
Trophy,  rpdnaiov. 
Trouble,    rapdrru     or 

dvidu. 
Troy,  T/jom. 
Truce,  anovdai. 
True,  dhihi'iq. 
Trumpet,  adTiiziy^. 
Trust,  TtioTEvo  or  trt- 

TToiOa. 
Truth,    speak    the   — , 

dXTjdevu. 
Try,  eTTtxeipiu  or  t«- 

pdofjuu. 
Tumult,  66pv^. 

Tunic,  jt'i""^- 

Turn,  rpiTTcj  or  ffrp^^. 

Twenty,  e'lKoai. 

Two,  6vo ;  —  thousand, 

Siax'i^oi. 
Tyrant,  ripawoc. 


285 
u. 

Under,  v^rd. 
Underneath,     he     — , 

vneifii. 
Understanding,    ainfe- 

aig. 
Undertaking,    Trpd^ig, 

rrpdypa,  or  tpyov. 
Uneducated,    aTrai^ev- 

Unfinished,  dre^g. 
Unfortunate,  drvx^g  or 

Unguarded,  a^i-Xaxrof. 
Unjust,  d(hKog. 
Unless  =  if  not. 
Unprepared,      aTrapa- 

OKCvacToq. 
Unprincipled,  irovijpdg. 
Unseaworthy,  cTrAoof. 
Unseemly,  aiaxpdg. 

Until,  /^^XP^,  ^XP^,  ^^"^^^ 

eug,  or  irpiv. 
Up,  —  along,  dvd. 
Upon,  Eiri. 
Uprightness,  SiKaiocv- 

VTI. 

Uproar,  Odpvpog. 

Urge,  K€?^vu. 

Us,  see  I. 

Use,  make  —  of,  XP^^- 

fiai. 
Useful,  xp^^^f^oi- 

V. 

Valor,  dper^. 
Vast,  noTivg. 
Vengeance,  take  —  on, 

aTTOTivofiai  or  rifiupeo- 

pai. 
Very,  fid?M. 
Vex,  ^.vTTtu. 
Vicious,  TTovT/p6g. 
Victorious,  he — ,viKdu. 


Well-disposed 

Vigilant,  tnifie^g. 
Vigorously,  iffxvpC)g. 
Village,  Kcjp^ ;  village- 
chief  KUfidpxm. 
Villager,  Ku/nT/rric. 
Vine,  d/i7reAof. 
Violate,  Tzapafie^Jo. 
Violently,  jSiaiug. 
Virtue,  dper^. 
Voice,  ^1^7. 
Voyage,  nTidog 

W. 

Wagon,  dfia^a ;  passa- 
ble by  wagons,  dfia^t- 
rdg. 

Wailing,  bdvp/idg. 

Wait,  nepifitvii ;  — for, 
dvap.hu  or  Trepipivu. 

Wall,  reixog;  build  a 
—  to  intercept,  diro- 

T£txK(^. 

War,  TTo^e/zof;  at  — , 
7ro?i£piog  ;  —  or  make 
— ,  TroTiepiu. 

Ward,  —  off,  dpirvu. 

Watchword,  avvdtfpa. 

Water,  iidup  ■  fetch  — , 
v6po<j>opeu. 

Way,  d66g;  give  — , 
eKK^lvu)  give  —  to, 
Treidopai ;  in  this  — , 
ovrcjg. 

Weak,  daOevTig. 

Wealth,  TvTiovTog. 

Wea.r,exo>]  —out,  Ka- 
ra-pi ^u. 

Weep,  6aKpvcj. 

Weight,  pdpog. 

Well,  ev  or  /caXwc;  it 
is  — ,  KaTiiJg  exet. 

Well-armed,  evoirTMg. 

Well-bom,  evyevrjg. 

Well-disposed,  evvoog. 


Hi 


Wet 

Wet,  ftpixf^' 

What,   r/f,  inter.;   of, 

rel. ;   oou^,  gen.  rcl. 

and  indir.  inter. 
Whatever,  bang. 
When,  <I>f,  fTTc/,  or  eTrei- 

Whence,  irdOev. 
Whenever,    oTrore    or 

Where,  evBa  or  otttj. 
Wherefore,  cjare. 
Wherever,  ottov. 
Whether,  el. 
Which,  Of. 

Whichever,  onSTtpog. 
Whip,  fiaari^. 
White,  XbvkSc. 
Whither,  rroi. 
Who,  r/f,  inter. ;  6f,  rel. 
Wliole,  oP.of  or  TTof. 
Whosoever,  6f. 
Why,  Ti 
Width,  f I'pof. 
Wife,  yw^. 
Wild,  aypiog ;  —  beast, 

(hjpiov. 
Willing,  he  — ,  miu. 
Wind,  auefiog. 
Wine,  oivof. 
Wing,  Kepag. 
Winter,  ;te//i(Jf . 
Wisdom,  a(xl>ia. 
Wise,  ffo^. 
WishjC^tAw  or  ^ovTuofiai. 


286 

With,  ffi/v,  f;fwv ;  —  the 
aid  of,  avv ;  —  respect 
to,  rrpdc. 

Withdraw,  cnroondu  or 
ava;(up€<j. 

Within,  elau,  indicates 
the  motion  of  going 
into  the  place;  evdov, 
in  the  sense  of  in  the 
inside,  v/ithout  im- 
plying such  motion  ; 
tvrof ,  prop,  inwardly, 
but  sometimes  as  a 
prep.  w.  o. 

Without,  avev  ;  — 
breakfast,  avapiaroq. 

Witness,  /idprif . 

Wolf,  AiTcof. 

Woman,  ywij ;  old  — , 
ypavg  ;  Cilician  — , 
K!?.iaaa. 

Wonder,  davpa^u. 

Wonderful,  Oavpaardg. 

Wooden,  ^vXivoq. 

Word,  Aoyof  ;  bring  or 
carry  bach  — ,  inray- 
ykTiXo;  send — ,  napay- 
ytTiko ;  pass  the  —  to 
one  another,  diayytl- 

Work,  kpyaCopai. 
Worse,  c.  of  KOKdg. 
Worsted,  be  — ,  jyrrrio- 

pai. 
Worthy,  h^ioi;. 


Zeus 

Would,  —  that,  eWe  or 

el  y&p. 
Wound,  TirpuoKu 
Write,  ypa<po). 
Wrong  or  do  — ,  ruh- 

K£u  ;       wrong-doing, 

dpapria 

X. 

Xenias,  Hevtof. 
Xenophon,  ZevoipCtv. 


Y. 

Year,  hiavrug. 

Yet,  not  — ,  ohno  or 
pfjTru ;  and  — ,  Kalrot. 

Yield,  i'fiepai. 

You,  ah. 

Young,  vfof ;  —  man, 
veaving. 

Your  or  yourg,  a6g  or 
vphepog,  and  often  by 
the  gen.  oi  ah. 

Yourself,  aeavrov,  re- 
flex.;  avrdq,  inten.n. 
like  ipse. 

Youth,  vedrt^g. 


Z. 

Zealous,  npiOv/jog. 
Zeus,  ZHff, 


Latin  Text-Books. 


4.  ft.  CVftMINO   ft  OO,    PMINTIRV    BOtTON. 


Ill 


Allen  and  Greenough's  Latin  Grammar. 

Revised,  Enlarged,  and  printed  from  new  plates  in  1877,  -^  Latin 
Grammar  for  schools  and  colleges,  founded  on  Comparative  Grammar. 
By  J.  H.  Allen,  Lecturer  at  Harvard  University,  and  J.  B.  Greenough, 
Professor  of  Latin  at  Harvard  University.  i2mo.  Half  morocco, 
329  pages.  With  new  and  greatly-enlarged  Index.  Mailing  price, 
I1.25  ;  Introduction,  90  cts.;   Exchange,  50  els. 

Leighton's  Latin  Lessons. 

Prepared  to  accompany  Allen  and  Greenough's  Latin  Grammar.  Con- 
taining also  references  to  the  Grammars  of  Andrews  and  Stoddard, 
Harkness,  and  Giidei-sleeve.  By  R.  F.  Leighton,  Ph.D.  (Lips.),  Prin- 
cipal of  the  Brooklyn  (N.Y.)  High  School.  Revised  edition,  with  full 
Vocabularies  prepared  by  R.  F.  Pennell.  i2mo.  Half  morocco.  494 
pages.     Mailing  Price,  iPi.25;  Introduction,  90  cts.;  Exchange,  50  cts. 

New  Latin  Method. 

A  Manual  of  Instruction  in  Latin,  on  the  basis  of  a  Latin  Method  pre- 
pared by  J.  H.  Allen  and  J.  B.  Greenough.  i2mo.  Cloth.  303  pages. 
Mailing  Price,  $1.00;   Introduction,  70  cts. ;  Exchange,  45  cts. 

Six  Weeks'  Preparation  for  Reading  Ccesar. 

With  References  to  Allen  and  Greenough's,  Gildersleeve's,  and  Hark- 
ness's  Grammars.  Designed  to  accompany  a  Grammar,  and  to  prepare 
pupils  for  reading  at  sight.  By  James  M.  Whiton.  i8mo.  Cloth. 
75  pages.     Mailing  Price,  40  cts.;   Introduction,  28  cts. 

Allen's  Introduction  to  Latin  Composition. 

Revised  and  Enlarged,  with  references  to  the  Grammars  of  Allen  and 
Greenough,  Gildersleeve,  and  Harkness.  By  William  F.  Allen,  Pro- 
fessor in  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  With  the  cooperation  of  John 
Tetlow,  A.M.,  Master  of  the  Girls*  Latin  School,  Boston,  and  Prof. 
Tracy  Peck  of  Yale  College.  i2mo.  Cloth.  181  pages.  Mailing 
Price,  #1.00;  Introduction,  70  cts.;   Exchange,  50  cts. 


GINN,   HEATH,   b'    CO:S  PUBLICATIONS. 


Allen  and  Greenough's  Latin  Composition. 

An  Elementary  Guide  to  Writing  in  Latin.  Part  I.,  Constructions  of 
Syntax;  Part  II.,  Exercises  in  Translation.  i2mo.  Cloth.  19S  pages. 
Mailing  Price,  $1.25  ;   Introduction,  90  cts.;   Exchange,  50  cts. 

Allen  and  Greenough's  CcBsar. 

Caesar's  Gallic  War:  Four  Books.  With  Historical  Introduction, 
Notes,  and  a  copperplate  Map  of  Gaul.  Also  a  full  Vocabulary  by 
R.  F.  Pennell,  of  Phillips  Exeter  Academy.  i2mo.  Half  morocco. 
282  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1.10 ;  Introduction,  80  cts.;  Exchange, 
50  cts. 

Allen  and  Greenough's  Sallust 

The  Conspiracy  of  Catiline  as  related  by  Sallust.  With  Introduction 
and  Notes,  explanatory  and  historical.  i2mo.  Cloth.  84  pages. 
Mailing  Price,  65  cts.;   Introduction,  45  cts. 

Allen  and  Greenough's  Cicero. 

Thirteen  Orations  of  Cicero,  chronologically  arranged,  covering 
the  entire  period  of  his  public  life.  From  the  text  of  Baiter  and  Kayser. 
With  Life,  general  and  special  Introductions,  and  Index  of  topics  dis- 
cussed. i2mo.  Half  morocco.  394  pages.  Mailing  Price,  ^1.25; 
Introduction,  90  cts. ;   Exchange,  50  cts. 

Eight  Orations.  With  Vocabulary  by  R.  F.  Pennell.  Mailing 
Price,  jpi.25  ;  Introduction,  90  cts.;  Exchange,  50  cts. 

Allen  and  Greenough's  Preparatory  Course  of 

Latin  Prose.  Containing  Four  Books  of  Caesar's  Gallic  War,  and 
Eight  Orations  of  Cicero.  With  Vocabulary  by  R.  F.  Pennell. 
i2mo.  Half  morocco.  518  pages.  Mailing  Price,  ;fi  1.55  ;  Introduc- 
tion, $\.\2\  Exchange,  75  cts. 

Allen  and  Greenough's  Virgil. 

Containing  the  Pastoral  Poems  {Bucoiics)  and  Six  Books,  of  the 
iEneid.  Chiefly  from  the  text  of  Ribbeck,  with  select  various  Read- 
ings, Introductions,  Notes,  and  Index  of  Plants  (compiled  chiefly  from 
Fe6's  Fiore  de  VirgiU,  contained  in  Lemaire's  "  Bibliotheca  Classica 
Latina").     i2mo.     Half  morocco.     372  pages. 

With  Vocabulary:  Mailing  Price,  ii-SS;  Introduction,  ^1.12; 
Exchange,  75  cts. 

Without  Vocabulary:  Mailing  Price,  #1.25;  Introduction,  90  cts.; 
Exchange,  50  cts. 


LATIN  TEXT-BOOKS. 


Allen  and  Greenough's  De  Senectute. 

Cicero's  Dialogue  on  Old  Age.  With  Introduction  (on  the  adoption 
in  Rome  of  the  Greek  philosophy)  and  Notes.  i2mo.  Cloth.  57 
pages.     Mailing  Price,  55  cts.;   Introductioiv,  40  cts. 

Auxilia  Vergiliana ;  or,  First  Steps  in  Latin  Prosody. 

By  J.  M.  Whiton,  Ph.D.  l2mo.  Paper  cover.  Mailing  Price,  22  cts. ; 
Introduction,  16  cts. 

Allen  and  Greenough's  Quid. 

Selections  from  the  Poems  of  Ovid,  chiefly  the  Metamorphoses.  Over 
5,000  lines.  With  special  Introductions,  Notes,  and  Index  of  Proper 
Names.     i2mo.     Half  morocco.     282  pages. 

With  Vocabulary:  Mailing  Price,  $1.55  ;  Introduction,  $1.12; 
Exchange,  75  cts. 

Without  Vocabulary  :  Mailing  Price,  $1.25  ;  Introduction,  90  cts.; 
Exchange,  50  cts. 

Greenough's  Virgil.     Vol.  t. 

Containing  the  Pastoral  Poems  {Bucolics)  and  Six  Books  of  the  ^Eneid. 
With  Life  of  the  Poet,  Introductions,  a  Synopsis  preceding  each  Book, 
and  an  Index  of  Plants.  Also  123  Illustrations  from  ancient  objects 
of  art.  Fully  annotated,  for  School  and  College  Use,  by  J.  B. 
Greenough  of  Harvard  University. 

The  text  follows  Ribbeck  in  the  main,  variations  being  noted  in 
the  margin  ;  and  the  references  are  to  Allen  and  Greenough's,  Gilder- 
sleeve's,  and  Harkness's  Latin  Grammars.     l2mo.     Cloth.     467  pages. 

With  Vocabulary:  Mailing  Price,  $1.55;  Introduction,  $1.12; 
Exchange,  75  cts. 

Without  Vocabulary :  Mailing  Price,  $1.25  ;  Introduction,  90  cts.; 
Exchange,  50  cts. 

Greenough's  Virgil.    Vol.  II. 

Containing  the  last  six  Books  of  the  ^neid  and  the  Georgics.  Chiefly 
from  the  text  of  Ribbeck,  with  select  various  Readings,  Introductions, 
and  Notes.    By  J.  B.  Greenough,  Harvard  University.    i2mo.    Cloth, 

[/«  preparation, 

Allen's  Latin  Primer. 

A  First  Book  of  Latin  for  Boys  and  Girls.  By  J.  H.  Allen.  i2mo. 
Cloth.  181  pages.  Mailing  Price,  |i.oo;  Introduction,  70  cts.; 
Exchange,  45  cts. 


8 


GINN,  HEATH,   (Sr*    CO^S  PUBLICATIONS. 


\ 


\\ 


m 


m 


Allen's  Latin  Reader 

Consisting  of  Selections  from  Gesar  (the  invasion  of  Britain,  and  ac- 
count of  the  Gallic  and  German  populations),  Curtius  (Anecdotes  of 
Alexander),  Nepos  (Life  of  Hannibal),  Sallust  (Jugurtha,  abridged), 
Ovid,  Virgil,  Plautus,  and  Terence  (single  scenes),  Cicero  and  Pliny 
(Letters),  and  Tacitus  (the  Conflagration  of  Rome).  With  Notes 
and  General  Vocabulary.  i2mo.  Half  morocco.  532  pages.  Mailing 
Price,  ^1.55;  Introduction,  j(5i.i2;  Exchange,  75  cts. 

Allen's  Latin  Lexicon. 

A  General  Vocabulary  of  Latin,  with  Supplementary  Tables  of  Dates, 
Antiquities,  &c.  By  J.  H.  Allen.  i2mo.  Cloth.  214  pages.  Mail- 
ing Price,  i^i.oo;  Introduction,  70  cts.;  Exchange,  45  cts. 

Germania  and  Agricola  of  Tacitus. 

Edited,  for  School  and  College  Use,  by  W.  F.  Allen,  Professor  of 
Latin  in  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  i2mo.  Cloth.  142  pages. 
Mailing  Price,  $1.10;  Introduction,  ^i.oo. 


King's  Latin  Pronunciation. 


A  Brief  Outline  of  the  Roman,  Continental,  and  English  Methods,  by 
D.  B.  King,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Latin  in  Lafayette  College.  l2mo. 
Cloth.     24  pages.     Mailing  Price,  25  cts. ;   Introduction  Price,  20  cts. 

Remnants  of  Early  Latin. 

Chiefly  inscriptions.  Selected  and  Explained,  for  use  in  Colleges,  by 
Frederick  D.  Allen,  Professor  of  Classical  Philology,  Harvard  College. 
Square  i6mo.    106  pages.   Mailing  Price,  80  cts.;   Introduction,  75  cts. 

Cicero  De  Natura  Deorum. 

LiBRi  Tres,  with  the  commentary  of  G.  F.  Schoemann,  translated  and 
edited  by  Austin  Stickney.  i2mo.  Cloth.  348  pages.  Mailing 
Price,  ^1.55;  Introduction,  III  40. 

Selections  from  the  Latin  Poets. 

Catullus,  Lucretius,  TibuUus,  Propertius,  Ovid,  and  Lucan.  With  notes 
for  Colleges.  Edited  by  E.  P.  Crowell,  Professor  of  Latin,  Amherst 
College.  i2rao.  Cloth.  300  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1-$$;  Intro- 
duction, $140. 


LATIN  TEXT-BOOKS. 


A  Brief  History  of  Roman  Literature. 

For  Schools  and  Colleges.  Translated  and  edited  from  the  German 
edition  of  Bender  by  Professors  E.  P.  Crowell  and  H.  B.  Richard- 
son of  Amherst  College.  Square  l6mo.  152  pages.  Mailing  Price, 
III. 10;  Introduction,  80  cts. 

An  Etymology  of  Latin  and  Greek. 

With  a  Preliminary  Statement  of  the  New  System  of  Indo-European 
Phonetics,  and  Suggestions  in  Regard  to  the  Study  of  Etymology.  By 
Charles  S.  Halsey,  A.M.,  Principal  of  Union  College  Classical  Insti- 
tute, Schenectady,  N.Y.  i2mo.  Cloth.  272  pages.  Mailing  Price, 
II1.55  ;  Introduction,  $140. 

Maduig's  Latin  Grammar, 

Carefully  revised  by  Thomas  A.  Thacher,  Professor  of  Latin,  Yale 
College.  i2mo.  Half  morocco.  515  pages.  Mailing  Price,  ^2.50; 
Introduction,  II1.50. 

The  Latin  Verb. 

Illustrated  by  the  Sanskrit.  By  C.  H.  Parkhurst,  formerly  of  Willis- 
ton  Seminary.  i2mo.  Cloth.  55  pages.  Mailing  Price,  40  cts.; 
Introduction,  35  cts. 

Ginn  &  Heath's  Classical  Atlas. 

By  A.  Keith  Johnston,  LL.D.,  F.R.G.S.,  aided  by  W.  E.  Gladstone, 
Prime  Minister  of  England.  Bound  in  full  cloth,  with  guards,  similar 
to  Long's  Classical  Atlas  (7^X12  inches).  Also  bound  in  strong 
boards,  cloth  back,  (15X12  inches).  Mailing  Price,  Cloth,  $1.75; 
Boards,  $1.30.     Introduction,  Cloth,  ^140;  Boards,  |li. 05. 

Classical  Wall-Maps.' 

Engraved  by  W.  &  A.  K.  Johnston,  Edinburgh.  Price,  express  paid, 
$5.00  each;  Introduction  Price,  ^4.00  each;  Introduction  Price  of 
three  or  more,  $3.50  each. 

White's  Junior  Student's  Latin  Lexicons. 

LATIN-ENGLISH.  Morocco.  Mailing  Price,  $2.20;  Introduc- 
tion, $1.80.     Sheep.     Mailing  Price,  $2.50;   Introduction,  $2.00. 

LATIN-ENGLISH  and  ENGLISH-LATIN.  Sheep.  Mailing 
Price,  $3.30  ;   Introduction,  $2.70. 

ENGLISH-LATIN.  Sheep.  Mailing  Price,  $1.90;  Introduction, 
;^i.6o. 


lO 


GINN,  HEATH,  &>  CO:S  PUBLICATIONS. 


G-reek  Text-Books. 


Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar 

By  William  W.  Goodwin,  Ph.D.,  Eliot  Professor  of  Greek  Literature 
in  Harvard  College.  Revised  and  Enlarged  Edition.  Published  in 
December,  1879.  i2mo.  Half  morocco.  425  pages.  Mailing  Price, 
$1.65;   Introduction,  ;S5i.20;   Exchange,  90  cts. 

White's  First  Lessons  in  Greek. 

Revised  and  Enlarged  Edition.  Prepared  to  accompany  Goodwin's 
Greek  Grammar,  and  designed  as  an  introduction  either  to  his  Greek 
Reader  or  to  his  Selections  from  Xenophon  and  Herodotus,  or  to  the 
Anabasis  of  Xenophon.  With  a  Companion  Pamphlet  of  Parallel 
References  to  Hadley's  Greek  Grammar.  By  John  Williams 
White,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Greek  in  Harvard  University. 
l2mo.  Half  morocco.  Mailing  Price,  ^fl.JO;  Introduction,  94  cts.; 
Exchange,  70  cts. 

Leightons  New  Greek  Lessons. 

With  references  to  Hadley's  Greek  Grammar  as  well  as  to  Goodwin's 
New  Greek  Grammar.  Intended  as  an  introduction  to  Xenophon 's 
Anabasis  or  to  Goodwin's  Greek  Reader.  By  R.  F.  Leighton,  Ph.D. 
(Lips.),  Principal  Brooklyn  High  School,  N.Y.  i2mo.  Half  morocco. 
Mailing  Price,  51.30;  Introduction,  94  cts. ;  Exchange,  70  cts. 

First  Four  Books  of  Xenophon's  Anabasis. 

With  an  illustrated  Vocabulary.  Edited  by  Professors  W.  W.  Goodwin 
and  John  Williams  White  of  Harvard  University.  i2mo.  Half 
morocco.  355  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1.65;  Introduction,  |i.20; 
Exchange,  90  cts. 

Without  Vocabulary.    Mailing  Price,  $1.10;  Introduction,  75  cts. ; 

Exchange,  50  cts. 

Goodwin's  Greek  Reader. 

Consisting  of  Selections  from  Xenophon,  Plato,  Herodotus,  and 
Thucydides;  being  the  full  amount  of  Greek  Prose  required  for 
admission  to  Harvard  University.  With  Colored  Maps,  Notes,  and 
References  to  the  revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  Goodwin's  Greek 
Grammar.  Edited  by  Professor  W.  W.  Goodwin  of  Harvard  Uni- 
versity. i2mo.  Half  morocco.  384  pages.  Mailing  price,  $lMi 
Introduction,  ^1.20;   Exchange,  90  cts. 


GREEK   TEXT-BOOKS. 


It 


Goodwin's  Greek  Moods  and  Tenses. 

By  William  W.  Goodwin,  Ph.D.,  Eliot  Professor  of  Greek  Literature 
in  Harvard  University.  Seventh  Edition.  Revised  and  Enlarged. 
l2mo.    Cloth.    279  pages.    Mailing  Price,  $1.65  ;  Introduction,  g  1.50. 

Essential  Uses  of  tlie  Moods  in  Greek  and  Latin. 

Prepared  by  R.  P.  Keep,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in  the  Classical  Department 
of  Williston  Seminary,  at  Easthampton,  Mass.  Square  i6mo.  Mailing 
Price,  40  cts. ;  Introduction,  28  cts. 

Sidg wick's  Greek  Prose  Composition. 

By  Arthur  Sidgwick,  Lecturer  at  Corpus  Christi  College,  Oxford,  and 
Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  i2mo.  Cloth.  280  pages. 
Mailing  Price,  $1.65  ;  Introduction,  ^^1.33. 

Philippics  of  Demosthenes. 

Contains  the  First,  Second,  and  Third  Philippics,  with  an  Introduction 
and  Explanatory  Notes.  With  references  to  Goodwin's  and  Hadley's 
Greek  Grammars.  By  Frank  B.  Tarbell,  Yale  College.  i2mo. 
Cloth.     138  pages.     Mailing  Price,  $i.io;  Introduction  Price,  ^ 1. 00. 

Hellenic  Orations  of  Demosthenes. 

Symmories,  Megalopolitans^  and  Rhodians.  With  revised  text  and 
commentary  by  Isaac  Flagg,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Greek  in  Cornell 
University.  i2mo.  103  pages.  Mailing  price,  $1.10 ;  Introduction 
Price,  l^i.oo. 

Medea  of  Euripides. 

Edited,  with  Notes  and  an  Introduction,  by  Frederick  D.  Allen, 
Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Classical  Philology  in  Harvard  University.  l2mo. 
Cloth.     141  pages.     Mailing  Price, li.  10;   Introduction,  J i. 00. 

(Edipus  Tyrannus  of  Sophocles. 

Edited,  with  an  Introduction,  Notes,  and  full  Explanation  of  the 
Metres,  by  John  Williams  White,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Greek  in  Harvard  University.  i2rao.  Cloth.  219  pages.  Mailing 
Price,  $1.25  ;  Introduction,  |i.i2. 


la 


GINN,  HEATH,  dr-  CO:S  PUBLICATIONS. 


Orations  of  Lysias. 

With  Biographical  Introduction,  Notes,  and  Table  of  Various  Read- 

IT.^'      T  .^^^•^•^^'*'^^'^'''''''^^""'^^'P*^•^^     "mo.    Mailing  Price. 
$i.io;  Introduction,  ^ I. oo.  *  * 

Selections  from  the  Greek  Lyric  Poets. 

With  an  Historical  Introduction,  giving  a  brief  survey  of  the  develop- 
ment of  Greek  Poetry  until  the  time  of  Pindar,  and  also  Notes  for  the 
studen  s  use  By  Henry  M.  Tyler,  Professor  of  Greek  and  Latin 
mSniith  College.  i2mo.  Cloth.  184  pages.  Mailing  Price,  |i.  10; 
Introduction,  ^i.oo.  9  w        , 

Selected  Odes  of  Pindar. 

With  Notes  and  an  Introduction  by  Thomas  D.  Seymour.  Professor  of 
the  Greek  Language  and  Literature  in  Yale  College.     The  text  is  that 
of  Bergks  fourth  edition,  and  the  metrical  schemes  are  according  to 
bchmidts  "Kunstformen   der  Griechischen   Poesie."     i2mo     Cloth 
seepages.     Mailing  Price,  |i.  55;  Introduction,  1 140. 

Stein's  Summary  of  the  Dialect  of  Herodotus. 

Translated  by  Professor  John  Williams  White,  Ph.D.,  from  the  Get- 
man  of  the  fourth  edition  of  Herodotus  by  Heinrich  Stein.  Paper 
15  pages.     Mailing  Price,  10  cts.;  Introduction  Price,  10  cts.  * 

Schmidt's  Rhythmic  and  Metric  of  the  CI  as- 

Bu^/v^'"''^''^"'   ^^^^^^  ^"^o"™  **^«  German  by  John  Williams  White, 
Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Greek  in  Harvard  University.     Designed 
as  a  Manual  for  Classes  in  the  Greek  and  Latin  Poets.     8vo.    Cloth 
204  pages.     Mailing  Price,  I2.65 ;  Introduction,  12.50. 

Liddell  and  Scott's  Greeh-English  Lexicon. 

The  swth  and  last  Oxford  Edition,  unabridged.  4to.  Sheep.  i,88l 
pages.     Mailing  Price,  $10.00;  Introduction,  I7.50  net. 

Liddell  and  Scott's  Greek-English  Lexicon. 

ABRIDGED  from  the  last  Oxford  Edition  of  the  unabridged  (see 
above),  and  carefully  revised  throughout.  With  Appendix  of  Proper 
and  Geographical  Names,  by  J.  M.Whiton.  Square  i2mo.  835  pages. 
Morocco  back.     Mailing  Price,  $3.00;  Introduction,  $1.50  net. 


r  r  ^  . 


V  7     re, 


:H: 


•••hi 

m 

m 
m 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY 


0032212496 


-•t  f% . 


•-  •    ■»'•-*'■    <»;*(»• 


T.'S'Z. 


Vf5§2^ 


JS.Net 


m0' 


*,1H 


